-

Owner's Manual
2015 Audi A3 Sedan I S3 Sedan

Vors pr ung durch Tee~~?~ am

 2015 Audi A3 Sedan

2015 Audi 53 Sedan

Foreword
Thank you for choosing an Audi - we· value your trust in us.

Your new Audi will allow you to experience the best in groundbreaking technolo-
gy and premium quality equipment a vehicle has to offer. We recommend that
you read your Owner's Manual thoroughly so that you quickly become acquaint-
ed with your Audi and make use of all of its features .

In addition to explaining how the different features work, we provide many use-
ful tips and information concerning your safety, how to care for your vehicle and
how to maintain your vehicle's value. We also give you useful tips and informa-
tion on how to drive your vehicle more efficiently and in an environmentally
friendly manner .

In the Owner's Manual, you will also find the Operating Manual for your Info-
tainment system and the vehicle maintenance schedule.

We hope you enjoy driving your Audi and we wish you safe and pleasant motor-
ing.

AUDIAG

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Table of contents

Owne r 's L iterature 5 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
About this Owner's Manual ...... 6 Econom ical and envi ronmentally-friendly
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Cockpi t . . . . ..... . .......... ....... 8 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Cockpi t overview ........ ......... 8 Starting and stopp ing the engine
Controls at a glance . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 (vehicles w ith an ign ition lock) . . . . . . . . . 73
Start ing and stopp ing the engine
Instrument s and indicator lights 10 (vehicl es w ith a convenience key) . . . . . . . 75
I nstruments . . . . . .......... ......... 10 Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
I ndicator ligh t s . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Electromechanica l parking brake . . . . . . . 78
On-Board Diagnostic system (OBD) . . . . . . 25 Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Driver inform a tion system ... . . . 27 Automatic tran s mission ......... 82

Overview . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 27 S tr oni c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Operation . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . ... 28
Boost indicator . ... . .......... .... ... 29 Trailer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Efficiency program ............ .... ... 29 Driving with a t railer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Lap t imer and engine oil temperature Trailer mode notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
indicator . . . . . . . .......... . ..... . ... 30
Driver assi s tance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Start and drive ............ ....... 33 Assi st . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 94
Opening and c lo s ing ... . . . . . . . . . . 33 Electronic speed limiter* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Centra l locking . . .............. ...... 33 Speed warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Luggage compa rtment lid . . . . . . . . .. ... 39 Cruise contro l system . . . . . . . . .. .. .... 94
Child safety loc k ... . ........ .... .. ... 40 Audi adaptive cruise control . . . .. .. .... 96
Power windows . . ............ .. .. ... 40 Audi pre sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... 103
Panorama sunroof . . . .... . . . . . . . .. ... 42 General informa ti on . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... 103
Audi pre sense basic . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... 103
Light and Vi s ion . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ... 43 Audi pre sense front. . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... 10 4
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ... 43 Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... 106
I nterior lighting . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ... 46 Audi active lane assist . . . . . . . . .. .. .... 106
V1s1on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ... 47 Audi side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... 109
W indshield wipers . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ... 49 Audi drive select (drive settings) .. .. .... 112
Digita l compass . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. ... 51
Parking systems 115
Seats and storage .... . ...... ..... 53 General information 115
General information .......... .. ..... 53 Rear par king system 116
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ..... 54 Parking system pl us. . . . .......... .... 116
Head rest raints . . . . . . . . . . ...... ..... 56 Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ..... 57
Sto rage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ..... 58
Luggage compa rtmen t . . . . ...... ..... 59
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ..... 62

Warm and cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Climate cont rol syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

2
 Table of contents

Adju sting the disp lay and the warning Maintenance and Care . ...... .. .. 190
tones . ... . . . . . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . ... . 121 Checking and Filling ... ...... .. .. 190
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 190
Diesel f uel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 191
Intelligent Technology . . . . . . . . . . 122 Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 192
Notice about data recorded by the Event Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 194
Data Recorder and vehicle cont rol Diesel particulate filter . . . . . ...... .. .. 195
modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Selective catalytic reduction . ...... .. .. 195
Electronic stabilization control (ESC) . . . . 123 Engine compartm ent . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 198
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 20 1
Electromechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 205
All wheel drive (quatt ro) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 207
Energy management 128 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. 208
Windshield washer system . . ...... .. .. 212
Safety ......................... . . . 130 Service interval display 212
Driving safety ................. . . . 130
Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Correct passenger seating positions..... 131 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Driver's and front passenger's footwe ll . . 13 5 Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . 232
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Storing cargo correct ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23S
Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23S
Safety belt s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Cleaning and care information 236
General notes . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 140
Why use safety belts? . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 141 Troubleshooting ............... . . 240
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 143 Emergency assistance ......... . . 240
Belt tensioners . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 146 Luggage compartment lid emergency
release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 240
Airb a g s y s tem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 240
Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Equipm ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 241
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Replacing whee ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 241
Monito ring the Advanced Airbag System . 160 Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 246
Knee airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Fu s e s and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Electrica l f uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 8
Bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Child safety ................... . . . 172
I mportant information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Emergency situation s . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Securing child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Starting by pushing or towing .. .. .. .. .. 252
LATCHsystem (Lower anchorages and Starting with jumper cables . .. .. .. .. .. 252
tethers for children) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Using ju mp start cables . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 253
Additional information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Towing with a tow truck . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 254
M Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 256
N
0
>
co
,....,
..,.,
\!)

..,.,
..,.,
,....,

3
Table of contents

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Vehicle ident ificat ion . . . . .. ...... .. ... 258
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... .. ... 258
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... .. ... 259
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... .. ... 260
Gasoline engines . . . . . . . .. ...... .. ... 261
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... .. ... 261

Consumer information . . . . . . . . . . 262

Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Operating your vehicle outside the U.S.A.
or Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Accessories and technical changes . . . . . . 264
Declaration of Compliance,
Telecommunication and Electronic
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Index . . . . . . . . ................ . . . .. 266

4
 Owner 's Literature

I n addition to t his Owner's Manual , your Audi If you change your address or if you bought
comes w ith the this Audi used

- MMI Operating I nstr uction s be sure to send in a "Notice of Address Change"/

- Warranty & Maintenanc e booklet . "Not ice of Used Car Purchase" post card. This
card can be found in the Warranty & Maintena nce
If you are missing one of these publicat ions, or if booklet or obtai ned from you r authorized Aud i
you beli eve that the information is not complete, dealer .
contact your author ized Audi dealer for assis-
tanc e. It is in your own interest that we are able to
contact you should the need arise .
MMI Operating Instructions
contain detailed description of the Audi Multi
Media I nterface (MMI) including t he navigation
system , t he sound system and the hand held
phone.

The Warranty & Maintenance booklet

explains how you can keep your Audi in top driv-
ing cond ition by having it serviced regu larly and
contains detailed inf ormation about the war ran-
ties covering your Audi. Always have the booklet
with you w hen you ta ke your vehicl e to an autho r-
ized Audi dealer for service. Your Audi Service Ad-
visor w ill record each scheduled service and can
answer any quest ions you may have regarding
how to maintain your vehicle.

In Canada,
the vehicle lite ratu re is also availab le in French.
To obt ain a copy, cont act your deale r or write t o:

Au Canada, on peut se procure r un exemp laire en

fran~ais de ce docume nt aupres du concession-
naire ou de:

Audi Canada
Client Assistance
Assistanc e a la Clientel e
777 Bayly St reet, West,
Aj ax, Ontario Ll S 7G7

If you sell your Audi

all literature should be left in the vehicle to make
the War ranty terms as well as all operating, safe-
ty and mai nte nance informa ti on available t o the
next owner .
M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

5
About this Owner's Manual

This manual contains important information,

tips, suggestions and warnings for using your ve-
® For the sake of the environment

hicle. Text with this symbo l contains information on

protecting the environment .
Keep th is manual in your vehicle at all t imes. This
is especially important if you loan your vehicle to @ Tips
others or sell it.
Text with this symbo l contains additional use-
This owner's manua l describes the equipment ful information.
range specified for this mode l at the t im e of
printing. Individua l equipment options described
may only be available at a later date or may only
be offered in certain countries.

Some sections in this manua l do not apply to all

vehicles. When this is the case, the beginning of
the section indicates the validity, for example
"Applies to vehicles: with auxiliary heating". Op-
tional or vehicle-specific equipment is also identi -
fied with an asterisk"*".

The illustrations are designed as a general guide

and on your vehicle may look slight ly different
than what is illustrated.

There is a Table of Contents at the beginning of

this owner's manua l that lists all of the topics
covered in this book in the order that they ap-
pear. There is also an alphabetical Inde x at the
end of this owner's manual.

All directions, such as " left", "right", "front" and

"rear", are based on the vehicle's direction of
travel.

* Optiona l or vehicle -specific equipment

.,._ The section continues on the next page.

~ .&. Cross reference to a "WARNI NG"within a

section. If a page number is indicated, the
WARNING is located outs ide of the section.

&, WARNING
-
Text w ith this symbol contains information
about safety and how to reduce the risk of se-
rious persona l injury or death.

([) Note
Text w ith this symbol contains information
about reducing the risk of damage to your ve-
hicle.

6
"'
"!
0
&\
...
IO
~
"'
"'
.....

7
Cockpit overview

Cockpit overview
Controls at a glance

Fig. 1 Cockpit : left section

Fig. 2 Cockpit: right section

8
 Co c kpit over vi ew

CDPower windows 40 - Eme rgency flashers . .... . . . . . 44

@ Door hand le - Electron ic Stabiliza t ion Control
(ESC) . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 123
® Audi side assist ........ . ... . . . 109
- MMI Display
© Centra l locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 37
- Airbag Off indicato r ..... . ... . 160
® Power exter ior mir ror adjustment 47
@ Depending on equipment:
® Headlight cont rol swit ch ....... 43
- Manual climate contro l system . 6S
(J) Vents 64
- Automatic climate control
® Lever fo r:
system ... . . . ............ .. 66
- Turn signals and high beams . . . 45
@ Socket . . ... . . . . . .......... .. 57
- Audi act ive lane assist . . . . . . . . 106
S tronic selector lever . .... . . . . . 82
® Steer ing whee l w ith horn and
Cup holder . . . . .......... . ... . 58
- Driver's airbag .... . . . . . . . . . . 152
MM I On/ Off button
- On-board computer controls . . . 28
MMI control panel
- MMI, telephone , navigat ion and
voice recogn ition system controls Parking bra ke 78
- t iptron ic shift paddles (automatic @) ISTAR T ENGI N E STOPI button
transmission) 87 (vehicles with convenie nce key) 75
@ I nst rumen t clust er ..... ....... 10
(J} Tips
© W indshield washer system lever . 49
- Some the equipment listed here is only in-
@ Steer ing column with:
sta ll ed in certa in models or is available as
- Ignit ion emergency operation (in
an option .
vehicles with convenience key) . 77
- Operat ion of t he Multi Media I nt erface
- Ignit ion lock (in vehicles wi t h me-
(MMI) is described in a separate operating
chanical key) . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 73
instructions manual. You can also find infor-
@ Adjustable steer ing column 72 mation on Audi connect there.
(B) Depending on equipment:
- Cruise contro l lever .......... 94
- adaptive cruise cont rol . . . . . . . . 96
Driver's knee airbag .... ....... 164
I nst rumen t illum ination . . . . . . . . 47
Hood release . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 199
Luggage compartment release .. 39
Child safety lock but ton ........ 40
MMI disp lay (navigation, radio, TV/
video)
Glove compartment (lockable) . . . 58
Front passenger's airbag ....... 152
Treble speakers
Front passenger's knee airbag ... 164
Depending on equipment, buttons
M for:
N
0
> - Audi dr ive select ...... ....... 112
co
...... - Parking aid plus (or with rearview
..,.,
\!)

..,., camera) 116

..,.,
......

9
Instruments and indi cato r Lights

Instruments and indicator Lights

Instruments
Instrument cluster overview
The instrument cluster is the central information center for the driver.

Fig. 3 Instrument cluster overview

(D Tachometer with ind icator lights Setting the time/date

@ Coolant temperature ind icator* or
g..,
Boost* (boost press ure indicato r) 12,29 0
:>
® Turn signa l indicator lights CX)
m

@ Display
- Indicator lights or . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
- Driver information system . . .. . 27
- Date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 10
- Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 11
- Service interval display . . . . .. . 212
® Speedometer w ith indicator lights Fig. 4 Instrument cluste r: time and date
® Fue l level . . . . .............. .. 11
The date, time of day, time and date format can
0 Display for: Central indicator light
be set in the MMI. Refer to the MMI owner's
or system displays . . ... ... . . . . . 13
manua l for instructions .
@ Trip odometer reset button 10.01 11

(D Tips
(0 Tips
- When you switch the ignition off or open
The needles in the instrument cluster are illu-
the driver's door, the date and time are dis-
minated when the ignition is switched on. The
played for approximately 30 seconds.
gauges are also illuminated when the lights
- You can also turn on the display with the
are turned on . The instrument illum inat ion
dims automatically as the amount of light
IO.O !button when the ignition is switched
off I:=;)page 10, fig. 3.
outside decreases. This helps to remind the
driver to turn the headlights on as it becomes
darker outside.

10

Tachometer
The tachometer shows the number of engine rev-
olutions per minutes .
The beginning of the red zone in the tachometer
indicates the maximum permissible engine speed
for all gears once the engine has been broken in
and when it is warm. You should select the "0/
S" (Drive) selector lever position or take your foot
off the accelerator pedal before reaching th is
area.
It is best to avoid high engine speeds, even when
driving in tiptronic mode <=>page 87.
(D Note
The tachometer needle © c::> page 10, fig . 3
should only be in the red zone briefly:
@ For the sake of the environment
Upshifting early helps you to save fuel and re-
duce operating noise .
Odometer
Fig. S Instrument cluster : odometer and reset button
The distance driven is shown in miles "mi" or kilo-
meters "km" . The measuremen t units (miles
"mi" I kilometers "km") can be changed in the
MMI. For more information, refer to your MMI
operat ing instructions .
Odometer/trip odometer
@ - The odometer shows the total distance that
M
the vehicle has been driven .
N Fuel level
0
> @ - The trip odometer shows the distance that
co
,...., the vehicle has been driven since the last time
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
the trip odometer was reset. It can be used to
1.1'1
,....,
Instruments and indicator lights
measure short distances. The last digit indicates
1/10 mi les or 100 meter increments.
The trip odometer can be reset to zero by press-
ing the 10.01
button <=>
page 10, fig . 3.
Malfunction indicator
If there is a malfunct ion in the instrument clus-
ter, DEF will appear in the tr ip odometer display .
Have the malfunction repaired as soon as possi-
ble.
@ Tips
- When you switch the ign it ion off or open
the driver's door, the odometer is disp layed
for approximately 30 seconds.
- You can also turn on the display w ith the
!O.OIbutton when the ignition is switched
off c::>
page 10, fig. 3.
Outside temperature display
The instrument cluster display shows the outside
temperature . At temperatures below 41 °F
(+S °C), a snowflake symbol appearsin front of
the temperature display .
If your vehicle is stationary or if you are driving at
very low speeds, the temperature displayed may
be slightly higher than the actual temperature
outside due to the heat radiating from the en-
gine.
A
- WARNING
Do not assume the roads are free of ice based
on the outside temperature display . Be aware
that there may be ice on roads even when the
outside temperature is around 41 °F (+5 °()
and that ice can increase the risk of accidents.
@ Tips
You can change the measurement units, for
example for temperature or speed, in the
MMI.
The disp lay @ c::>
page10, fig. 3 on ly works when
the ignition is switched on. When the display has .,.
11
Instruments and indicator lights

reached the reserve mark, the bottom LEDwill Hot range

turn red and the ljJ indicator light turns on
If the LEDs in the upper area of the display and
¢ page 23. The bottom LEDblinks red when
the . indicator light in the instrument cluster
the fuel level is very low. display turn on, the coolant temperature is too
The on-board computer shows the range based high c:>page 19 .
on the fuel level ¢ page 28, On-board comput-
er display. A WARNING
- Never open the hood if you can see or hear
For the tank capacity in your vehicle, refer to the
steam or coolant escaping from the engine
Technical Data ¢ page 260.
compartment. This increases the risk of
(D Note burns. Wait until you no longer see or hear
steam or coolant escaping.
Never drive until the tank is completely emp-
- The engine compartment in any vehicle can
ty. The irregular supply of fuel that results
be a dangerous area . Stop the engine and al-
from that can cause engine misfires. Uncom-
low it to cool before working in the engine
busted fuel will then enter the exhaust sys-
compartment. Always follow the informa-
tem. This can cause overheating and damage
tion found in ¢ page 198, Working in the
to the catalytic converter.
engine compartment.

Coolant temperature indicator (D Note

In vehicles without a coolant temperature indica- - In vehicles with a boost pressure indicator* ,
tor, an indicator light . will turn on when the this indicator replaces the temperature dis-
coolant temperature is too high ¢ page 19. Re- play. To promote a long engine service life,
fer to ¢ (1). avoiding high engine speeds, full accelera-
tion and heavy engine loads during approxi-
The coolant temperature indicator @ c:>page 10,
mately the first 15 minutes when the en-
fig . 3 only works when the ignition is switched
gine is cold is recommended . The amount of
on . To prevent engine damage, please observe
time until the engine is warm depends on
the following notes about the temperature rang-
the outside temperature . Check the engine
es.
oil temperature* if necessary . c:>page 30
Cold range - Auxiliary headlights and other accessories in
front of the cooling-air intake impair the
If only the LEDs at the bottom of the gauge turn
cooling effect of the coolant. This increases
on, the engine has not reached operating tem-
the risk of the engine overheating during
perature yet. Avoid high engine speeds, full accel-
high outside temperatures and heavy engine
erating and heavy engine loads.
load.
Normal range - The front spoiler also helps to distribute
cooling air correctly while driving. If the
The engine has reached its operating tempera-
spoiler is damaged, the cooling effect will
ture once the LEDs up to the center of the gauge
be impaired and the risk of the engine over-
turn on under normal driving conditions . The
heating will increase. See an authorized
LEDs higher up may turn on if the engine is under
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa-
heavy load or the outside temperature is high.
cility for assistance.
This is no cause for concern as long as the. in-
dicator light in the instrument cluster does not
turn on.

12
 Instruments and indicator lights

with some indicato r lights. A warning tone a lso

@ Tips
sounds at the same time.
Diesel engines: Due to the high efficiency of
these engines, the engine may not a lways If t here are m ult iple malfunctions, the indicator
reach operating temperature in cold outside lights will appear br iefly one after another in the
temperatures. This is normal and not a cause display.
for concern. The ind icators and messages in the display can be
covered over by other displays . In cases where
Indicator lights the indicator light @ is covered over, the centra l
indicator light @ will remain visible until the
Description malfunction is repaired .

The messages can be displayed again in the dr iv-

er information system ~ page 28, Operation.

Overview

Some indicator lights turn on briefly to check the

Fig. 6 Instrument cluster : example of a display in vehicles
wit h a monochrome display
function of that system when you switch the igni-
tion on . These systems are marked with a./ in
the following tables. If one of these indicator
lights does not turn on, there is a malfunction in
that system .

@ Indicator light Your vehicle has either a monochrome display or

a multicolored display, depending on veh icle
® Message
equipment . In a monochrome display, the indica-
© Status line:
tor lights @ only appear in white Q page 13,
- • ID Central indicator light or addition- D
I.
fig . 6. The central indicator light © . / also
al d isplays for active systems such as appea rs to indicate the prio rity of these indicator
- - (USA models) (Canada models) lights. Refer to the exp lan at ions for red or yellow
electromechanical parking brake indicator lights.
- [ij;(i)~14
(USA models) / Iii (Canada models)

-•I.
cruise control system*
Active lane assist*
The indicator lights in the instrument cluster
Examples of indicator lights in a monochrome
display:

11@ Priority 1 (high priority)

blink or turn on. They indicate functions or mal- Refer to red indicator lights
functions. . ©

The central indicator light @ • or also a m@ Priority 2 (medium priority)

turns on with some indicator lights @ . Refer to yellow indicator lights
II ©
If the centra l indicator light @ turns on, check
the additiona l information in the instrument
D@ Priority 3 (low priority)
These a re informative indicator
cluster display @ and @ . lights
-- ©
In addition to the indicator lights in the display,
...., there are add it ional ind icators in the tachometer .
N
0
> They blink or turn on to ind icate functions or mal-
co
rl functions. Messages @ may also appear briefly
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

13
Instruments and indicator light s

Red indicator light s Steering lock

Centra l indicator light (note addi- <=>
page20
tional informat ion in the instru- Engine start system
ment cluster display) © <=>
page20
<=>
page 13, fig. 6 or
USA model s :
Brake system ../
<=>
page 17
Canada models :
Brake system ../ Engine stop whi le driving
<=>
page 17 <=>
page 20
USA models : or
Electromechan ical parking brake
<=>
page 18
Canada mod e ls :
Electromechanica l parking brake
<=>
page 18
Transmission malfunction
Cooling system <=>
page 88
<=>page19
or
or

Adaptive cruise control*./

Eng ine oil pressure
<=>
page 98
<=>page19
USA mod e ls: Speed warning sys-
or
tem
<=>
page 94
Canada mo del s: Speed warning
system
<=>
page 94
Alt ernator Fill Ad Blue*
<=>page19 page 195
<=>
or
or

AdBlue malfunct ion*

<=>
page 195
Fro nt safety belt or
<=>page20

St eer ing../
<=>page126

14
 Instruments and indicator lights

Yellow indicato r light s Adaptive dampers *

Centra l ind icator light (note addi- c>page 25
tional information in the instru- or
ment cluste r display) ©
c>page 13, fig . 6
Electr onic St abilization Control
(ESC)./
c::>
page 21 Engine control (gasoline eng ine) ./
Electronic Stabilization Control c>page 22
(ESC)./ Engine contro l (diesel eng ine) ./
c>page21 c>page 22
Electronic St abili zat ion Control
Emissions cont rol syst em ./
(ESC)
c>page 22
c::>
page 123
Diesel particulate fi lter *
USA models:
c>page 22
Anti-lo ck braking syst em (ABS) ./
or
page 21
c::>
Canada models:
Anti-loc k braki ng system (ABS) ./
page 21
c::>
USA models: Speed warn ing sys-
Engine speed limitation
tern./
c>page 23
page 20
c::>
or
Canada models: Speed warn ing
syst em./
page 20
c::>
Brake pads
page 21
c::>
Engine oil level (min.)
Elect romechanical par king brake
page 23
c::>
page 18
c::>
or
Hill hold*
page 22
c::>

or

·~ Engine oil sensor

& or
page 23
c::>

Tire pressure monitor ing syst em ./

(D page 232
c::>
M
N
Tire pressure monitor ing system
TPMS
0
>
co
,...., page 232
c::>
..,.,
\!)

..,.,
..,.,
,....,

15
Instruments and indicator light s

Engine temperature Convenience key

¢page 19 ¢ page 77
or or

Battery charge Convenience key

¢page 19
y>)} ¢page 77
or Battery in remote control key
¢page34
Defective light bulb warning
¢ page24
or
Tank system
¢page23
Washer fluid level
¢page24
or Headlight range control system *
¢ page24
or
Windshield wipers
¢page24
or

Adaptive light*
¢ page24
or
Steer ing ./ / steer ing lock
¢ page 126
Steering lock
¢page20
Engine start system Light/rain sensor*
¢ page20 ¢ page24

or or

Active lane assist*

¢ page 107

16
 Instruments and indicator lights

Transmission Electromechanica l parking brake

¢ page88 ¢ page 18
or Adaptive cruise contro l*
¢ page 98
Active lane assist*
¢ page 107
Audi side assist*
AdBlue /9 Fill Ad Blue* ¢ page 111
¢page 195 Transmis sion
or
¢ page 88
Ad Blue 00
USA models :

& Electromechan ical parking brake

¢ page 18
AdBlue -I' Ad Blue ma lf unction*
Canada models:
¢page 195
or Elect romechanica l parking bra ke
¢ page 18
Ad Blue -I'
Fill Ad Blue*
& ¢ page 195

Other indicator lights BRAKE

/((D
) Brake system
--------------
Turn signa ls
If this indicato r light tur ns on, the re is a ma lfunc-
¢page25
t ion in the brake system.

1111
(USA models ) / . (Canada models)
Please stop vehicle and check brake fluid level!
USA models: Cruise control sys-
t em* Stop t he vehicle and check the brake fluid level.
¢page94 See an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Canda model s: Cruise cont rol sys- Service Facility for assistance if necessary.
tem * 1111
(USA model s) / . (Canada model s)
¢page94 Warning! Brake servo inoperative!
Adapt ive cruise control *
If brake assist (br ake booster) is not work ing, you
¢page98
have to use much mo re fo rce when braking the
-
Adapt ive cruise cont rol * vehicle. See an authorized Audi dealer or autho r-
~ ¢page98 ized Audi Service Facility fo r assistance .
Adapti ve cruise cont rol*
¢page98
1111
(USA model s) / . (Canada model s)
Warning! Fault in brake system. Please contact
Active lane assist* Service
¢ page 107
If t he ABS ind icator light ril3
(USA models) /
High beams !IJ Gl
(Canada mo dels), the ESC indi cator light
M
¢ page45 and the brake syst em indicator light 1111(USA
N
Convenience key models)/ . (Canada models) t urn on and this
0
>
co
y>)) ¢ page 77 message appears, then the ABS, ESCand braking
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
dist ribution are ma lfunctioning ¢ &, . .,_
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

17
Instruments and indicator light s
Drive to your autho rized Audi dealer or author -
ized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
malfunct ion corrected ¢ .&..
1111
( USA models) / . (Canada models) Park-
ing brake system f ault! See owner' s manual
- If the indicato r light and the message appear
when th e vehicle is stationar y or aft er swit ch-
ing the ignit ion on, check if you can release the
parking brake. If you cannot release the parking
brake, see your authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility. If you can release
the parking brake and the message st ill ap-
pears, see an authori zed Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have
the malfunct ion corrected .
- If the indica t or light and message appear whil e
driving , the hill start assist or emergency brak-
ing function may be malfunct ioning . It may not
be possib le to set the parking brake or release
it once it has been set. Do not park your vehicl e
on hill s and see an authorized Audi dealer or
authorized Audi Service Facility f or assistance .
If the 1111 Eland warning lights turn on to-
gethe r, take you r vehicle to an author ized Audi
dealer or autho rized Aud i Service Facility immedi-
ately to have the brake pads inspected
¢ page 21 .
There is also a war ning tone when the lights t ur n
on .
_& WARNING
- Read and fo llow ing the warn ings in
¢ page 198, Working in the engine com-
partment before opening the hood and
checking the brake fluid level.
- If the brake system indicator light does not
turn off or it turns on wh ile driving, the
brake flu id level in the reservoir is too low,
and this increases the risk of an accident.
Stop the vehicle and do not continue dr iv-
ing . See an author ized Audi dealer or au-
tho rized Audi Service Facili ty for assistance.
- If the brake system indicator light tu rns on
together with the ABS and ESCind icator
lights, the ABS/ESC regu lating fu nction may
be malfunctioning. Functions th at stabilize
18
the vehicle are no longer available . This
could cause the rear of the vehicle to
swerve, which increases the risk that the ve-
hicle will slide. Drive carefully to the nearest
author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Service Facil ity and have the malfunction
corrected.
PARK/(®)/
~ Electromechanical parking
brake
If the - (USA mode ls) / . (Canada mode ls)
indicato r light turns on, t he parking brake was
set.
- (USA model s) / . (Canada model s) Cau-
tion: Vehicle parked too steep
If t he indicato r ligh t blink s and t he message ap-
pears, there is not enough braking powe r to se-
cure the vehicle. The brakes have overheated. The
vehicle could roll away even on a small incline.
- (USA models) / . (Canada model s)
Please press brake pedal t o release parking
brake
To release the park ing brake, press the brake ped-
al and press t he~ button at the same time, or
star t driving with hill start assist ¢page 80,
Starting from a stop.
Ill Parking brake!
There is a malfunc t ion in the parking brake. Drive
to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Service Facility immed iately to have the malfunc-
tion corrected .
Ill Parking brake: limited functionality !
There is a malfunction in the parking brake. Drive
to an authorized Audi dealer or authori zed Audi
Service Facility immed iate ly to have the ma lfunc-
tion correct ed.
!~;1
;1
J:)J; ;13~
(USA models) / ¢@'A
<Canada models)
Please release parking brake.
Release the par king brake if this message ap-
pears.
lt1;1 :H(USA models) / iiJ(Canada models)
J:);tJ
Parking brake auto release unavailable ...

If th is message appears, press t he brake pedal
f irst and the n release the parking brake.
IZ,;11
:);MJ~
(USA models) / [i] (Canada models)
Caution: Vehicle parked too steep
If the indicator lig ht blinks and t he message ap-
pears, there is not enoug h brakin g power to se-
cure t he vehicle. The brakes have overheate d. The
vehicle could roll away even on a small incli ne.
l:(;1;1:t:);MJ~
(USA models) / [i] (Canada models)
Parking brake is applied
If th is message appears, press t he brake pedal
f irst and the n release the parking brake if neces-
sary.
(D Tips
For addit ional information on the park ing
brake, ref er t o ¢ page 78.
_L Cooling system
• Switch off engine and check coolant level!
The coolant level is too low or the coolant tem-
peratu re is too hig h.
Do not cont inue driving and switc h the engine
off. Check the coolant level ¢ page 205.
- If the coolant level is too low, add coolant
¢ page 206 . Only cont inue driv ing once t he in-
dicator light turns off.
- If the coolant is at the correct level , the prob-
lem may be caused by a ma lf unction in the radi-
ator fan. Do not cont inue driv ing. See an au-
t horized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
Facili ty for assistance .
• Coolant temperature too high! Let engine
run with vehicle stationary
Let t he engi ne cool by runnin g it in idle for a few
minutes .
A WARNING
- Never open t he hood if you can see or hear
M
N steam or coolant escaping from the engine
0
> compartment. This increases the ris k of
co
,...., bur ns. Wait until you no lo nger see or hear
\!)
1.1'1
steam or coolan t escaping .
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Instruments and indicator lights
- The engine compa rt ment in any vehicle can
be a dangerous area. Stop the engine and al-
low it t o cool befo re working in the engine
compa rtment. Always fo llow the informa-
tion f ound in ¢ page 198, Working in the
engine compartment .
(D Note
Do not cont inue dr iving if the . indicato r
light tur ns on - this increases the risk of en-
gine damage.
Engine oil pressure
"1::::7:
• Switch off engine! Oil pressure too low
Stop t he engine and do not cont inue drivi ng.
Check the eng ine oi l level ¢ page 203 .
- If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oi l
¢ page 201 . Only continue dr iving once the in-
dicator light turns off.
- If the engine oil level is correct and the indica-
to r li ght still turns on, turn t he engine off and
do not cont inue drivi ng. See an authorized Audi
dealer or aut horized Audi Service Facility fo r as-
sist ance.
(D Tips
The oil pressure war ning is not an oi l level in-
dicator . Always check the oil level regular ly.
0 Alternator/battery
• Alternator fault : battery is not being charg-
ed
There is a malfunction in the alt ernator or t he ve-
hicle electr ical system .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or autho rized
Audi Service Facility immed iately. Because t he ve-
hicle battery is draining, tu rn off all unnecessary
elect rical equip ment such as t he MMI. Seek pro-
fe ssional assistance if t he battery charge level is
too low.
(•) Low battery charge: Battery will be charged
while driving
The starting abili ty may be impaired.
19
Instruments and indicator light s

If th is message turns off after a little while, the II!! Steering lock: system fault! Please contact
battery charged enough while driving . Service
If the message does not turn off, have and au- There is a malfunction in the elect ronic steer ing
thor ized Audi dealer or aut horized Audi Service lock.
Facility repair the ma lfunction.
Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the
t/ll!i.:Safety systems malfunction correct ed.
The II(USA models)/ m
(Canada mode ls) indi-
A WARNING
cator li ght monitors the safety systems. -

Do not tow yo ur vehicle when t here is a mal-

Safety system f unction in the electronic steering loc k - this
If the II
(USA mode ls) Im
(Canada mode ls) in- increases the risk of an accident .
dicator light turns on or blinks, there is a mal -
function in a safety system. ~ Engine start system
Drive to an aut horized Aud i dealer or aut horized • Engine start system malfunction. Please
Audi Service Facili ty immediately to have the contact Service
malfunct ion corrected .
Do not switch the ignition off because you may
A WARNING
-
not be able to switch it on again.
Have the safety systems inspected immedi- Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or aut hori zed
ately. Otherwise, there is a risk that the sys- Audi Service Facility immed iate ly t o have t he
tems may not activate during a collision, malfunction corrected.
wh ich increases the risk of serious injury or
death .
¥·1Engine start system malfunction. Please
conta ct Service
There is a malfunction in the eng ine starting sys-
t Front safety belt
tem .
The . indicator light stays on until the driver 's
page 73, Auto-
- Vehicles with ign ition lock c::>
and front passenger's safety belts are buckled .
matic start malfunction
Above a certain speed, there w ill also be a warn-
page 76, Au-
- Vehicles with convenience key c::>
ing tone .
tomatic start malfunction
@ Tips Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
For addit ional information on safety belts, re- Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the
page 140.
fe r to c::> malfunction corrected.

~ - Steering lock ~ Engine

• Do not drive vehicle: steerin g defective
There is a malfunct ion in the electron ic steering
lock. You cannot turn the ignition on .
Do not tow your vehicle because it cannot be
steered . See an authorized Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
• Engine stopped : brake servo and power
steering not possible
There is a malfunction in the eng ine or in the fuel
supply syst em.
More fo rce is needed to steer and bra ke t he mov-
ing vehicle when the engine is stopped. If the ve-
hicle is roll ing, try to br ing it to a stop off to the
side from moving traffic. See an authori zed Audi .,.

20
 Instruments and indicator lights

dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for as-
sistance.
A WARNING
If the engine stops while driving, you will
need to use more force to brake the vehicle.
This increases the risk of an accident. There
will still be power steering if the ignition is
switched on while the vehicle is rolling and
there is sufficient battery charge. Otherwise,
you must use greater force when steering.
ABS malfunction! See owner's manual
If theBl indicator light and the ABS indicator
light[!] (USA models) / ¢0) (Canada models)
turn on and this message appears, there is a mal-
function in the ABS system or electronic differen-
tial lock. This also causes the ESC to malfunction.
The brakes still function with their normal power,
but ABS is not active.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
malfunction corrected.

!;.! ~ Electronic stabilization control (ESC)

and (8) anti-lock braking system (ABS)
A WARNING
If the 1111 (USA models) /. (Canada mod-
If theDJ indicator light blinks while driving, the els) brake system indicator light turns on to-
ESC or ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) is actively regu- gether with the ABS and ESC indicator lights,
lating. the ABS/ESC regulating function may have
failed . Functions that stabilize the vehicle are
If theDJ indicator light turns on, the system has
no longer available. This could cause the vehi-
switched the ESC off. In this case , you can switch
cle to swerve, which increases the risk that
the ignition off and then on to switch the ESC on
the vehicle will slide. Drive carefully to the
again. The indicator light turns off when the sys-
nearest authorized Audi dealer or authorized
tem is functioning fully.
Audi Service Facility and have the malfunction
Stabilization control (ESC): sport. Warning! Re- corrected.
stricted stability

If theII indicator light turns on, ESC sport (D Tips

mode was switched on using the i.i,O FF I button For additional information on ESC and ABS,
¢ page 124. You can turn the ESC on again by page 123.
refer tor::!:>
press the i.i,OFFI button again .

Stabilization control (ESC): off. Warning! Re- BRAKEt<

O:Brake pads
stricted stability
1111(USA models) / [IJ (Canada models)
If theII indicator light turns on, the ESC was re- Brake pads!
stricted or switched off using the I.$O FF I button
If the warning light illuminates, immediately
page 124. The message ESC OFF also appears.
r::!:>
contact your authorized Audi dealer or qualified
You can turn the ESC on again by press the
workshop to have all brake pads inspected. Both
i.i,OF F! button again. sets of brake pads on an axle must always be re-
The system switched on when the ignition is placed at the same time.
switched on. The II
indicator light turns off
A
when the system is functioning fully.

Stabilization control (ESC) malfunction! See

- WARNING
Driving with bad brakes can cause a collision
owner's manual and serious personal injury .
M
N Stabilization control (ESC/ABS) malfunction!
0
iii See owner's manual
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
1.1"1
1.1"1
,....,

21
Instruments and indicator light s
- If t he warnin g light EiJ
or t he warning
light 1111 1) w ith the message Brake pads!
comes on in the instrument cluster display,
immediately contact your author ized Audi
dealer or qualified workshop to have all
brake pads checked or replaced if necessary.
·~ Hill hold
Hill hold assi st: unavailable
If thell ind icator light turns on and this mes-
sage appears, hill hold is not ava ilable.
II Manual control!
If t his message appears, press the brake peda l.
Continue dr iving with the help of the parking
bra ke ¢ page 78
EPC
Engine control (gasoline engine)
Applies t o vehicles: with gasoline engine
If t he ~ ind ica t or ligh t turns on if there is a
malfunct ion in t he engine contro l.
Drive s low ly to an author ized Audi dealer or au-
thor ized Audi Se rvice Facility to have the eng ine
checked.
If the ~ indicator light turns on when you sta rt
the eng ine, the re is an automatic start ma lfunc-
tion. To sta rt the eng ine, fo llow t hese steps:
- Vehicles with a mechanical igni t ion
c:>page
73, Automatic start malfunction
- Vehicles with a conven ience key c:>page 76,
Automatic start malfunction .
W Engine control (diesel engine)
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engi ne
The engine is prewa rmi ng if t he II
indicato r
light t ur ns on when th e igni t ion is sw itched on .
If the ind icator light blinks while dr iving , t he re is
a ma lfunct ion in the engine cont ro l.
l) - : USA mode ls only
22
Drive slowly to an a uthorized Audi dea ler or au -
thorized Audi Service Facility to have the mal-
funct ion corrected .
If t he II ind icator light tu rns on w hen yo u st art
t he engine, t here is a n automatic start mal func -
tion . To start the engine, follow these ste ps:
Vehicles with a mechanical ignition ¢ page 73,
vehicles with a convenience key c:>page 76
o System indicator light (MIL)
The system indicator light (MIL) is part of the On
Board Diagnostic system (OBD II). ThP ¢..ifi sym -
bo l turns on whe n t he ignition is switched on and
tu rns off agai n once t he eng ine is started and
run ning at a steady id le speed. This ind icate s t hat
t he MIL is func t ioning correc t ly.
The ind icator light turns on if t here is a malfunc-
t ion in t he engine electronics. See an author ized
Audi de aler or au t hori zed Audi Service Facility t o
have the mal fu nct io n corrected.
The system indicato r light (MIL) may turn o n if
the fue l filler cap is not closed co rrectly
¢page 192.
For additional information, refer to c:>page 25.
... Diesel particulate filter
Appli es to vehicles: wit h diesel engine and diesel particulate
filter
• Particulate filter: System fault See owner's
manual
The diese l part icu late filter requires regenera -
tion. To support the filter's self-cleaning func-
tion:
Drive for app roximately 15 minutes at 40 mph
(60 km/h) or above in the S se lector lever posi -
tion. Keep the eng ine speed around 2,000 RPM.
The temperat ure increase that w ill result from
th is can burn off the soot in the filter. The ind ica-
tor light w ill turn off when the cleani ng has com-
pleted successfully. .,..
 Instruments and indicator lights

If the indicator light does not turn off, drive im-
mediately to an authorized Audi dea ler or author -
ized Audi Service Facility to have the malfunction
corrected.
_& WARNING
Always adapt your speed to the current
weather, road and traffic conditions. You
should never disobey traffic laws in order to
follow driving recommendations .
@ Tips
For additional information on the diesel par-
ticulate filter, refer to ¢ page 195.
"', Engine
'I::?;. oil sensor
• Oil level sensor: system fault!
The sensor to check the engine oi l level has
failed. Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have
the malfunction corrected.
• Oil level sens.: oil change necessary. Please
contact Service
The engine oil level is too high.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
malfunction corrected.

!7l Engine speed limitation (D Note

Applies to vehicles: with engine speed limitat ion Refer to the description in the Owner's Man-
ual~ page 203, Checking the engine oil level
(II Max. engine speed: XXXXrpm
and ¢ page 203, Adding engine oil <t::;r._
The engine speed is automatically limited to the
speed d isplayed in the driver information system.
BilTank system
This protects the eng ine from overheat ing .

The engine speed limitation deactivates once the

D Please refuel
engine is no longer in the critical temperature If the indicator light turns first turns on and this
range and you have released the accelerator ped- message appears , the tank contains the fol low-
al once. ing amount of fuel:

If the engine speed limitation was activated by - Front wheel drive: approximate ly 1.8 gallons (7
an engine control malfunction, the ~ indicator liters)
light also turns on . Make sure the engine speed - All whee l dr ive: approximately 2.2 gallons (8.5
does not go above the speed d isplayed, for exam- liters)
ple when downshifting. Drive to an author ized
Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility im-
Hid
Please refuel immediately

mediately to have the malfunct ion corrected. If the indicator light turns on the message ap-
pears, the fuel tank is almost empty. Refuel the
~.. Engine oil level (min.) vehicle immediately.

l!I Check oil level D Fuel tank malfunction! Please contact Serv-
ice
You may continue driving for the t ime being.
If the indicator light turns on and the message
Check the oi l level as soon as poss ible
appears:
¢page 201.
- there is a malfunction in the fuel tank system,
- If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oil
or
~ page 203.
- in vehicles with diesel engines, water may have
M
N - If the engine oil level is correct and the indica -
0 collected in the fuel filter. 1111>
> tor light st ill turns on, drive at low engine
co
,...., speed to an authorized Audi dealer or author-
..,.,
\!)

..,.,
..,., ized Audi Service Facility .
,....,

23
Instruments and indicator
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
malfunct ion corrected .
(D Note
Applies to vehicles with diesel engines: If the
diesel fue l quality is poor, it may be necessary
to have the water drained from the water sep-
arator l) in the fuel filter more often than
specified in the ma intenance schedule. This
can help reduce engine malfunct ions.
@ For the sake of the environment
Fuel should never enter the sewer system or
come into contact w ith the ground.
More information on refueling is available on
page c:>page 192.
~ Washer fluid level
~ Pleas e add washer flu id
Fill the washer fluid with the ignition switched
off c:>page 212.
~~ Windshield wipers
mWindshield wiper: syst em fault!
There is a malfunction with the windshield wip-
ers.
Drive to an autho rized Aud i dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
malfunct ion corrected .
~ Defective light bulb warning
Applies to vehicles: with driver information system
If the S:i
indicator light turns on, a bulb has
fa iled. The message indicates the location of the
bulb.
Replace the bulb immediate ly.
Vehicle light s: syste m fault!
l) This fun ct ion is not avail able in all count ri es.
24
light s
There is a malfunction in the headlights or the
light switch . Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or
authorized Aud i Service Facility immediately to
have the malfunct ion corrected.
-A
WARNING
-
- Light bulbs are under pressure and can ex-
plode when bulbs are replaced - risk of in-
jury .
- With gas-discharge lamps* (xenon head-
lights), the high -voltage component must
be handled appropr iately. Otherwise, there
is a risk of fatal injury.
~(D Dynamic Headlight range control system
Appli es to vehicles: wit h Xenon lights
II Headlight range control system: system
fault!
There is a malfunction in the dynamic headlight
range contro l system, which may cause glare for
othe r drive rs.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the
malfunction corrected.
go Audi adaptive light
Appli es to vehicles : wi th Audi adapt ive ligh t
l'!JAudi adaptive light : system fault!
There is a malfunction in the adapt ive lights . The
headlights sti ll function.
Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authori zed
Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the
malfunction corrected.
@ Light/rain sensor
Appli es to vehicles: wit h l ight/rain sensor
II Automat ic headlight s : system fault!
El Automat ic wipe rs: system fault !
The light/rain sensor is malfunctioning .
For safety reasons, the low beams are turned on
permanently wi t h the switch in AUTO. You can .,..
 Instruments and indicator lights

continue to turn the lights on and off using the
light switch. You can still contro l all wiper func-
tions that are independent of the rain sensor .
Drive to an autho rized Audi dea ler or authorized
Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
malfunction corrected.
; Adaptive dampers
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
R Suspension: system fault!
indicator turns on, the cata lytic conve rter may be
damaged.
Drive with reduced engine performance (avoid
high speeds for extended per iods of t ime and/or
fast acceleration) and have the ma lfunction cor-
rected . See an authorized Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility.
The indicator may turn on if the electronic speed
limiter is faulty. For add itiona l information, refer
to ¢ page 94, Electronic speed limiter*.

There is an adaptive damper ma lfunction. The MILmay also turn on if the fuel filler cap is
not closed correctly ¢ page 192.
Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized
Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
On-Board Diagnostics
malfunction corrected.

¢¢ Turn signals

If the B DI
or indicator light blinks, a turn sig -
nal is turned on. If both indicator lights are blink-
ing, the emergency flashers are on.
In an indicator light blinks twice as fast as usual
then a blinker bulb has failed. Carefully drive to
your authorized Audi dealer immed iate ly to have
the ma lfunction corrected. Fig. 7 Locat ion of Data Link Connector (DLC)

(D Tips On-Board Diagnostics monitors the components

For more information on the turn signals, re- of your emission control system. Each monitored
fer to q page 45. component in your engine system has been as -
signed a code . In case of a malfunction, the com-
ponent will be identified and the fault stored as a
On-Board Diagnostic code in the control module memory.
system (OBD)
The MIL light may also illuminate if t here is a
System indicator light (MIL) leak in the on-board fuel vapor recovery system.
If the light illuminates after a refuelling, stop the
The system indicator light (MIL)¢4 in the instru -
vehicle and make sure the fuel filler cap is prop-
ment cluster is part of the On Board Diagnostic
erly closed qpage 192.
System (OBDII).
In order to make an accurate diagnosis, the stor -
The warning/indicator light turns on when the ig-
ed data can only be displayed using special diag-
nition is switched on and turns off once the en-
nostic equipment (generic scan tool for OBD).
gine is started and is running in idle at a stab le
speed. This ind icates that the MIL is funct ion ing In order to connect the spec ial diagnostic equip-
correctly . ment, push the plug into the Data Link Connector
....,
N (DLC).The DLCis located to the right of the hood
0 If the light does not turn off after starting the
>
co release ¢ fig. 7. ..,.
rl
engine or turns on while driving, this may indi-
I.O
"' cate there is a ma lfunction in the engine. If the
"'
"'
rl

25
Instruments and indicator light s

Your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service

station can interpret the code and perform the
necessary repair.

A WARNING
.
Do not use the diagnostic connector for per-
sonal use. Incorrect usage can cause malfunc-
tions, wh ich can increase the risk of a colli-
sion!

26
 Dri ver information system

Driver information @ ®
system First tab ~ Vehicle functions:
On-board computer, time, date
Overview ¢page28
Applies to vehicles: with driver information syste m
Efficiency program
~ ¢ page29
M
0
:>
CX)
ID Digital speedometer
Assist
Audi adaptive cruise control*
¢pag e 96
Audi active lane assist*
¢page 106
Lap timer* ¢page 30
Fig. 8 Instr um ent cluster : dr iver informat ion system (ex- Reduced display
amp le}
Second / Lt Messages and indicator lights
-!;1
tab =< Service reminder indicator
Data is automatically recorded , processed and
¢ page 212
displayed in the driver information system . Set-
tings for special equipment can be adjusted in Third tab fl I I Audio/ l'>lRadio
the MMI. Select the IMENU ! button >C ar > Sys- Fourth ,.,. Telephone*
tems* control button. tab

Introduction Fifth tab ~I~ Navigation *

The driver information system is controlled The second tab is only visib le if at least one indi-
through the multifunction steering wheel cator light or message is shown or if that system
¢ page 28, fig . 9 . is switched on.

The Driver Information System ¢ fig. 8 contains Display

the following information: In the driver information system you will see:
- @ Tab (register)
Radio station or CD
- ® Vehicle info rmation
time and date ¢page 10
- © Status line (selector lever position, out side
temperature ¢ page 11) Odometer, trip odometer ¢ page 11
- @ On-board computer Outside air temperature ¢page 11

The follow ing funct ions are possible, depending Service interval disp lay ¢ page 212
on vehicle equipment: Indicator lights and messages ¢ page 13
Digital speedometer
Lap t imer* ¢page30
Cruise control system ¢ page 94
Speed warn ing ¢page 94
Selector lever positions ¢page82
....,
N
On-board computer display ¢page28 ...
0
>
co
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

27
Dr ive r in f ormation sys t e m

On-board comput er display Operation

The on-boa rd comp uter display monitors the dif- Appl ies to vehicles: with driver info rmation system

ferent memory levels: The driver information system is controlled with

- Short-term memory (on-board computer 1) the multifunction steering wheel.
- Long-term memory (on-board computer 2)
- Efficiency program
The fo llow ing information can be displayed in on-
board computer 1 and 2 one after the other.

-Date
- Estimated range based on current fuel leve l
- Travel t ime
- Average consumption
- Average speed Fig. 9 Mult ifunction steering wheel: driver informat ion sys-
- Distance tem contro ls
- Current fuel consumption
- Engine oil temperature indicator*

On-board computer D (short -term memory )

The short-term memory collects driving informa-
tion from the time the ign it ion is switched on un-
til it is switched off . If you con t inue dr iving with -
in two hours after sw itchi ng the ign ition off, the
new values are included when calcu lating the cur-
rent trip information. If stopped for more the
two hours , the short term memory is automati -
cally erased once you begin driving.
On-board com puter fJ (long-t erm memory)
Unlike the short-te rm memory, the long-term
memory is not erased automat ically. You can se-
lect the time period for evaluating trip informa-
tion yourself.
Efficie ncy program ii
The effic iency program can help you to use less
fuel ~ page29.
(j) Tips
- The on-board computer is controlled by the
left button fields on the multifunction
steering wheel.
- For information on using the other button
fields, such as the audio, telephone* and
navigation * functions, see the MMI owner's
manua l.
Fig. 10 Driver info rmation system: calling up the vehicle
functions menu
In add ition to information about the on-board
computer (on-board compu t er 1, 2 and the eff i-
ciency prog ram), information about othe r sys-
tems can also be shown in the display .
You can identify which level (on-board computer
1, 2 or the effi ciency program) is shown in the
display based on t he small D, fJ o r the nozz le
ii .
The tab @ ~ page 2 7, fig. 8 is displayed once you
press the button (D ~ fig. 9 on the m ultifunction
stee ring wheel.
Operating
"' Switch on the ignition . The last select function
is displayed .
"' To switch between the tabs, press the rocke r
button (D t o t he left or right ~ fig. 9 .
"' To access add itiona l informa t ion below or
above, rotate the thumbwheel @ down or up. 9"'

28
 Dri ver information system

.. To confirm a selection, press the thum bwheel Boost indicator

@. Applies to vehicles: with boost pressure indicator
.. To se lect a function programmed to a steer ing
whee l button , press the button @ . For addi-
tiona l information, see c:>page 29 , Assigning
a function to a programmable steering wheel
button

Opening the Vehicle functions

.. Select the f irst tab with the button (!) .
.,. Press the button @ . The Veh icle functions
me nu is displayed 9 fig . 10.
.. To select a menu item, turn and press the Fig. 11 Instrume nt clust er: boost indicato r

t humbwheel @ .
Boost pressure indicator (boost)
Resetting values to zero
A bar grap h that begins on the left and fills in t o-
.. I n the Vehicle funct ions menu, se lect On-board wa rd t he right ind icates the engine's current load
computer or Efficiency program . (meaning t he cur rent boost pressure).
.. Select a value in the desired trip computer or in
t he efficie ncy prog ram . Efficiency program
.,.To reset t he values in a memo ry, press and hold
t he thu mbwheel @ for one secon d. Description
Applies to vehicles: with driver info rma t ion system
Recalling indicator lights and messages ,._
<D

.. Press the button CDrepeated ly until the Q tab

M
0
>
m
appea rs. m

The Q tab is only visible when there is a mal -

f unction.

Assigning a function to a programmable

steering wheel button
.. Select: the IMENU j button > Car > Systems*
control button > Vehicle settings > Steering Fig. 12 Inst rume nt clust er: efficie ncy program (example)
wheel button programming .
Calling up the efficiency program ii1
The Q tab is only visible when there is at lea st
one ind icat or light or message displayed. .. Call up the veh icle functio ns by pre ss ing the
but t on @ c:>page 28, fig . 9 and se lect the
(D Tips menu item Efficiency program c:>page 29.
- If t he vehicle battery is discon nected , all The efficiency program can he lp you to use less
memo ry values are erased. fuel. It eval uates driving inform ation in refere nce
- Inform ation on the efficiency program to fuel consump t ion and shows ot her eq uipme nt
c:>
p age 29 . influencing consumpt ion c:>page 30 . Fuel econ -
- There is more inform at ion on t he m ultif unc- omy messages c:>page 30 provide t ips for eff i-
...., t ion st ee ring wheel in t he MMI*owner 's cient driving .
N
0
> manua l.
co The efficiency program receives dat a abou t the
rl
I.O distance and fuel consumpt ion from the on-
"' board compu t er 1. If the data in t he eff iciency
"'
"'
rl

29
Driver information system
program is deleted ¢ page 29, the values in the
on-board computer 1 are also reset.
Other equipment
Applies to vehicles: with driver information system
l8
M
0
> function steering wheel.
"'
a,
Fig. 13 I nstrument cluster : Other equipment (examp le)
"'T urn the menu thumbwheel @ ¢ page 28,
fig. 9 until the other equipment affecting con-
sumption appears.
Other equipment that is currently affecting fuel
consumption is listed in the efficiency prog ram.
The display shows up to three other items of
equipment @ . The equipment using the most
fue l is listed first. If more than three items using
fuel are switched on, the equipment that is cur-
rently using the most fuel is displayed.
A scale @ also shows the current total consump-
tion of all other equipment.
Fuel economy messages
Applies to vehicles: with driver info rmation system
Fig. 14 Instrument cluster: economy tip (examp le)
Fuel economy messages are disp layed when f uel
consumption is increased by certain conditions . If
you follow these economy tips, you can reduce
your vehicle's consumption of fuel. The messages
30
appear automatically and are only disp layed in
the efficiency program. The fuel economy mes-
sages turn off automatically after a certain peri-
od of t ime.
"'T o turn an economy message off immediate ly
after it appears, press any button on the multi-
(D Tips
- Once you have turned an economy tip off, it
wi ll only appear again after you turn the ig-
nition on again.
- The economy tips are not displayed in every
instance, but rather in intervals over a peri-
od of time.
Lap timer and engine oil
temperature indicator
Introduction
Applies to veh icles: with lap t im er (S models)
The engine oil temperature is only shown in the
lap timer display.
Lap timer
You can record and evaluate lap times with the
lap timer in the display ¢ poge 31, fig. 16. The
time is measured in minutes, seconds and 1/10
seconds. With lap times longer than 60 minutes,
the hour is also shown and the display of
1/10 seconds is removed.
The time measurement on an individua l lap ends
after 99 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds. A new
lap starts automatically after that.
The measurement ends after a maximum of 30
laps. You can then evaluated the lap times or
start a new time measurement.
Engine oil temperature indicator
If the engine oil temperature is below 140 °F
(60 °C), the~ symbol followed by three hy-
phens" - - -" and the °C unit is shown .
The engine has reached its operating tempera-
ture when the engine oil tempera t ure is between
176 °F (80 °() and 248 °F (120 °C) under nor-
mal driving conditions. The engine oil IJI>

temperature may be higher if there is heavy en-
gin e load and high temperatures outside . This is
not a cause for concern as long as the .
¢ page 19 or llll ¢page23 indicator lights in the
display do not blink.
A WARNING
-
Your focus should always be on driving your
vehicle safely . As the dr iver, you have com-
plete responsibility for safety in traffic . Only
use the functions such as the lap timer in such
a way that you a lways maintain complete con-
trol over your vehicle in all traffic situations .
(D Tips
You can retr ieve information from the tr ip
computer while the lap timer stopwatch is
running.
Opening the lap timer and measuring time
Applies to vehicles: with lap timer (5 models)
Fig. 15 Multifunction steer ing wheel: controls
Fig. 16 Instrument cluster: lap timer
Opening th e lap timer
....,
N
0 "' Press the button @ on the multifunction steer-
>
co
ing wheel and turn the thumbwheel @
rl
I.O
"' ¢ fig. 15 unt il Lap timer ¢ fig. 16 appea rs.
"'
"'
rl
Dr iv er inform at io n sy stem
.. Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm the selec -
tion.
Timing laps
"' To sta rt timing, press the thumbwheel @ while
on the menu item Lap 1 - pre ss OK. The time
measurement is shown in line @ r=:>fig. 16.
.. To measure the lap time, press the thumb -
wheel @ again while on the men u item New
lap - pre ss OK. This also starts timing the next
round. The last t ime measurement moves up to
the top line (D. Line ® contains the current lap
time .
If the symbol ri) is green during the current lap
t ime measurement, the current time is faster
than the previous best time. If the symbol . is
red, the current time is slower @ .
Displaying split time and pausing tim ing
[~l
.. To display a split time turn the thumb-
wheel @ until Split time appears in line @ .
Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm the selec-
tion. The split time appears for approximately
10 seconds in line @ . The timing of the current
lap conti nues.
If you would like to insert a pause m immediate-
ly after the split t ime, first press the thumb-
wheel @ and then the menu item Press OK to go
back to confirm .
"' To insert a pause, turn the thumbwheel @ until
Pause appears in the line @ . Press t he thumb-
wheel @ t o confirm the se lect ion . The pause
symbo lm appears in line @ .
.. To continue timing, press the thumbwhee l @ .
If timing is paused , you can continue it lat er even
if you sw itch the ignition off.
Mean ing of the indicators in the center d isp lay
¢ fig . 16:
CD Disp lay of last time measurement
@ Symbols:
-[O]:Begin ning of time measuremen t
- . : Slowest time
- . : Fastest time
- [~]: Split time
-m: Pause
31
Driver information system

® Current time measurement • To exit the lap timer, press the button @ on the
mu ltifunction steering wheel and keep turning
@ Menu:
- Lap 1 (start)
the thumbwheel @ c::> page 31, fig. 15 until a
new menu item appears. Press the thumb-
- New lap (start another lap)
wheel @ to confirm the selection.
- Split time (time with in section of the
route) fig. 17 :
Explanation of the evaluation c::>
- Pause (interrupts measurement)
- Statistics (evaluation of lap times) @ All laps
- Reset (all values are deleted) ® II:Fastest lap time
© . : Slowest lap time
Evaluating or resetting recorded times
® r?l:Average lap time
Applies to vehicles: with lap timer (S models)
® !! 1~ : up/down to other pages
You can evaluate the fastest, slowest and aver-
age lap times.
© Delete the entries or reset the lap/time
measurement

@ Tips
- Saved lap times cannot be individua lly de-
leted from the total results.
- The saved lap timer values will remain after
switching the ignition off.

Fig. 17 Instrument cluste r : Evaluat ing reco rded times

After evaluating the lap times, you can continue

the current timing round or start over, meaning
start lap 1 aga in.

• To eva luate the time measurement, turn the

thumbwheel @ c::> page 31, fig. 15 until Statis-
page 31, fig . 16 . Press
tics appears in line @ c::>
the thumbwheel @ to confirm the select ion.
The disp lay shows the fastest lap "+", the s low-
est lap" - " and the average lap time "0" . To dis-
play the individual lap times, turn the thumb-
whee l @ downward ~ or upward !!.
• To continue the lap measurement that was
started, press the thumbwheel @ .
• To reset the time measurement to zero, first
press the thumbwheel @ , then turn the
thumbwheel @ c::>page31, fig. 15 until Reset
appears in line @ i=> page31 , fig . 16 . Press the
thumbwheel @ to confirm the se lection .
• To restart the lap timer for the new lap meas-
urement, press the thumbwheel @ .

32
 Opening and closing

Open ing and closing radio device such as a key for another vehicle or a
transponder is located on the key ring.
Central locking
Data in the remote control key or
Key set convenience key
While driving, service and maintenance -relevant
data is continuous ly stored on your remote con-
trol key or convenience key*. Your Audi service
advisor can read out this data and tell you about
the work your vehicle needs.

A
- WARNING
- Always take the vehicle key with you when
leaving the vehicle, even for a short period
Fig. 18 Your vehicle key set of time. This applies particularly when chil-
dren remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the
The key set contains two remote control keys or children could star t the engine or operate
convenience keys*. To fold the key out and back in electrica l equipment such as power win-
place, press the release button ¢ fig . 18 -arrow- . dows.
- Do not remove the key from the ign iti on lock
Remote control key or convenience key
until the vehicle has come to a complete
The convenience key is a vehicle remote contro l stop. Otherw ise, the steering lock could en-
key with special functions ¢ page 36, Locking gage suddenly and increase the risk of an ac-
and unlocking with the convenience key and cident.
¢ page 75, Starting and stopping the engine

(vehicles with a convenience key). (D Tips

With the remote control key, you can lock and un- The operation of the remote control key can
lock the vehicle centrally and start the engine. be temporari ly disrupted by interference from
transmitters in the vicinity of the vehicle
Number of keys working in the same frequency range (e.g. a
You can check the number of keys assigned to cell phone, radio equipment).
your vehicle in the MMI. This allows you to make
sure you have received all of the keys when you Central locking system description
purchase a used vehicle. Select: the IMENU Ibut-
ton > Car> Systems* control button > Program- You can lock and unlock the vehicle centrally.
med keys. There are different ways, depending on vehicle
equipment:
Replacing a key
- Remote control key ¢ page 35,
If a key is lost, see an authorized Audi dealer or - Lock cylinder on the driver's door ¢ page 37,
author ized Audi Service Facility. Have this key de- or
activated. It is important to bring all keys with - Sensors in the front door hand les on vehicles
you . If a key is lost, you should report it to your with a convenience key* ¢ page 36,
insurance company .
- Central locking switch inside <=:>page37.
M Immobilizer
N Selective unlocking
0
> The immobilizer prevents unauthorized use of
co
,....,
The doors and luggage compa rt ment lid lock
the vehicle. The vehicle may not start if another
\!)
1.1"1
when they close. You can set in the MMI whether .,..
1.1"1
1.1"1
,....,

33
Openin g and c losing

only the driver 's door or the entire vehicle should - On veh icles with a convenience key*, the lug-
un lock when unlocking q page 3 7. gage compa rtment lid unlocks again after clos-
ing if the most recently used key is in the lug-
Automatic locking (Auto Lock)
gage compa rtment.
The Auto Lock funct ion locks all doors and the
Do not lock your vehicle with t he remote control
luggage compartmen t lid once the speed has ex-
key or convenience key* until all doors and the
ceeded approximate ly 9 mph (15 km/h).
luggage compartment lid are closed. In this way
The car is unlocked aga in once the ignition key is you avoid locking yourse lf out accidentally .
removed . In add ition, t he vehicle can be unlo cked
if t he opening function in t he power locking sys- @ Tips
tem switch is used or one of the door handles is - Do not leave valuab les unattende d in the ve-
pulled .* hicle. A locked veh icle is not a safe!
Addit ionally, in the event of a crash wit h airbag - If the LED in the upper edge of the drive r's
dep loymen t the doors are aut om at ically un- doo r tu rns on for about 30 seconds after
locked t o allow access to the vehicle. the vehicle is locked, there is a ma lf unction
in the power locking or the anti-theft alarm
Anti-theft alarm system* system*. Have the problem corrected by an
If t he anti-theft alarm system detects a vehicle autho rized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi
break-in, audio and vis ual warning s ignals are Service Facility.
tr iggered.
LED and batterie s in the remote control key
The ant i-theft alarm system tu rns on automati -
cally when you lock the veh icle. It deact ivates
wh en unlocking using the remote cont rol key or
by t ouching t he se nsor on t he door handle (con-
venience key).
To switch the alarm off, press t hem butto n on
the remote contro l key or convenience key or
switch t he ignit ion on. The alarm also stops auto-
matically aft er a cert ain amoun t of t ime.

Turn signals Fig. 19 Remote contr ol key: LED

When you unlock the vehicle, the t urn signa ls
flash twice. When you lock the vehicle, the t urn
signals flash once.
If they do not flash, one of the doo rs, the lug-
gage compartment lid or the hood is not locked
or t he ignition is still switched on (the lat ter ap-
plies to veh icles with a convenience key).

Unintentionally locking yourself out

In the following cases there safeguards to pre- Fig. 20 Remote con tr ol key: open ing the cover
vent you locking your remote master key in the
vehicle: LED in the remote control key

- The vehicle does not lock with the centra l lock- The LEDc>fig. 19 can tell you about the fu nction
ing switch if the driver's door is open of the remote control key. ..,_
c>page 37 .

34

• If you press a button quickly, the LED blinks
once .
• If you press a button longer (convenience open-
ing*), the LEDblinks several times.
• If the LEDdoes not blink, the remote control
key battery is dead. The message = Please
change key batt ery can also appear in the in-
strument cluster d isplay . Replace the battery .
Replacing the remote cont rol key batte ry
" Pry off the cover with a coin c;,fig. 20.
• Insert the new battery w ith the" +" facing up .
• Press the cover back onto the key until it clicks
into place .
We recommend having the battery replaced by
an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Service Facility.
@.)For the sake of the environment
Dead batteries must be disposed of using
methods that will not harm the env ironment.
Do not dispose of them in household trash .
{!) Tips
The replacement battery must meet the same
specifications as the original battery .
Remote control key synchronization
The remote control key must be synch ron ized if
the vehicle does not lock and unlock with the re-
mote cont ro l.
• Press the remote control key button l@J .
• Insert the key in the dr iver door lock within 30
seconds.
• Press the [m]button or Imbutton.
....,
N locks when the button is pressed twice.
0
>
co
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl
Open ing a nd clo s ing
Unlocking/locking by remote control
Fig. 21 Remote cont rol key or conven ience key: buttons
@ @ Open
@ t'.D
Close
© ,;:::::::,
Unlock luggage compartment lid
@ IPANIC ITrigger the alarm
• To unlock the vehicle, press the button @ @:!
¢fig.21 .
• To lock the ve hicle, br ing the selector lever into
the P position and press the Imbutton @.
• To unlock the luggage compartment lid, press
t he~ but t on © br iefly.
• To open the luggage compartmen t lid, press
and hold the I= ! button © for at least one sec-
ond.
• To trigger the alarm, press the red IPANIC I but-
ton @ . The vehicle horn and emergency flash-
ers turn on.
• To turn off the alarm, press the red IPANIC ! but-
ton @ again .
If the vehicle is unlocked and a door or the lug-
gage compartment lid are not opened w ith in 45
seconds, the vehicle locks aga in automatically .
This feature prevents the vehicle from being acci-
dentally left un locked over a long per iod of t ime .
This does not app ly if you press t he~ butto n ©
button for at least one second.
For vehicles with safety central locking (se lective
unlocking) c;,page 38, only the dr iver's door
and the fuel filler door are opened by press ing
the @Ibutton @ once, and the ent ire vehicle un-
..,.
35
Openin g and c losing
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. ¢ & in
Key set on page 33
(D Tips
- Only use the remote control key or conven-
ience key within view of the vehicle.
- Do not use the remote control when you are
inside the vehicle. Otherwise, you could un-
intentionally lock the vehicle. If you then
tried to start the engine or open a door, the
alarm would be triggered. If this happens,
press the unlock button m.
- The vehicle can only be locked when these-
lector lever is in the P posit ion.
- Only use the panic function in an emergen-
cy.
- For information on additional remote con-
trol key or convenience key functions, refer
to ¢ page 41, Convenience opening/clos-
ing.
Locking and unlocking with the
convenience key
Appl ies t o vehicles: with convenience key
The front doors and the luggage compartment
lid can be unlocked and locked without using the
remote control key.
Fig. 22 Driver's door : l ocking the vehicl e wi th the conven-
ience key
• To un lock the door automatically, grasp the
driver's or front passenger 's door hand le
¢ fig. 22.
• To open the door, pull the door handl e.
36
• To unlock or open the luggage compartment
lid, press the handle in the luggage compart-
ment lid ¢ page 39, fig. 26.
• To lock the vehicle, bring the selector lever into
the P position, close the door and touch the
sensor on the driver's door handle one time. Do
not hold the door handle wh ile doing this .
Only the front doors and luggage compartment
lid can be unlocked or locked . The remote control
key must be within a range of about 5 ft (1.5 m)
from the door or the luggage compartment lid . It
makes no difference whether the remote control
key is in your jacket pocket, purse or briefcase .
If you grip the door handle wh ile locking, this can
adversely affect the locking function .
The door cannot be opened for a brief period di-
rectly after locking it. This allows you the oppor-
tunity to check that the driver's door is locked .
The settings in the MMIspecify if the entire vehi-
cle or one of the doors is unlocked when unlock-
ing the vehicle¢ page 37 .
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. ¢ & in
Key set on page 33
@ Tips
If your vehicle is left standing for a long peri-
od of time, note the following:
- The proximity sensor switches off after a
few days to save energy. You then have to
pull once on the door handle to unlock the
vehicle and a second time to open it.
- To prevent the battery from drain ing and to
retain the starting ability of your vehicle as
long as possible, the energy management
system gradua lly tuns off unnecessary con-
venience functions You may not be able to
unlock your vehicle using the conven ience
key.
- For an exp lanation on conformity with the
FCCregulations in the United States and the
Industry Canada regulations, refer to
¢page 265.
 Open ing a nd clo s ing

Unlocking/locking with the key • To lock the vehicle, press the ~ button c:::>.&_.
• To unlock the vehicle, press the ~ button
In the event that the power locking system fails, c:::>
fig. 24.
the driver's door can locked and unlocked using
the door lock. When loc king the vehicle with the centra l locking
a,
switch, the following app lies:
0
0
0
:> - Opening the door and the luggage compart-
Q)
a,
men t lid from t he outside is not possible (for
secur ity such as when stopped at a light).
- The LED in the central locking switch tu rns o n
when all doors are closed and loc ked.
- Front doo rs: You can open the doors ind ividual-
ly from t he ins ide by pull ing the door hand le.
- Rear doors: Pull on t he door handle once to un-
Fig. 23 Driver' s door: Lock cylinder lock the doo r. Pull on t he doo r handle again to
open t he doo r.
• To un lock the driver's door, turn the key to the - In the event of a crash wit h airbag deploymen t ,
open position ® · t he doo rs unlock a utoma ticall y to allow access
• To lock the driver's door, move the selector lev- to the vehicle.
er to the P position and turn the key once to the
close pos it ion ® · _&. WARNING
- The power locking switch wo rks with the ig-
The settings in the MMI spec ify if the entire vehi-
nition off an d automatically locks the entire
cle or one of the doors is unlocked when unlock-
veh icle when the ~ button is pressed.
page 3 7.
ing the vehicle c:::>
- On a vehicle locked from the outside the
A WARNING power loc king system switch is inoperative.
- Locked doors make it more difficult for
Read and following all WARNINGS. c:::>&. in
emergency workers to get into the ve hicle,
Key set on page 33
which puts lives at ris k. Do not leave anyone
behind in the vehicle, especially children.
@ Tips
For information on additional remote control (D Tips
key or conven ience key funct ions, refer to
Your vehicle will lock automatica lly at a speed
page 41, Convenience opening/closing .
c::>
of 9 mph (15 km/h) c::>page 33 . You can un-
lock the vehicle again using the central lock-
Central locking switch ing opening function.

Setting central locking

Applies to vehicles: wit h drive r info rmat ion system

Various settings can be adjusted in the MMI:

Adjusting door unlocking

You can determine wh ich doors should unlock
....,
N when open ing the vehicle.
0
>
co
rl Fig. 24 Driver's door : Central lock ing switch
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

37
Opening and closing

"'Select : the IMENU ! button> Car> Systems*

control button > Vehicle settings > Central
A
,_
WARNING -

locking > Door unlocking. Always take the key with you whenever you
leave your vehicle. The electronic immobilizer
Selecting All and pressing the ~ button on the can be deactivated with the key, so this could
remote control key unlocks the entire vehicle. make it possible for unauthorized persons to
If you select Driver and then press the ~ button start the engine and operate vehicle systems
on the remote control key, only the driver's door such as the power windows or sunroof. This
will unlock. In vehicles with a convenience key, can increase the risk of serious injury.
only the front door whose handle you pull will
unlock. If you press the ~ button twice, the en- (D Tips
tire vehicle will unlock. If you press the ~ button, - The vehicle cannot be started if an unau-
the entire vehicle will always lock. thorized key is used. It may not be possible
to start the vehicle under certain circum-
Folding* the exterior mirrors
stances, for example if there is another ra-
"'Select : the IMENU ! button> Car> Systems* dio module like the key from another vehicle
control button > Vehicle settings > Central or a transponder on the same keychain.
locking > Fold mirrors when locking. For more - For an explanation on conformity with the
information, refer to c:>page 47, Adjusting FCCregulations in the United States and the
the exterior mirrors. Industry Canada regulations, refer to
If you select On, the outside mirrors will fold in i:>page 265.
automatically when you press the ~ button on
the remote control key i:> page 47. Safety central locking
Applies t o vehicles : with safe t y cen tr al locking
Tone when locking
Safety central locking provides the possibility, to
"'Select : the IMENU ! button> Car> Systems*
only unlock the driver's door and the fuel filler
control button > Vehicle settings > Central
door. The rest of the vehicle remains locked.
locking> Tone when locking.
Unlocking the driver's door and the fuel filler
When checked off./, a tone will sound when you
door
lock the vehicle.
"' Press the remote control key or convenience key
If you press the~ button twice, the entire vehi- Ifillbutton once or turn the key once in the open-
cle will lock. There is a locking tone at the same ing direction.
time 1l.
Unlocking all doors, the luggage
compartment lid and the fuel filler door
Electronic immobilizer
"' Press the remote control key or convenience key
The immobilizer prevents unauthorized use of
Ifillbutton twice within five seconds or turn the
your vehicle.
key twice within five seconds in the opening di-
A microchip in the key automatically deactivates rection.
the electronic immobilizer when the key is locat-
When unlocking just the driver's door, the anti-
ed in the vehicle. If you remove the key from the
theft alarm system* is also immediately deacti-
vehicle, the electronic immobilizer activates
vated.
again automatically.
In vehicles with an MMI, you can directly adjust
the safety central locking c:>page 3 7 .

l) This fu nct ion is not availabl e in all cou nt ries .

38
 Open ing a nd clo s ing

Front passenger's door and rear doors Luggage compartment

emergency locking
Lid
All doors must be locked separately if the power
Opening and closing the luggage
locking system fails .
compartment lid
,.,
6

Fig. 25 Emergency door locki ng

Fig. 26 Luggage compart ment lid : opening (handle)

The driver's door can be locked using the door

lock cylinder ¢ page 37.

The emergency lock on the other doors is located

on the side of the front passenger's and rear
doo rs. It is only visible when the door is open.

• Pull the cover cap out of the opening .

• Insert the key bit in the slot inside and turn the
key all the way to the right (right door) or left
(left door). Fig. 27 Luggage compart ment l id/gr ip: clo sing

Once the doo r has been closed, it can no longer
be ope ned from the outside. The door can be un-
locked and opened from the inside by pulling the
door handle once.
If the chi ld safety lock on the rear doors is acti-
vated, pull the inner door hand le first. Then you
can open the door from the outside .
Opening the luggage compartment lid
• Press and hold the~ button on the remote
contro l key for at least one second, or
• Push the handle in the luggage compartment
lid ¢ fig . 26, or
• Pull the button c::::::;
in the driver 's door @
¢ page 8, fig . 1 .

Closing the luggage compartment lid

• Use the inside g rip to pull the luggage com -
partment lid down and allow it to drop gently
to close it ¢ fig. 2 7 ¢ ,&..

-A WARNING
- After closing the luggage compartment lid,
make sure that it is latched . Otherwise the
luggage compartment lid could suddenly
....,
N open when driving, which increases the risk
0
>
co of an a cciden t.
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

39
Openin g and c losing

- Never drive with the luggage compartment .,.To turn the child safety locks on, turn the igni-
lid ajar or open , because po isonous gases tion key in the direction of the arrow .
can enter the vehicle interior and create the .,.To turn off, turn the ignition key oppos ite the
risk of asphyxiation . direction of the arrow.
- Never leave your vehicle unattended when
When the child safety loc ks are activated, the in-
the luggage compartment lid is open. A
side door handles do not work and t he doors can
child could climb into the vehicle through
on ly be opened from the outs ide.
the luggage compartment. If the luggage
compartm ent lid was the n closed, the child The child sa fety lock only funct ions on the door in
would be trapped in t he vehicle an d u nable which it was activated.
to escape. To reduce the risk of injury, do
not allow children t o play in or a rou nd the Power windows
vehicle. Always keep the luggage compart-
ment lid and the doors closed when the ve- Controls
hicle is not in use. The driver can control all power windows .
- Always make sure no one is in the luggage
compartment lid 's range of motion when it
is closing, especially nea r the hinges. Fin-
gers or hands could be pinched .

(D Tips
- When the vehicle is locked, the luggage
compartment lid can be unlocked separately
by press ing the 1
~1button on the remote
contr ol key. When the luggage compart-
Fig. 29 Sect ion of the driver's doo r : Contro ls
ment lid is closed aga in, it locks a utomat i-
ca lly.
All powe r window switc hes are prov ided with a
- In case of an emergency o r a faulty hand le,
two-position function :
the luggage compartment lid can be opened
pag e 240 .
from the ins ide c::> Opening the window s
.,.Press the switch to the first stop and ho ld it un-
Child safety Lock til the w indow reaches t he des ired pos it ion .
.,.Press the switch briefly to the second stop to
Child safety lock
automatically open the window.
Applies to vehicles: with mechan ical child safety lock

The child safety locks t prevent t he rear doors
from opening from the inside.
Closing the windows
.,. Pull the sw itch to th e first stop and hold it until
t he window reaches the des ired pos ition .
.,.Pull the switch br iefly to the se cond stop to au-
tomatically close the w indow.

Power window switches

@ Switch fig.
c::> 29 for t he window in the driv-
er's door.
® Switch for the w indow in the front passeng-
er's door.
Fig. 28 Rear doo rs: Child safety lock © Switc h for the window in t he left rear doo r.

40

@ Switch for the window in the right rear door.
® Safety button* .
Child safety lock
When the safety button ® ~ fig. 29 is pressed,
the@ symbo l in the button lights up. The power
window switches in the rear doors are switched
off.
A WARNING
-
- When you leave your vehicle - even if only
br iefly - always remove the ignition key. This
applies part icularly when children remain in
the vehicle. Otherwise the children could
start the engine or operate electr ical equip-
ment (e.g. power windows). The power win-
dows are f unctional until the driver 's door or
passenger's door has been opened .
- Pay caref ul at tent ion when closing the win-
dows. It could cause injury by pinching .
- When locking the veh icle from outs ide, the
vehicle must be unoccupied since the win -
dows can no longer be opened in an emer-
gency.
(D Tips
After turning the ignition off you can st ill
open and close the windows for approximate -
ly 10 seconds. The power windows are not
switched off unti l the driver's door or pas-
senger's door has been opened.
Convenience opening/closing
With the convenience opening/closing funct ion,
you can centrally and easily open the windows
and the panorama sunroof* from the outside.
Convenience open featur e
.. Press the open button Iii on the remote control
key until all windows and the panorama sun-
roof* have reached the desired position, or
.. Hold the key in the driver's door lock until all
windows and the panorama sunroof* have
M
N reached the desired position.
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Op e ning a nd cl os in g
Convenience close feature
.. Hold the key in the driver's door lock in the lock
position unti l all windows and the panorama
sunroof* are closed.
Convenienc e closing wi t h the convenience
key*
.. Touch the sensor* on one of the front door han-
dles and contin ue touching it until all of the
windows and the panorama sunroof* are
closed. Do not place your hand in the door han-
dle when doing th is.
Adju sting the convenience opening in the
MMI
.. Select: the IMENU Ibutton >Car> System s*
control button > Vehicle sett ings > Cent ral
locking > Long-press to open w indows
To enable convenience opening of the w indows
and the roof*, the Front windows, Rear win-
dows* and Roof* functions must be switched On.
A WARNING
- Never close the w indows or panorama sun-
roof* carelessly or in an uncontrolled man-
ner, because this increases the risk of injury.
- For security reasons, the w indows can only
be opened with the remote control key at a
maximum distance of approximately 6 feet
(2 meters) from the vehicle.
- Pay attention when using the lock cylinder
to close the w indows and the panorama
sunroof* so that no one is pinched. Closing
stops when the key is moved into the start-
ing position.
Correcting power window malfunctions
After disconnecting the vehicle battery, the one-
touch up and down feature must be activated
again.
.,.Pull the power wi ndow switch until the window
is completely raised.
.. Release the switch and pull it again for at least
one second.
4 1
Openin g and c losing

Panorama sunroof off. The switch is deac t ivated once the driver's or
front passenger's door is opened .
Description
Applies to vehicles: with panoramic sunroof Sun blind
The sun shade can be opened and closed man ual-
ly, de pending on the position of the pa no rama
sun roof. The sun shade can be ope ned partia lly.

_& WARNING
Be careful when closing the pano ramic sun -
roof - otherwise serio us inju ry cou ld resu lt! Al-
ways take the ign ition key with you when leav-
ing the veh icle.
Fig. 30 Sect ion from headl ine r: Pano rama su nroof button
@ Note
The button has two stages. In the second stage, Always close your pano ramic sunroof whe n
the roof automatically runs to the end pos it ion leaving your vehicle . Sudden rain can cause
(open/closed) when the but ton is operated brief- damage to the inter io r equipment of your ve-
ly. The movement can be stopped by press ing the hicle, partic ularly the electronic equipment .
button.

@ Tilting and sliding

(D Tips
- For information about convenience open-
.,.To tilt the sunroof comp lete ly, press the switch
ing/closing, refer to¢ page 41.
br iefly to the second level.
- The pano rama sunroof can on ly be o pened
.,.To close the roof completely, pull the button
when the temperat ure is warmer than -4°F
down br iefly to the second level or slide the
(-20 °().
but ton forw a rd brief ly to the second level
¢ ,& .
.,.To select an intermed iate position, press/pull Panorama sunroof emergency closing
Applies to vehicles: with panoramic sunroof
the switch in the first level until the desired po-
s ition is reached. If the panorama sunroof detects res istance or an
object in its path while clos ing, the sunroof w ill
@ Opening and closing
open again automatically. If the sunroof fails to
.,.To ope n t he s unroof complete ly, slide t he but- clos e after removing the obje ct and afte r trying
t on back to ju st before the seco nd leve l. to close a second t ime, you ca n pe rform an eme r-
...To close the roo f complete ly, push the button gency closing.
forward briefly to t he second level o r pull the
button down briefly to the second level ¢ ,& . .,.Within five seconds after the sunroof opens au-
...To select an intermed iate position, press/pu ll toma t ically, pull the sw itch until the roof
the switch forward/back in the first level until closes .
the des ired pos ition is reached. If you let go of t he switch early, the panorama
sun roof will open aga in.
A wind deflector integrated in the panorama sun -
roof adapts automat ically to the sunroof posi-
tion . This reduces w ind no ise to a minimum in a ll
panorama sunroof positions.

You can still operate the panorama sunroof for

about 10 minutes after the ignit ion is switched

42

Light and Vision
Exterior Lighting
Switching lights on and off
Fig. 31 Instrument panel: Light swit ch (example)
The headlights only work when the ignition is
switched on . The headlights turn off automatical-
ly when the eng ine is switched on or when the ig-
nition is switched off. Only the side-marker lights
stay on.
A warning symbol will appear in the driver infor-
mat ion disp lay if the system is not functioning
correctly ¢ page 24.
Light switch·~-
Turn the switch c::>fig. 31 to the corresponding
position . When the lights are switched on, the re-
spective symbol turns on .
0 - lights off. In some countries, the day time
running lights* are turned on and off together
with the ignition .
- USA models: The daytime running lights switch
on automatically when the ignition is switched
on and the light switch ¢ fig. 31 is in the O posi-
tion or the AUTOposition (only in daylight) . The
Daytime running lights can be switched on and
off in the MMIc::> &.
page 45 c::>
- Canada models: the daytime running lights
switch on automatically when the ignition is
switched on and the light switch <::>fig . 31 is in
the O position, ;oocor the AUTOposition (only in
daylight) . c::>&.
....,
N
0 AUTO*- Automatic headlights switch on and off
>
co depending on brightness, for example in twilight,
rl
I.O
during rain or in tunnels. In vehicles with inte-
"'
"'
"'
rl
grated daytime running lights*, either the day-
Light and Vision
time running lights or the headlights will turn on
automatica lly, depend ing on the amount of light
(may vary depending on the country).
;oo~- Parking light
io - Low beam headlight
The following will happen in these light switch
pos itions when you lock the vehicle:
- iD - Low beam headlight: the entire exterior
lighting is switched off
- AUTO*:the Coming home* function is turned
on c::>
page 45
Fog lights* / rear fog light(s)
Press the correspond ing button c::>fig. 31 :
!0 - Front fog lights* (not pictured) . This button
replaces the button for all-weather lights 'i'liD .
When the fog lights are switched on, the !0 sym-
bol in t he button illuminates.
0$ - Rear fog light(s) When the rear fog lights are
switched on, the 0$ symbo l in the button illumi-
nates.
All-weather lights*
apples to vehicles with LEDheadlights.
Press the corresponding button <,1gD fig. 31 on
<=>
the light switch :
All-weather lights . The symbo l 'i'!io in the
'i'!io -
button lights up when all-weather lights are
switched on .
In vehicles with all-weather lights, the front
lights are adju sted automatically so that you are
less likely to see glare from your own headlights,
for example when driving on a wet road.
Headlight range control system
The headlight range adjusts automatically when
there is a change in vehicle load and during brak-
ing and accelerating so that the headlights do
not cause glare for oncoming traff ic.
Audi adaptive light*
The adaptive light only works when the light
switch is in the AUTOposition . You can deactiva t e
adaptive light in the MMI¢ page 45 . ..,.
43
Light and Vision

When switched on, adaptive light adjusts to

curves depending on the vehicle speed and steer·
(D Note

ing wheel angle . This provides better lighting The rear fog lights shou ld only be turned on in
through the curve. The system operates in a accordance with traffic regulation, as the
speed range from approximately 6 mph (10 km/ lights are bright for following traffic.
h) to 68 mph (110 km/h).
@ Tips
Static cornering light* (vehicles with adaptive
- The light sensor for the automatic head-
light)· the cornering light switches on automati-
lights * is in the rearview mirror mount.
cally when the steering wheel is turned at acer-
Therefore, do not place any stickers in this
tain angle at speeds up to approximately 44 mph
area on the windshield.
(70 km/h) and whe n the turn signal is activated
- Some functions of the exterior lighting can
at speeds up to approximately 25 mph (40 km/
be adjusted c>page 45.
h). The area to the side of the vehicle is illuminat-
- If you turn off the ignition whi le the exterior
ed better when tu rning.
lights are on and open the door, you will
Speed dependent light distribution* - The speed hear a warning tone.
dependent light distribution adapts the light in - In some market-specific versions, the tail
towns and on highways or expressways. I nt ersec- lights do not turn on when switching on the
tions can also be ill um inated on vehicles with a daytime running lights.
navigat ion system*. - In cool or damp weather, the inside of the
headlights, turn signals and taillights can
Highway light function*
fog over due to the temperature difference
(Vehicles with adaptive light or LED headlights) - between the inside and outside . They will
This function adapts the light ing for highway clear shortly after switching them on. This
driving based on vehicle speed. does not affect the service life of the light-
ing .
..&,WARNING - A message w ill appear in the instrument
- Automatic headlights* are only int ended to cluster if there is a malfunction in the light
assist the driver. They do not relieve the sensor c>page 24.
driver of his responsibility to check the
headlights and to turn them on manually Emergency flasher
according to the current light and visibi lity
condit ions. For example, fog cannot be de·
tected by the light sensors. So always switch
on the low beam under these weather con-
ditions and when driving in the dark io.
- Accidents could occur if you can not see the
road ahead of you well and if others on the
road cannot see you . Always switch your
headlightsonsothatyoucanseetheroad
ahead of yo u and others can see your vehicle
from behind. Fig. 32 Ins tr umen t panel : emergency flasher bu tton
- Please observe lega l regulations when using
the lighting systems described . The emergency flashers makes other dr ivers
aware of your vehicle in dangerous situations .

.. Press the ~ button to switch the emergency

flashers on or off.

44
 Light and Vision

You can indicate a lane change or a turn when the @ - high beams off or headlight flasher
emergency flashers are switched on by using the
turn signal lever. The emergency flashers stop
The El indicator light in the inst rument cluste r
turns on.
temporari ly.

The emergency flashers also work when the igni-
tion is turned off.
@ Tips
You should switch the emergency flashers on
if:
- You are the last car in a traffic jam so that
all other vehicles approaching from behind
can see you, or if
- Your vehicle has broken down or you are
having an emergency, or if
- Your vehi cle is being to wed or if yo u are
towing another vehicle.
_& WARNING
High beams can cause glare for other drivers,
which increases the risk of an accident . For
this reason, only use the high beams or the
headlight flasher when they will not create
glare for other drivers.
Adjusting the exterior lighting
The settings are adjusted in the MMI.
.. Select: the IMENU I button > Car > Systems*
cont rol button > Vehicle settings > Exterior
lighting.

Turn signal and high beam lever Automatic headlights

You can adjust the following sett ings in the Auto-
The Lever operates the turn signals, the high
matic headlights menu:
beams and the headlight flasher.
Activation sensitivity - You can adjust if the
headlights switch on Early, Medium or Late ac-
cording to the sensitiv ity of the light sensor.

Audi adaptive light * - you can switch adaptive

light On and Off .

Coming home, Leaving home*

The coming home function illuminates the area
outside the vehicle when you turn the ignit ion off
Fig. 33 Turn signal and high beam lever and open the driver's door. To turn the function
on, select Lights when leaving car > On.
Turn signals ¢i 9 The leaving home illuminates the area outside
The turn signals activate when you move the lev- the vehicle when you un lock the vehicle. To turn
er into a turn signal position when the ignition is the function on, select Lights when unlocking
switched on. car > On.

CD-Turn signal The coming home and leaving home functions

on ly operate when it is dark and the light switch
@ - Turn sig nal
is in the AUTO position.
The turn signal blinks three times if you tap the
lever (convenience tu rn signal) . Daytime running lights*

...., USA models: the daytime running ligh ts can be

N High beams and headlight flasher ~D
0 switched on or off using the MMI. Select On or
> Move the lever to the correspond ing position :
co Off . ...
rl
I.O
"' @ - high beams on
"'
"'
rl

45
Light and Vision

Canada models: This funct ion cannot be switch - Interior lighting

ed off. They activate automatically each time the
ignition is switched on. This menu item is shown Front and rear inter ior lighting front
with a "gray background".

Travel mode*
The headlig ht beam is asymme tr ical. This pro-
vides stronger illumination on the side of the
road on which you are driving. In vehicles with
Xenon headlights* wit h turning light* or LED
headlights* , you must adjust the headlights
when you are driving in a country whe re the traf-
fic direction is opposite from your own country.
Fig. 34 Fro nt headl iner : In t erior lig htin g controls (exam-
Othe rwise, oncoming traff ic will be blinded by ple)
t he glare from th e headlights . An adjustm ent is
not needed in vehicles with Xenon headlights
with out t urning lights.
To prevent glare:
- Travel mode must be activated in vehicles with
Xenon headlig hts* and turning light* or LED
headlights*. Select: the IME NU I button> Car >
Systems * cont rol button > Vehicle settings >
Exterior lighting > Light for driving on left , for
example. Fig. 35 Rear headli ner: LED reading l ights• (example)

After you have adjusted the headlights, the fol-
lowing message will appear:
II Headlight converter active for driving on
left. Range reduced!
(D Tips
When trave l mode is activated , a display in
the driver information system indicates this
each t ime you switch the ignition on.
Depend ing on equ ipme nt , th e interior light ing
may differ from t he illustration.
El- Inter ior light ing on/off
[!I- Door contact switch. The interio r lighting is
controlled automat ically.
~ *- Reading lights on/off
Interior lighting

There are ot her inter ior light ing functions th at

are available. Some functions can be adjuste d in
the MMI.Select : t he IMENU Ibutton > Car > Sys-
tems* control button > Vehicle settings > Ambi·
ent light ing.

46
 Light and V isio n

Instrument illumination 0 - All adjustment functions are deactivated .

The brightness of the instrument cluster and the Q/P - Adjusting the left/rig ht exterior mirror.
center console can be adjusted . Move the knob in the desired direction.

C@· Heating* the m irror glass depending on the

outside temperature.

8 • Folding exterior mirrors*.

Front passenger's ext erior mirror tilt

Fig. 36 Instrument illumination
Requirement: The light must be switched on.
.. Press the knob to release it.
.. Turn the knob toward"-" or"+" to reduce or in-
crease the brightness.
.. Press the knob again to return it to its original
posit ion .
@ Tips
The needles and gauges in the instrument
cluster illuminate when the headlights are off
and the ignition is switched one . The illumina·
tion reduces automatically and eventually
turns off as br ightness outside decreases.
This function reminds the driver to turn the
headlights on at the appropriate time .
Vision
Adjusting the exterior mirrors
functio n*
To help you see the curb when backing into a
parking space, the surface of the mirror tilts
slight ly. For this to happen, the knob must be in
the position for the front passenger's outside
mirror .
You can adjust the tilted mirror surface by turn·
ing the knob in the desired direction . When you
move out of reverse and into another gear, the
new m irror position is stored and assigned to the
key you are using .
The m irror goes back into its orig inal position
once you drive forward faster than 9 mph
(15 km/h) or turn the ignition off.
Folding mirrors in and out
To fold the mirrors in with the knob, turn the
knob in the 8 position.
To fold the mirrors out, turn the knob in the q or
P or O posit ion .
You can set in the MMI if the mirrors should fo ld
in when locking the vehicle or not q page 38.
When you lock the vehicle, the mirrors fold in.
When you start the ignition, the mirrors fold out.

-A
0
g WARNING
>
a,
,.
(X)
Curved m irror surfaces (convex) enlarge the
field of vision. However, they make objects in
the m irror appear smaller and further away.
Your may estimate incorrectly when you use
these m irrors to gauge your distance from the
vehicles behind you when changi ng lanes - ac·
cident risk!
....,
N Fig. 37 Driver's door: knob fo r the exterior mir rors (exam-
0
>
co
ple) @ Note
rl
I.O - For vehicles with power fo lding exter ior mir·
"' Turn the knob to the desired position: rors*: if the mirror housing was moved by IJI,-
"'
"'
rl

47
Lig h t a nd V is ion
outside forces (such as an impact when ma-
neuvering), you must use the power folding
funct ion to fold the mir ror all the way out.
You will hear a loud noise when the mirrors
are latched back in place. The mirror hous-
ing must not be moved back into place by
hand because th is would impair the func-
tion of the mirror mechanism.
-Applies to vehicles without power fold ing
exterior mirrors: if the mirror housing was
moved by outside forces (such as in impact
during maneuve ring), you must move the
mirror ho us ing ba ck into place by hand.
- If you wash the veh icle in an automatic car
wash, you m ust fold the exterior m irrors in
to reduce the risk of damage to the mirrors .
Never fold power folding exterior mirrors*
by hand. Only fo ld them in and out using
the power controls.
@ Tips
If the power adjustment fails, both mirrors
can be adjusted by hand by pressing on the
edge of the mirror surface.
Dimming the mirrors
Your vehicle is equipped with a manual or auto-
matic* dimming rearview mirror .
Fig. 38 Automatic dimm ing rearv iew mirro r•
Manual dimming rearview mirror
• Pull the lever on the bottom of the mirror back.
Autom atic dimm ing rearview mirror*
• Press the @ button . The indicator light @ turns
on. The rearview and driver's exterior * mirrors
dim automatically when light sh ines on them,
48
for examp le from headlights on a vehicle to the
rear.
A WARNING
Electrolyte fluid can leak from automatic dim -
ming mirrors if the g lass is broken. Electrolyte
flu id can irritate skin, eyes and airways .
- Repeated or long-term exposure to electro-
lyte fluid can lead to irritation of the air-
ways, especially in people with asthma or
other resp iratory condit ions . Take deep
breaths immed iate ly after leav ing the veh i-
cle or, if this is not possib le, open all of the
doors and windows as wide as possib le.
- If electrolyte flu id ente rs the eyes, flush
them thoroughly with a large amount of
clean water for at least 15 minutes and then
seek med ical attention .
- If electroly te f luid comes into contac t with
the skin, flush the affected area with clean
water for at least 15 minutes and then clean
with soap and water and seek medical at-
tention. Clean affected clothing and shoes
thoroughly before wearing aga in.
- If the f luid was swa llowed and the person is
consc ious, fl ush the mouth with water for at
least 15 minutes. Do not induce vomiting
unless th is is recommended by med ical pro-
fessiona ls. Seek med ical attention immedi-
ately .
(D Note
If the glass on an automat ic dimming mirror
breaks, electro lyte can leak out. This liquid
damages plastic surfaces. Clean this liquid as
q uickly as possib le with a wet sponge .
{D Tips
- If the light reaching the rearview mirror is
obstructed, the automatic d imm ing mirror
will not function correct ly,
- The automatic dimming m irrors do not dim
when the interior lighting is turned on or
the reverse gea r is selected .
 Light and V isio n

Sun visors lier the windshield wipers react to moisture on

the windshield .

C1o...
___ J @ - Slow w iping
@ - Fast wip ing
@ - Single wipe If you hold the lever in this posi-
tion longer, the wipers switch from slow wiping
to fast wiping.

® - Clean the windshield. To elim inate water

droplets, the windsh ield wiper performs one af-
Fig. 39 Left side: sun visor terwipe after several seconds in temperatures
above 39 °F (4 °(). You can switch this function
The sun visors can be moved out of their brackets off by moving the lever to position ® w ith in 10
and turned toward the doors @ . The sun shade seconds after the afterwipe. The afterwipe func-
can also be moved back and forth lengthwise in t ion is react ivated the next time you switch the
this posit ion. ignition on.
The mirror light switches on when the cover over Cleaning the headlights*. The headlight washer
the vanity mirror* @ opens. system* operates only when the low beam head-
lights are on . If you move the lever in position @ ,
Windshield wipers t he headlights will be cleaned in fixed interva ls.

Switching windshield wipers on _& WARNING

- The rain sensor is only intended to assist the
driver. The driver is still responsible for
manually switch ing the w ipers on according
to the visibility cond itions.
- The windshield may not be treated with wa-
ter-repelling w indshield coat ing agents. Un-
favorable conditions, such as wetness, dark-
ness, low sun, can result in increased glare.
W iper blade chatter is also possible.
Fig. 40 W indshield wiper lever: Front wiper system opera- - Properly function ing windsh ield wiper
tion blades are required for a clear view and safe
page 50, Replacing front wind-
driving c::>
Requirement : ignition must be switched on. shield wiper blades .
Move the windshield wiper lever to the corre-
sponding position: (D Note
- In the case of frost, check whether the
@ - Front wipers off
w indshield wiper blades are fr ozen to the
@ - Interval mode. To increase/decrease the w ip- w indshield. Switching on the w indshield
er intervals, move the switch @ to the left/right . w ipers can damage the w iper blades!
I n vehicles with a light/ra in sensor*, the wipers - Prior to using a car wash, the windshield
...., turn on when it is raining, when the vehicle is sta- w iper system must be switched off (lever in
N
0
tionary and the lever is tapped in the ® position, posit ion 0). This prevents un intent ional
> or once the vehicle speed exceeds approximately
co switching on and damage to the windsh ield
rl
I.O 2 mph (4 km/h). The higher the sensitivity of the w iper system. .,.
"' rain sensor is set (switch @ to the right), the ear-
"'
"'
rl

49
L ight and Vi s ion

- Do not use the wipers to remove ice from Replacing front windshield wiper blades
the windows. Using windshie ld wipers as ice
scrapers destroys the wiper blades.

(D Tips
- The windshield wipers are switched off
when the ignition is turned off. Activate the
windsh ield wipers after the ignition is
switched back on by moving the windsh ield
wiper lever to any posit ion.
- Worn or dirty windshie ld wiper blades result
in streaking. This can affect the rain sensor
funct ion. Check your windshield wiper
blades regularly .
- The washer fluid nozzles in the w indshield
washer system are heated* at low tempera-
tures when the ignit ion is on.
- When stopp ing temporarily, such as at a
traffic light, the speed of the windsh ield
wipers automatically reduces by one level.
- In vehicles with an MMI, you can switch the
rain sensor or off in the Driver assistance
menu.
Cleaning windshield wiper blades
Clean the wiper blades when you see wipe r
st reaks. Use a soft cloth and a glass cleaner.
..,Place the w indshield wiper arms in the service
position ¢ page 50 .
..,Fold the windshield wipe r arms away from the
winds hield .
A WARNING
-
Dirty windshie ld wiper blades can impai r vi-
sion, which increases the risk of an accident.
(D Note
If you see streaks again after cleaning t he
w iper blades, the blades must be replaced
¢page SO.
Fig. 4 1 Removing windshield wiper blades
Wiper service posit ion/ blade repl acement
position
..,To br ing the w ipers into the service position,
turn the ignition off and move the windsh ield
w iper lever into position @ ¢ page 49, fig . 40.
..,To br ing the w ipers into the sta rting position ,
turn t he ignition on and move the w indshield
wiper lever into position © ¢ page 49, fig. 40.
Removing the wiper blade
...Fold the windshie ld w iper arm away from the
w indshield.
..,Press the locking knob (D C?fig . 41 on the wiper
blade . Hold t he wipe r blade firmly.
...Remove the wiper blade in the direction of the
arrow .
Installing the wipe r blade
..,Insert the new wiper blade into the mount on
the wiper arm @ unt il you hear it latch int o
place.
...Place the wiper arm back on the windshield.
...Turn th e service position off .
A WARNING
-
For safety reasons, the w indshie ld w iper
blades should be replaced once or tw ice each
year.
Q) Note
- The windshie ld w iper blades must only be
folded away when in the service position!
Otherw ise, you risk damag ing the paint on
the hood or the windshield wiper motor .

so
 Light and V isio n

- You should not drive your vehicle or press The dig ita l compass on ly works when the ignit ion
the windshie ld wiper lever when the wiper is turned on . The directions a re indicated with ab-
arms are folded away from the windshield. breviations: N (nort h), NE (northeast), E (east),
The windshield wipers would move back in- SE (southeast), S (south), SW (southwest), W
to their original position and could damage (west), NW (northwest).
the hood and windshield .
You must recalibrate t he compass if it does not
- To prevent damage to the windshield wash-
display the correct direct ion ¢ page 52, Cali-
er system, a lways loosen wiper blades that
brating the compass.
have frozen to the windsh ield before turn-
ing the wipers on . (D Tips
- To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do
To prevent inaccurate compass readings, do
not apply gasoline, petro leum, th inning
not br ing any remote controls, electrical devi-
agents or other solvents on the wiper
ces or metallic objects near the mirror.
blades or near t hem.
- To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
othe r components, do not try to move the Adjusting the magnetic zone
Appl ies to vehicles: wit h digita l compass
windsh ield wipers by hand.
The magnetic zone must be adjusted correctly
@ Tips for the compass to read accurately.
- Commerc ial hot wax such as the types used
by car washe s make it more difficult t o clean
the windshie ld.
- You can also use the service pos ition, for ex-
ample, if you want to p rotect the windshie ld
from icing by us ing a cover.
- You cannot activate the service pos it ion
whe n the hood is open.

Digital compass
Switching the compass on and off
Applies to vehicles: with digi tal compass

Fig. 4 3 Nort h Ameri ca: magnet ic zone map

... Press and hold the button @ ¢ page 51, fig . 42

Fig. 4 2 Rearview mirro r: Digital compass act ivated until the number of the mag netic zone appears
in the rearview mirror .
...To turn the compass on or off, press the button ... Press the butt on @ repeatedly to select the
....,
N @ until the compass in the mirror appears or correct magnetic zone. The se lection mode
0
>
co disappears. tur ns off after a few seconds .
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

51
L ight and Vi s ion

Calibrating the compass

Appl ies to vehicles: with di gital compass

You must recalibrate the compass if it does not

display the correct direction .

.,.Press and hold the button ® c:>page 51, fig. 42

until a C appears in the rearview mirror .
.,.Drive in a circle at about 5 mph (10 km/h) until
a direct ion is displayed in the rearview m irror .

A WARNING
-
- To avoid endanger ing yourself and othe r
dr ivers, calibrate the compass in an area
where there is no traffic.
- The dig ita l compass should only be used as
an orientation aid . If you want to check the
compass while driving, you must still pay at -
tention to traffic, the road, the weather and
any other possible hazards.

52

Seats and storage
General information
Important information
A WARNING
Refer to the chapter Driving Safely
page 130, Drivingsafety for important in-
c::>
formation, tips, suggestions and warnings
that you should read and follow for your own
safety and the safety of your passengers.
Why is your seat adjustment so important?
The safety belts and the airbag system con only
provide maximum protection if the front seats
ore correctly adjusted.
There are various ways of adjusting the front
seats to provide safe and comfortable support
for the driver and the front passenger. Adjust
your seat properly so that:
- you can easily and quickly reach all the switches
and controls in the instrument panel
- your body is properly supported thus reducing
physical stress and fatigue
- the safety belts and airbag system can offer
maximum protection c::>page 148.
In the following sections, you will see exactly
how you can best adjust your seats.
There are special regulations and instructions for
installing a child seat on the front passenger's
seat . Always follow the information regarding
child safety provided in c::>page 172, Child safe-
ty.
A WARNING
Incorrect seating position of the driver and all
other passengers can result in serious person-
al injury.
- Always keep your feet on the floor when the
vehicle is in motion - never put your feet on
M
top of the instrument panel, out of the win-
N
0 dow or on top of the seat cushion. This ap-
>
co
......
plies especially to the passengers. If your
\!)
1.1'1 seating position is incorrect, you increase
1.1'1
1.1'1
......
Seats and storage
the risk of injury in the case of sudden brak-
ing or an accident. If the airbag inflates and
the seating position is incorrect, this could
result in personal injury or even death.
- It is important for both the driver and front
passenger to keep a distance of at least
10 inches (25 cm) between themselves and
the steering wheel and/or instrument panel.
If you're sitting any closer than this, the air-
bag system cannot protect you properly. In
addition, the front seats and head restraints
must be adjusted to your body height so
that they can give you maximum protection.
- Always try to keep as much distance as pos-
sible between yourself and the steering
wheel or instrument panel.
- Do not adjust the driver's or front passeng-
er's seat while the vehicle is moving. Your
seat may move unexpectedly, causing sud-
den loss of vehicle control and personal in-
jury. If you adjust your seat while the vehicle
is moving, you are out of position .
Driver's seat
The correct seat position is important for safe
and relaxed driving.
We recommend that you adjust the driver's seat
in the following manner:
.,.Adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so that
you can easily push the pedals to the floor
A
while keeping your knees slightly bent c::, in
Why is your seat adjustment so important? on
page 53.
.,.Adjust the backrest so that when you sit with
your back against the backrest, you can still
grasp the top of the steering wheel.
.,. For adjustable head restraints: adjust the head
restraint so the upper edge is as even as possi-
ble with the top of your head . If that is not pos-
sible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it
is as close to this position as possible
c::>page 56. Move the head restraint so that it
is as close to the back of the head as possible. ..,.
53
S eats and s torag e

@ - Lengthening/shorten ing the upper t high

_& WARNING
Never place any objects in the driver's foot-
well. An object could get into the pedal area
and interfere with pedal function. In case of
sudden brak ing or an accident, you wou ld not
be able to brake or acce lerate.
Front passenger's seat
Always move the front passenger seat into the
rearmost position.
To avoid contact wit h the airbag while it is de-
p loying, do not sit any closer to the instrument
panel than necessary and always wear the three-
poi nt safety belt provided adj usted correctly . We
recommend that you adjust the passe nger's sea t
in t he fol low ing manner:
• Bring the backrest up to an (almost) upright
pos ition . Do not ride with the seat reclined .
• For adjus table head restraints: adjust the head
rest raint so the upper edge is as even as possi-
ble with the top of your head . If that is not pos-
s ible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it
is as close to this position as possib le
c>page 56. Move the head restraint so that it
is as close to the back of the head as possib le.
• Place your feet on the floor in front of the pas-
senger's seat.
Front seats
Manual seat adjustment
Applies to vehicles: with manually adjustable seats
~
0
> sit ion an d safety belt pos ition.
"'
m
support*: lift the grip handle.
@ - Adjust ing the a ngle of the seat surface* .
Pull/p ress the lever.
© -Adjust ing the lumbar support*: press the
button in the des ired direction.
® - Moving t he seat up/down: pull/press the lev-
er.
® - Adjusting the backrest angle: turn the ad-
justing wheel.
_& WARNING
- Only adjust the fro nt seat with whe n the ve-
hicle is stationary . Otherwise, th is increases
t he risk of an accident
- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat
he igh t . Adj usting the seat care lessly o r
wit hout check ing ca n pinch hands and fin-
ge rs.
- The front seat back rests must not be t ilted
too fa r ba ck when driving, beca use thi s im-
pa irs the effec t iveness of the safety belts
a nd air bag system, which incre ases t he risk
of injury.
- To reduce t he risk of injury dur ing sudden
braking or in a collision, the driver and front
passenger should not have t heir backrests in
the reclined posit io n while driving or riding .
The safety be lts and airbag system can pro-
vide the greatest protection poss ible when
the backrests are in the upright position and
the safety belts are worn correctly . The
mo re a backrest is reclined , the greater the
risk of injury d ue t o an incorrec t seating po-

Fig. 44 Front seat: manual seat adjustment

@ - Moving the seat fo rward/ba ck: Pull the lever

a nd move the seat.

54
 Seats and storage

Power seat adjustment - To reduce the risk of injury during sudden

Applies to vehicles: with power adjustable seats
braking or in a collision, the driver and front
passenger should not have t heir backrests in
the reclined position while driving or riding.
The safety belts and airbag system can pro-
vide the greatest protection possible when
the backrests are in the upright position and
the safety belts are worn correctly. The
more a backrest is reclined, the greater the
risk of injury due to an incorrect seating po-
sition and safety belt position.

Fig. 45 Front seat: power seat adjus tment

Front center armrest
@ - Adjusting the lumbar support: press the but- Applies to vehicles: wit h front center armrest
ton in the desired direction . The center armrest can be adjusted to several
® - Moving the seat up/down: press the button levels.
up/down. To adju st the front seat cushion, press
the front button up/down . To adjust the rear seat
cushion, press the rear button up/down.

@ - Moving the seat forward/back: press the but-

ton forward/back.

© -Adjusting the backrest angle: turn the ad-

justing wheel.

@ - Lengthening/shortening the upper thigh

support*: lift the grip hand le. Fig. 46 Armrest between the driver's/front passenger's
seats .
A WARNING
- Only adjust the front seat with when the ve- .,..To adjust the angle, raise the armrest ~fig. 46
hicle is stationary . Otherwise, this increases notch by notch.
.,..To bring the armrest back down, raise it out of
the risk of an accident
the top notch and fold it back down. Then lift
- The power adjustment for the front seats al-
the armrest to the desired position, if necessa-
so works with the ignition switched off or
ry.
with the ignition key removed. For this rea-
son, children should never be left unattend- Please note t hat the driver's ability to move his or
ed in the vehicle - they could be injured! arm may be restricted when the armrest is folded
- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat down. Because of this, the armrest should not be
height. Unsupervised or careless seat ad- folded down during city driving.
justment can pinch fingers or hands causing
injuries. The armrest can slide forward and back.
- While the vehicle is moving, the seat backs There is a storage compartment under the arm-
of the front seats must not be inclined too rest.
...., far to the rear because the effect iveness of
N the safety belts and the airbag system is se-
0
>
co verely compromised - there is a risk of in-
rl
I.O jury.
"'
"'
"'
rl

55
S eats and s torag e

Rear center armrest • To move the head restraint up or forward, slide

Applies to vehicles: with rear center armrest it unti l it locks into place .
• To move the head restraint down or back, press
The storage compartment and cup holder are in-
the side button -arrow- c>fig. 48 and s lide the
tegrated in the armrest.
head restraint until it locks into place.
~I
gl Refer to c>page 134, Proper adjustment of head
~ restraints for guidelines on how to adjust the
height of the front head restraints to suit the oc-
cupant's body size.

A WARNING
- Driving without head restraints or head re-
straints that are not adjusted correctly dra-
mat ica lly increases the risk of serious or fa-
Fig. 47 Rear armrest
tal neck inju ries.
Folding the armre st down - Read and following the WARNINGS in
c>page 134, Proper adjustment of head re-
• Tilt the armrest a ll the way down.
straints.
Opening the st orage comp artment
• Lift the cover on the upper rim .
@ Tips
Head restraints that are adjusted correctly
For more information on the use of the cup hold- and safety belts are an extreme ly effect ive
ers, see c>page 58. combination of safety equipment.

Head restraints Rear head restraints

Front head restraints ro

- 0
Applies to vehicles: with adjustable head restraints - 0
>
:g

- Fig. 49 Outer rear head rest raints: release point

'
Fig. 48 Front seat : adjust ing the head restraint
' If there are passengers in the rear seat, fold the
head restraints up on the occupied seats at least
Applies to vehicles with super sport seats* (no il- to the next notch c>,& .
lustration): the head restraints are integrated in Adjusting the head restraints
the backrest and cannot be adjusted.
• To move the head restraint up, ho ld it at the
Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge is as sides with both hands and s lide it upward unt il
even as possible with the top of your head. If that you feel it click into place. .,.
is not possible, try to adjust as close to this posi-
tion as possib le. Push the head restra int as close
as poss ible to the back of the head.

56
 Seats and storage

.. To move the head restraint down, press the Socket

button ® <::>
fig . 49 and slide the head restraint Applies to vehicles: wit h socket
downward.
Electrical accessories can be connected in the 12
Removing the head restraints volt socket.

To remove the head restraints, the backrest must

be folded forwa rd partia lly.

.. Remove the screwdrive r from the vehicle too l

kit 9 page 241 .
.. Release the backres t <::>page 60 .
.. Press the but t on @ c:?fig . 49 and slide the head
_A.
restraint up as far as it can go <::>
.. Place the screwdriver in position @ in the
opening, press the button ® and pu ll the head
restraint out of the backrest at the same time Fig. SO Center co nsole: front/ rear 12 volt socket•
t::>
_& .
.. Fold the backrest down unt il it latches securely
.A in Increasing the size of the luggage
t::>
compartment on page 60 .

Inst alling the head rest raint s

To install the head restraints, the backrest must
be folded forward partially .

.. Release the backrest <::>page 60 .

.. Slide the posts on the head restra int down into Fig. 5 1 Luggage compa rtm ent side trim panel : 12 volt
socket* (examp le)
the gu ides until you feel the posts click into
place. You should not be able to pull the head
.. Remove the plug from the center console sock-
restraint out of the backrest .
fig. 50, or
et <::>
.,.Fold the backrest down unt il it latches secu rely
.,.Open the cover on the luggage compartment
9 .A in Increasing the siz e of the luggage
fig. 51.
socket* <::>
compartmen t on page 60.
.,.Insert the plug of the electrical dev ice into the

A WARNING
-
socket .

- Only remove the rear seat head restraints The 12 volt socket can be used for electrical ac-
when necessary in order to install a chi ld cessories . The power consumpt ion at the outlet
seat . Install the head restraint again imme- must not exceed 120 watts.
diately once the chi ld seat is removed. Driv-
ing with the head restraints removed or A WARNING
head restraints not in the highest position The socket wo rks only with the igni t ion
increases the risk of ser ious injury . switc hed on. Inco rrect usage can lead to ser i-
- Read and fo llow ing the WARNINGS in ous injur ies or burns . To red uce the risk of in-
page 134.
<::> j uries, never leave child ren unattended in the
vehicle with the vehicle key.
....,
N
0
>
co
@ Note
rl
I.O To preven t damage to t he s ocket, only use the
"' correct type of p lugs. .,,.
"'
"'
rl

57
S eats and s torag e
- Never connect devices that generate e lectr i-
ca l power such as solar panels or a battery
charger to the 12 volt socket . They can dam-
age the veh icle electrical system.
- To prevent damage to the socket, only use
the correct type of plugs.
@ Tips
The vehicle battery drains when accessories
are turned on but the e ngine is off.
Storage
Beverage holders
Fig. 52 Center console : front cup holders
Fig. 53 Sect ion of the rea r bench seat: rea r cup holders•
Front cup holder s
.. Place beverages in the holder ¢ fig. 52. There is
space for two beverages. A larger plastic bottle
can be placed in the door trim .
Rear* cup holders
.. To open the cup holders, tap on the rim @
¢ fig . 53.
.. To place the beverage container in the cup hold-
er, push the arm @ outward .
.. Then push the arm against the beverage con -
ta iner so that the arm lies closely against it .
58
.. To close t he cup holders, push them back into
the slot.
A WARNING
Spilled hot liquid can increase the risk of acci-
dents and injuries.
- Never drive with containers that contain hot
liqu id such as coffee or tea. The hot liquid
could sp ill and cause burns during a colli-
sion, sudden braking or other vehicle move-
ment. Spilled hot liquid can also increase
the risk of accidents and injuries .
- Only use soft containers in the cup ho lders.
Hard cups and g lasses can increase the risk
of injury during a collision.
- Never use the cup holder or the adapte r as
an ashtray - this is a fire haza rd.
(D Note
Make sure your beverage container has a lid.
If not, your beverage could spill out and cause
damage to the vehicle electron ic or stain the
seat cove rs.
Glove compartment
Fig. 54 Glove compar tmen t
Opening / closing
.. To open t he glove compa rtmen t , pull the han-
dle in the d irect ion of the a rrow .
.. To close the glove compartment, swing the lid
upward unt il it clicks into place .
The glove compartment can be locked using the
vehicle key. .,.
 Seats and storage

_& WARNING - The garment hooks shou ld only be used for

light articles of clothing . Do not leave any
Always leave the lid on the glove compart-
heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets
ment cover closed while driving to reduce the
that could interfere with the side airbags
risk of injury.
unfolding and cause injuries in the event of
a collision .
Additional storage compartments - Do not use coat hangers to hang garments,
because this could reduce the effectiveness
There are additional storage compartments,
of the side curtain airbags.
compartments and holders at other locations in
- Do not hang any heavy objects on the gar-
the vehicle :
ment hooks, because they could cause injury
- In the upper part of the glove compartment. during heavy braking.
- In the center console under the center arm- - Because of their load capacity, the hooks
rest* . should only be used to secure objects that
- On the back of the right front seat . The com- weigh a max imum of 10 lb (5 kg). Heavy ob-
partment* can hold a maximum weight of 2 lbs jects will not be secured sufficiently, and
(1 kg). this increases the risk of injury.
- Garment hooks on the B-pillar ¢ & .
luggage compartment
_& WARNING
- Do not place any objects on the instrument Loading luggage compartment
panel. Objects that are not stored securely Luggage items must be stowed securely.
can slide around in the vehicle while driving,
when accelerating or braking or when turn-
ing.
- Make sure that objects cannot fall out of the
center console storage compartment or oth-
er compartments and into the footwell
while driving. These objects could prevent
you from braking or accelerating during sud-
den braking maneuvers.
- Garments hung on the hooks must not ob-
struct the driver's view. The garment hooks Fig. 55 Place heavy objects as far forward as poss ible.
are only designed for light objects . Do not
hang any garments with hard, sharp or Note the following to preserve the vehicle's good
heavy objects in the pockets on the garment handling characteristics .
hooks . These objects could injure vehicle oc- .,. Distribute the load as evenly as possible.
cupants during sudden brak ing or in a colli- .,. Place heavy objects as far forward as possible
sion - especially if the airbags deploy. ¢ fig. 55 .
- Always keep the glove compartment closed .,.Secure luggage items with the cargo net* or
while driving to reduce the risk of injury dur- with non-elastic retaining straps to the tie-
ing a collision or heavy brak ing. down rings* ¢ page 61.
- Read and following the WARNINGS in
¢ page 168, Important safety instructions WARNING
....,
N on the side airbag system.
0 - Loose objects in the luggage compartment
>
co - Hang garments so that they do not obstruct
rl
can slide about suddenly and alter the vehi-
I.O the driver's view.
"' cle's handling characteristics.
"'
"'
rl

59
S eats and s torag e
- Loose objects in the passenger compart-
ment can fly forward during abrupt maneu-
vers or accidents and injure occupants.
- Always store objects in the luggage com-
partment and use suitable straps, particu-
larly with heavy objects.
- When you transport heavy objects, a lways
remember that a change in the center of
gravity may result in a change in the veh i-
cle's handling character istics.
- Follow all warnings Q page 130, Driving
safety .
(D Tips
The tire pressure must be adjusted to the load
- see the t ire pressure sticker located on the
driver's side B-pillar.
General information
.&, WARNING
Refer t o the chapter Driving Safely
Q page 130, Driving safety for important in-
formation, tips, suggestions and warnings
that you sho uld read and fo llow for your own
safety and the safety of your passengers.
Increasing the size of the luggage
compartment
The rear seat backrests can be folded forward ei-
ther separately or together.
Fig. 56 Backrest: release lever (left side, example)
Folding the backrest forward
.,. Push the corresponding head restraint down-
ward ¢ page 56.
60
.,.Press the release leve r @ in the direction of the
arrow.
.,. Fold the backrest forward .
Folding th e backrest back into the upright
position
.,. Fold the backrest down until it latches securely
¢ ,&..When you can no longer see the red mark
on the pin @ , the seat is latched.
.&, WARNING
- The backrest must be latched securely to en-
sure that the safety belt is protecting the
cent er seating position .
- The backrest must be securely latched so
objects cannot slide forward out of the lug-
gage compartment du ring sudde n brak ing .
- Always make sure the backrest is latched
comp letely by pu lling forward on it .
- Make sure the safety belt is not caught in
the doo r hinges or the seat fittings and
damaged.
- Torn or frayed safety be lts can break, and
be lt ancho rs can b reak du ring a collision .
Check the safety be lts regularly. Safety belts
wit h noticeable damage to t he webb ing,
bindings, buckles o r ret ra ctors m ust be re-
placed.
(D Note
- If you move the front seat back when the
rear seat backrest is folded forward, you
co uld damage the head res t raints on t he
rear seat. If necessary, remove t he rear seat
head restraint before moving the front seat
back
- Make su re the safety belt is not pinched in
the back rest lock and damaged when the
rear seat backrest if folded back. Other ob-
jects should be removed from the rear
bench seat to protect the rear backrest from
damage .
 Seats and storage

Tie-downs and cargo net jects will not be secured sufficiently, and
this increases the risk of injury.
The cargo net* prevents small objects from slid-
ing.
Storage hooks
Applies to vehicles: wit h bag hooks

Fig. 57 Luggage compartment: location of the t ie-downs

Fig. 59 Luggage compart men t: storage hooks

You can also use the hooks to hang light pu rses,

bags, etc.

A WARNING
The hooks can ho ld a maximum weight of 6 lb
(3 kg). Heavier objects are not adequately se-
cured. There is risk of personal injury.
Fig. 58 Luggage compartment: cargo net• unhooked

.. Secu re the cargo to the tie-downs ¢ fig. 57 Reversible mat

-arrows- . Applies to vehicles: wit h cargo mat

.. To secure the cargo net, first hang the front The reversible mot protects the luggage com-
hooks in the tie-downs then hang the rear partment and bumper from dirt and scratches.
hooks -arrows- ¢ fig. 58 .
.. Observe the safety notes c>page 136, Storing
cargo correctly .

A WARNING
-
Weak, damaged or faulty straps used to se-
cure obje cts to the t ie-downs ca n fa il du ring
he avy braking or a co llision and lead to seri-
ous injuries.
- Always use suitab le st raps a nd se cure ob-
Fig . 60 Luggage compa rtment: revers ible mat with back·
jects t o the t ie-downs in the luggage com- rest folded forward (examp le)
partment to preve nt objects from sh ifting
and sliding forward . You can use the reve rsible mat with t he d irt-re-
- Never sec ure a ch ild seat restrain t to a t ie- sistant side or the decorative side. After loading
...., down . or unloading, fo ld up the revers ible mat and
N
0
> - Beca use of their load capacity, t he hooks close the luggage compartment lid. Only store
co
rl sho uld on ly be used to secu re objects t hat the reversib le mat if it is dry.
I.O
"' weigh a maximum of 10 lb (5 kg). Heavy ob -
"'
"'
rl

61
S eats and s torag e
Pass-through
App lies to vehicles: with pass-t hrough
0
N
i
(D
Fig. 6 1 Backrest : pass-through cover
.,.Fold the rear seat center armrest down .
.,. Fold the pass-through cover down ¢ fig . 61 .
A WARNING
-
- Make sure that all objects t hat you are
transporting in the pass-th rough a re secu re.
They could slide around during sudden brak-
ing mane uvers and cause injuries.
- Sharp edges on objects that are loaded
must be covered for protection.
Roof rack
Description and mounting locations
Additional cargo con be carried with a roof lug-
gage rock.
Fig. 62 Roof rack attachment points
.,.Always read and follow the instructions prov id-
ed by the roof rack manufacturer when instal-
ling the roof rack syst em.
If luggage or cargo is to be carried on the roof,
you must observe the follow ing:
62
- Only use roof racks approved for your vehicle.
These approved roof racks are the basis for a
complete roof rack system. Additional attach-
ments or carrier systems are needed to trans-
port luggage and sports equipment. We recom-
mend us ing roof racks from the Audi original
accessories program.
- When installing the roof rack, make sure it is
only mounted on the designated locat ions on
the roof¢ fig. 62.
- We recommend that you keep the installation
instructions for yo ur roof rack system together
with your Owner's literature in the vehicle .
When should the roof rack be remo ved?
- Before going through an automat ic car wash (it
is best to ask the car wash operator for advice).
- When not in use, to reduce fue l consumption,
wind no ise and to guard against theft .
A WARNING
- Use of an unapproved roof rack or incorrect
mounting of an approved roof rack can
cause the roof rack or the items attached to
it to fall off the roof onto the road.
- Objects falling from the roof of a vehicle can
cause a crash and personal injury.
- Only mount the roof rack on the designated
locat ions on the roof¢ fig . 62.
- The roof rack system must be installed ex-
actly according to the instructions provided.
- When driving with a roof rack system,
changes to the center of gravity and wind re-
sistance ca n change the veh icle hand ling
and lead to a collision. Always adapt you r
driving and your speed to the current condi-
t ions.
(D Note
- Your vehicle war ranty does not cover any
damages to t he vehi cle caused by using roof
racks or mounting structures not ap proved
by Audi for yo ur vehicle. The same a pplies to
damage resulting from incorrec t roof rack
installation .
- Always che ck the roof rack mountings and
hardware before each t rip and du ring a t rip
to make sure everything is secure ly
 S e at s and s tor a ge

tightened. If necessary, retighten the
mountings and check the entire system
from t ime to t ime.
- After mounting a roof rack system, or when
you transport objects on the roof of your ve-
hicle, the height of the veh icle is naturally
increased. Be careful when driving under
low bridges or in parking garages for exam-
ple. This could cause damage to the load
and even the vehicle itself.
- Make sure the open rear lid and the sun-
roof* do not come into contact with the roof
rack.
Loading the roof rack
- Items on the roof rac k must always be se-
curely mounted.
- The use of a roof rack can negatively affect
the way a vehicle handles. Cargo that is
large, heavy, bulky, long or flat will have a
greater negative influence on the vehicle's
ae rodynamics, center of gravity and overall
ha ndling. Always drive slowly, avoid sudden
brak ing and maneuvers when transpor t ing
cargo on the roof of your veh icle.
- Never exceed the maxim um permissible
load carrying capacity of the roof of your ve-
hicle, the permiss ible axle weights and the
perm issib le tota l we igh t of your vehicle
¢ page 258, Weights .

Always distribute loads evenly . Make sure any-

thing on the roof rack is securely tied down .
...Always distribute the loads on the roof rack
evenly .
...Always attach items to the roof rack securely
before you d rive off.
@ For the sake of the environment
As a result of the increased wind resistance
created by a roof ra ck, your vehicle is using
fuel unnecessarily. So remove the roof rac k af-
ter using it.

The maximum perm iss ible roof weight is 165 lb

(75 kg). The roof weight is the total of the
weight of the roof rack, the attachments and the
cargo you a re ca rrying . You must also not exceed
the maximum load weight fo r the roof rack you
a re using.

When us ing a roof rack system wh ich has a lower

load carrying capacity, you must not use up the
tota l maxim um permissible load car rying capac i-
ty specified above. Inste ad, you shou ld load t he
roof rack system only to the maximum capacity
specified by the manufact urer of the roof rack
system .

A WARNING
-
Weak, damaged or improper straps used to
secure items to the roof rack can fa il during
hard brak ing or in a collision and cause seri-
ous personal injury.
- Make sure the roof rack is insta lled exactly
as spec ified above ¢ page 62.
M
N
0
- Always use suitable mounting straps for se-
>
co curing items to the roof rack to help prevent
,....,
..,.,
\!)
items from shift ing or f lying fo rward.
..,.,
..,.,
,....,

63
Warm and cold
Warm and cold
Climate control system
Description
Different systems could be installed .
- manual climate control system* or
- automatic climate control system*
The climate control system* cools and removes
humidity from the air in the vehic le interior. It is
the most effective when the windows and panor-
ama sunroof* are closed. If there is a build-up of
heat inside the vehicle, ventilation can help to
speed up the cooling process . For this reason, the
windows and panorama sunroof can be opened
from the outs ide.~ page 41, Convenience open-
ing/closing
Pollutant filter
The pollutan t filter removes pollutants such as
dust and pollen from the air.
Key recognition
You can store various settings for the manua l and
automatic climate control system* and assign
them to the key being used .
A WARNING
Poor visibility can lead to accidents.
- For safer driving, keep all w indows free of
ice, snow and fog.
- Become familiar as quickly as possible with
the correct use and function of the climate
control system, especially with the defrost-
ing and defogging function .
- When the temperature is below freezing,
only use the windsh ield washer system after
the windsh ield has been warmed by the cli -
64
mate contro l system. The washer f l uid could
freeze on the w indshield and impair visibili-
ty.
(D Note
- If you suspect that the climate control sys-
tem is damaged, switch the system off to
prevent further damage and have it checked
by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility .
- Repairs to the Audi climate control system
require special technical knowledge and
special tools. See an author ized Audi dealer
or authorized Audi Service Facili ty .
@ For the sake of the environment
Reducing the amount of fuel used also re-
duces the amount of pollutants that enter the
air .
@ Tips
- To prevent interference with the heating
and cooling output and to prevent the win-
dows from fogg ing over, the air intake in
front of the w indshield must be free of ice,
snow or leaves.
- Condensation from the cooling system* can
dr ip and form a pudd le of water under the
vehicle . This is normal and does not mean
there is a leak .
- The energy management system may switch
the seat heating* or rear w indow defroster
off temporarily. These systems are available
again as soon as the energy balance has
been restored.
- The f l ows through the vents under the rear
window. Make sure the openings are not
covered when placing clothing on the lug-
gage compartment cover.
 Warm and cold

Climate control system controls

Applies to vehicles: with man ual climate control system

Fig. 63 Manua l clima t e co ntro l system *: cont rols

The functions are contr olled using t hree dia ls and I• I • IAdjusting the temperature
buttons . The LEDin a button will light up when
The temperature can a adjusted in small incre-
the function is sw itched on. me nts with the dial.
The rear window defogger ~~ page 68 and
Adjusting air distribution and air vents
the seat heating ~~ page 68 are described
sepa rately . The air distribution is adjusted with the dials ~ .
~.~ and~ - The setting between IR!and ~ pro-
Manual climate control system* vides a comfo rt able atmosphere in most cases.
For a comfortable temperature, we recommend: In the~ sett ing, the windshield and side win-
- in warmer time s of the year, set the tempera- dows are defrosted or cleared of condensation as
ture so that it is only a few degrees below the quickly as poss ible. The recircu lation mode
outside temperature . switches off, but can be activated again by press-
- set the blower at a moderate speed ing the l= Ibutton.
- don't direct the air flow d irectly on the passen- The round air vents in the cockpit are adjustab le
gers ¢ page 68 .
IA/ClSwitching the cooling mode* on and off To keep the windows from fogging in damp
The cooling mode only functions with the blower weather, we recommend opening the side air
turned on . The air is not coo led and humidity is vents and tilt ing them to the side ¢ page 68,
not removed when cooling mode is switched off. Adjusting the air vents .
This can cause fog on the windows. The cooling Foot vents are located under the front seats to
mode switches off automat ically when there are heat the rear of the vehicle .
cold outside temperatures.
I-I Switching recirculation mode on and off
~ Adjusting the blower
In recircu lation mode, the air inside the vehicle is
...., To prevent the windows from fogging over, the circulated and filtered. This prevents the unfil-
N
0 blower should a lways run at a low speed. When tered air outside the vehicle from enter ing the .,..
>
co
rl
t he windows are fogged, we recommend using a
I.O
"' higher blower speed and t urning t he knob to~-
"'
"'
rl

65
W a rm a nd col d
vehicle interior . We recommend switching recir -
culation mode on when driving through a tunne l
or when sitting in traffic ¢ .&..
Recircula t ion mode is sw itched off in the defrost
setting ~ .
Automatic climate control system controls
Applies to vehicles: with automatic air conditioner
Fig. 64 Aut oma t ic climat e control system : contro ls
The dial adju sts the temperature and the blower
speed . Press the buttons to turn the functions on
or off. The LEDin a button will light up when the
function is switched on.
The rear w indow defogger ~¢ page 68 and
the seat heat ing Q]¢ page 68 are described
separately .
Automatic climate cont rol system
We recommend press ing t he IAUTOIbutton and
se tt ing the temperature to 72 ° F (22 °(). The au -
tomatic climate control system au t omatically
maintains a temperature once it has been set .
The temperature of the ai r from the vents, fan
speed, and a ir distribution are also automatically
adjusted. In all heating mode functions except
defrost, the blower only sw itches to a higher
speed once the engine coo lant has reached ace r-
tain t empe rat ure .
ll This fun ction is not available in all cou nt ries.
66
A WARNING
You shou ld not use the recirculation mode for
an extended period s ince no fresh air is drawn
in. With the air-conditioning* switched off,
the windows can fog up, which increases the
risk of an a cciden t .
IA/C
lSwitching the cooling mode on and off
The cooli ng sys t em is turned on a nd off with t he
IAJC I but t on. The air is no t cooled and humid ity is
not removed when cooling mode is switched off.
This can cause fog on the windows. The coo ling
mode switches off automatically when there are
cold outside temperatures.
IAU
TOISwitching automatic mode on and off
The au t omatic mode is turned on using t he
IAUTOI button. AUTO mode switches off once a
button in the climate contro l system is pressed.
Automat ic mode maintains a constant tempera-
ture inside the vehicle. Air temperature, a irflow
and air distribut ion are contro lled automatically.
When automatic mode is active, pressing the
IAUTOI button briefly activates the "Eco"
mode* 1>. In " Eco" mode*, a ll setti ngs are lowered
s ligh tly t o save fuel. Whe n in "Eco" mode *, Eco is .,..
 Warm and cold

shown in the disp lay. To exit "Eco" mode*, press mode switches on automatically, depending on
the !AUTO ! button again . the outside air temperat ure.

I• I • ISetting the temperature The IAUTO ! button switches the defroster off.

The temperature can be adjus t ed individually for
the dr iver and front passenger using the dia ls.
Tempe ratures between 60 °F (+ 16 °C) and 84 °F
(+28 °C) can be set. If outside of this range, LO or
HI will appear in the climate control system dis-
play. In both settings, the climate contro l runs
with constantly at the maximum cooling or heat-
ing level. The temperature is not regulated.
Synchronization: by pressing the IA UTO I button
for two seconds, the temperature setting for the
driver is transferred to the front passenger's side.
This applies a temperature change to the front
passenger's side.
~ Adjusting the blower
l"""ISwitching recirculation mode on and off
The recircu lation mode can be turned on manual-
ly or automatically* .
- Switching manual recirculation mode on and
off : press 1.,,.,1
The LEDlight up when switched
on .
- Automatic* recirculation mode: the auto recir-
culat ion must be act ivated in the MMI. Select:
the IMENU I button > Car > Systems* control
button > AC > Auto recirculation. The air quali-
ty sensor that is designed for diese l and gaso-
line exhaust automatically switches the recircu-
lation mode o n or off depending on the level of
pollutants in the outside air.

To prevent the windows from fogging over, the
blower sho uld a lways run at a low speed. You can
adju st the volume of air generated by the blower
to your preference. To have the blower regu lated
automatically,press the !AU TO Ibutton.
Adjusting the air distribution
The air distribution is adjusted with the ~ , U!i
and ~ buttons. To have the air d istr ibut ion regu-
lated automatically, press the IAUTOI button.
The round air vents in the cockpit are adjustable
¢page 68 .
To keep the w indows from fogging in damp
weather, we recommend opening the side air
vents and ti lting them to the side ~ page 68,
Adjusting the air vents .
Foot vents are located under the front seats and
adjustable vents on the end of the center console
to heat the rear of the vehicle .
In recircu lation mode, the air inside the vehicle is
circula t ed and filtered. This prevents the unfil-
tered air out side the vehicle from enter ing the
vehicle interior. We recommend switching recir-
culation mode on when driving through a tunnel
or when sitting in traffic~ & .
The 1-1button, !AUTO ! o r the [ii but ton switches
recirculation mode off.
The system switches to recirculation mode whe n
driving in reverse when the engine is cold.
_&.WARNING
You should not use the recirculation mode for
an extended period s ince no fresh air is drawn
in. With the air-conditioning switched off, the
windows can fog up, which increases the risk
of an acc ident.

~ Switching the defroster on and off

The winds hield and side windows are defrosted
or cleared of condensation as quickly as possible .
The maximum amount of air flows ma inly from
M
N the vents below the windshie ld. Recirculation
0
iii mode switches off. The temperat ure is contro lled
~ automatically. In the Ii] sett ing, the IA/C i cooling
Vl
Vl
......

67
W a rm a nd col d
Adjusting the air vents
Fig. 65 Cockpit: adjusting the air vents
® rema ins stored up to approximately 15 minutes
Fig. 66 Applies only to Canada: Vent s: adjusting the air-
flow setting A) Diffused B) Direct
The fo llowing settings are possible .:;>fig. 65:
- CDAir flow amount
- @ Air flow d irection
- @ (Applies only to Canada) airflow setting (dif-
fused or direct)
To adjust the air flow amount , turn the ridged
outer adjusting ring CD¢ fig. 65 . To stop the air
flow, turn the adjusting ring all the way to the
right .
To adjust the air flow direction, t urn the air vent
grill insert @ .
((Applies only to Canada) To adjus t the air flow
setting s, pull or press the midd le adjustment
ring @ ¢ fig . 65:
- Diffused air f low (indirec t @ ) : press the m iddle
adjustment ring in lightly ¢ fig . 66 .
- Direct air flow (stra ight @ ): pPull the center
adjus t ment ring ou t light ly¢ fig. 66 .
68
Rear window defogger
The LED in the button tu rns on when t he funct ion
is sw itched on:
- ~ Manual climate contro l system ¢ page 65,
fig . 63
- ~ utomatic climate control system ¢ page 66 ,
fig . 64 .
If the rear window defogger is activated when
the ignit ion is switched on, the battery manage-
ment determines based on the battery charge if
it is possible to turn on . Otherw ise, the rear win-
dow defogge r funct ions with the eng ine runni ng
and swit ches off automat ica lly afte r approxi-
mately 10 - 20 minut es, depending on the out -
s ide temperature .
To p revent the rear window defogger from
switc hing off automatically, press and hold t he
~ or ~ button fo r more than two seconds. Th is
after turning off the ignition .
Seat heating
Applies to vehicles: with seat heati ng
The seat heat ing has three leve ls. The LEDin the
button indicates the selected heat level.
Manua l climate control system ¢ page 65, fig. 63
and automatic climate control system ¢ page 66,
fig. 64.
.. To swit ch the seat heat ing on, press the ~ but-
ton once.
.. To switch to a lowe r leve l, press the ~ button
aga in.
.. To switch the seat heat ing off, press the~ but-
ton repeatedly unti l the LEDturns off.
The seat heating switches automatically from
setting 3 to setting 2 after 10 minutes .
When seat heating should not be switched
on
Do not turn the seat heating on under t he fo llow-
ing circumstances:
- The seat is unoccupied .
- The se at is covered wit h a seat cover.
- The seat is covered with a child seat.
 Warm and cold

- The seat is damp or wet.

~ WARNING
Individuals with reduced sensitivity to pain or
temperature could develop burns when using
the seat heating function. To reduce the risk
of injury, these individuals should not use seat
heating.

(D Note
To avoid damage to the heating elements in
the seats, do not kneel on the seats or place
heavy loads on a small area of the seat.

(D Tips
- The setting for the seat heating on the driv-
er's side is assigned to the key that is in use.
- If the front passenger's seat heating is
turned on, it will not turn on again automat-
ically if more than 10 minutes have passed
between switching the ignition off and
switching it on again.

Auxiliary heater
Appl ies to vehicles: with diesel eng ine

In cool outside temperatures, the electric auxili-

ary heater helps the vehicle interior to warm
more quickly. The auxiliary heater switches on
and off automatically according to the vehicle
heating settings.

The "auxiliary heater " function can be switched

on and off in the MMI. Select: the ! MENUI button
> Car > Systems* control button > AC > Auxiliary
heater.

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
,.,.,
\!)

,.,.,
,.,.,
,....,

69
Dr iv ing
Driving
General information
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and
afterwards
The new engine needs to be run-in during the
first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) .
For the first 600 miles ( 1,000 kilometers) :
.. Do not use full throttle.
.. Do not drive at engine speeds that are more
than 2/3 of the maximum permitted RPM.
.. Avoid high engine speeds.
From 600 to 1,000 mile s ( 1,000 to
1,500 kilometers):
.. Speeds can gradually be increased to the maxi-
mum perm issible road or eng ine speed .
During and after break-in period
.. Do not rev the engine up to high speeds when it
is cold. This applies whether the transmission is
in N (Neutral) or in gear.
Afte r the break-in period
.. Do not exceed maximum engine speed under
any circumstances.
.. Upshift into the next higher gear before reach-
ing the red area at the end of the tachometer
scale opage 10.
During the first few hours of driving, the engine's
internal friction is higher than later when all the
moving parts have been broken in. How well this
break-in process is done depends to a considera-
ble extent on the way the vehicle is driven dur ing
the first 1,000 miles (1,500 kilometers).
0 Note
Extremely high engine speeds are automati-
cally reduced. However, these rpm limits are
programmed for an engine well run-in, not a
new engine.
@ For the sake of the environment
Do not dr ive with unnecessarily high engine
speeds - upshifting early saves fuel, reduces
noise and protects the environment.
70
· Driving through water on roads
Note the following to avoid veh icle damage when
driving th rough water, for example on flooded
roads:
- The water must not be any higher than the bot-
tom of the vehicle body.
- Do not dr ive faster than walk ing speed .
A WARNING
After driv ing through water or mud, the brak-
ing effect can be reduced due to moisture on
the brake discs and brake pads. A few careful
brake applications sho uld dry off the brakes.
(D Note
Vehicle components such as the engine,
transmission, suspension or electrical system
can be severely damaged by dr iving through
water .
(D Tips
- Determine the depth before driv ing through
water.
- Do not stop the vehicle, drive in reverse or
switch the engine off when driv ing th rough
water .
- Keep in mind that oncoming veh icles may
create waves that raise the water level and
make it too deep for your vehicle to drive
through safely.
- Avoid driving t hrough salt wate r (corrosion).
Economical and environ-
mentally-friendly driving
General
Your personal style of driving will determine the
economy of your vehicle, as well as exhaust and
noise levels.
Fuel economy, environmental impact, and wear
on your engine, brakes and tires largely depend
on three factors :
- your personal driving style
- operating conditions
- technical limitations

If you anticipate w hat you need to do next and
drive economically, you can easily cut your fue l
consumption by 10-15 percent. This section will
give you some tips on how you can help the envi-
ronment and your pocketbook.
The consumpt ion estimates as published by
ENVIRONMENTALPROTECTIONAGENCY(EPA)
and Transport Canada may not correspond to
your actual consumption on the road, which
w ill vary depend ing upon vehicle load and
speed, road and weather conditions, trip
length, etc.
Drive smoothly and keep a lookout ahead
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are acceler-
ating.
.. Avoid unnecessary accelerating and braking.
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are acceler-
ating. If you anticipate what is going to happen
next, you will need to brake less and, thus, accel-
erate less. Let the vehicle coast whenever possi-
ble - for example when you see that the next traf-
fic light is red.
Avoid full throttle
Driving at moderate speeds saves fuel and im-
proves your mileage .
.. Try and keep well below your car's maximum
speed.
Accelerating gently reduces fuel consumpt ion,
engine wear, and does not disturb the environ-
ment .
Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and engine
noise increase disproportionately at high speeds.
If you drive at approx imately t hree quarters of
top speed, fuel consumpt ion w ill be reduced by
one half . Never dr ive faste r than the posted
speed limit and weather conditions perm it.
M
N
0 It is normal for the oil consumption of a new en-
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Dri v ing
Reducing unnecessary idling
Even when your car is just idling it burns up fuel .
.. Shut the engine off when you are not driving
the vehicle .
.. Do not warm up the vehicle by lett ing the en-
gine run at idle.
It is efficient to switch off the engine when stop-
ped at rail road crossings and long red lights.
Turning the engine off for just 30-40 seconds
saves more fuel than is bur ned by starti ng the
engine again.
It takes a long t ime for the engine to warm up
fully when it is ru nni ng at idle. However, wear
and noxious emissions are especially hig h when
t he engine is warming up. So you should drive
away as soon as you sta rt the engine and avoid
run ning at high rpms w hile t he engine is still
warmi ng up .
@ Note
Do not leave engine idl ing unat tended afte r
sta rtin g. If warning lig hts should come on to
indicat e imprope r operat ion, they would go
unheeded. Extended idling also produces
heat, which could result in overheat ing or oth-
er damage to the vehicle or other property.
Regular maintenance
A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a lot
of fuel.
.. Have your vehicle serviced at regular int ervals.
By having your vehicle regu larly serviced by an
Audi dealer helps to ensure that it ru ns properly
and economically. The condi t ion of your vehicle
not only affects its saf ety and ability to hold it s
val ue, it also affects fuel consumption.
Check your oil each time you fill your tank.
The amou nt of oi l used is related to engine load
and speed.
gine to reach its lowest value after a certai n mile-
age has been dr iven. ...,
71
Driving
You must drive your vehicle about 3,000 miles
(5,000 kilometers) before you can properly as-
sess oil consumption.
This also applies to fuel consumption and engine
output.
@ Note
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and
in accordance with the service recommenda-
tions in your Warranty & Maintenance book -
let. Lack of proper maintenance as well as
improper use of the vehicle will impair the
function of the emission control system and
could lead to damage.
- Do not alter or remove any component of
the Emission Control System unless ap-
proved by the manufacturer.
- Do not alter or remove any device, such as
heat shields, switches, ignition wires,
valves, which are designed to protect your
vehicle's Emission Control System and other
important veh icle components.
Fewer short trips
Fuel consumption will always be relatively high
on short trips.
.,.Try to avoid driving short distances with a cold
engine.
The eng ine and catalytic converter have to reach
their optimal operating temperature to reduce
fuel consumption and noxious emissions effec-
tively .
Just after starting, a cold engine in a mid-size car
only a chieves a fuel economy of 6-8 miles per
gallon (30-40 l/100 km). After about a half a
mile, fuel economy climbs to 12 mpg (20 l/
100 km) . After about 2.5 miles (4 km), the en-
gine is at its proper operating temperature and
fuel economy has reached a normal level. So you
can see that you should avoid short trips whenev-
er possible.
The outside temperature is also critical in this re-
gard. Your car consumes more fuel in the winter
than in the summer.
72
Steering
Adjusting the steering wheel position
The steering wheel position is fully adjustable up
and down and forward and back.
Fig. 67 Ste ering column : steer ing column adjus tm ent lever
.,.Tilt the lever ¢ fig. 67 downward ¢ .&, .
.,.Bring the steering wheel into the desired posi-
tion.
.,.Push the lever against the steering column un-
til it latches .
A WARNING
-
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust-
ment and an incorrect seating position can
cause serious injuries.
- Only adjust the steering column when the
vehicle is stationary so that you do not lose
control of the vehicle.
-Adjust the driver's seat or steer ing wheel so
that there is at least 10 inches (25 cm) dis-
tance between your chest and the steering
wheel ¢ page 131, fig. 113. If you do not
maintain this distance, the airbag system
will not be able to provide its full protection
¢page 131, fig. 113.
- If your physical characteristics prevent you
from sitting at least 10 inches (25 cm) or
more away from the steering wheel, see if
your authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility can provide adapters
that will help .
- If your face is level with the steering wheel,
the airbag does not provide as much protec-
tion during a collision . Always make sure
that the steering wheel is level with your
chest .

- Always hold the steering wheel with your
hands in the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi -
tions to reduce the risk of injury if the airbag
deploys .
- Never hold the steer ing wheel in the 12
o'clock position or with both hands on the
rim or the center of the steering wheel.
Holding the stee ring wheel incorrectly sig-
nificantly increases the risk of injury to the
hands, arms and head if the airbag deploys.
Starting and stopping
the engine (vehicles with
an ignition lock)
Starting the engine with the key
Applies to vehicles: with mechanica l ignition lock
The ignition is switched on and the engine start-
ed with the key in the ignition .
Fig. 68 Ignit ion key posit ions
Stee ring lock
If the steering wheel wil l not turn, the steering
lock is engaged.
To engage the steering wheel lock : the selector
lever must be in the P position.
.,.To engage the steering w heel lock, turn the
whee l until it locks whe n the ignition key is re-
moved.
.,.To release the steering wheel lock, insert the
key in the ignition lock and turn the key in the
-direction of the arrow-while turning the steer -
...., ing wheel.
N
~ Swit ching the ignition on / off or prew arming
co
rl
I.O .,.To sw itch t he ignition on, t urn t he ignition key
"' to position @ .
"'
"'
rl
Dr ivi n g
.,.To switch the ignition off, turn the ignition key
to posit ion @ .
Diesel vehicles are preheated while the ignition is
swit ched on m.
Starting the engine
Your vehicle is equipped with launch control. As
soon as you have turned the ign ition key to posi-
tion @ , the engine will start automatically.
.,. Press the brake pedal and move the selector
lever to the P or N position .
.,.Turn the key br iefly to position @ . The ign ition
key automatically retu rns to position @ . Do not
press the a cce le rator pedal when doing t his.
Major electrical equipment switches off tempora-
rily when start ing the engine .
It is possible that there will be a slight delay
when starting the eng ine in diesel vehicles in
colder temperatures . Therefore, you must hold
the brake pedal down unti l the engine starts . The
indicator light turns on wh ile the engine is pre-
hea t ing lJ.
The prewarming time depends on the coolant
temperature and outside temperatu re. The glow
plug indicato r lightIJ will only turn on for ap-
proximate ly 1 second when the eng ine is warm or
the outside tempe rature is higher than 8 °C. That
means you can start the engine immediately .
If t he engine does not st art immediately, stop
the start ing procedure by turning t he ignition key
to position @ and repeat after 30 seconds.
Automatic start malfunction
If the (m (gasoline engine) or IJ(diesel engine)
indicato r light turns on and the message Engine
start system malfunction . Please contact Serv-
ice appea rs, there is an a utomatic sta rt malfunc -
t ion .
To start the engine, hold the ignit io n key in posi-
tio n @ unt il the engine runs.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Se rvice Facility immed iately to have the
malfunction corrected. ..,.
73
Driving
& WARNING
- Never allow the engine to run in confined
spaces, because this increases the risk of as-
phyxiation.
- Never remove the ignition key from the igni-
tion look while the vehicle is moving . Other -
wise the steering lock will engage and you
will not be able to steer the vehicle.
- Please note that the brake booster and pow-
er steering only work when the engine is
running . When the engine off, you must use
more force to steer or brake the vehicle. Be-
cause the usual steering and braking capa-
bility is not available, the risk of accidents or
injuries increases.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when
leaving the vehicle, even for a short period
of time. This applies particularly when chil-
dren remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the
children could start the engine or operate
electrical equipment such as power win-
dows.
CT'.)Note
- Avoid high engine speed, full throttle, and
heavy engine load as long as the engine has
not reached operating temperature yet . You
could damage the engine .
- The engine cannot be started by pushing or
towing .
@ For the sake of the environment
Do not let the engine run while parked to
warm up. Begin driving immediately. This re-
duces unnecessary emissions.
(D Tips
- If it is difficult to turn the key to position
(D, turn the steering wheel back and forth
slightly to release the steering wheel lock.
- After starting a cold engine, there may be a
brief period of increased noise because the
oil pressure must first build up in the hy-
draulic valve adjusters . This is normal and
not a cause for concern.
- If the battery is disconnected and recon-
nected, you have to hold the ignition key in
74
position
to start.
(D for five seconds for the engine
- After switching the ignition off, you can only
remove the key when the selector lever is in
the "P" (Park) position. After that, the selec-
tor lever is locked.
Stopping the engine with the key
Appli es to vehicles : with mechanical igni tio n lock
Stopping the engine
.. Bring the vehicle to a full stop .
.. Turn the key to posit ion @ .
Releasing the steering lock
Requirement: The selector lever must be in the P
position.
.,.Remove the ignition key in position @
q page 75, fig. 69 q ,&..
.. Turn the steering wheel until you hear the
steering wheel lock.
The locked steering helps prevent vehicle theft.
A WARNING
-
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle
has come to a complete stop. The full func-
tion of the brake booster and the power
steering is not guaranteed. You must use
more force to turn or brake if. Because you
cannot steer and brake as you usually
would, this could lead to accidents and seri-
ous injuries.
- Never remove the ignition key from the igni-
tion look while the vehicle is moving . Other-
wise, the steering lock could suddenly en-
gage and you would not be able to steer the
vehicle.
- Please note that the brake booster and pow-
er steering only work when the engine is
running. When the engine off, you must use
more force to steer or brake the vehicle. Be-
cause the usual steering and braking capa-
bility is not available, the risk of accidents or
injuries increases.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when
leaving the vehicle, even for a short period
of time . This applies particularly when

children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise
the children could start the engine or oper-
ate electrical equipment such as power win-
dows .
- For safety reasons, always park the vehicle
with the selector lever in the P position.
Otherwise, there is the risk that the vehicle
could roll.
- After the engine has been switched off, the
radiator fan can continue to run for up to 10
minutes - even with the ignition switched
off. It can also switch on again after some
time if the coolant temperature rises as a
result of heat bu ildup or if the eng ine com-
partment is heated by sunlight and the en-
gine is hot.
(D Note
- If the engine has been under heavy load for
an extended period of time, heat builds up
in the engine compartment after the engine
is switched off - there is a risk of damaging
the engine . For this reason, let the engine
run for at idle for approximately two mi-
nutes before shutting it off.
Starting and stopping
the engine (vehicles with
a convenience key)
Engine with the
button Starting
Appl ies to vehicles : wit h convenience key
The I START ENGINE STOP I button switches the
ignition on and starts the engine.
....,
N
0
>
co Fig. 69 Center conso le: START ENGINE STOPbutto n (wit h
:0 conveni ence key)
"'
"'
"'
......
Driving
You can start your car without using your conven -
ience key. You must simply be carrying the key
with you .
Switching the ignition on/off or prewarming
If thP ,Y,n
ind icator
light blinks and the message
Please move stee ring wheel appears when
switching the ignition on, the steer ing is locked
by the steering lock. In this case, turn the steer-
ing wheel slightly to the left/right .
.,.To switch the ign ition on/off , press the
!START ENGINE ST OP I button. Do not press the
bra ke pedal whi le doing this.
Diesel vehicles are preheated while the ignition is
switched on m.
Starting the engine
Your vehicle is equipped with launch control. The
engine starts automatically when you press the
I STAR T ENGINE ST OP Ibutton brief ly.
.,. Press the brake pedal and move the selector
lever to the P or N position .
.,. Press the I STAR T ENGINE ST OP ! button briefly .
The engine will start .
Major electrical equipment switches off tempora -
rily when start ing the engine.
It is possible that there will be a slight delay
when starting the engine in diesel vehicles in
colder temperatures . Therefore, you must hold
the brake pedal down until the engine starts . The
indicator light turns on while the engine is pre-
heating m.
The prewarming time depends on the coolant
temperature and outside temperature . The glow
plug indicator light El
will only turn on for ap-
proximate ly 1 second when the eng ine is warm or
the outside temperature is higher than 8 °C. That
means you can start the engine immediately .
If the engine does not start immediately, stop
the start ing procedure by pushing the
I STAR T ENGINE ST OP Ibutton again and repeat
after 30 seconds. .,.
75
Dr iv ing
Autom ati c st art malfun cti on
If the lll3
(gasoline engine) o r II
(diese l eng ine)
indicator light turns on when you start the en -
gine, there is an automatic start ma lfunction.
To start the engine, press and ho ld the
ISTART ENGINE STOP ! button un t il the engine
runs .
Drive to an autho rized Aud i dea ler or authorized
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
mal funct ion corrected.
_& WARNING
- Never allow the engine to run in confined
spaces - danger of asphyxiation.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when
leaving the vehicle, even for a short period
of time . This applies partic ularly when chil-
dren remain in the vehicle. Otherw ise the
children could start the engine or operate
electrical equ ipment such as power win-
dows.
- Please note that the brake booster and pow-
er steering only work when the engine is
running . When the eng ine off, you must use
more force to steer or brake the ve hicle. Be-
cause the usual stee ring and bra king capa-
bility is not availab le, the risk of accidents or
injur ies increases.
(D Note
- Avoid high eng ine speed, full thrott le, and
heavy engine load as long as the eng ine has
not reached operating temperature yet. You
could damage the engine.
- The engi ne cannot be sta rted by pushing or
tow ing.
@ For the sake of the environment
Do not let the engine run while par ked to
warm up. Begin d riving immed iately. This re-
duces unnecessary emissions.
l) This fun ct ion is not avail abl e in all count ri es.
76
(D Tips
- After starting a cold engine, there may be a
br ief per iod of increased noise because the
oil pressure must first bui ld up in the hy-
draulic valve adjusters. This is normal and
not a cause for concern .
- If the . indicator light blinks in the instru-
ment cluster before switching the ignition
off, the ignition will not switch on again.
¢page 126
- If you leave your vehicle w ith the ignition
-
switched on, the ign ition w ill switch off af-
ter a certain amou nt of time . Make sure that
elect rical equipment such as the exterio r
lights a re switched off.
Turning the engine off using the
button
Applies to vehicles: with convenience key
... Bring the vehicle to a full stop.
... Move the se lector lever into the P posit ion.
... Press the ISTAR T ENGINE S TOP ! button
¢page 75, fig . 69.
Steering lock1l
The steering locks when you turn the engine off
using the ISTAR T ENGINE STOP !* button, move
the selector lever into the P pos ition and open
the driver's door.
The locked steering he lps prevent vehicle theft.
Emergency off
If it is absolutely necessa ry, the engine can also
be turned off while driving at speeds lower t han
6 mph (10 km/h). To switch the eng ine off, press
the ISTART ENGINE STOP ! button twice in a row
briefly or press and hold for longer than two sec-
onds.
_& WARNING
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle
has come to a complete stop. The full func-
tion of the brake booster and the powe r
steer ing is not guaranteed. You must use
 Dr ivi n g

more force to turn or brake if necessary. Be- Starting the engine if there is a
cause you cannot steer and brake as you malfunction
usually would, this could lead to crashes Applies to vehicles: with convenience key

and serious injuries. It may not be possible to start the engine under
- Please note that the brake booster and pow- certain circumstances, for example if the battery
er steering only work when the engine is in the vehicle key is drained, if interference is af-
running. When the engine off, you must use fected the key or if there is a system malfunc-
more force to steer or brake the veh icle. Be- tion.
cause the usual steering and braking capa-
bility is not avai lable, the risk of accidents or
injuries increases.
- Always take t he vehi cle key with you when
leaving the vehicle, even for a short period
of time. This applies partic ularly when chil-
dren remain in the vehicle . Otherwise the
children could start the engine or operate
electrical equipment such as power win-
dows.
- For safety reasons, always park the vehicle Fig. 70 Steering colum n/ remote control key: start ing t he
engine if there is a malfunction
with the selector lever in the P position.
Otherw ise, there is the risk that the veh icle
As long as the message y>l)Key not recognized .
could roll.
See owne rs manual appears, you can start your
- After the engine has been switched off, the
vehicle using the emergency start function .
radiator fan can continue to run for up to 10
minutes - even with the ignition switched "' Press the brake pedal .&.in Engine with the
c:::>

off. It can also switch on again after some button START ENGINE STOP Starting on
t ime if the coolant temperature rises as the page 76.
result of heat bu ildup or if the eng ine com- "' Press the I button .
I s=T~A~R~T~E~N~G~IN~E~s=T~O~P~
~

partment is heated by the sun's rays and the
engine is hot .
(D Note
If the eng ine has been under heavy load for
an extended per iod of t ime, heat bu ilds up in
the eng ine comp a rtment after the engine is
sw itched off - there is a risk of damaging the
engine. For this reason, let the engine run for
at idle for approximate ly two minutes before
shutting it off.
"' Hold the master key in the location indicated as
shown in the illustration y>>)c:::>fig. 70. The en-
gine will start .
"' If the engine does not automat ically start,
press the I START ENGINE STOP Ibutton aga in.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Serv ice Facility immed iately to have the
malfunction corrected.
@ Tips
You can display the message that appears
during an emergency by pressing the
ISTART ENGINE STOP !* button.

Driver messages
....,
N
0 Turn off ignition befor e leaving car. Batt ery is
>
co di scharging
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

77
Dr iv ing

This message appea rs and a warn ing tone sounds Shift to P, otherwi se vehicle can roll away.
if you open the driver's door when the ignit ion is Doors do not lock if lever is not in P
sw itched on. Switch the ign ition off so that the
This message appears for safety reasons a long
battery will not discharge.
with a warning tone. It appears if the selec t or
Pressing st art/s top button again will swit ch off lever for the a utomat ic transm iss ion is not in the
engine! P position when switching the ignition off with
the ISTART ENGINE STOP I* button . Shift these-
This message appears whe n you press the
lector lever to the P pos ition . Otherw ise, the vehi-
ISTART ENGINE STOP !* button while driv ing
cle could roll. You also cannot lock the vehicle us-
q page 76, Emergency off .
ing the locking sensor o n the doo r hand le or us-
Engine start syste m malfunc t ion. Please con- ing the conven ience key.
tact Service
The engine automatic start system has a mal- Electromechanical
function . Drive to a n author ized Audi dealer or parking brake
author ized Audi Serv ice Facility immediately to
have t he m a lfunction correc t ed . To star t the en - Operating
g ine, press and hold the ISTAR T ENGINE ST OP I The electromechanical parking brake replaces
button. the hand brake.
DJKey not recogniz e d. See owner 's manual
This message appears if there is no convenience
key inside the ve hicle or if the system does not
recogn ize the key. The convenience key may not
be recogn ized, for example , if it is covered by an
object that disrupts the s ignal (such as a brief-
case), or if the key battery is weak . Electronic de -
vices such as cell phones can also interfere w ith
the signa l.
Fig. 71 Cente r consol e : pa rking brake
To st ill be able to start or stop the eng ine, refer
to "Correcting a ma lfunction" q page 77.
.. Pull the sw itch @ ¢ fig. 71 to set the pa rking
Ill Key not in vehicle? bra ke. The - (USA models)/ . (Canada
mode ls) indica t or ligh t s in the button and in
The Ill indicator light turns on and this message
the inst rument cluste r display turn on .
appears if the convenience key was removed from
.. To release the pa rking brake, press the brake or
the vehicle whe n the eng ine was runn ing. If the
accelerator pedal wh ile the ignition is sw itched
convenience key is no longer in the vehicle , you
cannot switch the ig nition on or start the eng ine
once you stop it . In add it io n, you ca nnot lock the
vehicle from the outside.
(USA models) I.
on and press the button @ at the same time.
The - (Canada models)
ind icator lights in the button and in the display
turn off.
Press brake pedal
Your vehicle is equipped with an e lectromechani-
This message appears if you do not press the cal park ing brake. The parking brake is designed
brake peda l when starting the engine . to prevent the vehicle from ro lling un intent ional -
Please engage N or P ly and replaces the hand brake .

This message appea rs when starting or st opping In add ition to the normal functions of a tradition-
the engine if the selector leve r is not in the Nor P al hand brake, the electromechanical parking ..,_
position. The engine will not start/stop.

78

brake provides var ious convenience and safety
functions.
When starting from rest
- The integral hill start assist helps you when
driving by automatically releasing the parking
brake ¢ page 80, Starting from a stop.
- When starting on inclines, the hill start assist
prevents the vehicle from unintentionally roll -
ing back. The braking force of the parking brake
is not released until sufficient driving forc e has
bee n built up at the wh eels.
Emergency brake function
An emergency braking functions ensures that the
vehicle can be slowed down even if the normal
brakes fail ¢ page 80, Emergency braking func-
tion.
A WARNING
- Do not press the accelerator pedal inadver-
tently if the vehicle is stationary but the en-
gine is running and a gear is selected . Other-
wise the vehicle will start to move immedi -
ately and could result in a crash.
- If the power supply fails, the released park-
ing brake can no longer engage. In this case,
park the vehicle on level ground and secure
it by placing the selector lever in the P posi-
tion. See an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
(D Note
If the . or 1111 (USA models)/ . (Canada
models) indicator light in the instrument clus-
ter blinks , there is a malfunction in the brake
system. Refer to the detailed description of
the indicator lights ¢ page 17.
- If the - (USA models)/ . (Cana-
da models) or Ill indicator light turns on,
there is a malfunction in the parking brake
¢ page 18.
(D Tips
M
N
0
- If the parking brake is set while the ignition
>
co is switched off, thP l<@)indicator light in the
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
button and in the instrument cluster dis-
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
play - (USA models) / . (Canada mod-
Driving
els) will turn off after a certain amount of
time.
- If driver's door is opened while the ignition
is switched on, the parking brake sets auto-
matically. This prevents unintended rolling
of the vehicle.
- Occasional noises when the parking brake is
applied and released are normal and are not
a cause for concern.
- When the vehicle is parked, the parking
brake goes through a self-test cycle at regu-
lar intervals. Any noises associated with this
are normal.
- If there is a power failure, the parking brake
will not set if it is released, and it will not
release if it is set¢ & . See an authorized
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa-
cility for assistance .
Parking
.. Press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle.
.. Pull the switch @ ¢ page 78, fig . 71 to set the
parking brake.
.. Place the selector lever in the P position.
.. Turn th e engine off ¢ ,& .
.. Turn the steering wheel when pa rking on in-
clines so that t he wheels will roll into the curb
if the vehicle starts moving .
A
- WARNING
- Always take the vehicle key with you when
leaving the vehicle, even for a short period
of time. This applies particularly when chil-
dren remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the
children could start the engine , release the
parking brake or operate electrical equip-
ment (e.g. power windows). There is the risk
of an accident.
- When the vehicle is locked, no one - particu-
larly not children should remain in the vehi-
cle. Locked doors make it more difficult for
emergency workers to get into the vehicle,
which puts lives at risk.
79
Dr iv ing
Starting from a stop
The start assist function ensures that the park-
ing brake is released automatically upon start-
ing.
Stopp ing and applying parking brake
.,.Pull the switch @ q page 78, fig. 71 to set the
parking brake.
Starting and automatically releasing the
parking brake
Requirement: The driver 's door must be closed.
.,.When you press the accelerato r pedal, the park-
ing brake is automatically released and your ve-
hicle begins to move.
When stopp ing at a traffic signa l or stopp ing in
city traffic, the parking brake can be applied . The
vehicle does not have to be held with the brake
pedal. The parking brake eli minates the tendency
to creep when a selector lever position is engag-
ed. As soon as you press the accelerator pedal,
the park ing brake releases automatically and the
vehicle starts to move.
Starting on slopes
When starting on inclines, the hill start assist
prevents the vehicle from unintentionally rolling
back. The braking force of the parking brake is
not released unt il sufficient driving force has
been built up at the whee ls.
(0 Tips
For safety reasons, the park ing brake only re-
leases automat ically when the driver's door is
closed.
Emergency braking function
In the event that the conventional brake system
fails or locks.
.,.To brake your vehicle in an emergency, pull the
@ switch q page 78, fig. 71 and hold it pulled.
.,.As soon as you release the @ switch or acceler-
ate, the braking process stops.
Pulling and holding the @ switch while driving at
a speed of about 2 mph (3 km/h) or higher ini-
80
tiates the emergency braking f unction . The vehi-
cle is braked at all four whee ls by activating the
hydraulic brake system . The brake performance is
similar to heavy braking. q &
To help prevent activating the emergency braking
by mistake, an audib le wa rning tone (buzzer)
sounds when the @ switch is pull ed. Emergency
braking stops as soon as the @ switch is released
or the accelerator pedal is pressed.
A WARNING
Emergency braking should only be used in an
emergency, when the norma l brake pedal has
failed or the brake pedal is obstructed. During
emergen cy braking, your vehicle will brake
similar to heavy braking. ESCand the associ-
ated components (ABS, ASR, EDL) cannot
overcome the laws of physics. In corners and
when road or weathe r cond itions are bad, a
fu ll brake applicat ion can cause the vehicle to
skid or the rear end to break away, which in-
creases the risk of an accident.
Hill hold
Applies to vehicles: wit h Hill Hold
Hill hold makes it easier to start on hills.
Requirement: The driver door must be closed and
the engine must be running.
The system is activa t ed when the brake pedal is
pressed whi le the vehicle is statio nary.
To prevent the vehicle from roll ing back when
start ing, the brake power is held fo r a brief mo-
ment afte r releasing the brake pedal. During this
time, you can easily begin to move your vehicle.
A WARNING
- The inte lligent technology of Hill Hold can-
not overcome the limitations imposed by
natura l physical laws. The increased comfort
offered by Hill Hold shou ld not cause you to
take safety risks.
- Hill Hold cannot hold the vehicle in all hill
start sit uat ions (for example, if the ground
is sli ppery or icy).
 Driving

- If you do not begin moving immediately af-

ter releasing the brake pedal, the vehicle
could begin to roll backward under certain
circumstances . Press the brake pedal or set
the parking brake immediately .
- If the engine "stalls", press t he brake pedal
or set the parking brake immediately.
- Starting on inclines in stop-and-go traffic:
To help prevent the vehicle from rolling back
when starting, press and hold the brake
pedal for several seconds when the vehicle
is stationary .

(D Tips
You can find out if your vehicle is equipped
with Hill Hold by checking at an authorized
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili-
ty.

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

81
Automatic tran s mi ss ion
Automatic transmission
S tronic
Introduction
Applies to veh icles: with S tro nic transmiss ion
Your vehicle is equ ipped w ith an electronically-
contro lled DSG transmission ca lled S tronic. Two
independent clutches t ransfer the power be-
tween the eng ine and t ransmission. It a llows the
vehicle to accelerate without a noticeable inter -
ruption in tract ion .
The transmission upshifts or downsh ifts au to-
matica lly. The driv ing style contin uously influen-
ces the se lection of the driving program .
When a moderat e driving style is used, the
transmiss ion se lects the mos t econom ica l driving
mode. The t ransmission upsh ifts at a lower RPM
and downshifts at a higher RPM to improve fuel
efficiency .
The transmission swit ches to a sporty mode after
a kick-down or when the driver uses a sporty driv-
ing st yle characterized by quick accelerator pedal
movements, heavy acceleration, frequent
changes in speed and t raveling at the maximum
speed.
If desired, the drive r can a lso se lect the gears
manually (tiptronic mode) ¢ page 87, Shift ing
manually (tiptronic mode) .
Selector lever positions
Applies to veh icles: with S tro nic transmiss ion
-
~
0
>
a,
ID
Fig. 72 In st rum ent clus ter : Selecto r lever pos itions
The inst rument cluste r display shows the current
selector lever position and current gear.
82
P - Park
The wheels a re mechanically locked in t his pos i-
tion . You can on ly shift into Par k when the vehi cle
is stationary ¢ .&..
To shift in a nd ou t of t he P se lec t or lever posit ion,
press the interlock button in the selec t or lever
while pressing the brake pedal.
R - Reverse
Only sh ift into reve rse gear when the vehicle is
stationary and the engine is run ning at id le
speed¢ .&..
To select the R selector lever position, press the
interlock button while pressing the brake pedal.
The back-up lights switc h on in the R posit ion if
the ign it io n is switched on.
N - Neutral
The transm ission is in idle in this pos ition .
D/ S - Normal posit ion fo r driving forward
In the D/S se lector lever position , the transm is-
sion can be operated either in the norma l D mode
or in the S sport mode. To se lect the S sport
mode, pull t he selector lever back br iefly . Pulling
the lever back aga in will select the normal D
mode . The instrument cluster display shows the
selected driving mode .
In the normal mode D, the transmission auto-
matically selects the suitable gear ratio. It de-
pends on engine load, vehicle speed and d riving
style .
Se lect the sport mode S for sporty dr iving . The
vehicle makes fu ll use of the engine 's power.
Shifting is may become not iceable when accele r-
at ing .
To move from se lec t or lever position N to D, you
must press the brake pedal and the ve hicle must
be traveling less than 1 mph (2 km/h) or be sta-
tiona ry¢ .&..
&, WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS.
- The vehicle can roll even if the ignition is
sw itched off.
 Au t om at ic t r a n s m iss io n

- Never select R or P while driving, because
this increases the risk of an accident.
- Power is stil l transmitted to the whee ls
when the engine is running at idle. To pre-
vent the vehicle from "creeping", you must
keep your foot on the brake in all selector
lever positions (except P) when the engine is
running . Otherwise, this increases the risk
of an accident.
- Do not inadvertently press the accelerator
emergency release can be used if this hap -
pens ¢page 89.
Selector lever lock
Applies to veh icles: with S t ronic tra nsmission
The selector lever lock prevents you from select-
ing o gear occidentally, causing the vehicle to
roll.
m

•
0
0
peda l when the veh icle is stopped if a gear is >
~
engaged . Otherwise the vehicle will start to
move immediately, even if the pa rking brake
is set . This could res ult in a crash.
- Do not press the accelerator pedal when
changing the selector lever pos ition while
the vehicle is stationary and the engine is
running.
- Never leave your vehicle with the eng ine Fig. 73 Selecto r lever lock
running whi le in gear . If you must leave your
vehicle when the engine is running, set the To release the selector lever lock:
parking brake and move the selector lever to .,.Switch on the ignition.
the P position. .,. Press the brake pedal while pressing the inter-
- Before opening the hood and working on a lock button.
running engine, select the P position with
the se lector lever and activate the parking Automat ic s hift loc k (ASL)
brake. Always read and fo llow the applicable The selector lever is locked in the P and N posi-
warnings ¢ page 198, Working in the en- tions when the ignition is switched on. You must
gine compartment. press the brake peda l to select another position .
You must also press the interlock button if you
(D Note are moving from the P pos ition . The fol low ing
Never let the veh icle roll downhill with engine message appears in the d isplay when the selector
off and the selector lever in the N pos ition, lever is in the P or N posit ion to remind the dr iv-
because this could damage the automatic er:
transmiss ion and catalyt ic converte r.
When stationar y apply footbrake while select-
ing gear
(D Tips
The automatic sh ift lock only functions when the
- Audi drive select: Sporty shifting character-
vehicle is stat ionary or at speeds below 1 mph
istics can be selected us ing the Dynamic
(2 km/h). At higher speeds, the lock is automati-
driving mode.Sw ill appear in the instru-
cally deactivated in the N pos ition .
ment clust er disp lay inst ead of D.
- If you accidentally select N while driv ing, The selector lever is not locked when shift ing
take your foot off the acce le rator pedal im- quickly through N, for example from R to D. This
...., mediately and wa it for the engine to slow makes it poss ible to free the vehicle when it is
N
0 down to idle before select ing Dor S. stuck by "rock ing" it . The selector lever lock en-
>
co
rl
- If there is a power failure, the se lector lever gages if the leve r stays in the N pos ition longer liJ,,
I.O
will not move out of the P posit ion. The
"'
"'
"'
rl

83
Automatic tran s mission
than approximately 2 seconds when the brake
pedal is not pressed.
Interlock button
The interlock butto n in the selector lever handle
p revents you from moving the selector lever in-
advertently while in some selector lever posi -
t ions . The positions that require the interlock
button to be pressed are marked in color in the il-
lustration c::>fig. 73.
Ignition key safety interlock*
You can only remove the key from the ignition af-
ter sw itching the ign ition off if the selector lever
is in the P position. The selector lever will be
locked in the P posit ion as long as the key is not
in the ignition .
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. c::>& in Se-
lector lever positions on page 82.
@ Tips
- If the selector lever does not engage, there
is a malfunction. The engine is disabled to
prevent the vehicle from driving off uninten-
tionally. Press the brake pedal br iefly to al-
low the selector lever lock to engage again.
- If the vehicle does not move forward or in
reverse even though a drive position is se-
lected, proceed as follows:
- >If the vehicle does not move in the desired
direct ion, the system may not have engaged
the drive pos ition correctly. Press the brake
pedal and select the drive posit ion again.
- >If the veh icle still does not move in the de-
sired direct ion, there is a system malfunc-
tion. See an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility for ass istance
to have the system checked.
84
Driving tips
Applies to vehicles: with S tronic transmissio n
The transmission shifts up and down automati-
cally when in the driving gears .
Fig. 74 Sec tion of t he center conso le: se le ctor lever with
interloc k button
The engine will only be able start when the selec-
tor lever is in the P or N positions . At low temper -
atures (be low 14 °F (-10 °C)), the engine can only
be started when the selector lever is in the P po-
sition.
Starting from a stop
"' Press and hold the brake pedal.
"' Press and hold the interlock button in the selec-
tor lever hand le, select the desired selector lev-
er position such as D c::>page 82 and release the
lock button.
"' Wait a moment until the transmission sh ifts .
You will notice a slight movement when the
gear engages .
"' Release the brake peda l and press the accelera-
,&..
tor pedal c::>
Stopping temporarily
"' Keep the veh icle stationary using the braking
pedal, for example at traff ic lights .
"' Do not press the accelerator peda l when doing
this.
"' To prevent the vehicle from rolling when you
start driving, set the parking brake when stop-
ping on steep incl ines c::>,&..
"' The parking brake will release automat ically
and the vehicle will start moving once you press
the acce lerator pedal. Requ irement: The door
must be closed.
 Aut o matic t ransm iss io n

St opping/ parking
A WARNING
If the selector lever is not in the P position when - The vehicle can roll even when the engine is
you open the driver's door, the vehicle could roll.
switched off.
In vehicles with a convenience key*, the message:
- Unintended vehicle movement can lead to
Shift to P, otherwise vehicle can roll away.
serious injuries.
Doors do not lock if lever is not in P appears . You
- Never leave your vehicle with the engine
will also hear a warning tone.
running while in gear. If you must leave your
~ Press and hold the brake pedal c:> A- vehicle when the engine is running, set the
~ Set the parking brake. parking brake and move the selector lever to
~ Select the P selector lever position. the P position.
- Power is still transferred to the wheels when
Stopping on an incline
the eng ine is running at idle. To prevent the
~ Always press the brake pedal to hold the vehi- vehicle from "creeping", you must keep your
cle in place and prevent it from "rolling back" foot on the brake when the engine is run-
A-
c:> Do not try to prevent the vehicle from ning and the selector lever is in the D, Sor R
"rolling back" when a gear is engaged by in- position or "tiptronic" mode is selected .
creasing the engine speed c:>@ . - Do not inadvertently press the accelerat or
pedal when the vehicle is stationa ry. Other-
Starting on an incline in vehicles without Hill
wise the vehicle will start to move immedi-
Hold *
ately, even if the parking brake is set. This
~ Set the parking brake. could result in a crash.
~ With the driving gear selected, press the accel-
- Do not press the accelerator pedal when
erator pedal carefully. The parking brake releas- changing the selector lever position while
es automatically. Requirement: The door must the vehicle is stationary and the engine is
be closed. running.
St arting on an incline in vehicles with Hill - Never engage the R or P selector level posi-
Hold* tions while dr iving. It could cause a crash.
- Before driving down a steep slope, reduce
~ With the driving gear selected, remove your
your speed and shift into a lower gear with
foot from the brake pedal and press the accel-
"t iptronic".
erator pedal c:>page 80, Hill hold.
- Do not ride the brakes or press the brake
Under certain circumstances, (such as driving in pedal too often or too long when driving
the mountains or towing a tra iler), it may be use- down a hill. Constant braking causes the
ful to switch temporarily to the manual shift pro- brakes to overheat and substantially re-
gram in order to adjust the gears to the driving duces braking performance, increases brak-
conditions by hand~ page 87. ing distance or causes comp lete failure of
the brake system.
When parking on a level surface, simply place the
- If you must stop on an incline, always hold
selector lever in the P position. On inclines, acti-
the vehicle in place with the foot brake or
vate the parking brake first and then move the
parking brake to prevent it from rolling
selecto r lever to the P position ~ page 78. This
back.
prevents the locking mechanism from being load-
- Never hold the vehicle on an incline with a
ed too heavily and wi ll make it easier to move the
slipping clut ch. The clutch opens aut omati-
selector lever out of the P posit ion.
M cally when it becomes too hot from the
N
0
>
overload . ThemJ indicator light turns on
co
,...., and a message appears c:>page 88 when
..,.,
\!)
the clutch is overloaded .
..,.,
..,.,
,....,

85
Automatic transmission

- If the engine must run while you are work-
ing in the engine compartment with the
hood open, make sure a gear is not engag-
ed . The selector lever must be firmly in the
P position and locked in place and the park-
ing brake must be set ¢ page 198. Other-
wise, the vehicle could begin moving when
the engine speed is high, even with the
parking brake set.
0 Note
the brake pedal. The transmission automatically
selects a gear that is suitable for the incline. Hill
descent control tries to maintain the speed ach-
ieved at the time of braking, within physical and
technical limitations. If may still be necessary t o
adjust the speed with the brakes. Because hill de -
scent control cannot shift down farther than 3rd
gear, it may be necessary to shift into tiptronic
mode in very steep areas . In this case, shift into
1st or 2nd gear in tiptronic mode to use the en-
gine's braking force to relieve the brakes.

- When stopping on an incline, do not try to Hill descent control switches off once the decline
hold the vehicle in place by pressing the ac- levels out or you press the accelerator pedal.
celerator pedal while a driving gear is se-
On vehicles with a cruise control system*
lected. This can cause the automatic trans-
¢ page 94, hill descent control is also activated
mission to overheat and can damage it. Ac-
when the speed is set .
tivate the parking brake or press the brake
pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling.
&_ WARNING
- Allowing the vehicle to roll when the engine
Hill descent control cannot overcome physical
is stopped and the selector lever is in the N
limitations, so it may not be able to maintain
position will damage the automatic trans-
a constant speed under all conditions. Always
mission because it is not lubricated under
be ready to apply the brakes.
those circumstances.
- The transmission can overheat and be dam-
aged under certain driving and traffic condi-
tions such as frequent starts, creeping for a
long time, or stop-and-go traffic . When the
5] or . indicator light turns on, stop the
vehicle at the next opportunity and let the
transmission cool ¢ page 88.
- Allowing the vehicle to roll when the engine
is stopped will damage the S tronic trans-
mission because it is not lubricated
¢ page 2 54, Towing with a tow truck.

(D Tips
For safety reasons, the parking brake only re-
leases automatically when the driver's door is
closed.

Hill descent control

Applies to vehicles: with S tron ic transm ission

The hill descent control system assists the driv-

ing when driving down declines.

Hill descent control is activated when the selec-

tor lever is in the Dor S position and you press

86
 Automatic transmission

Shifting manually (tiptronic mode) • To shift up one gear, tap the shift padd le 0
Applies to vehicles: with 5 tronic tra nsmission/ shift paddles fig. 76.
r:::>

The tiptronic allow the driver to shift the gears

• To shift down one gear, tap the shift paddle 0-
manually. If the shift padd les are tapped while in the D/S
selector lever position, automatic mode switches
off briefly. To switch from manually shifting back
to automatic shifting immediately, tap the shift
paddle 0 ¢ fig. 76 for 1 second.

To keep shifting using the shift paddles, move the

selector lever to the right out of the D/S position
into the t iptron ic shift gate.

The transmission automatically shifts up or down

before critical engine speed is reached.
Fig. 75 Center c_onso
l e: manual shifting wi th the select or
lever The transmission only allows manual shifting
whe n the eng ine speed is w ithin the permitted
range.

(0 Tips
- If you shift to the next lowest gear, the
transmission will only shift if the eng ine will
not be over-revved.
- With kick-down, the transmission shifts to a
lower gear, depending on veh icle speed and
Fig. 76 Steering wheel: manual shifting with t he shift pad-
engine speed.
dl es* - tiptronic does not work if the transmission
is running in emergency mode .
Shifting with the selector lever
You can shift into tiptronic mode while stationary Kick-down
and while driving . Applies to vehicles: wit h S t ronic transm ission

• To shift into t iptron ic mode, push the selector Kick-down enables maximum acceleration .
lever from the D/S setting to the right in the
When you press the accelerator pedal down be-
tiptron ic shift gate. Once the transmission has
yond the resistance point , the automatic trans-
switched modes, the selecto r lever position M
mission downsh ifts into a lower gear, depending
is shown in the instrument cluster display
on veh icle speed and engine RPM. It shifts up in-
page 82, fig. 72 . For example M4 , means the
r:::>
to the next higher gear once the maxim um speci-
fourth gear is engaged.
fied eng ine RPM is reached.
• To shift up a gear, tap the selector lever for-
ward 0 r:::>fig . 75.
• To shift down a gear, tap the selector lever to ~
A WARNING
-
back 0- Please note that the whee ls cou ld spin on
slick or slippery roads when kick-down is ac-
Shifting with the shift paddles* tive .
....,
N
0 You can operate the shift paddles in the D/S or M
>
co (tiptronic shift gate) selector lever positions.
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

87
Automatic transmission
Launch Control-Program
App lies t o vehicles: with launch cont rol
The Launch Control Program enables maximum
acceleration .
Requirement: The engine must be at operating
temperature and t he steering wheel must not be
turned.
.,.With the engine running, press the !~OFFI but-
ton briefly one time l) .
.,.Pull the selector lever back out of the O/S posi-
tion briefly to select the S position, or press it
toward the right into the tiptronic position or
select the Dynamic driving mode in drive se-
lect* ~page 112.
.,.Press the brake pedal firmly with your left foot
and hold it all the way down for at least 1 sec-
ond.
.,.At the same time, press the gas pedal all the
way down with your right foot until the engine
reaches and stays at a high RPM level.
.,.Remove your left foot from the brake.
_.&.WARNING
- Always adapt your driving to the traffic flow.
- Only use Launch Control when road and traf-
fic conditions allow it and other drivers will
not be endangered or impacted by your driv-
ing and the vehicle's acceleration.
- Please note that the drive wheels can spin
and the vehicle can break away when sport
mode is switched on, especially when the
road is slippery.
- Once the vehicle has started moving, press
the l.1'3OFF ! button briefly to turn the sport
mode off.
(D Tips
- The transmission temperature may increase
significantly after using the launch control
program. If that happens, the program may
1l I n vehicles w ith a d river infor matio n system, an ESClight
in t he instrument clust er st ays on continuo usly and t he
message Stabilization control (ESC): sport. Warning! Re·
stricted stability appears tempo rarily.
88
not be available for a few minutes. It will be
available again after a cool-down period.
- When accelerating using the launch control
program, all vehicle parts are subject to
heavy loads. This can lead to increased wear.
Emergency mode
Appli es to vehicles : wi th S t ronic t ransmi ssion
In the event of a system malfunction, there is an
emergency program .
If all of the selector lever positions are highlight-
ed with a light background in the instrument
cluster display, there is a system malfunction and
the S tronic transmission is running in the emer-
gency program. The vehicle can still be driven in
emergency mode, but only with reduced speed
and not in all gears. In some cases, the vehicle
cannot drive in reverse .
(D Note
If the transmission runs in emergency mode,
drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have
the malfunction corrected.
Transmission malfunction
• Transmission malfunction! Please stop the
vehicle and select P
There is a malfunction in the transmission. Park
the vehicle securely and do not continue driving.
See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Service Facility for assistance .
• Transmission overheating! Please stop the
vehicle!
The transmission is too hot and can become dam-
aged. Stop and let the transmission cool with the
engine running (at idle) in the P selector lever po-
sition. Then the indicator light and the message
turn off, drive to an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have.,.
 Automatic transmission

the malfunction corrected. If the indicator light

and the driver message do not turn off, do not
continue dr iving. See an authorized Audi dealer
or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .

rm
Transmission malfunction: you can continue
driving

Drive to an authorized Aud i dealer or authorized

Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
malfunction corrected. Fig. 78 Selector lever: using the emergency release to

rm
Transmission malfunction: no reverse gear
move out of the Park position

(you can continue driving)

The emergency release mechanism is located in
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized the right area under the selector lever shift gate.
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the Using the emergency release can be complicated.
malfunction cor rected. We recommend contacting your authorized Audi

rm
Transmission malfunction: You can continue
dealer for assistance, if necessary.

driving in D until engine off The screwdriver from the vehicle too l kit located
in the luggage compartment is needed to for the
Drive the vehicle away from moving traffic and
emergency release c>page 241. Use the flat side
park. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
of the reversible screwdriver blade .
Audi Service Facility for assistance.

rm
Transmission overheating! Please adapt
Removing the selector lever cover

driving style .. Set the parking brake «Ellc> A to secure your

Continue driving moderate ly. When the indicator
light turns off, you can continue driving normally.
rm
Transmission: Please press brake pedal and
select gear again
If the transmission malfunctions because the
temperature is too high, a message appears
when the transmission is coo led.
vehicle from rolling.
.. Insert the flat side of the screwdriver s ideways
in the slot near the shift cover and pry the shift
cover up ¢ fig . 77 .
.. Pull up the corners of the sh ift cover carefully
with your hands and fo ld it over the shifter
knob ¢ fig . 78.
Selector lever emergency release

.. Press and hold the yellow release button with

Selector lever emergency re lease
Applies to vehicles: with S tronic transm iss ion
If the vehicle's power supply foils, the selector
lever can be released in an emergency.
the screwdriver ¢ fig. 78 .
.. Press the release button in the selector lever ®
and move the lever into the N pos it ion.
.. Clip the sh ift cover back into the shift gate after
using the emergency release.

If the vehicle must be pushed or towed due to a

power failure (for example, the battery is dead),
the selector lever must first be moved to the N
position using the emergency release mecha -
...., nism .
N
0
>
co
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl
Fig. 77 Selector lever: removing the cover

89
Automatic tran s mi ss ion

A WARNING
Only move the se lector lever out of the P posi-
tion when the parking brake is set . If that
does not work, secure the vehicle with the
brake pedal. Otherw ise, the vehicle could
start to move uni ntentionally when the sele c-
to r lever is moved out of the P pos ition.

90
 Trailer mode

Trailer mode The trailer hyd raulic brake system must not be di -
rect ly connected to the vehicle's hydraulic brake
Driving with a trailer system .

General information Safety chains

Your Audi was designed primarily for passenger Always use safe ty chains be tween your ve hicle
transportation . and the tra ile r.

If you plan to tow a tra iler, please remember that Trailer lights
the additiona l load will affect d urability, econo-
Tra ile r lights must meet all regulations. Be sure
my and performance .
to check w it h your Audi dea le r fo r corr ect wiring,
Trailer towing not on ly places more stress on the switc hes and relays.
vehicle, it a lso calls for more concentrat ion from
Mirrors
the dr iver .
If you a re unable to see the traffic behind you us-
For this reason, a lways fo llow the operating and
ing the regular outs ide mirrors, then you must in-
d riving instructions provided and use common
sta ll extended mirrors . It is importa nt t hat you
sense.
always have clea r vision to the rea r.

Technical requirements _&.WARNING

Trailer hitch Afte r removing the t railer hit ch, do not store
it in your vehicle. In case of sudden brak ing,
Use a weight-carrying hitch conforming to the
the hitch could fly fo rward and inju re you or
gross trailer we ight. The hitch must be suitable
your passengers.
for your vehicle and trai ler and must be mounted
securely on the veh icle 's chassis at a technically
sound location . Use on ly a tra iler hitc h with a re- Operating instructions
movable ba ll mou nt. Always chec k w ith t he t ra il- Maximum traile r weight
e r hitch ma nufactur er t o make sure that you a re
using the correc t hitch. A trai le r fo r you r vehicle is limited to a typi cal
class 1 or class 2 trai le r.
Do not use a bumper hitch.
Trailer load distribution
The hitc h must be installed in such a way that it
does not interfere wit h the impact -absorbi ng Be sure t he load in th e t raile r is held secure ly in
bumper system. No mod ificat ions should be pla ce to prevent it from shift ing forward, back-
mad e to the vehicle exhaust and brake systems . ward or sideways .
From time to t ime, chec k t hat a ll hitch mou nti ng Never allow a passenger to ride in a trailer ~ .&.
bo lt s remain sec urely fastened . in Driving instructions on page 92.
When you are no t tow ing a trailer, remove the
Engine cooling system
trai ler hitch ball mount . This prevents the hitc h
from caus ing damage should you r vehicle be Towing a trailer makes the engine work harder . It
st ruck from beh ind ~ ,&.. is important tha t the cooling system 's pe rform-
ance is up to the additional load. Make sure that
Trailer brakes the coo ling system has enoug h flu id.
M If your tra iler is equipped w it h a braking system,
N Tire pressure
0 check to be s ure that it conforms to all regu la-
>
co When towing a trailer, inflate the tires of your ve-
,...., tions.
..,.,
\!)
hicle to the cold tire pressure listed under "Full lilJJ..
..,.,
..,.,
,....,

91
Trailer mode
load" on the label located on the driver's side B-
pillar (visible when the door is open). Inflate
trailer tires to trailer and tire manufacturers'
specifications.
Lights
Check to make sure both vehicle and trailer lights
are working properly.
Safety chains
Be sure tra iler safety cha ins are properly connect-
ed from the trailer to the hitch on the vehicle.
Leave enough slack in the chains to permit turn-
ing corners. When you install safety chains, make
sure they will not drag on the road when you are
driving .
The chains shou ld cross under the trai ler tongue
to prevent it from dropping in case of separation
from the hitch .
Driving instructions
Driving with a trailer always requires extra care
and consideration .
To obta in the best poss ible handling of vehicle
and trailer, please note the following:
.,. Do not tow a loaded tra iler when your car itself
is not loaded.
.. Be especia lly careful when passing other
vehicles.
.. Observe speed limits .
.. Do not drive at the maximum permissible
speed.
.. Always apply brakes early.
.. Monitor the temperature gauge.
Weight distribution
Towing a loaded trai ler with an empty car results
in a high ly unstable distribution of weight. If this
cannot be avoided, drive at very low speeds only
to avoid the risk of losing steering control.
A "balanced" rig is easie r to operate and control.
This means that the tow vehicle should be loaded
to the extent possible and permissible, while
keeping the trailer as light as poss ible under the
circumstances. Whenever possible, transfer
some cargo to the luggage compartment of the
92
tow vehicle while observing tongue load require-
ments and vehicle loading considerations.
Speed
The higher the speed, the more d iff icult it be-
comes for the driver to control t he rig. Do not
drive at the maximum permissible speed. Reduce
your speed even more if load, weather or wind
conditions are unfavorab le - particularly when
going downh ill.
Reduce veh icle speed immediately if the trailer
shows the slightest sign of swaying . Do not try
to stop the swaying by accelerating.
Observe speed limits. In some ar eas, speeds for
vehicles towing tra ile rs are lower than fo r regular
vehicles .
Always apply brakes early. When dr iving down-
hill, sh ift int o a lower gear to us e the eng ine
braking effect to slow the vehicle . Use of the
brakes alone can cause them to overheat and fail.
Coolant temperature
The coolant temperature gauge ¢ page 12 must
be obse rved carefully. The coolant temperature
can increase if you dr ive on long inclin es in a low
gear at high engine speeds . Reduce your speed
immediately if the LEDs in the top part of the dis-
play turn on .
For more information abo ut ind icator lights, re-
fer to . ¢ page 19 .
A WARNING
-
Anyone not properly restrained in a moving
vehicle is at a much greater risk in an acci-
dent. Never let anyone ride in your car who is
not proper ly wearing the restraints provided
by Aud i.
Trailer mode notes
Important to know
Your veh icle handles differently when towing a
trai ler because of the additiona l weight and dif-
ferent weight distribution . Safety, performance
and economy will greatly depend on how careful-
ly you load your trailer and operate your rig. ..,.
 Trailer mode

Before you actually tow your t railer, practice
turning, stopping and backing up in an area away
from traffic. Keep practicing until you have be-
come completely fami liar with the way your vehi-
cle-trailer combination behaves and responds.
.. Release the parking brake and slowly pull out
and away from the wheel chocks.
.. Stop and have someone retr ieve the wheel
chocks.

Backing up is diff icult and requires practice . Back-

(D
ing up w ith a trailer generally requires steering
action oppos ite to that when backing up your ve-
hicle without a trailer.
Maintain a greater distance betwee n your vehicle
and the one in front of you. You w ill need more
room to stop. To compensate for the tra iler, you
will need a larger than norma l turning radius.
Tips
If you move the selector lever of the automat-
ic transm ission to P before applying the park-
ing brake and before blocking the wheels, you
may have to use mo re force later to move the
lever out of the P posit ion.

When passing, remember that yo u cannot accel-

erate as f ast as you normally would because of
the added load. Make sure you have enough room
to pass. After passing, allow plenty of room for
your trailer before changing lanes again.

Avoid j erky sta rts, sharp turns or rapid lane

changes.

@ Tips
- Do not tow a tra iler during the break-in peri-
od of yo ur vehicle.
- If you tow a t railer, you r Audi may require
more frequent ma intenance due to the ex-
tra load ~ page 262 .

Parking on a slope

Do not park on a slope with a trailer . If it cannot

be avoided, do so only after doing the following:

When parking:
.. Apply t he foo t brake.
.. Have someone pla ce chocks under bot h t he ve-
hicle and the t railer wheels .
.. With chocks in place, slowly release the brakes
unti l the whee l chocks absorb the load .
.. Turn the wheels towards the curb .
.. Apply the parking brake .
.. Select the P selector lever position.

M
N
When restarting after parking :
0
>
co .. Apply the foot brake.
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
.. Start the engine.
1.1'1
1.1'1 .. Select the D/S selector lever posit ion.
,....,

93
Assist
Assist
Electronic speed limiter*
Applies to vehicles: with electronic speed limiter
Your vehicle may be factory equipped with ti res
that are rated for a maximum speed of 130 mph
(210 km/h) . This is less than the maximum speed
of your vehicle . To reduce the risk of sudden tire
failure and loss of control if the vehicle is operat-
ed at excessive speeds, your vehicle also has an
electronic speed limiter . The electronic speed
limiter prevents your vehicle from going faster
than the t ire speed rat ing . For more information
~ page 221.
If the engine control unit receives faulty vehicle
road speed signals, the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) ¢4 will ill uminate . If this occurs,
contact the nearest aut horized Audi dealer fo r as-
sistance .
A WARNING
-
Always observe the posted speed limits and
adjust your speed to suit prevailing road, traf-
fic and weather conditions . Never drive your
vehicle faster than the maximum speed rating
of the tires installed.
Speed warning system
Introduction
The speed warning system helps you to stay un-
der a specified maximum speed.
The speed warning system warns you if you are
exceeding the maximum speed that you have set .
You will hear a warning tone when your speed ex-
ceeds the stored value by approximately 3 mph
(3 km/h) . The . (USA models)/. (Canada
models) indicator light and the message Speed
limit exceeded! appear in the instrument cluster
disp lay at the same time . The . / . indicator
light turns off when the speed decreases below
the stored maximum speed.
Setting a thresho ld is recommended if you wou ld
like to be reminded when you reach a certain
maximum speed. Situations where you may want
to do so include driving in a country with a gener-
94
al speed limit or if there is a specified maximum
speed for winter tires.
(D Tips
Regardless of the speed warning system, you
should always monitor your speed using the
speedometer and make sure you are following
the legal speed limit .
Setting the threshold
You can set, change and delete the threshold in
the MMI.
.. Select: the IMENU Ibutton >Ca r > Systems*
contro l button > Driver assistance > Speed
warning.
You can set any threshold between 20 mph
(30 km/h) and 150 mph (240 km/h) . Settings
can each be adjusted in increments of 6 mph
(10 km/h).
Cruise control system
· Description
Applies to vehicles: with cruise control system
The cruise control system makes it possible to
drive at a constant speed starting at 15 mph
(20 km/h).
The speed is kept constant by modify ing engine
power or through an act ive brake intervention.
A WARNING
-
- Always pay attention to the traffic around
you when the cruise control is in operation.
You are always responsible for your speed
and the distance between your vehicle and
other vehicles.
- For reasons of safety, cruise contro l should
not be used in the city, in stop-and-go traf-
fic, on winding roads and when road condi-
tions are poor (such as ice, fog, gravel,
heavy rain and hydroplaning) -you could
have an accident .
- Switch the cruise control off temporarily
when driv ing in turning lanes, highway exits
or in construction zones.
 A ssi st

- Please note that unconsciously "resting" Changing speed

your foot on the accelerator pedal prevents
the cruise control from braking. This is due
to the control system be ing overr idden by
the driver 's acceleration .
- If there is a brake system malfunction such
as overheating when the speed warning sys-
tem is switched on, the braking function in
the system will be deactivated. The remain-
ing speed warni ng system fu nctions will re-
ma in act ive, as long as the ~ (USA mod -
els) / . (Canada models) indicator light is
on .
{i) Tips
- The cruise cont ro l system is idea l for
stretches with speed limits. The driver is re-
spons ible for adhering to the cor rect speed.
- The cruise cont ro l rema ins active when
shift ing ge ar s.
- The brake lights turn on when the bra kes
are activated.
Applies to vehicles: with cruise control system
., To increase o r dec rease the speed in incre-
ments, tap t he lever in t he 0 10 d irect io n
q page 95, fig . 79 .
.. To increase or decrease the speed quick ly, hold
the lever in the 0 / 0 direction until the de-
sired speed is reached.
Overriding the speed
You can press the accelerator pedal down to in-
crease your speed, for example if you want to
pass someone. The speed you saved earlier will
resume as soon as you let off of the accele rato r
pedal.
If, howeve r, you exceed your saved speed by 5
mph (10 km/h) for longe r than 6 minutes, the
cruise control turns off temporarily . The M;\1)~14
(USA mode ls) ;lB (Canada models) indicator
light in the instrumen t cluster t urns off and t he
stored speed is ret ained.

Switching on Preselecting the speed

Applies to vehicles: with cruise contro l system Applies to vehicles: with cruise control system

You can pre-select your desired speed while the

0 vehicle is not moving.

f ., Switch on the ign ition .

.. Pull the lever into pos ition (D 9 page 95,
fig. 79 .

®t0 ., To increase or de crease t he speed, tap t he lever

in the 0 10 direction .

This function makes it poss ible, for examp le, t o

Fig. 7 9 Operating lever: cruise control system
save the s peed you want before dr iving on t he
highway. Once on the highway, activa t e the cru ise
.. To switch th e cruise control on, pull the lever
control by pulling the lever toward (D.
int o posi t ion @ ~ fig. 79 .
., Drive at the speed to be con t rolled.
.. To store the speed, press t he button @ . The Switching off
[ij;\1)~14
(USA models)/ Ii.I
(Canada models)
Applies to vehicles: with cruise cont rol system

tu rns o n in the instrument cluster. Temporary deactivat ion

...., .. Step on the brake pedal, or

N
0
.. Press the lever into position @ (not clicked into
>
co place) q page 95, fig. 79, or ..,
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

95
A ss ist
Swit ching off complet ely
.,.Press the lever into position @ (clicked into
place), or
.,.switch the ignition off .
The speed you saved w ill be retained if the cruise
control has been switched off temporar ily. To re-
sume the stored speed, release the brake pedal
and pull the lever into position (D.
The stored speed is erased when the cru ise con-
trol is switched off comp lete ly or the ignition is
switched off .
A WARNING
You should only resume the saved speed if it
is not too high for existing traffic conditions.
Otherw ise you risk an accident.
@ Tips
- If the brakes become too heated while driv-
ing, the cruise contro l switches off. If this
happens while driving downhill, you can re-
lieve the brakes by shifting into a lower
gear.
- When the cruise control is act ivated, ESC
sport mode cannot be switched on.
Audi adaptive cruise
control
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
Fig. 8 0 Detect ion range
The adaptive cruise control system is a combina-
tion of speed and distance regulation . It assists
the driver by bot h regulating the speed and
maintaining a distance to the object ahead, w ith -
96
in the abilities of the system. If the system de-
tects an object, adaptive cruise control can brake
and accelerate your veh icle . This makes driving
more comfortab le both on long stretches of
highway and in stop-and-go traffic.
What can adaptive cruise cont rol do?
The adaptive cruise contro l system uses radar
and a video camera. The radar is subject to desig -
nated system limits q page 97.
On open roads with no traffic, it funct ions like a
cruise control system . The stored speed is main-
tained. When approaching an object ahead and
the system detects it, the adapt ive cruise control
system automatically brakes to match that ob-
ject's speed and then maintains the stored dis-
tance. As soon as the system does not detect an
object ahead, adapt ive cruise control accelerates
up to the sto red speed .
Within the limits of the system, adaptive cruise
control can brake in stop -and-go traffic until the
vehicle is stat ionary and then begin driving again
under certain conditions q page 100, Driving in
stop-and-go traff ic.
Which functions can be controlled?
When you swit ch adapt ive cru ise control on, you
can set the current speed as the "control speed"
q page 98, Switching on/off .
When dr iving, you can stop cruise contro l
q page 100 or change the speed q page 100 at
any time .
You can also adjust the following sett ings:
- Distance q page 101
- Driving program C)page 102
- Driving mode C)page 102
 Assist

General information avoid a collision. The driver is always responsi-

Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control and Audi ble for braking at the correct time.
pre sense front
- Using adaptive cruise control incorrectly can
cause collisions, other accidents and serious
injuries.
- For safety reasons, do not use adaptive
cruise control when driving on roads with
many curves, when the road surface is in
poor condition and/or in bad weather (such
as ice, fog, gravel, heavy rain and hydroplan-
ing). Using the system under these condi-
tions could result in a collision.
Fig. 81 Front of vehicle: sensor - Switch adaptive cruise control off tempora-
rily when driving in turning lanes, on ex-
The general information applies to adaptive pressway exits or in construction zones. This
page 103.
cruise control* and pre sense front* r::!> prevents the vehicle from accelerating to
the set speed when in these situations.
The radar sensor area r::!>
fig. Bl must not be cov-
- The adaptive cruise control system will not
ered with stickers, deposits or any other obstruc-
brake by itself if you put your foot on the ac-
tions as it may impair the function of the adap-
celerator pedal. Doing so can override the
tive cruise control and the pre sense front. For in-
speed and distance regulation.
page 235. The
formation on cleaning, refer to r::!>
- When approaching stationary objects such
same applies for any modifications made in the
front area. as stopped traffic, adaptive cruise control
will not respond and pre sense front will
The function of the adaptive cruise control sys- have limited function.
tem and pre sense front is limited in some condi- - The adaptive cruise control system and pre
tions : sense front do not react to people, animals,
- Objects can only be detected when they are objects crossing the road or oncoming ob-
page 96, fig. 80.
within the sensor range r::!> jects.
- The system has a limited ability to detect ob- - The function of the radar sensors can be af-
jects that are a short distance ahead, off to the fected by reflective objects such as guard
side of your vehicle or moving into your lane. rails, the entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain or
- Objects that are difficult to detect such as mo- ice.
torcycles, vehicles with high ground clearance - Always maintain enough distance from
or an overhanging load are detected late or not vehicles ahead so that you can still brake
detected at all. your vehicle safely. The adaptive cruise con-
- When driving through curves r=> page 98. trol cannot safely slow your vehicle or brake
- With stationary objects r::!>
page 98. it to a stop if you are driving too close be-
hind a vehicle. Please note that the auto-
A WARNING matic braking function cannot brake sud-
denly or apply the brakes fully under these
Always pay attention to traffic when adaptive
conditions.
cruise control is switched on and the pre
- To reduce the risk of unintended actions,
sense front is active r::!>page 103. As the d riv-
switch the ACCoff when you are not actively
...., er, you are still responsible for starting and
N using it. ~
ci for maintaining speed and distance to other
>
co
rl
objects. The pre sense front is used to assist
I.O
"' you. The driver must always take action to
"'
"'
rl

97
Assist

Adaptive cruise control

(D Note
The adaptive cruise control system only reacts to
The sensor can be displaced by impacts or
objects that are moving or that the system has
damage to the bumper, wheel housing and
already detected as moving. For example, it can
underbody. The adaptive cruise contro l and
react when a vehicle that has already been de-
pre sense front may become impaired as a re-
tected @ turns or changes lanes, but adapt ive
sult. Have an authorized Audi dealer or au-
cruise control does not react to a stationary vehi-
thorized Audi Service Facility check their func-
cle @ . Press the brake pedal to slow your vehicle
tion.
down!

In curves Pre sense front

Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control and Audi
pre sense front
Pre sense front only reacts to stat ionary objects
at low speeds.

Switching on/off
Applies to vehicles : with Audi adaptive cruise contro l

Fig. 82 Example: driving into a curve

When driving into a curve~ fig. 82 and out of a

curve, the adaptive cruise control may react to an
object in the neighboring lane and apply the Fig. 84 Operating lever: switching on/off
brakes. You can prevent that by pressing the ac-
celerator pedal briefly .

Stationary objects
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control and Audi
pre sense front

Fig. 85 Instrument cluster: adaptive cruise control

You can set any speed ll between 20 mph and 95

mph (30 and 150 km/h).

Ind icator lamps and messages in the instrument

cluster disp lay inform you about the current sit-
Fig. 83 Example: object changing lanes and stat ionar y ob - uation and settings. ..,
ject

l l Speed limits depe nd on t he country and the speedo m eter .

98
 A ss is t

Switching adaptive cruise control on White vehicle - An object ahead was de t ected .

"' Pull t he lever toward you into posit ion (!)
¢ fig. 84. ACC: standby appears in the instru-
ment cluster disp lay.
Saving the speed and activating regulation
"'To save the current speed, press the !SETI
¢ fig. 84 button . The stored speed is shown in
the tachomete r LED line @ and appears briefly
in the information line @ ¢ fig . 85.
"' To activate the reg ulation while stationary, you
must press the brake pedal.
Switching adaptiv e cruise control off
"' Push the lever away from you into position @
unt il it clicks into place. The message ACC: off
appears .
The stored speed in the LED line is erased.
@ Indicato r light s
II-adaptive cruise contro l is switched on. Ob-
jects ahead are not detected. The stored speed is
maintained.
• - An object ahead was detected . The adaptive
cruise control system regu lates the speed and
d istance to the object ahead and brakes/acceler -
ates automatica lly.
f:i-adaptive cru ise contro l is switched on. An
object ahead was detected. Your vehicle remains
stopped and will not start dr iving automatica lly.
• - The automatic brak ing is no t eno ugh to
maintain a sufficient distance to an object ahead .
You must intervene ¢ page 102, Request for
driver intervention.
© Instrument cluster display
Red vehi cle - Request fo r the d river to take action
¢page 102.
Both arrows on the scale © indicate the d istance
to the object ahead. No arrow appears when the
vehicle is on an open road and the re is no object
ahead. If a n object is detected ahead, t he a rrow
moves on t he sca le.
The green zone on the sca le indicates the store
distance. For informat ion on changing the dis-
t a nce, refer to ¢ page 101 . If the distance se-
lected is exceeded or not reached, the arrow
moves into the red zone on the scale .
_& WARNING
- Using adaptive cruise contro l incorrectly can
cause collisions, other accidents and serious
inju ries.
- If you press the ISETI button when driving at
speeds be low 20 mph (30 km/h), the vehi-
cle acce lerates automatically up to 20 mph
(30 km/h), which is the mi nimum speed
that can be set.
{!) Tips
- If you switch the ignit ion or the adaptive
cruise contro l system off, the set speed is
erased for safety reason.
- The Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC)
and Anti-Slip Regulat ion (ASR) both sw itch
on when the adaptive cruise contro l is
switched on . ESC and ASR ca nnot be switch-
ed off when adaptive cruise cont ro l is
sw itched on.
- With the adaptive cruise control activated
the ESC sport mode cannot be activated .

If adaptive cruise control is not shown in the in-

strument cluster display, you can call it up using
the mu ltifunc t ion steering wheel buttons
¢page 28 .
Based on the g raphics in the display, you can de-
M termine if the system is ma inta ining a distance to
N
0 a vehicle ahead and what that dist ance to this ve-
>
co
,...., hicle is:
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1 No vehi cle - No object ahead was detected .
1.1'1
,....,

99
A ss ist

Changing the speed Criteria for switching off

Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control The adaptive cru ise contro l sw itches off for safety
reasons when stat ionary:

0 - when the driver 's doo r is open,

- when t he veh icle is stationary for more than 3

f m inutes,
- when t he driver's safety belt is not fastened .

•0
Fig. 86 Operating lever: chan ging th e speed
A WARNING
If the message ACCautom . go 1l appea rs, the
vehicle continues driving, even if there is an
obstacle between your vehicle and the obje ct
a head . This increases the risk of a n accident .
.,.To increase or reduce t he speed in increment s,
tap the lever up or down .
.,.To increase or decrease the speed quickly, hold
@ Tips

the leve r up or down until the red LED@ reach-
es the desired speed ¢ page 98, fig . 85.
Afte r each change, the new stored speed appears
briefly in the informat ion line ~ page 98 , fig. 85
@.
Driving in stop-and-go traffic
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
The adaptive cruise co ntrol system assists you in
st op-and-go traffic. If an object that is detected
ahead stops, your vehicle will brake and stay at a
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise contro l
stop, within t he limits of the system.
If adaptive cruise cont ro l is active and your ve-
hicle does not st art dr iving even t hough the
me ssage ACCautom. go 1l appea rs, you ca n
start by tappi ng the accelera t or pedal.
- If a n obstacle is det ected when dr iving with
adaptive cruise cont rol, the system will re-
ques t you to beg in d riving ¢page 102. You
vehicle will begin dr iving more slowly. This
can also happen in situations where there is
no visible obstacle.
Interrupting cruise control

Starting with adaptive cruise controt 1 l

If you veh icle brakes to a stop because an object
is de t ected ahead, ACCaut om. go appea rs briefly
in the inst rument cluste r display Your vehicle is in
automatic start mode.

As long as t he message ACCautom. go is dis-

played and the object detected ahead starts to
move , your veh icle will contin ue driving ~ & .
Fig. 87 Ope rat ing lever
You ca n activate ACCaut om . go again for a short
time by pulling the lever to position @ Requirement: The adaptive cruise cont ro l is
¢ page 100, fig. 87. switched on .
The start mode ACC autom . go ends when the
brake peda l is pressed .

ll This is not available in so me coun tries .

100

Overriding cruise control
Overriding means exceeding the se lected speed
when adaptive cruise contro l is active, for exam -
ple when pressing the acce lerator pedal when
passing.
"'To accelerate man ua lly, pull the lever towa rd
you into position @ and ho ld it there. The mes -
sage ACC:override appears . Or
"' press the accelerator peda l.
"' To resume cruise control, release the lever or
take your foot off the acce lerator pedal.
Int err upting cruise contr ol w hil e driving
"' Move the lever into position @ . The message
ACC:stand by appears. Or
"' press the brake peda l.
"' To resume the stored speed, move the lever in-
to posit ion @ .
Int err upting cruise contr ol wh en stopped
"' Push the lever away from you into position @ .
The message ACC:standby appears.
"' To resume cruise control, press the brake peda l
and pull the lever toward you into position @ .
A WARNING
It is dangerous to act ivate cru ise contro l and
resume the stored speed when the current
road, traff ic or weather condit ions do not per-
m it this. This could result in a crash.
Setting the distance
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
M Fig. 88 Operat ing lever: sett ing the distance
N duces the dist an ce and time that you have
0
>
co "' Tap the switch to d isplay the current set dis-
,....,
\!)
tance c>fig. 88 .
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
A ss ist
"' To increase or reduce the d istance in incre -
ments, tap the switch again to the right or left.
The distance between the two vehicles will
change in the instrument cluster display .
When approaching an object detected ahead, the
adaptive cruise contro l system brakes to match
that object's speed and then regu lates to the
stored distance. If the object detected ahead ac-
celerates, adaptive cruise control will also accel-
erate up to the stored speed .
The higher the speed, the greater the distance in
meters c>.&.. The Distance 3 setting is recom-
mended. That is equal to the general recommen-
dation of "half the speed shown on the speedom -
eter" .
The distances provided are example values. De-
pending on the driving s ituation, the current
speed and the way the object detected ahead is
driving, the actual d istance may be more or less
than these target distances.
c::::::, Distance 1: This setting corresponds
_ c::::::,
___
to a distance of 92 feet/ 28 meters when travel -
ing at 62 mph (100 km/ h), or a time d istance of
1 second.
c::::::, Distance 2 : This setting corresponds
__ c::::::,
__
to a distance of 118 ft/ 36 meters when travel -
ing at 62 mph (100 km/ h), or a time d istance of
1.3 second.
c::::::, Distance 3: This sett ing corresponds
___ c::::::,
_
to a distance of 164 ft/ 50 meters when travel -
ing at 62 mph (100 km/ h), or a time d istance of
1.8 second.
c::::::, Distance 4:
____ c::::::, This sett ing corresponds
to a distance of 219 ft/ 67 meters when travel -
ing at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a time d istance of
2.4 second.
A WARNING
- Driving too close to other vehicles increases
the risk of coll is ions and ser ious inju ries.
- Sett ing s ho rt distances to veh icles ahead re-
to stop your vehicle safe ly. This increases
the need for you to pay attention to traffic. .,,.
101
A ss ist
- Always fo llow applicable traffic laws, use
common sense and select a distance to
vehicles ahead that takes the current traffic,
road and weathe r cond itions into account.
(D Tips
Distance 3 is set a utomat ica lly each time you
sw itch the ignition on. It you wou ld like to
have this distance as a basic sett ing, you can
have the adaptive cruise control menu ex-
tended I e nabled from an authorized Audi
dea le r or a uthorized Audi Service Facility.
Setting the driving program
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
A adaptive cru ise con tr ol dr iving program is ad-
justable on veh icles w it hout Audi drive selec t* .
• In t he MMI, se lect: the ! MENU ! button> Car >
System s* cont ro l bu tt on > Driver assistance >
Adaptive cruise control > Driving program >
Comfort / Standard/Dynamic .
Selecting the driving mode
Applies t o vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
The adap t ive cruise control driving program is ad-
justable for vehicles with Audi drive select usi ng
the dr iving mode.
• Se lect the des ired driving mode Comfo rt , Auto ,
Dynamic or Individual * with the knob
¢ page 112 .
Request for driver intervention
App lies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise cont rol
Fig. 89 Instr ument cluste r: d river intervent ion request
102
I n some situations, the brak ing from the adap -
tive cruise control system is not enough to main-
ta in enough d istance to the object ahead. In
these situations, the system will request you to
take action.
The . indicator light and the graph ic in the dis -
play w ill warn you abo ut the danger ¢ fig. 89 .
You w ill also hear an audio signa l. Press the brake
pedal to slow your vehicle down.
Driver messages
Applies to vehicles: wit h Aud i adapt ive cruise contro l
ill ACC: unavailable
The system cannot guarantee that it will detect
objects correctly and is switched off. The sensor
was moved or is faulty. Drive to an author ized
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility im-
med iate ly to have t he malfunction corrected.
ill ACC: currently unavailable . No sensor vision
IIJACC and Audi pre sense: currently unavaila-
ble. No sensor vision
This mess age appears if t he sensor view is ob -
str ucted, for exam ple by leaves, snow, heavy
spray or di rt. Clean the sensor-=> page 97, fig . 81 .
ill ACC: currently unavailable . Gradient too
steep
The road exceeds t he max imum possible angle
for safe adaptive cruise contro l operation . The
adap t ive cruise co nt rol cannot be switched on .
ill ACC: only available in D, Sor M
Se lect the D/S or M selector lever pos ition.
II) ACC: parking brake applied
The adaptive cru ise cont rol system swit ches off
automat ica lly if t he parking b ra ke is set . The
ad apt ive cruise co nt rol is availab le ag ai n after re -
leas ing t he pa rking brake .
II ACC: currently unavailable. Stabilization
control input
This message appears if t he Electronic Stabiliza -
tion Control (ESC) is taking act io n to stabilize t he
vehicle . In t his case, adaptive cruise cont rol
switc hes off automat ica lly.

llJACCoff: manual control!
This message appears if the veh icle rolls back
when sta rting on a slight incline, even tho ugh
ACCis active. Press the brake pedal to prevent
the vehicle from rolling or starting to move.
IIJACC: engine speed
This message appears if the driver has not shifted
up or down in time when the adaptive cruise con-
trol is braking or accelerating, causing the vehicle
to exceed or to not reach the permitted engine
speed. The adapt ive cruise control turns off. A
chime sounds as a reminder.
•••
Three wh ite dots appear if a setting cannot be se-
lected with the operat ing lever. For example, this
happens if adaptive cruise control cannot be act i-
vated when stopped because the dr iver has not
fastened the safety belt.
Door open
Adaptive cruise control cannot be switched on
when the vehicle is stationary and the dr iver's
door is open.
Audi pre sense
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense basic or Audi pre
sense front
W ith in the limits of the system, pre sense basic
and pre sense fro nt can initiate steps to protect
vehicle occupants in certa in dangerous situa-
tions.
Critical driving situat ions can be recognized by
the pre sense front via a network of differe nt ve-
hicle systems and can take steps t o prepare the
vehicle occupant s for a pot ent ial coll ision.
The pre sense front wo rks with a radar sensor and
a video camera*. It also functions within t he lim-
its of the system when adapt ive cruise cont rol* is
switched off.
M - Certain pre sense basic functions switch off
N
0 when ESC is switched off (sport mode) or
>
co
,....,
..,.,
\!)
..,.,
..,.,
,....,
A ss is t
General information
General information
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi pre sense front or Audi adapt ive
cruise control
_&.WARNING
Also follow the general info rmation found on
~ page 9 7, General information.
Audi pre sense basic
Description
Appli es to vehicles: wit h Audi pre sense basic
The function of the pre sense basic is activated at
a speed of 20 mph (30 km/h) or higher .
The following functions can be triggered under
certain conditions within the limits of the sys-
tem:
- Tensioning of the safety belts (for example,
during heavy braking): the front safety belts
have reversible belt pretensioners. If a col li sion
does not occur, the safety belts loosen slightly
and are ready to trigger again .
- Closing the windows and the sunroof* (for ex-
ample, when over- or understeering): the w in-
dows and the sunroof* close until there is only
a small gap open .
Audi drive select: the deployment time is adapt-
ed in dynam ic mode.
_&.WARNING
~
The pre sense basic cannot overcome natural
physical laws . It is a system designed to assist
and it cannot prevent a coll ision. Do not let
the increased safety provided tempt you into
taking risks. This could increase your risk of a
collis ion.
- The system can dep loy incorrectly due to
system-specific limits .
(D Tips
w hen driving in reverse. .,.
103
A ss ist
- The pre sense basic functions may not be
available if there is a malfunction in the ESC
system or the airbag control module.
- Note that with pre sense basic, the reversi·
ble safety belt pretensioner on the front
passenger's side deact ivates when the front
passenger's airbag is deactivated .
Audi pre sense front
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense front or Audi adaptive
cruise control
Pre sense front informs you if the d istance to the
vehicle ahead falls below the safe distance for a n
extended per iod of time. It can warn of a possi·
ble collision and initiate braking maneuvers,
within the limits of the system.
When detected in time, the system can assess
dangerous situations whe re a n object ahead
brakes s udden ly or if you r own vehicle is t raveling
at a high speed and approaching an object t hat is
moving more slowly. If detection is not possible ,
then pre sense front does not react .
Warnings
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense front or Audi adaptive
cruise control
Fig. 90 nst rument clust er: app roach warn i ng
The system recogn izes various dangerous situa-
tions:
- Vehicles with adaptive cruise control: the dis-
tance warnin g occurs if you dr ive too closely to
the object ahead for a long period of time . If
the object ahead bra kes strong ly, you would not
ll This is not avail able in some count ries.
104
be able to avoid a collision . The indicator light
• indicates th is.
- The approach warn ing occurs when an object
ahead is traveling more slowly or brakes strong·
Ly.When this warning occ urs, it may on ly be
possible to avo id a collision by swerving or
b raking strongly. The me ssage Audi pre sense
• Dist ance q fig. 90 and a warning t one will
warn you about the danger . For veh icles with
adaptive cru ise control, the . indicator light
also turns on.
If you do no t reac t enough or not at all to a dan-
gerous situation that was detected by the sys -
tem, pre sense front provides assistance by ap-
plying the brakes .
- If a collision is imm inen t , t he system will first
provide a n acute warning by braking sharp ly.
You will also be made aware of the danger by
the inst rument cluste r display q fig. 90. For
veh icles with adaptive cru ise cont ro l, t he . in-
dicat or light a lso tu rns o n.
- If you do not reac t to the acu t e warning, pre
sense front ca n b rake w ith increasing force
wit hin the lim its of the system 1 >. This reduces
the vehicle speed in the event of a collis io n. The
message Audi pre sense - I nput also appears.
- At low driving speeds, pre sense front can begin
complete decelerat ion shortly before a
collision l).
- If pre sense front determines that you are not
braki ng strong ly enough when a coll ision is im·
minent, it can increase the brak ing force .
A WARNING
-
- Pre sense front cannot overcome natura l
phys ica l laws. It is a system designed to as-
sist and it cannot prevent a collision. The
driver must always intervene . The d river is
always responsib le for brak ing at the correct
time . Do not let the increa sed safety provid-
ed t empt you into ta king risks. This could in-
crease your risk of a collision .
- The system can dep loy inco rrec t ly d ue t o
syst em-specific limits.

- Please note that the sensor does not always
detect all objects. This increases the risk of a
collision.
- Pre sense front does not react to people or
animals or objects that are crossing the ve-
hicle's path or are difficult to detect
¢ page 97 .
- Reflective objects such as guard rails or the
entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain and ice can
affect the funct ion of the radar sensor and
the system's ability to detect a collision risk.
- Lack of attention can lead to collisions, oth-
er accidents and serious injuries . pre sense
front is an assistance system and cannot
prevent a collision by itself. The driver must
always intervene . The driver is always re-
sponsible for braking at the right time.
- Always pay attention to traffic, even when
pre sense front is switched on . Always be
ready to intervene and take over complete
control of the vehicle whenever it is neces-
sary. Always follow traffic laws regarding
maintaining a safe distance between your
vehicle and vehicles ahead.
- pre sense front works within certain limits
and cannot react to situations that are out-
side of the system limits, such as when ap-
proaching a stationary vehicle or a station-
ary obstacle (the end of a traffic jam or ave-
hicle that has broken down).
- Always keep in m ind that the radar sensor
for pre sense front only works w ith in de-
fined detection zones, which means other
vehicles may not always be detected correct-
ly.
- The function and range of the radar sensor
can be impaired by rain, snow and heavy
mist. Vehicles ahead may not be detected
right away, or not detected at all.
- Reflective surfaces such as guard rails or en-
trances to tunnels may impair the f unction
of the radar sensor.
(D Note
M
N
0
The sensor can be disp laced by impacts or
>
co damage to the bumper, whee l housing and
,....,
..,.,
\!)
underbody. The pre sense front sensor can be
..,.,
..,.,
,...., damaged by this . Have an authorized Audi
Assist
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility
check their function.
(D Tips
- You can cancel the braking with increasing
force that is initiated by the system by brak-
ing yourself, by accelerating noticeably or by
swerving .
- For information on driver messages about
pre sense, refer to ¢ page 106 .
- Keep in mind that pre sense front can brake
unexpectedly. Always secure any cargo or
objects that you are transporting to reduce
the risk of damage or injury .
- Certain pre sense front functions switch off
when ESCis switched off (sport mode) or
when driving in reverse.
- The pre sense front functions are not availa-
ble if there is a malfunction in the adaptive
cruise control* system ¢page 102 or
¢ page 106.
- Keep in mind that pre sense front can brake
abruptly. Always secure cargo or objects
that you transport to reduce the riskof
damage or injury .
Settings in the Infotainment system
Applies to vehicles : wi th Audi pre sense front or Aud i adapt ive
cruise control
.,.In the MMI, select: the IMENU I button >C ar >
Systems* car > Driver assistance > Audi pre
sense.
Switching the system on and off
Audi pre sense (System ): if the system is switch-
ed off, it switches on again automatically once
the ignition is switched on again.
System - Switch Audi pre sense On-Off . With
this, you can switch the prewarning and the brak-
ing intervention from Audi pre sense on or off.
Early warning - The distance and approach warn-
ings can be switched On/O ff.
(D Tips
- If you restrict or switch off the ESC,the pre
sense also switches itse lf off ¢ page 124 .
105
A ss is t
- Switch the pre sense off when you are load-
ing the vehicle onto a vehicle carrier, train,
sh ip or other type of transportation. This
can prevent undesired warnings from the
pre sense system.
Driver messages
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense or Audi adaptive
cruise contr ol
Audi pre sense currentl y unavailable. No sensor
vision
This message appea rs if the sensor view is ob-
st ructed, for example by leaves, snow, heavy
spray or dirt . Clean the sensor¢ page 97, fig. 81.
Audi pre sense: off
This message appears when the ESC is switched
to sport mode, for example ¢ page 124.
Audi pre sense: system fault!
This message appears when the pre sense func-
tion is affected. For example, this cou ld be
caused by a faulty sensor.
If the message stays on, d rive to an au t horized
Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Faci lity to
have the malfunction corrected.
Audi active lane assist
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi active lane assist
Active lane ass ist detects lane marker lines with-
in the limits of the system using a came ra in the
windshie ld. If you are app roach ing a detected
lane marker line and it appears likely that you
will leave the lane, the system will warn you with
corrective steering . You can override this steering
at any time. If you pass over a line, the steering
wheel will vibrate light ly. In order for this warn-
ing vibrat ion to occur, it must first be switched
on in the MMI. Active lane assist is operable
when the lane marker line is detected on at least
one side of the veh icle.
l) This function is not available in all count ri es.
106
The system will not warn you befo re crossing a
lane marker line if you have activated the turn
s ignal. In this case, it assumes that you are
changing lanes intentionally.
The system is des igned for driving on express -
ways and highways and therefore on ly activates
at speeds above approx imately 40 mph (65 km/
h).
-
A WARNING
- The system warns the driver that the vehicle
is leaving the lane using corrective steering .
The driver is always responsible for keeping
the vehicle within the lane.
- The system can help you keep the vehicle in
the lane, but it does not drive by itself. Al-
ways keep you r hands on the steering
wheel.
- Corrective steer ing may not occur in certa in
situa t ions, su ch as during heavy braking.
- There may be cases where the camera does
not recognize all lane ma rker lines. Correc-
tive stee ring can only take place on the side
of the vehicle where lane marker line5are
detec t ed.
- Othe r road structures or obje ct s cou ld possi-
b ly be identified un intent ionally as lane
marker lines . As a result, corrective steering
may be unexpected or may not occur .
- The camera view can be restricted, for ex-
ample by vehicles driving ahead or by rain,
snow, heavy spray light shining into the
camera or by d irt on the window. This can
result in active lane ass ist not detecting the
lane marker lines or detecting them incor-
rectly.
- In certain situat ions where visibility is low,
the vehicle may switch from "early" to "late"
corrective steering l l.
- Under certain conditions such as ruts in the
road, an inclined roadway or crosswinds, the
corrective steering a lone may not be enough
to keep the vehicle in the midd le of the lane. ~
 A s si s t

- For safety reasons, act ive lane assist must
not be used when there are poor road and/
or weather conditions such as slippery
roads, fog, gravel, heavy rain, snow and the
potent ial for hydroplaning. Using active lane
assist under these conditions may increase
the risk of a crash.
or because they are obstr ucted by snow, dirt,
water or lighting).
- The vehicle speed is below t he activation speed
of approximately 40 mph (65 km/h) (the speed
may vary depending on your country) .
- The lane is nar rower than 8 ft (2.5 m) or wider
than 18 ft (5 .5 m).
- The curve is too narrow.

Switching on and off - The driver's hands are not on t he steering

Applies to vehicles: with Audi active lane assis t wheel.

a) Tips
- Make sure the camera's field of view
Q fig. 92 is not obstr ucted by st ickers or

• anything else. For informa t ion on cleaning,

refer to ~ page 235 .
- Market-specific: in certa in countr ies: If the
system is switched on, it will remain opera-
ble each time the ignit ion is switched on .

Fig. 91 Turn s ignal lever: but ton for active lane assist
Lane assist display in the instrument
cluster
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi act ive la ne ass ist

~
>
a,
a,

Fig. 92 Windsh ield: camera window for active lane assist

~ Press the Q fig. 91 button to switch the system

Fig. 93 Instrument cluster: monoch rome disp lay
on and off. The . or . indicator light in the
inst rument cluster turns on or off.

Ind icator light s

• Bereit: the indicator light turns on when the
system is ready for use. The system can now be
operated .

• Not ready: the indicator light turns on if the

system is switched on but is inoperable . This may
be due to the following reasons:
Fig. 94 Instrument cluster: multicolored display
...., - There is no lane boundary line .
N
0
> - The relevant lane marke r li nes are not detected The lane assist disp lay can be called up using the
co
rl
I.O
(for example, markings in a construction zone buttons in the multifunct ion steering wheel
"' Q page28.
"'
"'
rl

107
Assist

Monochrome display ditions. Switch the active lane assist back on

Refer to ¢ fig. 93 when the lines are more visib le.

Audi active lane assist: Currently unavailable

® solid lines: active lane assist is switched
on and ready to provide warnings on the There is a temporary active lane assist malfunc-
side that is ind icated. tion . Try switching the active lane assist on again
late r.
® blinking line (left or right): active lane as-
sist is warning you by a vibration in the Audi active lane assist: system fault!
steering whee l that you are leaving the
lane. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the
® unfilled line(s): lane assist is act ivated,
malfunction corrected.
but not ready to give warn ing
no lines: active lane assist is switched off . ra,Audi active lane assist: Please continue
steering vehicle!
Multicolored display
This message appears if you are not steering by
Refer to ¢ fig. 94 yourself. If this is the case, active lane assist does
not switch off, but it is "not ready" to provide a
® solid white lines: active lane assist is
warning. The system can help you keep the vehi-
switched on and ready to provide warn-
cle in the lane. However, you are responsible for
ings on the side that is indicated.
driving the vehicle and must steer it yourse lf.
® red line (left or rig ht): active lane assist is
warn ing you by a vibration in the steer ing
Adjusting the steering time and vibration
wheel that you are leaving the lane .
warning
® solid gray lin es: lane assist is activated, Applies to vehicles: with Audi active lane assist
but not ready to give warning
You can adjust individual active lane assist set-
no lines: active lane assist is switched off . tings in the MMI.
Messages in the instrument cluster display .,.Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car > Systems*
If the active lane assist has a malfunction, the contro l button > Driver assistance > Audi active
ra, indicator light in the inst rument cluste r dis- lane assist.
play turns off and one of the following messages
Steering time 1>
appears:
Early: in this setting, the corrective steering hap-
Audi active lane assist: currently not available.
pens continuously to help keep the vehicle in the
No camera view
center of the lane.
This message appears if the camera is unab le to
Late: in this setting, the system provides correc-
detect the lines . This could happen if:
tive steering ju st before a vehicle whee l touches a
- The camera field of view ¢ page 107, fig. 92 is detected lane marker line .
dirty or covered in ice. Clean this area on the
Vibration warning
windshield.
- The camera f ield of view is fogged over. Wait You can switch the additional vibrati ng warning
unt il the fog has cleared before switching the in the steer ing whee l on or off. II>
active lane assist on again.
- The system has been unable to detect the lanes
for an extended period of time due to road con-

l) This funct ion is not available in all count ries.

108
 A s si s t

vides assistance when making a lane change to

_& WARNING t he right.
With the vibration warning switched off, no
visible warning will appear in t he instrument Information stage
cluster dis play when crossing a lane ma rker. As long as you do not act ivate t he tu rn signa l,
side assist informs you about vehicles that are
(D Tips det ected and classified as criti cal. The display in
Market-specific: your settings are automati- the mirror turns on, but is dim .
cally stored and assigned to the remote con-
The display rema ins dim in the info rmation stage
trol key being used.
so t hat your view toward the front is not dist ur-
bed.
Audi side assist
Warn ing stage
Description
If you activate the turn signal, side assist warns
Applies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
you about vehicles that are detected and classi-
fied as criti cal. The display in the respective m ir-
ror blinks brightly . If t his happe ns, check tr affi c
by glanc ing in the rearview mirror and over your
shoulder c:>.&.in General information on
page 110.

@ Tips
- You can adjust the brightness on of t he dis-
play on the rearview mirror c:>page 111 .
Fig. 9 5 Sensor detect ion range

fR
0
0
>
CX)
<D

Fig. 9 6 Display on the exte rior mirror

Side assist helps you monito r yo ur blind spot and

traffic behind your vehicle. W it hin the limit s of
the system, it warns you about vehicles that are
coming closer or that are traveling with your
within sensor range (D ¢ fig . 95: If a lane change
is classified as crit ical, the display @ in the exte-
rior mirror turns on c:>fig. 96.
...., The display in the left exterior mirro r provides as-
N
0
> sistance when making a lane change to the left,
co
rl while the display in the right exterior mirror pro-
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

109
A ss ist

General information are indicated by the time they enter your "blind
App lies to vehicles: with Audi side assist spot", at the latest .

© Vehicles left behind

® If you slow ly pass a veh icle that side assist has
de t ected (the difference in speed bet ween the ve-
hicle and your ve hicle is less than 9 mph o r 1S
km/h), the display in the exterior mirror turns on
as soon as the vehicle enters yo ur blind spot.
@ The disp lay will not t urn on if you quickly pass a
vehicle that side ass ist has det ected (the differ-
ence in speed between the vehicle and your vehi-
cle is greater than 9 mph or 1S km/h).

Functional limitations

© The radar senso rs are des igned t o detect the left

and rig ht adjacent lanes when t he road lanes a re
the norma l width . In some sit ua t ions, the display
in the exterior mirror may turn on even though
there is no vehicle located in the area that is criti-
cal for a lane change. For example:
Fig . 97 Driving situat ions - If the lanes are nar row o r if your are driving on
the edge of your lane. If t his is t he case, the
system may have detected the vehicle in anoth-
er lane that is not adjacent to yo ur current lane.
- If you are driving t hrough a curve. Side assist
I AUDI may react to a vehicle that is one lane over from
-· the adjacent lane.
- If side assist reacts to other objects (such as
high or disp laced guard rails) .
- In poor weather conditions . The side assist
Fig. 98 Rear of vehicle: sensor positio ns functions are limited.
Do no t cover t he radar sensors ¢ fig. 98 with
Side assist functions at speeds above approx i-
stickers, depos its, bicycle wheels or other ob -
mately 19 mph (30 km/h).
jects, beca use this will affect the function . For in-
@ Vehicles th at are approaching format ion on cleaning, see ¢ page 235 .

In certain cases, a vehicle will be classified as

critical for a lane change even if it is still some-
what far away. The faste r a vehicle approaches,
the soo ner t he d isplay in t he exter io r mirro r will
t ur n on.
@ Vehicles traveling with you
Vehicles traveling with you are indicated in the
exte rior m irror if they are classified as critical for
a lane change. All ve hicles detected by side assist
_& WARNING -
- Always pay attention to traffic and to the
area around your ve hicle. Side ass ist cannot
rep lace a dr iver's attention. The driver alone
is always responsible for lane changes and
sim ilar driving mane uvers .
- In some s ituations, the system may not
fu nction or its function may be limit ed . For
examp le:

110

- If vehicles are approaching or being left
behind very quickly. The display may not
turn on in time .
- In poor weather conditions such as heavy
rain, snow or heavy mist.
- On very wide lanes, in tight curves, or if
there is a rise in the road surface. Vehicles
in the adjacent lane may not be detected
because they are outside of the sensor
range.
- Audi side assist cannot detect all vehicles
under all conditions, which can increase the
risk of accidents .
- Please note that side assist only displays ap-
proaching vehicles or vehicles in your blind
spot if your vehicle is traveling at least
19 mph (30 km/h).
- In certain situations, the system may not
work or its function may be limited . For ex-
ample:
- The display may not turn on at the right
time if vehicles are approaching or passing
very quickly.
- In poor weather conditions, such as heavy
rain, snow or fog.
- In very wide lanes, in tight curves or when
there are slopes in the roadway, vehicles in
the neighboring lanes may not be detect-
ed because they are outside of the sensor
range .
(D Note
The sensors can be displaced by impacts or
damage to the bumper, wheel housing and
underbody. This can affect the system. Have
an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Service Facility check their function .
(Di Tips
- If the window glass in the driver's door or
front passenger's door has been tinted, the
display in the exterior mirror may be misin-
terpreted.
M - For an explanation on conformity with the
N
0 FCCregulations in the United States and the
>
co
,...., Industry Canada regulations, refer to
..,.,
\!)
r::!>page 2 65 .
..,.,
..,.,
,....,
Assist
Switching on and off
Appli es to vehicles : wi th Audi side assist
The system and be switched on and off in the
MMI*.
"'Select: the IMENU I button> Car> Systems*
control button > Driver assistance> Audi side
assist . With Off, the system is switched off.
An activated system will signal every time the ig-
nition is switched on by turning the displays in
the exterior mirrors on briefly.
Adjusting the display brightness
Appli es to vehicles: wi th Audi side assist
The display brightness can be adjusted in the
MM!*.
"'Select: the IMENU I button> Car> Systems*
control button > Driver assistance > Audi side
assist .
The display brightness adjusts automatically to
the brightness of the surroundings, both in the
information and in the warning stage. In very
dark or very bright surroundings, the display is al-
ready set to the minimum or maximum level by
the automatic adjustment. In such cases, you
may notice no change when adjusting the bright-
ness, or the change may only be noticeable once
the surroundings change.
Adjust the brightness to a level where the display
in the information stage will not disrupt your
view forward. If you change the brightness, the
display in the exterior mirror will briefly show the
brightness level in the information stage . The
brightness of the warning stage is linked to the
brightness in the information stage and is adjust-
ed along with the information stage adjustment .
(D Tips
- Side assist is not active while you are mak-
ing the adjustment.
- Your settings are automatically stored and
assigned to the remote control key being
used.
111
Assist
Driver messages
Appl ies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
If the side assist switches off automatically, a
message appears in the instrument cluster dis-
play.
@jAudi side assist: currently unavailable.
No sensor vision
The radar sensors' vision is affected. Do not cover
the area in front of the sensors with bike wheels,
stickers, dirt or other objects. Clean the area in
front of the sensors, if necessary r:!>page 110,
fig. 98.
@jAudi side assist: currently unavailable
Side assist cannot be switched on temporarily be-
cause there is a ma lfunction (for examp le, the
battery charge level may be too low).
@jAudi side assist: System fault!
The system cannot guarantee that it will detect
veh icles correctly and it is switched off. The sen-
sors have been displaced or are faulty. Have the
system checked by an authorized Audi dealer or
authorized Audi Service Facility soon.
Audi drive select (drive
settings)
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
Audi drive select makes it possible to experience
different types of vehicle settings in one vehicle.
The driver can select from three Comfort, Auto
and Dynamic modes using the ~.7l.'ibutton in the
center console or the MMI to switch between a
sporty and a comfortable driving mode, for ex-
ample . In the individual* mode, the settings can
be adjusted to your personal preferences . This
makes it possib le to combine settings such as a
sporty engine tun ing with light steering .
.,&.WARNING
Using Audi drive select incorrect ly can lead to
collisions, other accidents and serious inju -
ries.
112
· Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
The vehicle setup in each mode depends on the
vehicle's features. However , the eng ine and steer-
ing are always affected.
Engine and automatic transmission
Depend ing on the mode, the engine and auto-
matic transmission* respond more qu ickly or in a
more balanced manner to accelerator peda l
movements .
Adaptive dampers (Audi magnetic ride)*
The adaptive dampers use sensors to record in-
format ion regarding steer ing movements, brak-
ing and acce lerat ion operations by the driver,
road surface, dr iving speed, and load. With Audi
drive select you can adjust the adaptive dampers
sporty (dynamic), comfortable (comfort) or bal-
anced (auto).
Steering
The steer ing adapts in terms of steer ing ass is-
tance. There a re diffe rent modes Q page 113.
Indirect steering that moves easily as in comfort
mode is especia lly suited to long drives on a high -
way. The dynamic mode provides sporty, direct
steering .
For vehicles with progressive stee ring* the steer-
ing performance is more agi le .
Cornering light*
The cornering light adjusts when driv ing on
curves at speeds between 6 mph (10 km/h) and
68 mph (110 km/h). The pivoting action and the
light ing are also adapted to the mode.
Adaptive cruise control*
The behav ior when accelerating can be adjusted
from comfortable to sporty, depending on the
Audi drive select mode. Adaptive cruise control
also responds to the driving behavior of the veh i-
cle ahead in a more conservative or sporty man-
ner.
 Assist

.,.To set the mode, press the r:1:.~

@ Tips
In some models, the maximum vehicle speed
can only be reached in the auto and dynamic
modes.
Selecting the driving mode
Appl ies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
You con choose between comfort, auto, dynamic
and individual* .
button ~ fig. 99
repeatedly until the desired mode is displayed
in the instrument cluster. Or
.,.In the MMI, select: the IMENU Ibutton >Car >
Systems" control button > Comfort, Auto, Dy-
namic or Individual ".
You can change the driving mode when the vehi-
cle is stationary or while driving. If traffic per-
mits, after changing modes, briefly take your
foot off the accelerator pedal so that the recently
selected mode is also activated for the engine .
Comfort - provides a comfort-oriented vehicle
setup and is suited for long drives on highways.
Auto - provides an overall comfortable yet dy-
namic driving feel and is suited for every day use.
Dynamic - gives the driver a sporty driving feel
and is suited to a sporty driving sty le.

Individual* - <=>page
113.
Fig. 99 Center console: dr ive selec t button
The last chosen mode is retained when the veh i-
cle is started again .

-
.&, WARNING
Pay attention to traffic whe n operating the
drive select to preven t potential risk of an ac-
cident.

Fig. 100 MMI: drive selec t

Adjusting the Individual mode

You con adjust the vehicle settings to your personal preferences .

.,.Select : the IMENU ! button> Car > Systems* The equipment in your vehicle will determine
control button > Set individual control button . which sett ings you can adjust. The following ta-
Once you select the menu, you will automat i- ble g ives an overview of the characteristics .
cally dr ive in the individual* mode .

After you have closed the settings, you are auto-

mat ically dr iving in the individual* driving mode .

...., Systems comfort auto dynamic

N
0 Engine and Transmission comfortable balanced sporty
>
co
rl
Steering comfortable balanced sporty
I.O
"' Cornering light* comfortable ba lanced sporty
"'
"'
rl

113
Assist

Systems comfort auto dynamic

Audi adaptive cruise control* comfortable ba lanced sporty
Adaptive damper s* comfor table ba la nced sporty
Engine sound* subtle subtle/sportyal sporty
a) Subtle in t he selector lever position D a nd sporty in S.

(D Tips
Your individual * mode settings are automati-
cally stored and assigned to the remote con-
trol key being used.

114
 Parking systems

Parking systems For additional information on cleaning, re-

General information
App lies to vehicles: with rear parking syst ems/park ing system
pl us/rearview camera
Depending on your vehicle's equipment, various
parking aids will help you when parking and ma-
neuvering.
The rear parking system is an audible parking aid
that warns you of obstacles behind the vehicle
¢ page 116.
The parking system plus assists you when park-
ing by audibly and visually indicating objects de-
tected in front of and behind the vehicle
¢ page 116.
The rearview camera shows the area behind the
vehicle in the MMI display. This display assists
you when you are cross or parallel parking. The
parking system plus functions are also available
¢ page 117.
fer to ¢ page 235.
@ Note
- Some objects are not detected or displayed
by the system under certain circumstances:
- Objects such as barrier chains, trailer draw
bars, vertical poles or fences
- Objects above the sensors such as wall ex-
tensions
- Objects with specific surfaces or struc-
tures such as chain link fences or powder
snow
- If you continue driving closer to a low-lying
object, it may disappear from the sensor
range. Note that you will no longer be
warned about this obstacle.
- The sensors can be displaced by impacts or
damage to the radiator gr ill e, bumper,
wheel housing and the underbody. The park-
ing system may become impaired as a re-

A
,-
WARNING
-
sult. Have an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility check their
- Always look for traffic and check the area function.
around your vehicle by looking at it directly
as well. The parking system cannot replace (D Tips
the driver's attention. The driver is always
- The system may provide a warning even
responsible when entering or leaving a park- though there are no obstacles in the cover-
ing space and during similar maneuvers .
age area in some situations, such as:
- Please note that some surfaces, such as
- certain road surfaces or for long grass.
clothing, are not detected by the system.
- external ultrasonic sources e.g. from
- Sensors and cameras have blind spots in
cleaning vehicles.
which people and objects cannot be detect-
- heavy rain, snow, or thick vehicle exhaust.
ed. Be especially cautious of small children
- We recommend that you practice parking in
and animals .
a traffic-free location or parking lot to be-
- Always pay attention to the area around the
come familiar with the system. When doing
vehicle - using the rearview mirror, too.
this, there should be good light and weather
- The sensors can be displaced by impacts or
conditions.
damage to the radiator grille, bumper,
- You can change the volume and pitch of the
wheel housing and the underbody . The park-
signals as well as the display¢ page 121 .
ing system may become impaired as a re-
- What appears in the MMI display is some-
sult . Have an authorized Audi dealer or au-
what time-delayed.
thorized Audi Service Facili ty check their
- The sensors must be kept clean and free of
function.
M
N snow and ice for the park assist to operate .
0
- Make sure the sensors are not obstructed by
>
co st ickers, deposits or other materials. If they
,....,
..,.,
\!)
are the sensor function could be impaired .
..,., '
..,.,
,....,

115
Parkin g sys t e m s
Rear parking system
Description
Applies to vehicles: with rear parking system
The rear parking system is an audible parking
aid.
Descript ion
There is a sensor in the rear bumper cover. If
these detect an obstacle, audible signals warn
you .
Make sure the sensors are not covered by stick-
ers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may
impair the sensor function. For information on
cleaning, refer to c:::;,page235 .
The range at which the sensors begin to measure
is approximately:
Side rear 3 ft (0 .90 m)
Side center 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter
the interval between the audible signals . A con-
tinuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less
than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters) away.
.&.in General infor-
Do not continue backing up c:::;,
mation on page 115, ¢0in General information
on page 115!
If the distance to an obstacle remains constant,
the volume of the distance warning gradually
drops after about four seconds (this is not apply
in the continuous tone range).
Activat ing
The parking system activates automatically when
the reverse gear is se lected. You will hear a brief
confirmation tone.
116
Parking system plus
Description
App lies to vehicles: with parking system plus
The parking system plus provides audio and visu-
al signals when parking .
=
Fig. 101 Displ ay fie ld
Sensors are located in the front and rear bump -
ers. If these detect an obstacle, audible and visu-
al signa ls warn you .
Make sure the sensors are not covered by stick -
ers, depos its or any other obstructions as it may
impair the sensor function. For information on
cleaning, refer to c:::;,
page 235.
The display field begins approx imately at:
® 4 ft (1.20 m)
® 3 ft (0.90 m)
© 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
® 3 ft (0.90 m)
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorte r
the interval between the audible signals . A con-
tinuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less
than approximate ly 1 foot (0.30 meters) away.
Do not continue driving forward or in reverse
.&.in
c:::;, General information on page 115, c:::;,
@) in
General information on page 115!
If the distance to an obstacle remains constant,
the volume of the distance warning gradually
drops after about four seconds (this is not apply
in the continuous tone range).
 Parking sy stems

Switching on/ off played. Obstacles in the collision area, including

Applies to vehicles: with park ing system plus those outside of the vehicle's path, are shown in
red. Do not continue dr iving forward or in reverse
¢ & in General information on page 115, ¢ (i) in
General information on page 115!

Rearview camera
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: wit h parking system plus with rearview
camera

Fig. 102 Center console: parking aid button

Fig. 104 Illust rat ion : cross parking

Fig. 103 MMI: opt ical distance display

Switching on
• Shift into reverse, or
• Press the p,g~ button in the center console
¢ fig . 102. A short confirmat ion tone sounds

and the LED in the butto n turns on .

Switching off Fig. 105 Illust ration : pa ralle l park ing

• Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or

In addition to parking system plus ¢page 116 ,
• Press the P,g~ button, or
th is parking system also has a rearview camera.
• switch the ignition off.
You can use cross parking for example, to park in
Segments in the visual display a parking space or in a garage ¢ fig . 104. You can
The segments in fron t of and behind the vehicle use parallel parking if you would like to park on
(vehicles with parking system plus*) help you to the side of the road ¢ fig. 1 OS.
determine the distance between you and an ob-
stacle. On some equipment the red li nes mark
the expected direction of trave l according to the
steer ing angle . A white segment indicates an
identified obstacle that is outside of the vehicle's
...., path . Red segments show identified obstacles
N
0 that are in your vehicle's path. As your vehicle
>
co comes closer to the obstacle, the segments move
rl
I.O
closer to th e vehicle. The collision area has been
"'
"'
"'
rl
reached when the next to last segmen t is dis-

117
Parkin g sys t e m s
General information
Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus with rearview
camera
Fig. 106 Area covered (!) and area not covered @ by th e
rearv iew camera .
Fig. 107 Luggage compartment lid: locat ion of the rear -
view came ra
The rearview camera is located above the rear li-
cense plate bracket . Make sure that the lens for
the parking system c::>fig. 107 is not covered by
deposits or any other obstructions because th is
can affect the function of the parking system . For
information on cleaning, refer to c::>page 235 .
The rearview camera coverage area includes (D
fig. 106 . Only th is area is displayed in the MMI.
c::>
Objects that are outside of this area @ are not
displayed .
The accuracy of the or ientation lines and blue
surfaces diminishes if Dynamic mode is activated
c::>
page 112 .
A WARNING
- Always read and follow the app licable warn-
.&.in General information on
ings c::>
page 115.
- If the posit ion and the installation ang le of
the rearview camera was changed, for exam-
ple, after a collision, do not continue to use
118
the system for safety reasons. Have it
checked by an author ized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility.
- Only use the rearview camera to assist you if
it shows a good, clear picture. For examp le,
the image may be affected by the sun shin-
ing into the lens, dirt on the lens or if there
is a defect.
- Use the rearv iew camera only if the luggage
compartment lid is completely closed. If the
luggage compartment lid is open the or ien-
tation lines and b lue surfaces are h idden.
Make sure any objects yo u may have mount-
ed on t he luggage compartmen t lid do not
block the rearview camera.
- The camera lens enlarges and distorts the
fie ld of vision. The object appears both al-
tered and inaccurate on the screen .
- In ce rt ain sit uat ions, people or objects in
the display appea r closer or further away:
- For objects that do not to uch the ground,
such as the bumper of a parked vehicle, a
tra iler hitch or the rear of a truck. Do not
use the help lines in this case.
- If driven from a level surface onto an in-
cline, or a downward slope .
- If driven toward protruding objects.
- If the vehicle is carrying too much load in
the rear.
(D Note
- Always read and follow the applicable warn-
(D in General information on
ings c::>
page 115.
- The orange colored orientation lines in the
MMI display show the direction of trave l of
the vehicle rear depending on the steer ing
wheel a ngle . The front of the vehicle front
swings out more than the rear of the vehi-
cle. Maintain plenty of distance so that your
outside mirror or a corne r of your vehicle
does not collide with any ob st acles .
 Parking sy stems

Switching on/ off

Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus w it h rearv iew
camera

Switching on
• Shift into reverse, or
• Press the P~Abutton in the center console
¢ page 117, fig . 102. A short confirmation
tone sounds and the LEDin the button turns
on. Gr,11;t I( i._ S,·T ..1',lJ',

Fig. 109 MMI: aligning t he veh icle

Switching between the rearview camera and
optical display
• Turn the MMI on and select the reverse gear .
• Press the Graphic control button ® • The orange orientation lines (D show the d irec-
r::!.>
page 119, fig . 108 to see the optica l display. tion of travel of the vehicle . Turn the steering
• Press the Rear view cont rol button to see the wheel unt il the orange orientation lines appear
rearview camera image. in the parking space¢ fig. 108. Use the mark-
ings @ to help you estimate the distance from
Switching off
an obstacle . Each marking represents approxi-
• Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or mately 3 ft (1 m) . The blue area represents an
• Press the P,qA button, or extens ion of the vehicle 's outline by approxi-
• switch the ign ition off. mate ly 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear.
• Wh ile driving in reverse gear, adjust the steer-
@ Tips ing wheel angle to fit the park ing space with
the aid of the orange or ientat ion lines QA in
The visual display in the left pa rt of the dis-
General information on page 118, r::!.> 0 in Gen-
play should he lp you detect the crit ical veh icle
eral information on page 118. @ marks the
areas.
rea r bumper . Stop the veh icle, at the latest,
when the red orienta ti on line © borders an ob-
Cross parking
ject.
Applies to vehicles : with parking system plus wit h rearview
camera

This view may be used when parking in a garage

or in a parking space.

Fig. 108 MMI: aiming at a park ing spot

....,
N
0
>
co
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

119
Parking systems
Parallel parking
App lies to veh icles: with pa rking system plus w it h rearv iew
camera
This view may be used when parallel parking
along the side of a street .
Fig. 110 MMI: blue surface aligned wit h parking spot
Fig. 111 MMI: contact of the blue curved line with t he curb
Parking on the right is described here. It is iden-
tical when parking on the left .
If there is an obstacle next to the park ing space
(such as a wall), refer to "Information for parking
next to obstacles" ¢ page 120 .
.,.Turn on the right turn signal.
.,.Position your vehicle next to a parked vehicle in
front of the desired parking space. The distance
to this vehicle should be approximately 3 ft (1
m) .
.,.Turn the MMIon and select the reverse gear .
The park ing system is turned on and the cross
parking indicator is displayed.
.,. Press the control button on the MMI-controls
to select (D ¢ fig. 110. The parallel parking in-
dicator is displayed .
.,.Back up and al ign your vehicle so the blue area
@ borders on the rear end of the vehicle behind
you or on the parking space line ¢ .&. in Gener-
120
al information on page 118, ¢ (Din General in-
formation on page 118 . The blue area repre-
sents an extension of the vehicle's outline by
approximately 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear. The
long side of the blue area should be on the
curb. The entire blue area must fit into the
parking space .
.,.With the vehicle stopped, turn the steering
wheel to the right as far as it will go .
.,.Back into the parking space until the blue curve
¢ fig. 111 touches the curb ¢ .&. in General in-
formation on page 118, ¢ (Din General infor-
mation on page 118. Stop the vehicle .
.,.With the vehicle stopped, turn the steering
wheel to the left as far as it will go .
.,.Continue to back into the parking space until
the vehicle is parked parallel to the curb ¢ .&.
in General information on page 118, ¢ CI)in
General information on page 118 . @ marks
the rear bumper. Stop the vehicle, at the latest,
when the red or ientat ion line @ borders an ob-
ject. Keep an eye on the front of your vehicle
while doing this.
Parking next to obstacles
If there is an obstacle (such as a wall) next to the
parking space, position the veh icle so there is
more space on t hat side. Position the long side of
the blue surface so that there is suff icient space
from the obstacle. The surface must not be
touching . You will also need to start turning the
steering wheel much earlier. The blue curve
¢ fig. 111 must not touch the obstacle and
should have sufficient room .
(D Note
Keep enough distance from the curb to avoid
damage to the rims.
¢j) Tips
The left or right orientation lines and surfaces
will be disp layed, depending on the turn sig-
nal be ing used.
 Parking systems

Adjusting the display
and the warning tones
App lies to vehicles: with parkin g system plus/rearv iew cam-
era
The display and warning tones con be adjusted in
the MMI.
~ Select: the IMENU ! button > Car> Systems*
control button > Driver assistance > Parking
aid.
Display
On* - optical display is shown for the parking sys-
tem plus, rearview camera image is shown for
parking system plus with rearv iew camera *.
Off - when the parking system is switched off, on-
ly audible signals are given.
alarm for a few seconds after switching on the
parking system or when the parking system is a l-
ready act ivated . If the error is not corrected be-
fore you switch off the ignition, the LEDin the P11,
button w ill blink the next time you switch on the
parking system by shift ing into reverse .
Parking system plus*
If a sensor is faulty, the~ symbol will appear in
front of/behind the vehicle in the MMI display. If
a rear sensor is faulty, only obstacles that are in
areas @ and @ are shown ¢ page 116, fig. 101.
If a front sensor is faulty, only obstacles that are
in areas © and @ are shown .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Serv ice Facility immediately to have the
malfunction corrected .

Warning tones

Front volume - Volume for the front and s ide*

area

Rear volume - Volume for the rear area

Front frequency - Frequency for the front and

side* area

Rear frequency - Frequency for the rear area

Entertainment volume lowering - When the

parking system is turned on, the volum e of the
audio/video source is lowered.

The newly adjusted value is briefly heard from

the signal generator.

- The warning tones can also be adjusted di-

rectly from the visual d isplay or the rea rview
camera image*. Simply press the Settings
control button.
- The settings a re automatically stored and
ass igned to the remote control key that is in
use.

Error messages
M Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus/rearv iew cam-
N
0 era
>
co
,...., There is an error in the system if the LEDin the
\!)
1.1"1
1.1"1 p,,1A.button is blinking and you hear a continuous
1.1"1
,....,

121
Intelligent Technology
Intelligent Technology
Notice about data
recorded by the Event
Data Recorder and
vehicle control modules
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re-
corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near crash-like situa-
tions, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understand -
ing how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR
is designed to record data related to vehicle dy-
namics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this
veh icle is designed to record such data as:
- How various systems in your vehicle were oper-
at ing;
- Whether or not the driver and passenger safety
belts were buckled/fastened;
- How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the
acce lerator and/or brake pedal; and,
- How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understand-
ing of the circumstances in which crashes and in-
juries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs;
no data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data (e.g .,
name, gender, age, and crash location) are re-
corded. However, other part ies, such as law en-
forcement, could combine the EDR data w ith the
type of personally identify ing data routinely ac-
qui red during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip-
ment is requ ired, and access to the vehicle or the
EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manu-
facturer, other parties, such as law enforcement,
that have the specia l equipment, can read the in-
formation if they have access to the veh icle or the
EDR.
Some state laws restrict the retrieval or down-
loading of data stored by EDRs installed in a vehi-
cle for the express purpose of retrieving data af-
122
ter an accident or crash event without the own -
er's consent.
Audi will not access the EDR and/or similar data
o r g ive it to others -
- unless the veh icle owner (or lessee if the veh i-
cle has been leased) ag rees; or
- upon the official request by the police; or
- upon the order of a court of law or a govern-
ment agency; or
- for the defense of a lawsuit through the judicial
discovery process .
- Audi may also use the data for research about
veh icle operation and safety performance or
provide the data to a third party for research
purposes without identifying the spec ific vehi-
cle or information about the ident ity of its own-
er or lessee and only after the recorded vehicle
data has been accessed.
Vehicle control modules
Your vehicle is also equipped with a number of
electronic contro l modules for var ious vehicle
systems, such as engine management, emission
control, airbags, and safety belts .
These electronic control modules record data
during normal vehicle operation that may be
needed by trained technicians for diagnostic and
repair pu rposes. The recording capabil ity of these
modules is lim ited to data (no sound is recorded).
Only a small amount of data is actua lly recorded
over a very limited period of time, or stored when
a system fau lt is detected by a contro l modu le.
Some of the data stored may relate to vehicle
speed, direction, or brak ing, as well as restraint
system use and performance in the event of a
crash. Stored data can also only be read and
down loaded w ith specia l equipment that is di-
rect ly connected to the veh icle.
(D Tips
Your veh icle may be equipped with Audi con-
nect. Your use of certain Audi connect fea-
tures requ ires wireless se rvices that are pro-
vided by a third party wire less telecommuni-
cations provider. For details regarding how in-
formation obtained through Audi connect is
collected, processed, transmitted, used, and ..,..

shared, please see your contract with the
wireless telecommunications provider and the
"About Aud i connect" tab in your vehicle's
MMI: ! MENUI button> Audi connect> About
Audi connect.
Electronic stabilization
control (ESC)
Description
The Electronic Stabilization Contro l (ESC) reinfor-
ces driver safety. It reduces the risk of slipping
and improves driving stability. ESC detects criti -
cal s ituations such as the vehicle oversteering
and understeering or the wheels a re sp inning.
The vehicle is stabilized by applying the brakes or
reducing engine torque. Once the ESC is activat-
ed, the indicator lightDJ blinks in the instru-
ment cluster.
The fol low ing systems a re integrated in the ESC:
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
ABS prevents the wheels from locking when brak-
ing. The veh icle can still be steered even during
hard braking . Apply steady pressure to the brake
pedal. Do not pump the pedal. A pu lsing in the
brake peda l ind icates that the system is acting to
stabilize the vehicle .
Brake assist system
The brake assist system can decrease braking d is-
tance . It increases braking power when the dr iver
presses the brake pedal quick ly in emergency sit-
uations. You must press and hold the brake pedal
unti l the dangerous sit uation is ove r. In vehicles
with adaptive cruise control *, the brake assist
system is more sensit ive if the distance detected
to the vehicle ahead is too small.
Anti-slip regulation (ASR)
ASR reduces engine power when the drive whee ls
begin spinning and adapts the force to the road
conditions. This makes it easier to start, acceler-
M ate and drive up inclines.
N
0 mediately a lter your speed to match the
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
1.1"1
1.1"1
,....,
Intelligent Technology
Electronic differential lock (EDL)
The EDLbrakes whee ls that are spinning and
trans fers the drive power to the othe r drive wheel
or whee ls if the vehicle is equipped with all wheel
drive*). This function is not available at higher
speeds.
In extreme cases, EDLautomatically switches off
to keep the brake on the braked wheel from over -
heating. The vehicle is still working correct ly. EDL
will switch on again automatically when condi-
tions have returned to normal.
Steering recommendation
The ESC helps to stabilize the vehicle by changing
the steering torque .
Selective wheel torque control
Selective wheel torque control is used when dr iv-
ing on curves. The front wheel on the insi de of
the curve o r both wheels on the inside of the
curve are braked selectively as needed . This al-
lows more precise driving in curves .
Automatic post-collision braking system
The "Automat ic post -col lision braking system"
can help to reduce the ris k of sliding and of other
collisions after an accident. If the airbag control
module detects a collision above a certain vehicle
speed, the vehicle is braked by the ESC.
The vehicle does not brake automatically if:
- the dr iver presses the accelerator pedal, or
- the braking force generated by the pressed
brake pedal is greater than the brak ing force
that would be initiated by the system, or
- the ESC, the brake system or the vehicle electr i-
cal system are not funct ion ing .
A WARNING
- The ESCand its integrated systems cannot
overcome the lim its posed by natu ral phys i-
cal laws. This is especially important on slip-
pery or wet roads . If the systems begin act-
ing to stabilize your vehicle, you should im-
..,.
123
Intelligen t Technology

road and traffic conditions . Do not let the in-
creased saf ety provided tempt you into tak-
ing risks. This could increase your risk of a
collision .
- Please note the risk of a collision increases
when driving fast, especially through curves
and on slippery or wet roads, and whe n dr iv-
ing too close to obj ects ahead. The ESCand
its integr ated systems cannot always pre-
vent colli sions - the re is st ill a risk of acci-
dent s!
- Press the accelerator pedal carefully whe n
acceleratin g on even, slippe ry surfac es such
as ice and snow . The drive wheels can spin
even wh en t hese control systems are instal-
led and this can affect driving stability and
increase the risk of a collis ion .
{!) Tips
- ABS and ASR only fu nction correct ly when
all four wheels are equipped with identica l
t ires. Differe nt tire sizes can lead to a reduc-
t ion in engine powe r.
- You may hear noises when t he systems de-
scribed are wo rking.

Switching on/off
ESC turns on automatically when you start the engine .

funct ion of the ESC is limited or switched off. The

amount of stabilization control will differ de-
pend ing on t he level.

In the fo ll ow ing unusual situations it may ma ke

sense to switch t he ESCsport mode on to allow
t he wheels to spin:

- Rocking the vehicle to free it when it is st uck

- Driving in deep snow or on loose ground
Fig. 112 Upper center console: ESCbutto n

The ESC is designed t o fu nction in levels. Depend-

ing on the level that is selected, the sta bilization

Sport mode on ESC/ ASR off Sport mode off or

ESC/ ASRon
Behavior The ESCand ASR stabiliza- The sta bilization f unct ion is The f ull sta bilization f unc-
tion f unct ions are lim ited not available ¢ & . ESCand tion of the ESCand ASR is
¢ _&. ASR are switched off. available again.
Operation Press t he I~ OFF
!butt on Press and hold t he I~ OFFI Press t he I~ OFF
!but ton
briefly. butto n longer th an 3 sec- again.
onds.
Indicator II tur ns on. ltl and lf'tl•U~
*t urn on . II turns off or II and
lights lf'tl•lH
*tur n off .
Driver mes- Stabilization control ( ESC): Stabilization control (ESC): Stabilization control
sages sport . Warning! Restricted off . Warning! Restricted (ESC): on
stability stability

124

A WARNING
You should only switch sport mode on or
switch ESC/ASRoff if your driving abilities and
road condit ions perm it.
- The stabilization function is limited when
sport mode is switched on. The dr iving
wheels could spin and the veh icle could
swerve, especially on slick or slippery road
surfaces.
- There is no vehicle stabilization when ESC/
ASR are switched off.
(D Tips
- ESC/ASRcannot be switched off or sport
mode cannot be switched on if the cru ise
control system* or the adapt ive cruise con-
trol* is switched on.
- Malfunctions in the Audi magnetic ride may
make it impossible to switch the ESC/ASR
off or to switch spo rt mode on.
Brakes
New brake pads
New brake pads do not achieve their full braking
effect during the first 250 mi (400 km). They
must be "broken in" f irst. However, you can com-
pensate for the slightly reduced braking force by
pressing firmly on the brake pedal. Avoid heavy
braking during the break-in period.
Wear
Brake pad wear is large ly dependent on the way
the veh icle is driven and on operating conditions.
This is especially t rue if you are driving frequent ly
in the city and on curves or with a sporty driving
style.
Operating noise
Noises may occur when braking depending on the
speed, braking force and outside conditions such
as tempe rat ure and humid ity.
M
Effect of water and road salt
N
0
> In certain situat ions, for example after driving
co
,...., throug h wate r, in heavy rain, after overn ight con-
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
densat ion or afte r wash ing you r car, the braking
1.1'1
,....,
In te llig e nt Te chnolog y
effect can be reduced by moisture or ice on the
brake rotors and brake pads. The brakes must be
"dried" first with a few careful brake applications.
At higher speeds and with the windsh ield wipers
turned on, the brake pads press against the brake
rotors for a short amount of time . This action
wh ich is not felt by the driver happens at regular
intervals and facilitates a better reaction t ime for
the brakes in wet weather.
The braking effect can also be reduced if you are
driv ing on salted roads and you do not apply the
brakes for long periods of time. The layer of salt
on the brake rotors and pads must be worn off
first whe n the brakes are applied .
Corrosion
Leaving the vehicle parked for long periods of
t ime, low mileage and avoiding heavy braking can
contribute to corros ion on the brake rotors and
dirty brake pads.
If you usually avoid heavy braking or if there is
corrosion present, occasional heavy braking at
high speeds is recommended to clean the brake
rotors and pads¢ ,& .
Brake system malfunct ion
if you notice that the brake pedal travel has sud-
denly gotten larger, then a brake circ uit may have
failed. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thori zed Audi Service Facility immediately to have
the problem corrected. On the way there, dr ive
with reduced speed and keep in mind that a long
braking distance and increased pressure on the
brake pedal will be necessary.
Low brake fluid level
When the brake f luid level is low, malfunct ions in
the brake system may occur. The brake flu id level
is electronically mon itored.
Brake booster
The brake booster amplifies the pressure you ap-
ply to the brake pedal. It only works when the en-
gine is running. IJ>
125
Intelligent Technology
& WARNING
- New brake pads do not achieve their full
braking effect during the first 250 mi
(400 km). They must be " broken in" first .
However, you can compensate for the slight·
ly reduced braking force by pressing firmly
on the brake pedal. Avoid heavy braking dur·
ing the break-in period.
- Alway apply the brakes for the purpose of
cleaning the brake system when road and
traffic conditions permit. You must not en·
danger other road users. This increases the
risk of an accident.
- On steep slopes, reduce the speed and se-
lect a lower gear or lower selector lever po·
sition. Drive as little as possible while press·
ing the brake pedal and avoid putting your
left foot on the brake pedal while driving.
This could cause the brakes to overheat and
impair the efficiency of the brakes.
- Do not let the brakes "grind" by always
keeping your foot on the brake pedal. This
can cause the brakes to overheat, increase
wear and increase braking distance unneces·
sarily.
- Certain weather and operating conditions
such as driving through water, driving in
heavy rain or driving after washing your ve·
hide can impair the effectiveness of the
brakes. In the winter, ice may build up on
the brake pads, rotors and drums. Check
these components by braking carefully. Ap·
plying the brakes carefully several times
dries the brakes and removes ice build-up .
- The efficiency of the brakes can also be im·
paired by driving for long stretches on roads
covered with salt without using the brakes.
You can remove salt deposits from the brake
rotors and pads by carefully applying the
brakes several times.
- If the front spoiler is damaged or you install
another spoiler, make sure the front wheel
brakes are ventilated properly . Otherwise,
the brake system could overheat, which re·
duces their effectiveness.
- Failure of a brake circuit impairs braking
performance, which increases braking dis·
126
tance. Avoid driving the vehicle and have it
towed it to the nearest authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility .
- Never let the vehicle roll while the engine is
stopped because this increases the risk of an
accident .
- If the brake booster is not working, you will
have to press much harder on the brake ped·
al to compensate for the lack of the booster .
(D Note
- Never let the brakes "rub" by pressing the
pedal lightly when braking is not really nee·
essary. This causes the brakes to overheat
and increases braking distance and causes
wear.
- Before driving on a long stretch with steep
slopes, reduce your speed and shift to the
next lower gear This makes use of the en·
gine braking effect and relieves the brakes.
If you need to brake additionally, brake in
intervals and not continuously.
(D Tips
- If the brake booster is not working, you
must press the brake pedal with much more
force then normal.
- If you retrofit your vehicle with a front spoil·
er, wheel covers or similar items, make sure
that the air flow to the front wheels is not
interrupted. Otherwise the brake system
can become too hot.
Electromechanical
steering
The electromechanical steering supports the
driver's steering movements .
Power steering adapts electronically based on
the vehicle speed.
The vehicle still has full steering functionality if
the power steering fails or when the engine is
stopped (towing). To steer, you must apply much
more force than usual.
Indicator lights and messages
• Do not drive vehicle: steering defective

If th is indicator light turns on and stays on and
this message appears, the power steering may
have fa iled .
Do not continue driving. See an authorized Aud i
dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility f or as-
sistance.
• Do not drive vehicle: steering defective
There is a malfunction in the electron ic steering
lock. You cannot turn the ignition on .
Do not tow your vehicle because it cannot be
steered. See an authorized Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
'-:r,ij
Steering malfunction: you can continue driv-
ing
If the indicator light turns on, the steering whee l
may be more difficult to move or more sensitive
than usual. The steering wheel may also be at an
angle when dr iving straight.
Drive slow ly to an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thor ized Audi Service Facility to have the ma l-
function corrected.
!II Steering lock: system fault! Please contact
Service
There is a malfunct ion in the electron ic steering
lock.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facili ty immediately to have the
malfunction corrected.
_& WARNING
Have the system malfunction corrected as
soon as possible by an authorized Audi dealer
or authorized Audi Service Facility, as th is in-
creases the risk of an accident .
(D Tips
If the . or ,-:r-n
indicator light only stays on
for a short time, you may continue driving.
M traffic cond itions . Do not let the increased
N
0 safety provided tempt you into taking risks.
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Intelligent Technology
All wheel drive (quattro)
Applies to vehicles: with all wheel drive
In all wheel drive, all four wheels are powered.
General information
In all whee l dr ive, t he dr iving power is divided be-
tween all four whee ls. This happens automatical-
ly depending on your driving behavior as well as
the current road conditions . Refer to ¢ page 123,
Electronic stabilization control (ESC).
The all wheel drive concept is designed for high
engine power. Your vehicle is exceptionally pow-
erfu l and has excellent driving characteristics
both under normal driving conditions and on
snow and ice. Always read and follow safety pre-
cautions q ,& .
Winter tires
By using all wheel drive, your vehicle has good
forward motion with standard tires in winter con-
ditions. However, in winter we recommend using
winter or all season tires on all four wheels, be-
cause this will improve the braking effect .
Snow chains
If there are snow chain laws, snow chains must
also be used on vehicles with all wheel drive
q page 230, Snow chains.
Replacing tires
For vehicles with all wheel drive, only wheels with
the same rolling circum f erence should be used.
Avoid wheels with different tread depths
- q page 221.
Offroad vehicle?
Your Audi is not an offroad vehicle - there is not
enough ground clearance. For this reason, avoid
difficult terra in. Refer to ¢ page 259.
~
_& WARNING
- Also, in vehicles with all wheel drive, adapt
your driving style to the current road and
- The braking ability of your veh icle is limited
to the tract ion of the wheels. In th is way, it
127
Intelligen t Technology
is not different fro m a two wheel drive vehi-
cle. Do not be tempted to accelerate to a
high speed when the road is slippery th is in-
creases the risk of an accident.
- Note that on wet streets, the front wheels
can "hydrop lane" if driving at speeds that
are too high . Unlike front whee l drive
vehicles, the engi ne does not rev higher sud-
denly when the vehicl e begins hydrop laning.
For t his reason, pay att ent ion t o the road
conditi ons regardless of your speed.
Energy management
The starting ability is optimized
The energy management system manages the
electrical energy distribution and optimizes the
availability of electrical energy for starting the
engine.
When a vehicle with a conventional energy sys-
tem is not driven f or a long time, the battery is
drained by equipment (for example the immobil-
izer) . In certa in circumstances , there could may
not be enough energy to start the engine .
Your vehicle is equipped w it h an intelligent ener-
gy management system for distr ibut ing electric i-
ty . This sign ificantly improves the starting ability
and increases the battery life .
The energy management system Is made up of
battery diagnosis, idling current management
and dynamic energy management.
Battery diagnosis
The batte ry diagnosis determines the batte ry
charge level. The sensors determine the batte ry
voltage, the battery current , and the battery
t emperature . The current charge level and the
performance of t he battery are dete rmined based
on this .
Idling current management
The idling current management decreases the
energy used while parked. W it h the engine
switched off, it manages the energy distribution
to the different electrical components . Date from
battery diagnosis is taken into account for this .
128
Depending on the batte ry charge level, electrical
equipment is switched off one item after the oth-
er, to prevent the battery from draining and to
retain the start ing ability.
Dynamic energy management
While driv ing, dynam ic energy management dis-
tribu t es the appropriate amount of energy to t he
electrica l equipment. It control s the battery
charge level so that more energy is not used then
is being generated in order to maintain an opti-
mal battery charge level.
(D Tips
- Energy management cannot overcome the
laws of physics. Note that the charge level
and length of the battery life are limited.
- When the sta rting ability is endangered, the
(•) indicator light t urns on c:>page 19 .
'
What you should know
Maintaining the starting ability is the highest
priority.
A lot of st ress is placed on the battery when dr iv-
ing short distances, in traffic, and at cold t imes
of the year. A lot of energy is used but little is
generated. It is also critical when the engine is
not ru nning but electr ical equipment is switched
on. In th is case, energy is used but none is gener -
ated.
In sit uat ions like this, energy ma nagement w ill
active ly regu lated the distribution of energy.
Long periods without use
If you do not dr ive your vehicle for several days or
weeks, electr ical consumers are grad ually scaled
back or switched off. This reduces energy use and
ensures the vehicle w ill be able to start after long
periods of time . Some convenience functions
such as opening w it h the remote control key may
not be available. These convenience f unct ions
will be available again once you swit ch the igni-
tion on and start the engine. .,_
 Intelligent Technology

With the engine switched off

The battery w ill dra in if you use functions such as
listening to the radio while the engine is switched
off.

The vehicle 's ability to start may be impaired by

the energy use, a message w ill appear in the In -
fotainment system disp lay.

The message ind icates that the system will

switch off automatically soon. If you would like
to continue using the functions, you m ust start
the eng ine.

With the engine running

Although electrical energy is generated wh ile
driving, the batte ry can drain. This can happen
when little energy is gene rated, and much is used
and the charge leve l of the battery is not optima l.

To restore the ba lance of energy, components

that require large amounts of energy are tempo-
rar ily sca led back or switched off . Heating sys-
tems in particular require a great deal of energy.
If you notice, for example, that the seat heating*
or rear window defroster is not working, then it
has been temporari ly reduced or switched off.
These systems are avai lab le aga in as soon as the
energy balance has been restored.

In addition, you may notice that the idle speed

has slightly increased . That is normal and no
cause for concern. Due to the increased idling
speed, the add itional required energy w ill be gen-
erated and the battery will be charged .

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

129
Driving safety
Driving safety
Basics
Safe driving habits
Please remember - safe ty first!
This chapter contains important information,
tips, instructions and warnings that you need to
read and observe for your own safety, the safety
of your passengers and others. We have summar-
ized here what you need to know about safety
belts, airbags, child restraints as well as child
safety. Your safety is for us priority number 1. Al-
ways observe the information and warnings in
this section - for your own safety as well as that
of your passengers .
The information in this section applies to all
model versions of your vehicle . Some of the fea-
tures described in this sections may be standard
equipment on some models, or may be optional
equipment on others. If you are not sure, ask
your authorized Audi dealer.
A WARNING
-
- Always make sure that you follow the in-
structions and heed the WARNINGS in this
Manual. It is in your interest and in the in-
terest of your passengers.
- Always keep the complete Owner's Litera-
ture in your Audi when you lend or sell your
vehicle so that this important information
will always be available to the driver and
passengers.
- Always keep the Owner's literature handy so
that you can find it easily if you have ques-
tions .
- Always adjust your speed to the weather
traffic and conditions. Follow the speed lim-
its .
- Always drive in such a way that you can stop
your vehicle safely.
- Always adjust your speed to the general
flow of traffic. Follow the speed limits.
130
· Safety equipment
The safety features are part of the occupant re-
straint system and work together to help reduce
the risk of injury in a wide variety of accident sit-
uations.
Your safety and the safety of your passengers
should not be left to chance. Advances in tech-
nology have made a variety of features available
to help reduce the risk of injury in an accident.
The following is a list of just a few of the safety
features in your Audi:
- sophisticated safety belts for driver and all pas-
senger seating positions,
- safety belt pretensioners,
- safety belt force limiters for the front seats,
- safety belt height adjustment systems for the
front seats,
- front airbags,
- knee airbags for the front seats*
- side airbags in the front seats and outer rear
seats*,
- side curtain airbags with ejection mitigation
features,
- special LATCHanchorages for child restraints,
- head restraints for each seating position,
- adjustable steering column .
- pre sense basic* (preventative passenger pro-
tection)
These individual safety features, can work to-
gether as a system to help protect you and your
passengers in a wide range of accidents . These
features cannot work as a system if they are not
always correctly adjusted and correctly used .
Safety is everybody's responsibility!
Important things to do before driving
Safety is everybody 's job! Vehicle and occupant
safety always depends on the informed and care-
ful driver.
For your safety and the safety of your passen-
gers, before driving always:
.. Make sure that all lights and signals are operat -
ing correctly .
.. Make sure that the tire pressure is correct. ..,.
 Dri v in g s a f e ty

.. Make sure that a ll windows are clean and afford

good visibility to the outside .
A
- WARNING
.. Secure all luggage and other items carefully Impaired dr iving safety increases the risk of
r=>
page 59, r=>page 59. serious personal injury and death wheneve r a
.. Make sure that nothing can interfere with the vehicle is being used .
pedals.
.. Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors Correct passenger
correct ly for your he ight. seating positions
.,.Instruct passengers to adjust t he head re-
stra ints according to their he ight . Proper seating position for the driver
.. Make sure to use the right child restraint cor-
The proper driver seating position is important
rect ly to protect children r=>page 172, Child
for safe, relaxed driving.
safety .
.. Sit properly in your seat and make sure that
your passengers do the same r=> page 54, Front
seats .
.. Fasten your safety belt and wear it proper ly. Al-
so instruct your passengers to fasten their safe-
ty belts properly r=>page 140.

What impairs driving safety?

Safe driving is directly related to the condition of

Fig, 1 13 Correct seating posit ion
the vehicle, the driver as well as the driver's abili-
ty to concentrate on the road without being dis- For yo ur own safety and to reduce the risk of in-
tracted. jury in the event of a n accident, we recommend
that you adjust t he dr iver's seat to the fo llowing
The driver is respons ible for the safety of the ve-
pos ition:
hicle and all of its occupants. If your ability to
d rive is impaired, safety risks for everybody in the .,.Adj ust the driver's seat so that you can easily
veh icle increase and you also become a hazard to push the pedals all the way to the floor while
eve ryone else on the road r=> &, . Therefo re: keeping your knee(s) slightly bent r=> &, .
.. Adju st t he a ngle of the seatbac k so that it is in
.. Do not let you rself be distracted by passengers
an upright position so that your back comes in
or by using a cellular telephone .
full contact with it when you drive .
.. NEVER dr ive when your dr iving abili ty is im-
.. Adjust the steering whee l so that there is a dis -
paired (by medicat ions, alcohol, drugs, etc.).
tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
.. Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road and
steering wheel and your breast bone r=> fig. 113.
speed limits and plain common sense.
If not poss ible, see your authorized Audi deal-
.. ALWAYSadjust your speed to road, traffic and
ership about adapt ive eq uipment.
weather conditions.
.,.Adj ust the steering wheel so that the steering
.. Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not dr ive
wheel and airbag cover points at your che st a nd
for more than two hours at a stretch .
not at your face .
.,.Do NOT drive when you are t ired, under pres-
.. Grasp the top of the steer ing whee l with your
su re or when you a re stressed.
elbow(s) slightly bent .
...., .. For adjustab le head restraints: Adjust the head
N
0
> restraint so the upper edge is as even as possi-
co
rl
I.O
ble with the top of your head . If that is not pos-
"' sible, try to adj ust the head restraint so that it .,.
"'
"'
rl

131
Driving safety
is as close to this position as possible. Move the
head restraint so that it is as close to the back
of the head as possible.
.. Fa sten and wear safety belt s correctly
<=>
page 143.
.. Always keep both feet in the footwell so that
you are in control of the veh icle at all times.
For detailed information on how to adjust the
driver's seat, see <=>
page 55 .
A WARNING
Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or
too close to the airbag can be seriously in-
jured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help re-
duce the risk of serious personal injury:
- Always adjust the dr iver's seat and the
steering wheel so that there are at least
10 inches (25 cm) between your breastbone
and the steering wheel.
- Always adjust the driver's seat and the
steering wheel so that there are at least
4 inches (10 cm) between the knees and the
lower part of the instrument panel.
- Always hold the steering wheel on the out-
side of the steering wheel rim with your
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
tions to help reduce the risk of personal in-
jury if the driver's airbag inflates .
- Never hold the steering wheel at the
12 o'clock position or with your hands at
other positions inside the steering wheel
rim or on the steering wheel hub . Holding
the steering wheel the wrong way can cause
serious injuries to the hands, arms and head
if the driver's airbag inflates.
- Pointing the steering wheel toward your
face decreases the ability of the supplemen-
tal driver's airbag to protect you in a colli-
sion.
- Always sit in an upright position and never
lean against or place any part of your body
too close to the area where the airbags are
located.
- Before driving, always adjust the front seats
properly and make sure that all passengers
are properly restrained.
132
- For adjustable head restraints: before driv-
ing, always also adjust the head restraints
properly .
- Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is
moving. Your seat may move unexpectedly
and you could lose control of the vehicle.
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or
tilted far back! The farther the backrests are
tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due
to incorrect positioning of the safety belt
and improper seating position .
- Children must always ride in child seats
<=>page 172 . Special precautions apply
when installing a child seat on the front pas-
senger seat <=> page 148.
· Proper seating position for the front
passenger
The proper front passenger seating position is
important for safe , relaxed driving.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of in-
jury in the event of an accident, we recommend
that you adjust the seat for the front passenger
to the following position :
.. Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in
an upright position and your back comes in full
contact with it whenever the vehicle is moving .
.. For adjustab le head restraints: adjust the head
restraint so the upper edge is as even as possi-
ble with the top of your head. If that is not pos -
sible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it
is as close t o this position as possible
<=>page 134 . Move the head restraint so that it
is as close to the back of the head as possible.
.. Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of the
front passenger seat .
.. Fasten and wear safety belts correctly
<=>
page 143 .
For detailed information on how to adjust the
front passenger's seat, see c>page 54.
A WARNING
Front seat passengers who are unbelted, out
of position or too close to the airbag can be
 Driving safety

seriously injured or killed by the airbag as it
unfolds. To help reduce the risk of serious per-
sonal injury:
- Passengers must always sit in an upright po-
sition and never lean against or place any
part of their body too close to the area
where the airbags are located.
- Passengers who are unbelted, out of posi-
tion or too close to the airbag can be seri-
ously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with
great force in the blink of an eye.
- Always make sure that there are at least
10 inches (25 cm) between the front pas-
senger's breastbone and the instrument
panel.
- Always make sure that there are at least
4 inches (10 cm) between the front passen-
ger's knees and the lower part of the instru-
ment panel.
- Each passenger must always sit on a seat of
their own and properly fasten and wear the
safety belt belonging to that seat.
- Before driving, always adjust the front pas-
senger seat properly.
- For adjustable head restraints: before driv-
ing, always also adjust the head restraints
properly.
- Always keep your feet on the floor in front
of the seat. Never rest them on the seat, in-
strument panel, out of the window, etc. The
airbag system and safety belt will not be
able to protect you properly and can even in-
crease the risk of injury in a crash.
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or
tilted far back! The farther the backrests are
tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due
to incorrect positioning of the safety belt
and improper seating position.
- Children must always ride in child seats
<=>page 172. Special precautions apply
when installing a child seat on the front pas-
senger seat r=> page 148.
Proper seating positions for passengers in
rear seats
Rear seat passengers must sit upright with both
feet on the floor consistent with their physical
size and be properly restrained whenever the ve-
hicle is in use.
To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incorrect
seating position in the event of a sudden braking
maneuver or an accident, your passengers on the
rear bench seat must always observe the follow-
ing :
.,. For adjustable head restraints: adjust the head
restraint so the upper edge is as even as possi-
ble with the top of your head. If that is not pos-
sible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it
is as close to this position as possible
<=>page 134 .
.,. Keep both feet flat in the footwell in front of
the rear seat .
.,. Fasten and wear safety belts properly
Qpage 143 .
.,. Make sure that children are always properly re-
strained in a child restraint that is appropriate
for their size and age Q page 172.
A WARNING
P assengers who are improperly seated on the
rear seat can be seriously injured in a crash.
- Each passenger must always sit on a seat of
their own and properly fasten and wear the
safety belt belonging to that seat.
- Safety belts only offer maximum protection
when the safety belts are properly posi-
tioned on the body and securely latched. By
not sitting upright, a rear seat passenger in-
creases the risk of personal injury from im-
properly positioned safety belts!
- For adjustable head restraints: always ad-
just the head restraint properly so that it
can give maximum protection.

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
1.1"1
1.1"1
,....,

133
Driving safety
Proper adjustment of head restraints
App lies to vehicles: with adj ustable head restraints
Correctly adjusted head restraints are an impor-
tant part of your vehicle 's occupant restraint sys-
tem and can help to reduce the risk of injuries in
accident situations .
Fig. 114 Head restraint: viewed fro m the front
The head restraints must be correctly adjusted to
achieve the best protection.
"Ad jus t the head restraint so the upper edge is
as even as possible with the top of your head. If
that is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
straint so that it is as close to this position as
possible¢ fig. 114 . Move the head restraint so
that it is as close to the back of the head as
possible.
" If there is a passenger on the rear center seat-
ing position, slide the center head restraint up-
ward at least to the next notch.
Adjusting head restraints c:;,page 56.
A WARNING
- 9& .
All seats are equipped with head restraints.
Driving without head restraints or with head
restraints that are not properly adjusted in-
creases the risk of serious or fatal neck injury
dramatically. To help reduce the risk of injury:
- Always drive with the head restraints in
place and properly adjusted.
- Every person in the vehicle must have a
properly adjusted head restraint.
- Always make sure each person in the vehicle
properly adjusts their head restraint. Adjust
the head restraint so the upper edge is as
even as possible with the top of your head.
If that is not possible, try to adjust the head
134
restraint so that it is as close to this position
as possible. Move the head restraint so that
it is as close to the back of the head as pos-
sible .
- Never attempt to adjust head restraint
while driving. If you have driven off and
must adjust the driver headrest for any rea-
son, first stop the vehicle safely before at-
tempting to adjust the head restraint.
- Children must always be properly restrained
in a child restraint that is appropriate for
their age and size ¢ page 172.
Examples of improper seating positions
The occupant restraint system can only reduce
the risk of injury if vehicle occupants are properly
seated.
Improper seating positions can cause se rious in-
jury or death . Safety belts can only work when
they are properly positioned on the body. Im-
proper seating positions reduce the effectiveness
of safety belts and will even increase the risk of
injury and death by moving the safety belt to crit-
ical areas of the body. Improp e r seating positions
also increase the risk of serious injury and death
when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant
who is not in the proper seat ing position. A driver
is respons ible for the safety of all vehicle occu-
pants and especially for children . Therefore:
" Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect
seating position when the vehicle is being used
The following bulletins list only some sample po-
sitions that will increase the risk of serious injury
and death . Our hope is that these examples will
make you more aware of seating positions that
are dangerous .
Therefore, whenever the vehicle is moving:
- never stand up in the vehicle
- never stand on the seats
- never kneel on the seats
- never ride with the seatback reclined
- never lie down on the rear seat
- never lean up against the instrument panel
 Dr iv in g s a f et y

- never sit on the edge of the seat Pedal area

- never sit sideways
- never lea n out the w indow
- never put your feet out the window
- never put your feet on the instrument panel
- never rest your feet on the seat cushion or back
of the seat
- never ride in the footwe ll
- never ride in the cargo area
&_ WARNING
Improper seat ing positions increase the risk
of serious personal injury and death whenever
a vehicle is be ing used.
- Always make sure that all vehicle occupants
stay in a proper seating position and are
properly restrai ned whenever the vehicle is
being used.
Driver's and front
passenger's footwell
Important safety instructions
Applies to vehicles:with kneeairbags
&_ WARNING
Always ma ke sure that the knee a irbag can in-
flate without interference. Objects between
yourself and t he airbag can increase the risk
of injury in an accident by interfering with the
way the airbag deploys or by being pushed in-
to you as the airbag deploys.
- No persons (children) or animals should ride
in the footwe ll in front of the passenger
seat. If the airbag dep loys, this can result in
serious or fatal injuries.
- No objects of any kind shou ld be carried in
the footwe ll area in front of the dr iver's or
passenger's seat. Bulky objects (shopp ing
bags, for example) can hamper or prevent
proper deployment of the airbag . Small ob-
jects can be th rown thro ugh the vehicle if
the a irbag deploys and injure you o r you r
Pedals
The pedals must always be free to move and
must never be interfered with by a floor mat or
any other object.
Make sure that a ll peda ls move freely without in-
terference and that nothing prevents them from
returning to the ir original positions.
Only use f loor mats that leave the pedal area free
and can be secured with floor mat fasteners.
If a brake circuit fa ils, increased brake pedal trav -
el is required to bring the vehicle to a full stop.
&_ WARNING
-Pedals that cannot move free ly can cause loss-
of vehicle control and increase the risk of ser i-
ous injury .
- Never place any objects in the driver's foot-
well. An object could get into the pedal area
and interfere with pedal function. In case of
sudden braking or an accident, you would
not be able to brake or accelera t e!
- Always make sure that nothing can fall or
move into the d river's footwell.
Floor mats on the driver side
Always use floor mats that can be securely at-
tached to the floor mat fasteners and do not in-
terfere with the free movement of the pedals.
.. Make sure that the floor mats are properly se-
cured and cannot move and inte rfere with the
pedals ~A .
Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area un-
obstructed and that are firmly secured so that
they cannot sl ip out of position . You can obta in
suitable floor mats from your authorized Audi
Dealer .
Floor mat fasteners are insta lled in your Audi.

M
passengers. Floor mats used in your vehicle must be attached
N
0 to these fasteners. Properly securing the floor .,..
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

135
Dr iv ing safet y
mats will prevent them from sliding into posi -
tions that cou ld interfere with the peda ls or im-
pa ir safe operation of your vehicle in other ways .
A WARNING
Pedals that cannot move freely can result in a
loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of
ser ious persona l injury .
- Always make sure that floor mats are prop-
erly secured .
- Never place or insta ll floor mats or other
floor coverings in t he veh icle that cannot be
properly secured in place to prevent them
from slipping and inte rfering with the ped-
als or the ability to control the veh icle .
- Never place or insta ll floor mats or other
floor coverings on top of already installed
floor mats. Additiona l floo r mats and other
coverings will reduce the size of t he pedal
area and interfere with t he pedal s.
- Always proper ly reinstall and secu re floor
mats that have been t ake n ou t for clean ing .
- Always make sure that objects cannot fa ll
int o the dr iver footwell while the veh icle is
moving. Objects can become trapped unde r
the brake pedal an d accelerator peda l caus -
ing a loss of vehicle cont ro l.
Storing cargo correctly
Loading the luggage compartment
All luggage and other objects must be properly
stowed and secured in the luggage compart-
ment.
Fig. 11 5 Safe load positioning: place heavy objects as low
and as far forwa rd as possib le.
136
Loose items in the luggage compa rtment can
shift suddenly, changing vehicle handling charac -
teristics. Loose items can also increase the risk of
serious persona l injury in a sudden vehicle ma-
neuver or in a collision.
.,. Distribute the load even ly in the luggage com-
partment.
.,.Always place and properly secure heavy items in
the luggage compartment as far forward as
possible .
.,.Secure luggage using the tie-downs prov ided
~ page 59.
.,.Make s ure that the rear seatback is securely
latc hed in place.
A WARNING
Improperly stored luggage or other items can
fly through the vehicle causing serio us per-
sona l injury in the event of hard braking or an
accident. To help reduce the risk of ser ious
personal injury:
- Always put objects, for example, luggage or
other heavy items in the luggage compart-
ment.
- Always secure objects in the luggage com-
partment using the tie-down hooks and
suitable straps.
A WARNING
Heavy loads will influence the way your vehi-
cle handles . To help reduce the risk of a loss
of contro l leading to se rious pe rsonal injury:
-Always keep in mind when transpo rting
heavy objects, tha t a change in the center of
grav ity can also cause changes in vehi cle
ha ndli ng:
- Always distribute the load as evenly as
possib le.
- Place heavy objects as far forward in the
luggage compartment as possib le.
- Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating
or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating specif ied
on the safety compliance sticker on the left
door jamb. Exceeding permissib le weight
standards can cause the veh icle to slide and
handle d ifferently. ,...

- Please observe information on safe driving
~ page 130.
A WARNING
To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from
being drawn into the vehicle, always keep the
rear lid closed while driving .
- Never transport objects larger than those
fitting completely into the luggage area be-
cause the rear lid cannot be fully closed.
- If you absolutely must drive with the rear lid
open, observe the following notes to reduce
the risk of poisoning:
- Close all windows,
- Close the power roof*,
- Open all air outlets in the instrument pan-
el,
- Switch off the air recirculation,
- Set the fresh air fan to the highest speed.
A WARNING
Always make sure that the doors, all windows,
the power roof* and the rear lid are securely
closed and locked to reduce the risk of injury
when the vehicle is not being used.
-After closing the rear lid, always make sure
that it is properly closed and locked.
- Never leave your vehicle unattended espe -
cially with the rear lid left open . A child
could crawl into the vehicle through the lug-
gage compartment and close the rear lid be-
coming trapped and unable to get out. Be-
ing trapped in a vehicle can lead to serious
personal injury.
- Never let children play in or around the vehi-
cle.
- Never let passengers ride in the luggage
compartment. Vehicle occupants must al-
ways be properly restrained in one of the ve-
hicle's seating positions.
(D Tips
- Air circulation helps to reduce window fog-
M
N ging. Stale air escapes to the outside
0
>
co through vents in the trim panel. Be sure to
.....
\!)
1.1"1
keep these slots free and open.
1.1"1
1.1"1
.....
Driving safety
- The tire pressure must correspond to the
load. The tire pressure is shown on the tire
pressure label. The tire pressure label is lo-
cated on the driver's side B-pillar. The tire
pressure label lists the recommended cold
tire inflation pressures for the vehicle at its
maximum capacity weight and the tires that
were on your vehicle at the time it was man-
ufactured. For recommended tire pressures
for normal load conditions, please see chap-
ter ~ page 224.
Tie-downs
'
The luggage compartment is equipped with four
tie-downs to secure luggage and other items.
Use the tie-downs to secure your cargo properly
~ page 136, Loading the luggage compartment.
In a collision, the laws of physics mean that even
smaller items that are loose in the vehicle will
become heavy missiles that can cause serious in-
jury. Items in the vehicle possess energy which
vary with vehicle speed and the weight of the
item. Vehicle speed is the most significant factor.
For example, in a frontal collision at a speed of
30 mph (48 km/h) , the forces acting on a 10-lb
(4.5 kg) object are about 20 times the normal
weight of the item. This means that the weight
of the item would suddenly be about
200 lbs. (90 kg). You can imagine the injuries
that a 200 lbs. (90 kg) item flying freely through
the passenger compartment could cause in a col-
lision like this.
A
- WARNING
Weak, damaged or improper straps used to
secure items to tie-downs can fail during hard
braking or in a collision and cause serious per-
sonal injury .
- Always use suitable mounting straps and
properly secure items to the tie-downs in
the luggage compartment to help prevent
items from shifting or flying forward as dan-
gerous missiles.
- When the rear seat backrest is folded down,
always use suitable mounting straps and
properly secure items to the tie-downs in
137
Driving safety
t he luggage compartment to help prevent
items from flying forwa rd as da ng ero us mis-
siles int o t he pass en g er compartm e nt.
- Never att ach a child safe ty seat t et her stra p
to a ti e-down.
Reporting Safety Defects
Applicable to U.S.A.
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately in-
form the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA)in
addition to notifying Audi of
America, Inc.
If NHTSAreceives similar com -
plaints, it may open an investiga-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defects exists in a group of
vehicles , it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSAcannot become involved in
individual problems between you,
your dealer, or Audi of America,
Inc.
To contact the NHTSA,you may
either call :
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153) or
1-800 -424 -9393
or you may write to:
138
NHTSA
U.S. Department of Transporta-
tion
1200 New Jersey Ave., S.E.
West Building
Washington, DC20590
You can also obtain other infor-
mation about motor vehicle safe-
ty from:
http://www.safercar.gov
Applicable to Canada
If you live in Canada and you be-
lieve that your vehicle has a de-
fe ct that could cause a crash , in-
jury or death, you should immedi-
ately inform Transport Canada,
Defect Investigations and Recalls.
You should also notify Audi Cana-
da .
Canadian customers who wish to
report a safety-related defect to
Transport Canada , Defect Investi-
gations and Recalls, may either
call Transport Canada toll-free at:
Tel.: 1-800-333-0510 or
Tel.: 1-819-994-3328 (Ottawa re-
gion and from other countries)
TTYfor hearing impaired: Tel.:
1-888-67 5-6863
or contact Transport Canada by
mail at:
 Dr iv ing safety

Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Investiga-
tions Laboratory
80 Noel Street
Gatineau, QC
J8Z OAl
For additional road safety infor-
mation, please visit the Road
Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc .ca/eng/
roadsafety/menu.htm

1 39
Safet y belt s
Safety belts
General notes
Always wear safety belts!
Wearing safety belts correctly saves lives!
This chapter exp lains why safety belts are neces-
sary, how they work and how to adjust and wear
them correctly.
.. Read all the information that fo llows and heed
all of the instructions and WARNINGS.
&_ WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal
injury and death.
- Safety belts are the single most effective
means available to reduce the risk of serious
injury and death in automobile accidents.
For your protection and that of your passen-
gers, always correct ly wear safety belts
when the vehicle is moving.
- Pregnant women, injured, or physically im-
paired persons must also use safety belts.
Like all veh icle occupants, they are more
likely to be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety be lts . The best way to protect a
fetus is to protect the mother - throughout
the ent ire pregnancy.
Number of seats
Your Audi has a total of five seating positions:
two in t he front and three in the rear. Each seat-
ing position has a safety belt .
&_ WARNING
Not wea ring safety belts or wearing them im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal
injury and death.
- Never strap more than one person, includ-
ing small ch ildren, into any belt. It is espe-
cially dangerous to place a safety belt over a
child sit t ing on your lap .
- Never let more people ride in the veh icle
than there are safety be lts available.
140
- Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is
properly restrained with a separate safety
belt or child restraint.
~- Safety belt warning light
Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver
and front seat passenger (on USA models only)
to remind you about the importance of buckling-
up .
(0
"'
"'
9
"'
<f
m
Fig. 116 Safety belt warning light in the instrument clus-
ter - enlarged
Before driving off, always:
.. Fasten your safety belt and make sure you are
wearing it properly .
.. Make s ure that your passengers a lso buckle up
and properly wear their safety belts .
.. Protect children with a child restraint system
appropriate for the s ize and age .
The warning light . in the instrument cluster
light s up when the ign it ion is on as a reminder to
fasten the safety belts . In add ition, you will hear
a warn ing tone for a certain pe riod of time.
Fasten your safety belt and make sure that your
passengers also properly put on their safety
belts .
&_ WARNING -
- Safety belts are the s ingle most effect ive
means available to reduce the risk of serious
injury and death in automobile acc idents.
For your protection and that of your passen -
gers, always correctly wear safety belts
when the vehicle is moving .
- Failure to pay attention to the warning light
that come on, cou ld lead to personal injury.
 Safety belts

Why use safety belts? (2,000 lbs, or 1,000 kg) or more . At greater
speeds, these forces are even higher .
Frontal collisions and the law of physics
People who do not use safety belts are also not
Frontal crashes create very strong forces for peo- attached to their vehicle. In a frontal collision
ple riding in vehicles . they will also keep moving forward at the speed
their vehicle was travelling just before the crash.
Of course, the laws of physics don't just apply to
frontal collisions, they determ ine what happens
in all kinds of accidents and collisions.

What happens to occupants not wearing

safety belts?
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop
themselves from flying forward and being in-
Fig. 117 Unbe lted occupants in a vehicle heading for a wall jured or killed . Always wear your safety belts!
CD

~
±
<t
ID

Fig. 118 The vehicle cras hes into th e wall Fig. 119 A dr iver not wea ring a safety belt is violently
thrown forward
The physical principles are simple. Both the vehi-
cle and the passengers possess energy which var-
ies with vehicle speed and body weight . Engi-
neers call this energy "kinetic energy."

The higher the speed of the vehicle and the

greater the vehicle's weight, the more energy
that has to be "absorbed" in the crash.

Vehicle speed is the most significant factor . If the

speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50 km/
h), the energy increases 4 times! Fig. 120 A rear passenger not wearing a sa fety be lt will fly
fo rward and strike t he driver
Because the passengers of this veh icle are not us-
ing safety belts q fig. 117, they will keep moving Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the tre -
at the same speed the vehicle was moving just mendous forces of impact by holding tight or
before the crash, until something stops them - bracing themselves . Without the benefit of safe-
here, the wall q fig. 118 . ty restraint systems, the unrestrained occupant
...., will slam violently int o the steering wheel, in-
The same principles apply to people sitting in a
N
strument panel, windshie ld, or whatever else is
0
> vehicle that is involved in a frontal collision. Even
co in the way q fig . 119 . This impact with the vehi-
rl at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to 50 km/h),
I.O cle interior has a ll the energy they had just before
"' the forces acting on the body can reach one ton
"' the crash. ..,_
"'
rl

141
Safet y belts
Never rely on airbags a lone for protection . Even
when they deploy, airbags provide only additional
protection . Airbags are not supposed to deploy in
all kinds of accidents. Although your Audi is
equipped w ith airbags, all vehicle occupants, in-
cluding the driver, must wear safety belts cor-
rectly in orde r to min imize the risk of seve re in-
jury or death in a crash .
Remember too, that airbags will deploy only once
and that your safety be lts are a lways there to of-
fer protection in t hose accidents in which airbags
are not supposed to deploy or when they have a l-
ready deployed . Unbelted occupan t s can also be
thrown ou t of t he vehicle where even mo re severe
or fata l injur ies can occur .
It is also important fo r the rea r passenge rs to
wear safety belts correctly. Unbe lted passenge rs
in t he rear se ats endanger not only themselves
but also the driver and other passengers
~ fig. 120. In a frontal coll ision they will be
thrown forward violent ly, where they can hit and
inju re the driver and/or front seat passenger.
Safety belts protect
People think it's possible to use the hands to
brace the body in a minor collision. It 's simply
not true!
Fig. 121 Driver is correct ly restra ined in a sudden braking
m aneuver
Safety belts used properly can make a big differ-
ence. Safety belts help to keep passengers in
their seats , gradually reduce energy levels ap-
plied to the body in an accident, and he lp prevent
the uncont rolled movement that can cause seri -
ous injur ies. In add it ion, safety belts reduce the
danger of being t hrow n ou t of t he vehicle.
142
Safety be lts attach passengers to the car and give
them the benefit of being slowed down more
gently or "softly" through the "give" in the safety
belts, crush zones and other safety features eng i-
neered into today's veh icles. By "absorbing" the
kinet ic ene rgy over a longer period of time, the
safety be lts make the forces on the body more
"tole rable" and less likely to cause injury.
Although these examples are based o n a frontal
collision, safety be lts can also substantially re-
duce the risk of injury in other kinds of crashes.
So, whether you're on a long tr ip or just go ing to
t he cor ne r store, always bu ckle up and ma ke sure
others do, too. Acciden t sta t isti cs show th at vehi-
cle occupants properly wearing safety belts have
a lowe r risk of be ing injured and a much better
chance of surviving an accident. Pro perly using
safety belts a lso greatly increases the ab ility of
the supp lemental airbags to do their job in a col-
lis ion. For this reason, wear ing a safety be lt is le-
gally required in most countries including much
of the United States and Canada .
Although your Audi is equipped with a irbags, you
still have to wear the safety belts provided. Front
airbags, for example, are act ivated only in some
fron tal coll is io ns . The front airbags are not act i-
vated in a ll frontal col lisions, in s ide and rear col-
lis io ns, in ro ll overs o r in cases whe re the re is not
eno ugh deceler at ion th rough impac t to the front
of t he vehicle . The same goes for the other airbag
systems in your Audi. So, always wear your safety
belt and make sure everybody in your vehicle is
proper ly restrained!
Important safety instructions about safety
belts
Safety belts must always be correctly positioned
across the strongest bones of your body.
.,.Always wear safety belts as illustrated and de-
scribed in this chapter .
.,. Make s ure that your safety belts are always
ready fo r use and are not damaged .
 Safety belts

_& WARNING aged, have belts replaced by an authorized

Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them im-
- Safety belts that have been worn and loaded
properly increases the risk of serious personal
in an accident must be replaced with the
injury and death. Safety belts can work only
correct replacement safety belt by an au-
when used correctly .
thorized Audi dealer. Replacement may be
- Always fasten your safety belts correctly be-
necessary even if damage cannot be clearly
fore driving off and make sure al l passen-
seen. Anchorages that were loaded must al-
gers are correctly restrained.
so be inspected.
- For maximum protection, safety belts must
- Never remove, modify, d isassemble, o r try
always be pos itioned properly on the body.
to repair the safety belts yourself.
- Never strap more than one person, includ-
-Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts may
ing small ch ildren, into any belt.
not work properly and can impair the func-
- Never place a safety belt over a child sitting
tion of the inertia reel~ table Internal
on your lap.
cleaning on page 237.
- Always keep feet in the footwell in front of
the seat while the vehicle is being driven.
- Never let any person ride with their feet on
Safety belts
the instrument panel or st icking out the Fastening safety belts
window or on the seat.
- Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle Safety first - everybody buckle up!
is moving . Doing so will increase your risk of
being injured or killed.
- Never wear belts twisted.
- Never wear belts over rigid or breakable ob-
jects in or on your clothing, such as eye
glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these may cause
injury.
- Never allow safety belts to become dam-
aged by being caught in door or seat hard-
ware. Fig. 122 Belt buckle and tongue on t he driver's seat
- Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt
under your arm or otherwise out of position. To provide maximum protection, safety belts
- Several layers of heavy clothing may inter- must always be positioned correctly on the wear-
fere with correct positioning of belts and re- er's body.
duce the overall effectiveness of the system.
.. Adjust the front seat and head restraint proper-
- Always keep belt buckles free of anything
ly ¢ page 54, Front seats.
that may prevent the buckle from latching
.. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is
securely.
in an upright position and securely latched in
- Never use comfort clips or devices that cre-
place before using the belt ¢ .&, .
ate slack in the shoulder be lt. However, spe-
.. Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it even ly
cial clips may be required for the proper use
across the chest and pelvis ¢ .&_.
of some child restraint systems.
.. Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and
...., your seat until you hear it latch securely
damaged belt hardware can break in an acci-
N
0
¢ fig. 122 .
> dent. Inspect belts regularly. If webb ing, .. Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely
C()
rl bind ings, buckles, or retracto rs are dam-
I.O latched in the buckle. Ill>
"'
"'
"'
rl

143
Safet y belts

Autom atic safet y belt retractors of the body into critical areas like the abdo-
Every safety belt is eq uipped with an automatic men.
be lt retractor on the shou lder belt. This feature - Always lock the convertible locking retractor
locks the belt when the be lt is pulled out fast, when you are secur ing a child seat in the ve-
during hard brak ing and in an accident . The belt hicle ¢page 184.
may also lock when you drive up or down a steep
hill or through a sharp curve. During normal driv- (D Tips
ing the belt lets you move freely. For information on safety belt pretensioners,
refer to ¢page 146.
Safety belt pret ensioners
The safety be lts are equipped with a belt preten-
Safety belt position
sioner that helps to t ighten the safety belt and
remove s lack when the pretensioner is activated Correct belt position is the key to getting maxi-
¢ page 146. The funct ion of the pretensioner is mum protection from safety belts .
mon itored by a warning light <=:>page 20.

Converti ble locking ret ractor

Every safety belt except the one on the driver
seat is equipped with a convertib le locking retrac-
tor that must be used when the safety belt is
used to attach a child seat. Be sure to read the
important information about this feature
¢page 182 .

.&_WARNING Fig. 123 Safety belt posit ion

Improperly positioned safety belts can cause

Use the height adjustment to change the posit ion
ser ious injury in an accident¢ page 144,
of the shoulder belt of the front safety belts.
Safety belt posi tion.
- Safety belts offer optimum protection only .&_WARNING
when the seatback is upright and belts are
Imp roperly posit ioned safety be lts can cause
properly positioned on the body.
serio us pe rsonal injury in an accident.
- Always make sure that the rea r seat back-
- The shou lder belt should lie as close to the
rest to which t he center rear safety belt* is
center of the collar bone as possib le and
attached is securely latched whenever the
should fit well on the body. Hold the bel t
rear center safety be lt is being used . If the
above t he latch to ng ue and pull it evenly
backrest is not securely latched, the passen -
across the chest so that it sits as low as pos -
ger will move forward with the backrest dur-
sible on the pe lvis and there is no pressure
ing sudden braking, in a sudden maneuver
on the abdomen. The belt should always fit
and especially in a crash.
snug ly¢ fig. 123. Pull on the belt to tighten
- Never attach the safety belt to the buck le
if necessary.
for another seat. Attaching the belt to the
- The lap be lt portion of the safety belt must
wrong buckle will reduce safety be lt effec-
be positioned as low as poss ible across pel-
t iveness and can cause serious persona l in-
vis and never over the abdomen. Make sure
jury.
the belt lies flat and snug c::>fig. 123. Pull on
- A passenger who is not properly restrained
the belt to tighten if necessary. ~
can be se riously injur ed by the safety belt it-
self when it moves from the stronger parts

144
 Safety belts

-A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious Unfastening safety belts

injuries by shifting its position on your body
Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release
from the strong bones to more vulnerable,
button only a~er the vehicle has stopped .
soft tissue and cause serious injury.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and 0
.....
N
0
other important information ¢ page 142. :i:
"'
CD

Pregnant women must also be correctly

restrained
The best way to protect the fetus is to make sure
that expectant mothers always wear safety belts J-L
correctly - throughout the pregnancy .
Fig. 125 Releasing the tongue from the buckle

• Push the red release button on the buckle

¢ fig. 125. The belt tongue will spring out of
the buckle c:>.&_.
• Let the belt wind up on the retractor as you
guide the belt tongue to its stowed position .

Fig. 124 Safety belt position during pregnancy

-
_& WARNING
Never unfasten safety belt while the vehicle is
moving. Doing so will increase your risk of be-
To provide maximum protection, safety belts ing injured or killed.
must always be positioned correctly on the wear-
er's body c:>page 144.
Adjusting the safety belt latch tongue
• Adjust the front seat and adjustable head re-
straint* correctly¢ page 54, Front seats.
• Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it evenly
across the chest and pelvis ¢ fig. 124, c:>.&_.
• Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of
your seat until you hear it latch securely
¢ page 143, fig. 122 .
•Pullon the belt to make sure that it is securely
latched in the buckle.

_& WARNING Fig. 126 Safety belt: latch tongue clip (example)

Improperly positioned safety belts can cause .,..Slide t he clip so that you can easily reach the
serious personal injury in an accident. belt latch when putting the safety belt on .
- Expectant mothers must a lways wear the
lap portion of the safety belt as low as pos-
sible across t he pelvis and be low the round-
....,
N ing of the abdomen .
0
> - Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
co
rl
I.O
other important information ¢ .&.in Fasten-
"' ing safety belts on page 144.
"'
"'
rl

145
Safet y belts
Adjusting safety belt height
With the aid of the safety belt height adjust-
ment, the three point safety belt strap routing
can be fitted to the shoulder area, according to
body size.
Fig. 127 Safety belt height adjustment for t he front seats
- loop-around fitt ings
The shou lder belt should lie as close to the center
of the collar bone as possib le and should fit well
on the body¢ .&. in Safety belt position on
page 144 .
...Push the loop-around fittings up ¢ fig . 127 @ ,
or
...squeeze t ogether the (D button, and push the
loop-around fit t ings down @ .
... Pull the belt to make sure t hat the upper at -
tachment is properly engaged .
A WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and oth-
er important information ¢ page 142.
(D Tips
With the front seats, the height adjustment
of the seat can a lso be used to adjust the po-
sition of the safety belts.
Improperly worn safety belts
Incorrectly positioned safety belts con cause se-
vere injuries.
Wearing safety be lts imprope rly can cause seri-
ous injury or death . Safety belts can on ly work
when they are correctly positioned on the body.
Improper seating positions reduce the effective-
ness of safety be lts and will even increase the risk
146
of injury and death by moving the safety belt to
critical areas of the body . Improper seating posi-
tions also increase the risk of serious inju ry and
death when an airbag deploys and strikes an oc-
cupant who is not in the correct seating position.
A driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle
occupants and especially for ch ildren . Therefore:
... Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect sit-
ting posit ion in the vehicle while traveling
¢ &_.
A WARNING
Improperly worn safety belts increase the risk
of serious personal inju ry and death wheneve r
a veh icle is being used.
- Always make sure that all vehi cle occupants
are correctly restrained and stay in a correct
seating position wheneve r t he vehicle is be-
ing used .
- Always read and heed a ll WARNINGSand
ot her important informa ti on ¢ page 142.
Belt tensioners
How safety belt pretensioners work
In front, side and rear-end collisions above a
particular severity and in a rollover, safety belts
are tensioned automatically.
Reve rsib le safety belt t e nsione rs
The safety belts on the front seats are equipped
with power reversib le tensioners. The fo llowing
functions are availab le when the driver's/front
passenger's safety belts are fastened:
- Automatic tensio ners: at the start of a drive,
the safety belts automat ica lly adjust to the
passenger after a certain t ime period or vehicle
speed.
- In certain driving situations, the safety belts
may tighten with a reversible tensioning func-
tion ¢ page 103.
- The safety belts may a lso tighten with this re-
vers ible tensioning function in minor collisions.
Pyrotechn ic safet y belt pretens ioner s
The safety belts are equipped with safety belt
pretensioners. The system is activated by sensors ..,.

in front, side and rear-end collisions of great se-
verity and in a rollover. This tightens the belt and
takes up belt slack ¢ .&.in Service and disposal of
safety bel t pretensioner on page 147. Taking up
the slack helps to reduce forward occupant
movement during a collision.
A WARNING
- It is possible for the pretensioners to deploy
incorrectly .
- The pyrotechnic system can only provide
protection for one collision . If the pyrotech-
nic pretensioners deploy, the pretensioning
system must be replaced.
(D Tips
The pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners can
only deploy once .
- The safety belt pretensioners do not deploy
in minor frontal and side collisions, in rear-
end collisions, in rollovers and in collisions
involving very little impact force.
-A fine dust is released when the pyrotechnic
safety belt pretensioners deploy. This is nor-
mal and is not caused by a fire in the vehi-
cle.
- The relevant safety requirements must be
observed when the vehicle or components
of the system are scrapped. A qualified
dealership is familiar with these regulations
and will be pleased to pass on the informa-
tion to you.
- Be sure to observe all safety, environmental
and other regulations if the vehicle or indi-
vidual parts of the system, particularly the
safety belt or airbag, are to be disposed. We
recommend you have your authorized Audi
dealer perform this service for you.
Service and disposal of safety belt preten-
sioner
The safety belt pretensioners are parts of the
safety belts on your Audi. Installing, removing,
M
N servicing or repairing of belt pretensioners can
0
> damage the safety belt system and prevent it
co
,...., from working correctly in a collision.
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Safety belts
There are some important things you have to
know to make sure that the effectiveness of the
system will not be impaired and that discarded
components do not cause injury or pollute the
environment.
A WARNING
=
Improper care, servicing and repair proce -
-
dures can increase the risk of personal injury
and death by preventing a safety belt preten-
sioner from activating when needed or acti-
vating it unexpectedly:
- The belt pretensioner system can be activat-
ed only once. If belt pretensioners have
been activated, the system must be re-
placed.
- Never repair, adjust , or change any parts of
the safety belt system.
- Safety belt systems including safety belt
pretensioners cannot be repaired. Special
procedures are required for removal, instal-
lation and disposal of this system.
- For any work on the safety belt system, we
strongly recommend that you see your au-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified technician
who has an Audi approved repair manual,
training and special equipment necessary .
@ For the sake of the environment
Undeployed airbag modules and pretension-
ers might be classified as Perchlorate Material
-special handling may apply, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo-
rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re-
straint system including airbag modules safe -
ty belts with pretensioners are scrapped, all
applicable laws and regulations must be ob-
served. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar
with these requirements and we recommend
that you have your dealer perform this service
for you.
147
Airbag system
Airbag system
Important information
Importance of wearing safety belts and
sitting properly
Airbags are only supplemental restraints . For
airbags to do their job, occupants must always
properly wear their safety belts and be in a prop-
er seating position.
For your safety and the safety of your passen-
gers, befo re driving off, always:
"' Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel
properly Q page 131,
"' Adjust the front passenger's seat properly
Q page 54,
"'Wear safety be lt s properly C?page 142,
"' Always proper ly use the proper child restraint
to protect children Qpage 172.
In a coll ision, airbags must inflate within the
blink of an eye and with considerable force. The
supp lemental airbags can cause injuries if the
driver or the front seat passengeris not seated
properly . Therefore in order to he lp the airbag to
do its job, it is important, both as a driver and as
a passenger to sit properly at all times.
By keeping room between your body and the
steering whee l and the front of the passenger
compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and
completely and provide supplemental protection
in certain frontal collisions c>page 131, Correct
passenger seating positions. For details on the
operation of the seat adjustment controls
c>page54.
It's especially important that children are proper-
ly restrained Qpage 172.
There is a lot that the driver and the passengers
can and must do to help the individual safety fea-
tures installed in your Audi work together as a
system .
Proper seat ing position is important so that the
front airbag on the driver side can do its job. If
you have a phys ical impairment or condition that
prevents you from sitt ing properly on the dr iver
seat with the safety be lt properly fastened and
148
reaching the pedals, or if you have concerns with
regard to the function or operation of the Ad-
vanced Airbag System, please contact your au-
thori zed Audi dea ler or qualified workshop, or
call Audi Customer Relations at 1-800-822-2834
for possible modifications to your vehicle.
When the airbag system dep loys, a gas generator
will fill the airbags, break open the padded cov-
ers, and inflate between the steering wheel and
the driver and between the instrument panel and
the front passenger . The a irbags will deflate im-
med iate ly after deployment so that the front oc-
cupants can see through the windshield again
without interruption.
All of th is takes place in the blink of an eye, so
fast that many people don't even realize that the
a irbags have deployed. The airbags also inf late
with a grea t deal of force and nothing should be
in their way when they dep loy. Front airbags in
combination with properly worn safety belts slow
down and limit the occupant's forward move-
ment . Together they he lp to prevent the driver
and front seat passenger from hitting parts of
the inside of the vehicle while reducing the forces
acting on the occupant during the crash . In this
way they help to reduce the risk of injury to the
head and upper body in the crash . Airbags do not
protect the a rms or th e lower parts of the body.
Both front a irbags w ill not inflate in all fronta l
collisions . The triggering of the a irbag system de-
pends on the veh icle deceleration rate caused by
the coll ision and registered by the electronic con -
trol un it. If th is rate is below the reference val ue
programmed into the control unit, the airbags
will not be triggered , even though the car may be
badly damaged as a result of the collision . Vehi-
cle damage, repair costs or even the lack of vehi-
cle damage is not necessarily an indication of
whether an a irbag should inflate or not.
Since the circumstances will vary considerably
between one collision and another, it is not possi-
ble to define a range of vehicle speeds that will
cover every possible kind and angle of impact
that w ill always trigger the airbags . Important
factors include, for example, the nature (hard or
soft) of the object wh ich the car hits, the angle of
impact, vehicle speed, etc. The front airbags will .,.
 Airbag sys t e m

also not inflate in side or rear collisions, or in roll- - To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag
overs. inflates, always wear safety belts properly
Always remember: Airbag s wi ll deploy on ly once, page 143, Safety belts.
c::>

and on ly in cert ain kinds of collisions. Your safety
belts are always there to offer protection in those
situations in which airbags are not supposed to
deploy, or when they have already deployed; for
examp le, when your vehicle str ikes or is struck by
another vehicle after the first collision.
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a
supp lementary restraint and is not a substitute
for a safety belt. The airbag system works most
effectively when used w ith the safety belts.
Therefore, always properly wear your safety belts
c::>page140 .
- Always make certain that children age 12 or
younger always ride in the rear seat. If chil-
dren are not properly restrained, they may
be severely injured or killed when an airbag
inflates.
- Never let children ride unrestrained or im-
properly rest rained in the vehicle . Adj ust the
front seats properly .
- Never ride with the backrest reclined.
- Always sit as far as possible from the steer-
ing wheel or the instrument panel
page 131.
c::>
- Always sit upright with your back against

A WARNING
-
the backrest of your seat .
- Never place your feet on the instrument
Sitting too close to the steer ing whee l or in- panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet
strument panel will decrease the effect ive- on the floor in front of the seat to help pre-
ness of the airbags and will increase the risk vent serious injur ies to the legs and hips if
of persona l injury in a coll ision .
the airbag inflates.
- Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to - Never recli ne the front passenger's seat to
the steering wheel or instrument panel.
transport objects. Items can also move into
- If you cannot sit more than 10 inches the area of the side airbag or the front air-
(25 cm) from the steer ing whee l, investi- bag during braking or in a sudden maneu-
gate whethe r adaptive equipment may be ver. Obj ects near the airbags can become
available to help yo u reach the pedals and projectiles and cause inj ury when an airbag
increase your seating distance from the inflates.
steering wheel.
- All vehicle occupants and especially children
must be restrained properly whenever riding
A WARNING
Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be
in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly
replaced.
restrained child could be injured by striking
- Use on ly original equipment airbags ap-
the inte rior or by being ejected from the ve-
proved by Aud i and installed by a trained
hicle during a sudden maneuver or impact.
technician who has the necessary too ls and
An unrestrained or improperly restrained
diagnostic equipment to properly replace
child is also at greater risk of injury or death
any airbag in your vehicle and assure system
thro ugh contact wi t h an infla ti ng airbag.
effectiveness in a crash.
- If you are unrestrained, lean ing fo rward, sit-
- Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to
t ing sideways or out of position in any way,
be installed in your vehicle.
your risk of inju ry is much highe r.
- You w ill also receive serio us inju ries and
cou ld even be killed if you are up against the Child restraints on the front seat - some
M airbag or too close to it when it infl ates - important things to know
N
0
> even with an Advanced Airbag.
co .,.Be sure to read the importa nt information and
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
heed the WARNI NGS for important detai ls
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

149
Airbag system

about children and Advanced Airbags
¢ page 172 .
Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Ad-
vanced Airbag System, make certain that all chi l-
dren, especially those 12 years and younger, al-
ways ride in the back seat properly restrained for
their age and size. The airbag on the passenger
side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous
place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the
safest place for a child in a forward-facing child
seat . It can be a very dangerous place for an in-
fant or a child in a rea rward-facing seat.
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has
been certified to comply with the requirements
of United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 208 as applicable at the time your vehi-
cle was manufactured.
The Standard requires the front airbag on the
passenger side to be turned off ("suppressed") if
a child up to about one year of age restrained in
one of the rea r-facing or forward -fa cing infant re-
st raints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag
System in your vehicle was certified has been in-
stalled on the front passenger seat. For a listing
of the ch ild restraints that were used to certify
compliance with the US Safety Standard
¢ page 174 .
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the instru-
ment panel tells you when the front Advanced
Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off
by the electron ic control unit .
Each time you switch on the ignit ion, the PAS·
SENGER AIR BAG OFF light w ill come on for a
few seconds and:
- will stay on if the front passenger seat is not
occupied,
- will stay on if the electrical capacitance meas -
ured by the capacitive passenger detection sys-
tem for the front passenger seat equals the
combined capacitance of an infant up to about
one year of age and one of the rearward-facing
or forward-facing child restraints listed in Fed-
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with
which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehi-
cle was cert ified. For a listing of the chi ld re-
straints that were used to certify your vehicle's
compliance with the U.S. Safety Standard
¢ page 174.
- will stay on if there is a small chi ld or child re-
straint on the front passenger seat,
- will go off if the front passenger seat is occu -
pied by an adu lt as registered by the capacitive
passenger detection system ¢ page 160, Mon-
itoring the Advanced Airbag System.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on
when electrical capacitance registered on the
front passenger seat is eq ua l to or less than the
combined capacitance of a typical 1 year-o ld in-
fant and one of the rearward-facing or forward-
facing child restraints listed in Federal Motor Ve-
hicle Safety Standard 208 with wh ich the Ad-
vanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certi-
fied.
If the total e lectr ical capacitance registered on
the front passenger seat is more than that of a
typ ical 1 year-old child but less than the weight
of a sma ll adult, th e front airbag on the passe n-
ger side can deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF light does not come on).
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
come on, the fron t airbag on the passenger side
has not been turn ed off by the electronic contro l
unit and can deploy if the control un it senses an
impact that meets the cond itions stored in its
memory.
For example, the airbag may deploy if:
- a small ch ild that is heavier than a typical 1
year-old chi ld is on the front passenger seat (re-
gardless of whethe r the child is in one of the
child seats listed ¢ page 174), or
- a child who has outgrown chi ld restraints is on
the front passenger seat .
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on in the
inst rument cluster and stays on.
If the front passenger airbag dep loys, the Federal
Standa rd requires the airbag to meet the "low
risk" deployment criteria to reduce the risk of in-
jury through interaction with the airbag. "Low
risk" dep loyment occurs in those crashes that

150
 Airbag sys t e m

take place at lowe r decelerations as defined in ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas-
the electronic contro l unit ¢ page 160, PASSEN- senger front and side a irbag.
GERAIR BAG OFF light. - Never put t he fo rward-facing child restraint
Always remember, a chi ld seat or infant carrie r up aga inst or very near the instrument pan-
installed on the front seat may be struck and el.
knocked out of position by the rapidly inflating - Always move the passenge r seat into its
passenger's a irbag in a frontal collision . The air- rearmost pos ition in the seat's fore and aft
bag could greatly reduce the effectiveness of the adj ustment range, as far away from the a ir-
child restraint and even ser iously injure the ch ild bag as possible before installing the for-
during inflation . ward-facing child restraint. The backrest
must be adjusted to an upr ight position .
For this reason, and because the back seat is the
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
safest place for ch ildren - when properly restrain-
OFF light comes on and stays on all the time
ed according to their age and s ize - we strongly
wheneve r the ignit ion is switched on.
recommend that ch ildren always s it in the back
seat ¢ page 172, Child safety .
A
=
WARNING
-
A WARNING
-
To reduce t he risk of serious inju ry, ma ke su re
that t he PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ligh t will
A child in a rearward-facing child seat instal-
be d isplayed whenever a ch ild restr a int is in-
led on the front passenger seat will be seri-
stalled on the front passenger seat and t he
ously inj ured and can be killed if the front air-
ignition is switched on.
bag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does
System.
not stay on, pe rform the checks describe d
- The inflating a irbag w ill hit the child seat or
~ page 160, Monitoring the Advanced Air ·
infant carrier with great force and will
bag System .
smash the child seat and child against the
- Take the chi ld restraint off the front passen-
backrest, center armrest, door or roof.
ge r seat and install it properly at one of the
- Always install rear -facing child seats on the
rea r seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
rear seat.
BAG OFF light does not stay on.
- If you mus t install a rearward facing child
- Have the airbag system inspected by your
seat on the front passenger seat beca use of
Aud i dealer immediately.
exceptional circumstances and the PASSEN·
- Always carefu lly follow instr uctions from
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on
child restraint manufacturers when instal-
and stay on, immediately install the rear-
ling child restraints.
facing child seat in a rear seating position
and have the a irbag system inspected by
your Audi dealer.
A WARNING
- Forward-fac ing ch ild seats installed on the If, in except ional circumstances, you m ust in-
front passenger's seat may interfere with stall a forward or rearward-fac ing ch ild re-
the deployment of the airbag and cause se- straint on the front passenger's seat:
rious persona l injury to t he ch ild. - Improper installation of ch ild restra ints can
red uce their effectiveness or even prevent
A WARNING them from providing any pro t ect ion.
- An improperly installed ch ild restra int can
If, in exceptional circumstances, you mus t in-
M interfere with the airbag as it deploys and
N stall a forward-facing ch ild restraint on the
0 serio us ly injure or even kill the child - even
>
co front passenger's seat :
,...., with an Advanced Airbag Syst em. ~
\!) - Always make sure the forward-fac ing seat
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
has been designed and ce rtified by it s man-
,....,

151
A irb a g syst em
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
instructions provided with the child seat or
carr ier.
- Always make sure that there is nothing on
the front passenger seat that will cause the
capacit ive passenger detection system in
the seat to signal to the Airbag System that
the seat is occupied by a person when it is
not, or to signa l that it is occupied by some-
one who is heav ier than the person actually
sitting on the seat. The presence of addi-
tional objects could cause t he passenger
front a irbag to be turned on when it should
be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a
way that is different from the way it would
have worked without the object on the seat.
Front airbags
Description of front airbags
The airbag system can provide supplemental
protection to properly restrained front seat occu-
pants.
Fig. 128 Location of d river airbag: in steeri ng wheel
Fig. 129 Location of fro nt passenge r's airbag: in the inst ru-
ment pane l
Your vehicle is equipped with an "Advanced Air-
bag System" in compliance with United States
152
Federa l Moto r Vehicle Safety Standard
(FMVSS) 208 as applicable at the time your vehi-
cle was manufactured. The safety be lts for the
seats have "pretensioners" that help to take slack
out of the belt system. The pretensioners are also
activated by the electronic control unit for the
airbag system.
The front safety belts also have load limiters to
help reduce the forces applied to the body in a
crash .
The airbag for the driver is in the steering wheel
hub ¢ fig. 128 and the airbag for the front pas-
senger is in the instrument panel ¢ fig. 129. The
genera l location of the airbags is marked ''AIR-
BAG".
There is a lot you need to know about the a irbags
in your vehicle. We urge you to read the detailed
information about airbags, safety belts and child
safety in this and the other chapte rs that make
up the owner's literature . Please be sure to heed
the WARNINGS - they are extremely important
for your safety a nd the safety of your passengers,
especially infants and small children .
A WARNING
-
Never rely on airbags a lone for protection.
- Even when they deploy, airbags provide only
supp lemental protection.
- Airbag wor k most effective ly when used
wit h properly worn safety belts.
- Therefore, always wea r your safe ty belts and
ma ke sure that everybody in your vehicle is
properly rest rained.
- Always hold the st eer ing whee l with bot h
hands on the outside of the steer ing whee l
rim at the 9:00 o'clock and 3:00 o'clock po-
sitions to help reduce the risk of persona l in-
jury if the driver's airbag inflates.
- Never hold the steering wheel at the 12
o'clock position or with your hands any-
where inside the steering wheel or on the
steer ing whee l hub. Hold ing the steer ing
wheel the wrong way increases the risk of
severe inj ury to the arms, hands , and head if
the dr iver airbag deploys . ll>
 Airbag system

_& WARNING -
passenger airbag if an infant or a small child
is on the front passenger seat, nobody can
Objects between you and the airbag will in-
absolutely guarantee that deployment un-
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer-
der these special conditions is impossible in
ing with the way the airbag unfolds and/or by
all conceivable situations that may happen
being pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
during the useful life of your vehicle.
- Always make sure nothing is in the front air-
- The Advanced Airbag System can deploy in
bag deployment zone that could be struck
accordance with the ,,low risk" option for 3-
by the airbag when it inflates.
and 6-year-old children under the U.S. Fed-
- Objects in the zone of a deploying airbag
eral Standard if a child with electrical capac-
can become projectiles when the airbag de-
itance greater than the combined capaci-
ploys and cause serious personal injury.
tance of a typical one-year old infant re-
- Never hold things in your hands or on your
strained in one of the forward facing or rear-
lap when the vehicle is in use.
ward-facing child seats with which your ve-
- Never place accessories or other objects hicle was certified is on the front passenger
(such as cup holders, telephone brackets, seat and the other conditions for airbag de-
note pads, navigation systems, or things
ployment are met.
that are large, heavy, or bulky) on the doors;
- Accident statistics have shown that children
never attach then to the doors or the wind-
are generally safer in the rear seat area than
shield; never place them over or near or at-
in the front seating position .
tach them to the area marked ,,AIRBAG" on
- For their own safety, all children, especially
the steering wheel, instrument panel or the
12 years and younger, should always ride in
seat backrests; never place them between
the back properly restrained for their age
these areas and you or any other person in
and size.
the vehicle.
- Never attach objects to the windshield
above the passenger front airbag, such as Advanced front airbag system
accessory GPSnavigation units or music Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced
players. Such objects could cause serious in-
Airbag System in compliance with United States
jury in a collision, especially when the air-
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 asap-
bags inflate. plicable at the time your vehicle was manufac-
- Never recline the front passenger seat to tured.
transport objects. Items can also move into
the deployment area of the side airbags or The front Advanced Airbag System supplements
the front airbag during breaking or in a sud- the safety belts to provide additional protection
den maneuver. Objects near the airbags can for the driver's and front passenger's heads and
fly dangerously through the passenger com- upper bodies in frontal crashes. The airbags in-
partment and cause injury, particularly flate only in frontal impacts when the vehicle de-
when the seat is reclined and the airbags in- celeration is high enough.
flate. The front Advanced Airbag System for the front
seat occupants is not a substitute for your safety
_& WARNING belts. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant re-
A person on the front passenger seat, espe- straint system in your vehicle. Always remember
cially infants and small children, will receive that the airbag system can only help to protect
M serious injuries and can even be killed by be- you, if you are sitting upright, wearing your safe-
N
0 ing too close to the airbag when it inflates. ty belt and wearing it properly . This is why you ..,.
>
co
......
\!)
- Although the Advanced Airbag System in
1.1'1
1.1'1
your vehicle is designed to turn off the front
1.1'1
......

153
Airbag system
and your passengers must always be properly re-
strained, not just because the law requires you to
be .
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has
been certified to meet the "low risk" require-
ments for 3 and 6 year-old chi ldr en on the pas-
senger side and very small adu lts on the driver
side. The low risk deployment criteria are intend-
ed to help reduce the risk of injury through inter-
action with the front airbag that can occur, for
example, by being too close to the steer ing wheel
and instrument pane l when the airbag inflates.
In addition, the system has been certified to
comp ly with the "suppress ion" requirements of
the Safety Standard, to turn off the front airbag
for infants 12 months old and younger who are
restrained on the front passenger seat in child re-
straints that are listed in the Standard
¢ page 17 4, Child restraints and Advanced front
airbag system.
"Suppression" requires the front airbag on the
passenger side to be turned off if:
- a child up to about one year of age is rest rained
on the front passenger seat in one of the rear-
facing or forward-facing infant rest raints listed
in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208
with which the Advanced Airbag System in your
vehicle was certified . For a listing of the child
restraints that were used to certify your vehi-
cle's comp liance with the US Safety Standard
¢ page 174,
- When a person is detected on the front passen-
ger seat that has an electrica l capacitance that
is more than the total electrical capacitance of
a child that is about 1 year old restrained in one
of the rear-facing or forward-facing infant re-
stra ints (listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag
System in your veh icle was certified), the front
airbag on the passenger side may or may not
deploy.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on
when the e lectronic control un it detects a total
elec t rical capacitance on the front passenger seat
that requires the front airbag to be turned off. If
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
154
come on, the front airbag on the passenger side
has not been turned off by the contro l unit and
can deploy if the control unit senses an impact
that meets the cond itions stored in its memory.
If the total e lectrica l capacitance registered on
the front passenger seat is more than t hat of a
typ ical 1 year-old, but less than the we ight of a
small adult, the front airbag on the passenger
s ide may deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
light does not come on).
For example, the airbag may deploy if:
- a small ch ild t hat is heavier than a typical 1
year -old chi ld is on the front passenger seat (re -
gardless of whether the chi ld is in one of the
child seats listed ¢ page 17 4),
- a child who has outgrown chi ld restraints is on
the front passenger seat.
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the center of
the instrument panel will come on and stay on.
If the front passenger airbag deploys, the Federal
Standard requires the airbag to meet the "low
risk" deployment criteria to help reduce the risk
of injury through interaction with the airbag.
"Low risk" deployment occurs in those crashes
that take place at lower decelerations as defined
in the electronic control un it ¢ page 160.
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is
equipped with Advanced Airbags, the safest place
for children is properly restrained on the back
seat. Please be sure to read the important infor-
mation in the sections that follow and be sure to
heed all of the WARNINGS.
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury when an a irbag in-
flates, always wear safety belts prope rly.
- If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-
ting sideways or out of position in any way,
your risk of injury is much higher.
- You will also receive se rious injuries and
could even be killed if you are up against the
airbag or too clos e to it when it inflates -
even with an Advanced Airbag ¢page 148.

A WARNING
-
A child in a rearward -facing child seat instal -
led on the front passenger seat will be seri -
ously injured and can be killed if the front air-
bag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag
System.
-Although the Advanced Airbag System in
your vehicle is designed to turn off the front
airbag when a rearward-facing child re-
straint has been installed on the front pas-
senger seat, nobody can absolutely guaran-
tee that deployment is impossible in all con-
ceivable situations that may happen dur ing
the useful life of you r vehicle.
- The inflating a irbag will hit the child seat or
infant carrier with great force an d will
smash t he ch ild seat and child agains t the
backrest, center armrest, doo r, or roo f.
- Always install rearward- facing child re-
straints on the rear seat .
- If you must inst a ll a rearw a rd facing child
sea t on the front passenger sea t beca use of
excep t ional circumstances and the PASSEN-
GERAIRBAGOFFlight does not come on
and stay on, immediately install the rear-
facing child seat in a rear seating position
and have the a irbag system inspected by
your Audi dealer.
A WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in-
stall a forward-facing ch ild restraint on the
front passenge r's seat:
-Always make sure the forward-fac ing seat
has be en designed and certified by its man-
ufact urer for use on a fro nt seat wit h a pas-
senger front and side airbag.
- Never put the forwa rd-facing child rest raint
up against or very nea r the instr ument pan -
el.
- Always move t he passenger seat into its
rearmost position in the seat 's fore and aft
adjus t ment range, as far away fr om the air-
M bag as possib le, before installing t he fo r-
N
0 ward-facing child restraint . The backrest
>
co
,...., must be adjusted to an up right position .
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Airbag sys t e m
- Always make sure that there is nothing on
the front passenger seat that w ill cause the
capacitive passenger detection system in
the seat to signal to the Airbag System that
the seat is occup ied by a person when it is
not, or to signal that it is occupied by some-
one who is heavier than the person actually
sitt ing on the se at . The presen ce of add i-
tion al objects could cause t he passenger
front airbag to be tu rned on when it shou ld
be off, or could cause the airbag to wo rk in a
way that is different from the way it would
have worked without the object on the seat.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF light comes on and stays on all the time
wheneve r the ignit ion is switched on.
Advanced Airbag System components
The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot
of very impo rtant parts of the Advanced Airbag
System in it . These pa rts include the capacitive
passenge r detection system, wir ing, brackets,
and more. The con t rol unit mon itors t he syste m
on the front passenge r se at when the ignition is
swit ched on and turns the airbag indicator ligh t
on when a malfunction in the one of the system
components is detected ¢ page 160 . Because
the front passenger seat contains important
parts of the Advanced Airbag System, you must
take care to prevent it from being damaged.
Damage to the seat may prevent the Advanced
Airbag System for the front passenger seat from
doing its job in a crash.
The front Advanced Airbag System consists
of the following:
- Crash sensors in t he front of the vehicle that
measure vehicle acceleration/deceleration to
p rovide info rmat ion to t he Advanced Airbag
System abo ut t he sever ity of the crash.
- An elect ron ic cont rol unit, with integrated
crash senso rs for front and side imp act s. The
cont rol uni t "dec ides" whet her to fire t he fr on t
airbags based on the info rmation received from
the crash sensors . The control unit a lso "de -
cides" whether the safety belt pretens ione rs
should be activated. ..,.
155
Airb a g syste m
- An Advanced Airbag wit h gas generator for the
driver inside the steering wheel hub.
- An Advanced Airbag with gas generator inside
the instrument pane l for the front passenger.
- A capacitive passenger dete ct ion system under-
neath the front passenge r seat cover. This sys -
tem measures the electrical capacitance of the
person in the seat. The information registered
is sent continuously to the electronic control
unit to regulate deployment of the front Ad-
vanced Airbag on the passenger s ide.
- An airbag monitoring system and indicator
light in the instrument cluster ¢ page 160.
- A sensor in each front seat registers the dis-
tance between the respect ive seat and the
steering wheel or instrument panel. The infor-
mation registered is sent cont inuously to the
electronic control unit to regulate deployment
of the front Advanced Airbags.
- The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on
and stays on in the center of the instrument
pane l ¢ page 198 a nd tells you when the front
Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has
been t urned off .
- A sensor in the safety belt latch for the dr iver
and for the front seat passenger that senses
whether that safety belt is latched or not and
transmits this information to the e lectronic
control unit .
_&.WARNING
Damage to the front passenger seat can pre-
vent the front airbag from work ing properly.
- Improper repair or disassembly of the front
passenger and driver seat will prevent the
Advanced Airbag System from funct ioning
properly.
- Repairs to the front passenger seat must be
performed by qualified and properly trained
workshop personnel.
- Never remove the front passenger or driver
seat from the veh icle.
- Never remove the upholstery from the front
passenger seat.
- Never disassemble or remove parts from the
seat or disconnect wires from it.
156
- Never carry sharp objects in your poc kets or
put them on the seat. The capacitive pas-
senger detection mat in the front passenger
seat will not function properly if it is punc-
tured.
- Never carry things on you r lap or carry ob-
jects on t he front passenger seat. Such ob-
jects can influence the capacitance regis-
tered by the capac itive passenger detection
system, so that incorrect info rmation is pro-
vided to the airbag cont rol unit .
- Never store items under the front passenger
se at. Part s of t he Advanced Airbag System
under the passenger seat could be dam-
aged, preventing t hem and the airbag sys-
tem from wo rking properly.
- Never place sea t covers or rep lacement up -
holstery that have not been specifically ap-
proved by Audi on the front seats .
- Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Air-
bag System from recognizing child re-
straints or occupants on the front passenger
seat and prevent the side a irbag in the seat
backrest from deploying properly.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or oth-
erw ise added to the front passenger seat,
never install any child restraint system on
this seat.
- Never use cushions, pillows, blankets, or
sim ilar items on the front passenger seat .
The additional layers prevent the capacitive
passenger detection system from accurately
measuring the capacitance of the child safe-
ty seat and/or t he person on the seat and
thus keep t he Advance d Airbag System from
wo rking properly .
- Never place or use any e lectr ical device
(such as a laptop, CD player, elec t ronic
games device, power inve rter or seat heater
for child seats) on the front passenger seat
if the device is connected to the 12 -volt
socket or the cigarette lighter soc ket. Such
dev ices can influence the capac itance regis-
tered by the capac itive passe nger detection
system, so that incorrect info rmation is pro-
vided to the airbag cont rol unit. ~
 Airbag sys t e m

- If you must use a child restraint on the front
passenger seat and the child restraint man-
ufacturer's instructions requ ire the use of a
towel, foam cushion or someth ing else to
properly position the child restraint, make
certain that the PA SSENG ER AIR BAG OFF
light comes on and stays on whenever the
child restrain t is inst alled on t he fron t pas-
senger seat.
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
not come on and stay on, immed iately in-
sta ll child restra int in a rear seating position
and have the airbag system inspected by
your Audi dealer .
&_ WARNING
If the front passenger seat gets wet, dry it im-
mediately.
- If liquid soaks into the front passenger seat,
this can keep the airbag system from work-
ing properly and may, for instance, deacti-
vate the passenger frontal a irbag. If th is
happens, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
light will come on and stay on together with
the a irbag indicator light II in the inst ru-
me nt cluster.
- If liquid is poo led on the seat, but has not
soa ked in, this may a lso keep the airbag sys-
tem from wor king proper ly and cause the
passenger fron tal airbag to be ena bled
(turned on), even tho ugh there is a properly
installed chi ld restraint system on the seat .
Wet towels or other wet things on the seat
cushion can have the same effect. If the
front passenger fronta l airbag is turned on,
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will go
out.
sure to read the important information about
safety and heed the WARNINGS in this chapter .
Deployment of the Adva nced Airbag System and
the act ivation of the safety belt pretensione rs de -
pend on the dece lerat ion meas ured by the crash
sensors and registered by the e lectronic control
unit . Cras h seve rity depends on speed and decel-
eration as we ll as the mass and stiffness of the
vehicle or object involved in the crash .
On t he passenger side, regardless of safety belt
use, the front passenger fronta l airbag will be
turned off if the electrical capacitance meas ured
by the capacitive passenger detection system on
the front passenger seat is less than the amount
programmed in the electronic control unit . The
front passeng er fronta l airbag will a lso be turned
off if the capac itance meas ured by t he system for
the front passenger sea t eq uals t hat of an infa nt
of about one year of age in one of t he chi ld seats
that was used to certify the Advanced Airbag Sys-
tem under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
208. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes
on and stays on to tell you when the front Ad-
vanced Airbag System on the passenger side has
been turned off c::> page 160 .
-
&_ WARNING
To reduce the risk of injur y when an a irbag in-
flates, always wear safety belts prope rly.
- If you are unrestra ined, leaning forward, sit-
ting sideways or out of posit ion in any way,
your risk of injury is m uch higher.
- You will a lso receive se rious injur ies an d
could even be killed if you a re up aga inst t he
airbag or too close to it when it inflates -
even with a n Advan ced Airba g <=:> page 14 8.

How the Advanced Airbag System

components work together

The fron t Advanced Airbag Syst em and t he side

airbags supplement the pro t ect ion offered by the
front three-point safety be lts with pretensioners
M
N and load limiters and the adjustable head re-
0
> straints* to he lp red uce the risk of injury in a
co
,...., wide range of accident and cras h situations. Be
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

157
A irb a g syst em
More important things to know about front
airbags
Fig. 130 Inflated front a irbags
Safety belts are important to help keep front seat
occupants in the proper seated position so that
airbags can unfold properly and provide supple-
mental protection in a frontal collision.
The front airbags are designed to provide addi-
tional protection for the chest and face of the
d river and the front seat passenger when:
- safety belts are worn properly,
- the seats have been posit ioned so that the oc-
cupant is properly seated as far as poss ible
from the a irbag,
- and for adjustable head restraints: the head re-
straints have been properly adjusted .
Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye with
great force, things you have on your lap or have
placed on the seat could become dangerous pro-
jectiles, and be pushed into you if the airbag in-
flates.
When an airbag deploys, fine dust is released.
This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the
veh icle. This dust is made up mostly of a powder
used to lubricate the airbags as they deploy . It
could irritate skin.
It is important to remember that while the sup-
plemental a irbag system is designed to reduce
the likelihood of serious injuries, other injuries,
for example swell ing, bruising and minor abra-
sions, can also happen when a irbags inflate. Air-
bags do not protect the arms or the lower parts
of the body. Front airbags supplement the three-
point safety belts only in some frontal collisions
158
in which the vehicle dece le ration is high enough
to deploy the airbags.
Front airbags will not depl oy:
- if the ignition is sw itched off when a crash oc-
curs ,
- in side collisions,
- in rear-end collisions,
- in rollovers,
- when the crash deceleration measured by the
airbag system is less than the minimum thresh-
old needed for airbag deployment as registered
by the electronic control unit.
The front passenger airbag also will not
deploy:
- when the front passenger seat is not occupied,
- when the e lectrical capacitance measured by
the capacit ive passenger detection system for
the front passenger seat indicates that the pas -
senger side frontal airbag must be switched off
by the electronic control unit (the PASSENGER
AI R BAG OFF light ¢ page 160 and how they
work comes on and stays on).
.&, WARNING
Sitt ing in the wrong position can increase the
risk of serious injury in cras hes.
- To reduce the risk of injury when the airbags
inflate, t he driver and passenge rs must al-
ways sit in an upright position, must not
lean aga inst or place any part of thei r body
too close to the area where the airbags are
located.
- Occupants who are unbelted, out of position
or too close to the airbag can be seriously
injured by an airbag as it unfolds with great
force in the blink of an eye ~ page 149 .
A WARNING
A child in a rearward-facing ch ild seat insta l-
led on t he front passenger seat will be ser i-
ously injured and can be killed if the front a ir-
bag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag
Syst em.
- The infla t ing air bag will hit the ch ild seat o r
infant carrier wit h grea t fo rce and will

smash the child seat and child against the
backrest, center armrest, door or roof.
- Always install rear-facing child seats on the
rear seat.
- If you must install a rearward facing child
seat on the front passenger seat because of
exceptional circumstances and the PASSEN-
GERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on
and stay on, immediately install the rear-
facing child seat in a rear seating position
and have the airbag system inspected by
your Audi dealer.
A WARNING
Objects between you and the airbag will in-
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer-
ing with the way the airbag unfolds or by be-
ing pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
- Never hold things in your hands or on your
lap when the vehicle is in use.
- Never transport items on or in the area of
the front passenger seat. Objects could
move into the area of the front airbags dur-
ing braking or other sudden maneuvers and
become dangerous projectiles that can
cause serious personal injury if the airbags
inflate.
- Never place or attach accessories or other
objects (such as cup holders, telephone
brackets, large, heavy or bulky objects) on
the doors, over or near the area marked
"AIRBAG"on the steering wheel, instru-
ment panel, seat backrests or between
those areas and yourself. These objects
could cause injury in a crash, especially
when the airbags inflate.
- Never recline the front passenger's seat to
transport objects. Items can also move into
the area of the side airbag or the front air-
bag during braking or in a sudden maneu-
ver. Objects near the airbags can become
projectiles and cause injury, particularly
when the seat is reclined.
- Never place or transport objects on the
M
N
0
front passenger seat. Objects on the front
>
co passenger seat could cause the capacitive
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
sensor in the seat to signal to airbag system
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Airbag system
that the seat is occupied by a person when it
in fact is not, or that the person on the seat
is heavier than he or she actually is. The
change in electric capacitance because of
such objects can cause the passenger front
airbag to be turned on when it should be off,
or can cause the airbag to work in a way that
is different from the way it would have
worked without objects on the seat.
-Always make sure that there is nothing on
the front passenger seat that will cause the
capacitive passenger detection system in
the seat to signal to the Airbag System that
the seat is occupied by a person when it is
not, or to signal that it is occupied by some-
one who is heavier than the person actually
sitting on the seat. The presence of an ob-
ject could cause the passenger front airbag
to be turned on when it should be off, or
could cause the airbag to work in a way that
is different from the way it would have
worked without the object on the seat.
_LD.
WARNING
The fine dust created when airbags deploy can
cause breathing problems for people with a
history of asthma or other breathing condi-
tions.
- To reduce the risk of breathing problems,
those with asthma or other respiratory con-
ditions should get fresh air right away by
getting out of the vehicle or opening win-
dows or doors.
- If you are in a collision in which airbags de-
ploy, wash your hands and face with mild
soap and water before eating .
- Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes,
or into any cuts or scratches.
- If the residue should get into your eyes,
flush them with water.
159
A irb a g syst em
Monitoring the
Advanced Airbag System
:AAirbag monitoring indicator light
Two separate indicators monitor the function of
the Advanced Airbag System: the airbag moni-
toring indicator light and the PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF light.
The Advanced Airbag System as we ll as the side
airbags and side curtain airbags with ejection
mitigation features (including the electronic con-
trol unit, sensors and system wiring) are all
monitored continuously to make sure that they
are functioning properly whenever the ignition is
on . Every time you turn on the ignition, the a ir-
bag system indicator light fl will come on for a
few seconds (function check) .
T he system mu st be inspe cted when t he
II:
indicato r li g ht
- does not come on when the ignition is switched
on,
- does not go out a few seconds after you have
switched on the ignition, or
- comes on while driving.
If an airbag system ma lf unction is detected, the
indicator light will first start flashing to catch the
driver's attention and then stay on continuously
to serve as a constant reminder to have the sys-
tem inspected immed iately .
If a malfunction occurs that turns the front a ir-
bag on the passenger side off, the PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on
whenever the ignition is on.
.,&.WARNING
An airbag system that is not funct ion ing prop-
erly cannot provide supplemental protect ion
in a frontal crash.
page 20
- If the airbag indicato r light c::>
comes when the vehicle is be ing used, have
the system inspected immediate ly by yo ur
authorized Aud i dealer . It is possible t hat
the a irbag will inflate when it is not sup-
posed to, or will not inf late when it should.
160
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF l ight
Fig. 131 Center console: passe nger airbag off warning
light
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light is located in
the center of the instrument panel r:!;>fig. 131.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on
and stay on to te ll you when the front Advanced
Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off
by the electronic control unit. If the bulb fo r the
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light burns out, the
airbag indicator light rl
will come on to s ignal a
malfunction in the Advanced Airbag System. Al-
though the burned-out bulb will not change the
way the front passenger's frontal airbag works, it
will no longer be possible to use the PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF light to make sure that the a irbag
on/off status is correct fo r the occupant on the
front passenger seat . Have the a irbag system in-
spected immed iately by your aut horized Aud i
dealer.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will blink
for about 5 second s when :
- the ignition is sw itched on and
- the capacitive passenger detection system,
which switches the front seat passenger's fron -
tal Advanced Airbag on and off, detects a
change in the status of the front passenger
seat.
As soon as the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
stops blinking, always make sure that the a irbag
status (on or off) as shown by the PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF light is proper for the age, size and
electrical capacitance of the person occupying
the front passenger seat . Always make sure that
the safety be lt for the front passenger seat is
proper ly fastened . .,..

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will show
the status of the front seat passenger's frontal
Advanced Airbag a few seconds after the igni·
tion is switched on and the airbag indicator
light goes off. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
light:
- will stay on if the front passenger seat is not
occupied;
- will stay on if the electrical capacitance meas-
ured by the capacitive passenger detection sys-
tem for the front passenger seat equals the
combined capacitance of an infant up to about
one year of age and one of the rearward -fac ing
or forward-facing child restraints listed in Fed-
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 wit h
wh ich the Advanced Airbag System in your veh i-
cle was certified; For a listing of the child re-
stra ints that were used to certify your vehicle's
compliance with the U.S. Safety Standard
¢ page 174 .
- will go out if the front passenger seat is occu-
pied by an adult as registered by the capacitive
passenger detection system .
- The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light must come
on and stay on if the ignition is on and ...
- a car bed has been installed on the front pas-
senger seat, or
- a rearward-facing child restraint has been in-
stalled on the front passenger seat, or
- a forward-facing child restraint has been insta l-
led on the front passenger seat,
- and if the electr ical capacitance regis t ered on
the front passenger seat is equa l to or less t han
the combined capacitance of a typical 1 year -
old infant and one of the rearward -facing or
forward-facing child restraints listed in Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which
the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was
certified .
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
front airbag will not deploy, and the PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF light will stay on. Never install a
rearward -facing child restraint on the front pas ·
M
N
senger seat , the safest place for a child in any
0
> kind of child restra int is at one of the seating po-
co
,...., sitions on the rear seat ¢ page 149, Child re-
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Airbag system
straints on the front seat - some important
things to know and ¢ page 172, Child safety.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes
on ...
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on
when one of the conditions listed above is met,
be sure to check the light reg ularly to make cer-
ta in that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
stays on continuously whenever the ignition is
on. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
not appea r on and does not stay on all the time,
stop as soon as it is safe to do so and
- reactivate the system by turning the ign ition off
for more than 4 seconds and then turning it on
aga in;
- remove and reinstall the child restraint. Make
sure that the child restraint is properly installed
and that the safety belt for the front passenger
seat has been correctly routed through the
child restraint as described in t he child restraint
manufacturer's inst ruct ions;
- make sure t hat the convertible locking retractor
on the s,;1fetybelt for the front passenger seat
has been activated and that t he safety belt has
been pulled tight.
- make sure that no ele ct rical device (such as a
laptop, CD player, electronic games device,
power inverter or seat heater fo r child seats) is
placed or used on the front passenger seat if
the device is connected to the 12-volt socket or
the cigarette lighter socket;
- make sure that no seat heater has been retrofit -
ted or otherwise added to the front passenger
seat;
- make sure that nothing can interfere with the
safety belt buckles and that they are not ob-
structed;
- make sure that there are no wet objects (such
as a wet towel) and no water or other liquids on
the front passenger seat cush ion.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light still does
not come on ...
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light still does
not come on and does not stay on continuously
(when the ignition is switched on), 111-
161
Airb a g syste m
- take the child restraint off the front passenger
seat and install it properly at one of the rear
seat positions. Have the airbag system inspect-
ed by your Audi dealer immediately .
- move the child to a rear seat position and make
sure that the child is properly restrained in a
child restra int that is appropriate for its size
and age .
The PASSENGER AIR BAG light should NOT
come on ...
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light should NOT
come on when the ignition is on and an adult is
sitting in a proper seating position on the front
passenger seat . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
light comes on and stays on or flashes fo r about
5 seconds while driving, under these circumstan-
ces, make sure that:
- the adult on the front passenger seat is proper-
ly seated on the center of the seat cushion with
his or her back up aga inst the backrest and the
backrest is not reclined,
- the adult is not taking weight off the seat by
holding on to the passenger assist handle
above the front passenger door or suppo rting
their weight on the armrest,
- the safety belt is bei ng properly wor n and that
there is not a lot of slack in the safety be lt web -
bing,
- the re are no aftermarket seat covers or cush-
ions or other things (such as blankets) on the
front passenger seat that might cause the ca-
pacitive passenger detection system to miscal-
culate electrical capacitance.
Important safety instructions on
monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
.&_WARNING
- If the status of the Adva need Airbag System
has changed while the vehicle is moving, the
PASSENGER AI R BAG OFF light blinks for
about 5 seconds to catch the driver's atten-
t ion. If this happens, always stop as soon as
it is safe to do so and check the steps descri -
bed above .
162
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
not go off when an adult who is not very
small is sitting on the front passenger seat
after tak ing the steps described above,
make sure the adult is properly seated and
restrained at one of the rear seating posi-
tions. Have the airbag system inspected by
your author ized Audi dealer befo re trans-
port ing anyone on the front passenger seat.
.&_WARNING
An airbag system that is not functioning prop-
-
erly cannot provide supplemental protection
in a frontal crash .
- If the airbag indicator light ~ page 20
comes when the vehicle is being used, have
the system inspected immediately by your
authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
posed to, or will not inflate when it should .
.&_WARNING
If the front airbag inflates, a child without a
child restraint, or in a rearward -facing child
safety seat, or in a forward-fac ing child re-
straint that has not been proper ly installed
will be ser iously injured and can be killed.
- Even though your vehicle is equipped with
an Advanced Airbag System, make certain
that all children, especially 12 years and
younger, always ride on the back seat prop-
erly restrained for their age and size.
- Always install forward or rear-facing child
seats on the rear seat - even with an Ad-
vanced Airbag System.
- If you must install a rearwa rd-facing child
seat on the front passenger seat because of
exceptiona l circumstances and the PASSEN·
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not appear and
stay on, immediately install the rear-facing
child seat in a rear seating position and have
the airbag system inspected by your Audi
dealer .
- If, in exceptional circumstances, you must
install a forward-facing child restraint on
the front passenger seat, always move the

seat into its rearmost position in the seat's
fore and aft adjustment range, as far away
from the airbag as possible . The backrest
must be adjusted to an upright position .
Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFFlight comes on and stays on all the time
whenever the ignition is switched on.
A WARNING
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does
not go out when an adult is sitting on the
front passenger seat after taking the steps
described above, make sure the adult is
properly seated and restrained at one of the
rear seating positions.
- Have the airbag system inspected by your
Audi dealer before transporting anyone on
the front passenger seat.
(D Tips
If the capacitive passenger detection system
determines that the front passenger seat is
empty, the frontal airbag on the passenger
side will be turned off, and the PASSENGER
AIR BAGOFFlight will stay on .
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags
Parts of the airbag system are installed at many
different places on your Audi . Installing, remov-
ing , servicing or repairing a part in an area of the
vehicle can damage a part of an airbag system
and prevent that system from working properly
in a collision.
There are some important things you have to
know to make sure that the effectiveness of the
system will not be impaired and that discarded
components do not cause injury or pollute the
environment.
A WARNING
-
Improper care, servicing and repair proce-
dures can increase the risk of personal injury
M and death by preventing an airbag from de-
N model version. Replacement of complete
0
> ploying when needed or deploying an airbag
co
,...., unexpectedly:
..,.,
\!)
..,.,
..,.,
,....,
Airbag system
- Never cover, obstruct, or change the steer-
ing wheel horn pad or airbag cover or the in-
strument panel or modify them in any way.
- Never attach any objects such as cup holders
or telephone mountings to the surfaces cov-
ering the airbag units.
- For cleaning the horn pad or instrument
panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or one mois-
tened with plain water . Solvents or cleaners
could damage the airbag cover or change
the stiffness or strength of the material so
that the airbag cannot deploy and protect
properly.
- Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of
the airbag system.
-All work on the steering wheel, instrument
panel, front seats or electrical system (in-
cluding the installation of audio equipment,
cellular telephones and CB radios, etc.)
must be performed by a qualified technician
who has the training and special equipment
necessary.
- For any work on the airbag system, we
strongly recommend that you see your au-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
- Never modify the front bumper or parts of
the vehicle body.
- Always make sure that the side airbag can
inflate without interference:
- Never install seat covers or replacement
upholstery over the front seatbacks that
have not been specifically approved by
Audi .
- Never use additional seat cushions that
cover the areas where the side airbags in-
flate.
- Damage to the original seat covers or to
the seam in the area of the side airbag
module must always be repaired immedi-
ately by an authorized Audi dealer.
- The airbag system can deploy only once. Af-
ter an airbag has been deployed, it must be
replaced with new replacement parts de-
signed and approved especially for your Audi
airbag systems or airbag components must
be performed by qualified workshops only.
Make sure that any airbag service action is
163
A irb a g syst em
entered in your Audi Warranty & Mainte-
nance booklet under AIRBAG REPLACEMENT
RECORD.
- For safety reasons in severe accidents, the
alternator and starter are separated from
the vehicle battery with a pyrotechnic circuit
interrupter .
- Work on the pyrotechnic circuit inter rupt-
er must only be performed by a qualified
technicians who have the experience, in-
formation and special tools necessary to
perform the work safely.
- If the veh icle or the circuit interrupter is
scrapped, a ll applicable safety precautions
must be followed.
@ For the sake of the environment
Undep loyed airbag modu les and pretension -
ers might be classified as Perchlorate Materia l
- specia l hand ling may apply, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo-
rate. When the veh icle or parts of the re-
straint system including a irbag modules and
safety belts with prete ns ioners are scrapped ,
all applicable laws and regulat ions must be
observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is fa-
miliar with the s e requirements a nd we recom-
mend that you have your dealer perform this
service for yo u.
Other things that can affect Advanced
Airbag performance
Changing the vehicle's suspension system ca n
change the way that the Advanced Airbag System
performs in a crash. For example, using t ire- rim
combinat ions not approved by Audi, lower ing the
ve hicle, chang ing the stiffness of t he suspension,
includ ing the spr ings, suspension str uts, shoc k
absorbers etc. can change the forces that are
measured by the a irbag sensors and sent to the
e lectronic control unit. Some suspension changes
can, for example, increase the force levels meas -
ured by the sensors and make the a irbag system
deploy in crashes in which it wou ld not deploy if
the changes had not been made. Other kinds of
changes may reduce the force levels measured by
164
the sensors and p revent the airbag from dep loy-
ing when it shou ld .
A WARNING
Changing the vehicle's suspension including
use of unapproved tire-rim combinations can
change Advanced Airbag performance and in-
crease the risk of serious personal injury in a
crash.
- Never install suspension components that
do not have the same performance charac-
ter istics as the components origina lly instal-
led on you r vehicle.
- Never use tire-rim combinations that have
not been approved by Audi.
Knee airbags
Description of knee airbag s
Applies to vehicles: with knee airbags
The knee airbag system can provide supplemen-
tal protection to properly restrained front seat
occupants .
Fig. 132 Driver's knee air bag
The driver knee airbag is in the instrument panel
underneath the steer ing wheel ~ fig. 132 , the
airbag fo r the passenger is at abou t the same
height in the instr ument panel underneath the
glove comp a rtment.
The knee airbag offers additional protection to
the d river's and passenge r's knees and uppe r and
lower thigh areas and supplements the protec-
tion provided by t he safety belts.
If the front a irbags deploy, the knee a irbags also
deploy in fronta l collisions when the dep loyment
th reshold stored in the con t rol un it is met II>-
 Ai r b ag sy stem

¢ page 158, More impor t ant things to know - in side collisions

about front airbags . - in rear-end collisions
- in rollove rs
In addition to their normal safety function, safe-
ty belts help keep the driver or front passenger in - in the event of a system malfunction (war ning/
position in a fronta l collision so that the airbags ind icator light is on) ¢ page 20 .
can provide supp lemental protection.
,&. WARNING
The airbag system is not a s ubst itute for your
- Safety belts and the airbag system can only
safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occu-
p rovide protection when occupan t s are in
pant restraint system in your vehicle . Always re-
the proper seating position ~ page 158 .
member that the airbag system can only help to
- If t he airbag ind icator light 9 page 20
protect you if you are wearing your safety belt
comes when the veh icle is being used, have
and wearing it properly. This is why you should al-
the system inspected immediately by your
ways wear your safety belt, not just because the
authorized Audi dealer . It is possib le that
law requires you to do so ~ page 140, General
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
notes.
posed to, or will not inflate when it should.
Remember too, airbags will deploy only once and
only in certain kinds of accidents - your safety
How knee airbags work
be lts are a lways there to offer protection in those Applies to vehicles: wit h knee airbags
accidents in which airbags are not supposed to
deploy or when they have already deployed, for The risk of injury to the leg area can be reduced
examp le when your vehicle str ikes or is struck by by fully inflated knee airbags .
anothe r after the first collision .
This is just one of the reasons why an a irbag is
not a substitute for the safety belt . The airbag
syst em works most effective ly when used with
the safety belts. Therefore, always wear your
safety bel t s correctly .

It is important to remember that whi le the sup-

plemental knee a irbag system is designed to re-
d uce the likelihood of serious inj uries , ot her inju-
Fig. 1 33 Inflated airbags protect ing in a fronta l co llision
ries, for examp le, swe lling, bruising and m inor
abrasions and friction burns can a lso occur when
The knee airbag system has been designed so
an airbag inf lates.
that the airbags for the driver and front passen-
The knee airbag system basically consists of: ger dep loy in certai n but not all fronta l co llisions.

- The elec t ronic control mod ule If the front airbags dep loy, the knee a irbags also
- Two inflatab le airbags (airbag and gas genera- deploy in frontal collisions when the deployment
tor), one for the drive r and one fo r the front threshold stored in the control un it is met .
passenge r When the system deploys, the airbags fill with a
- The airbag ind icator light in the instrument compressed propellant gas, and inflate between
pane l the lowe r part of the instr ument panel and the
driver and the lower part of the instrument pane l
...., The knee airbag system will not deploy:
N and the front passenger ¢ page 158, fig. 130.
0
> - when t he ign it ion is swit ched off
co Although they are not a soft pillow, they can
rl
I.O
- in frontal collis ions when the dece lerat ion
"' measured by the control unit is too low "cushion " the impact and in th is way they can
"'
"'
rl

165
A irb a g syst em

he lp to reduce the risk of injury to the lower ex-
trem ities.
All of this takes place in the blink of an eye, so
fast that many people don' t even realize that the
airbags have deployed. The airbags also inflate
with a great deal of force and it is important for
occupant safety that noth ing shou ld be in their
way when they deploy.
Fully inflated airbags in combination with proper-
ly worn safety belts slow down and limit the oc-
cupant's forward movement and he lp to reduce
the risk of injury.
Important safety instructions on the knee
airbag system
Applies to vehicles: with knee airbags
Airbags are only supplemen tal restraints. Always
wear safety belts correctly and ride in a proper
seating position.
There is a lot that you and your passengers must
know and do to help the safety belts and airbags
to provide supplemental protection .
ing your safety belt . The risk increases even
more should the a irbag deploy.
- Always make sure that the knee airbag can
inflate without interference . Objects be-
tween you and the airbag can increase the
risk of injury in an accide nt by interfering
with the way the airbag deploys or by being
pushed into yo u as the a irbag deploys .
- Never let anybody, especia lly children or
anima ls ride in the footwell in front of the
passenger seat. If the airbag deploys, this
can resu lt in serious or fatal injur ies .
- Never carry objects of any kind in the foot-
well area in front of the driver's or pas -
senger's seat. Bulky objects (shopping
bags, for examp le) can interfere with or
prevent proper deployment of the airbag .
Small objects can be thrown through the
vehicle if the airbag deploys and injure yo u
or your passe ngers .
- Make sure the re are no cracks, deep scratch-
es or othe r damage in the area of the instr u-
men t panel where the knee a irbags are lo-
cat ed .

A WARNING
- If ch ildren are incorrec t ly seated, t heir risk
of injury increases in a coll is io n
An inflating knee airbag can cause ser ious in- ¢ page 172, Child safety.
jury . Wearing safety belts incor rectly and im-
prope r seating positions increase the risk of
ser ious persona l injury and death whenever a
Side airbags
vehicle is being used. Description of side airbags
- The knee airbag system ca nnot prot ect you
properly if you are seated too close to any of The airbag system can provide supplemen t al
the airbag locat ions. When adjusting their protection to properly restrained occupants .
seat positions, it is important that both the
dr iver and the front passenger keep the ir
upper bodies and knees at the following
min imum safe distances:
- at least 10 inches (2 5 cm) between t he
chest and the st eer ing whee l/i nstr ument
panel.
- at least 4 inches (10 cm) betwee n the
knees and the lower part of t he inst ru-
ment panel. Fig. 13 4 Side airb ag locat ion in t he dri ver's seat
- The risk of persona l injury increases if you
lean forward or to t he side, or if the seat is The side airbags are located in the sides of the
improperly positioned and you are not wear- fron t seat backrests ¢ fig. 134 and the rear back-
res t faci ng the doors.

166
 Airbag sys t e m

The side airbags installed for the front seating
positions have been designed and certified to
he lp reduce the risk of inj ury that can be caused
by airbags when they inflate, part icularly when
the occupant sitt ing next to it is not seated prop-
erly . The side airbag for the front passenger seat
can be used with properly installed child re-
straints . Please be sure to read the important in-
fo rmation and wa rnings whenever using a child
restra int in a vehicle: Safety belts q page 140,
Airbag system qpage 148, Child safety
qpage 172.
The side airbag system basically consists of :
- the e lectronic control module and external side
impact sensors
- the two airbags located in the sides of the front
backrests and the two a irbags* located in the
rear backrest
- the a irbag warning light in the inst rument clus-
te r.
senger in posi t ion in the event of a side collision
so that the side airbags ca n provide protection.
The a irbag system is not a substi t ute for you r
safety belt . Rather, it is part of the overa ll occu -
pant restrain t system in your vehicle. Always re-
member that the side airbag system ca n only
help to protect you if you are wearing your safety
belt and wearing it properly. This is another rea-
son why you should a lways wear your safety
belts, not just because the law requires you to do
so q page 140, General notes .
It is important to remember that wh ile the sup -
plemental side airbag system is designed to re-
duce the likelihood of serious injur ies, othe r inju-
ries, fo r example, swell ing, bruising, frict ion
burns and minor abrasions can a lso be associated
with deployed side airbags. Remember too, side
airbags will deploy only once and only in cer tain
kinds of accidents - your safe ty belts are always
t here to offer protection.

The airbag system is monitored electron ically to Vehicle damage , repair costs or even the lack of
make certa in that it is functioning properly at all vehicle dam age are not necessari ly an indica t ion
times. Each time you switch on the ignition, the of over-sensitive o r failed airbag activation. In
airbag system indicator light will come on for a some collisions, bot h front and side airbags may
few seconds (self d iagnost ics) . inflate. Remember too, that ai rbags will dep loy
on ly once and on ly in certa in kinds of collisions -
The s ide airbag system supplements the safety
your safety belts are always there to offer protec-
belts and can help to reduce the risk of injury to
t ion in those accidents in which airbags are not
the dr iver's, front and rear passenger's upper to r-
supposed to deploy or when they have already
so on the side of the veh icle that is struc k in a
deployed .
side col lis ion. The airbag deploys only in s ide im-
pacts and only when the vehi cle acceleration reg- The side airbag system will not deploy:
ist ered by t he control unit is high enough . If this
- when the ignit ion is switched off
rate is below t he reference value programmed in-
- in side collisions when the acceleration meas -
to the contro l unit, the side airbags will not be
ured by the senso r is too low
tr iggered, even though the car may be badly
- in front-end collisions
damaged as a result of the collision. It is not pos-
- in rear-en d collis ions
sible to define an airbag tr igger ing range that
- in rollove rs.
will cover every poss ible angle of impact, since
the circumstances will vary considerably between In some types of accidents t he front airbags, side
one collision and another . Important factors in- curtain airbags and s ide a irbags may be tr iggered
clude, for example, the nature (ha rd or soft) of togethe r.
the impa cting object, the angle of impact, vehicle
M
speed, etc. q page 168, Important safety in- &_ WARNING
N
0
structions on the side airbag system. - Safety belts and t he airbag system will only
>
co
,...., Aside from the ir normal safety func t ion, safety provide protec t ion when occup an t s a re in
\!)
1.1'1
be lts work to help keep the dr iver or front pas - the proper seating position q page 168 .
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

167
A irb a g syst em
- If the airbag indicator light ¢ page 20
comes when the vehicle is being used, have
the system inspected immediately by your
authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that
the a irbag will inflate when it is not sup·
posed to, or will not inflate when it should.
How supplemental side airbags work
Side airbags deploy instantly and can help re·
duce the risk of upper torso injuries for occu-
pants who are properly restrained.
Fig. 135 Side impact protection: inflated side airbags
When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled
with prope llant gas and breaks thro ugh a seam in
the seat surface area marked "AIRBAG". It ex-
pands between the side trim pane l and the pas-
senger . In order to help prov ide th is additional
protection, the side airbag must inflate within a
fraction of a second at very high speed and with
great force. The supplemental side airbag cou ld
inju re you if your seating pos ition is not prope r or
upright or if item s ar e located in the area where
the supplemental side airbag expands . This ap -
plies especially to children c::>page 172, Child
safety . Supplemental side airbags inflate be -
tween the occupant and the door pane l on the
side of the vehicle that is struck in certain side
collis ion¢ fig. 135 .
Although they are not a soft pillow, they can
"cushion" the impact and in this way they can
help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper part
of the body.
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys.
This is normal and does not mean there is a f ire
in the vehicle.
168
Important safety instructions on the side
airbag system
Airbags are only supplemental restraints . Always
properly wear safety bel ts and ride in a proper
seating position .
There is a lot that you and your passengers must
know and act accordingly to help the safety bel t s
and airbags do their job to provide supp lemental
protection.
_& WARNING -
An inflating side airbag can cause serious or
fata l injury. Improperly wear ing safety be lts
and improper seating positions increase the
risk of serious personal injury and death
whenever a vehicle is being used.
- In order to reduce the risk of injury when
the supplemental side airbag inflates:
- Always sit in an upright position and never
lean again st the area where the supple-
mental s ide airbag is located .
- Never let a child or anyone else res t the ir
head against the side tr im panel in the
area where the supplemen t al side airbag
inflates .
- Always make sure t ha t safety be lt s are
worn correctly,
- Do no t let anyone s itting in t he fron t seat
put t heir hand or any other parts of their
body out of the window.
- Always ma ke sure that the s ide airb ag can
inflate without interference.
- Never install seat covers or rep lacement
upholstery over the front seatbacks that
have not been specifically approved by
Audi.
- Never use additional seat cushions that
cover the areas where the side a irbags de-
ploy.
- Damage to the orig inal seat cove rs or to
the seam in the area of the side airbag
module mu st a lways be repaired immedi-
ate ly by an autho rized Audi dealer .
- Objects between you and the a irbag can in-
crease t he risk of injury in an acciden t by in-
terfer ing wit h the way the airbag unfolds or .,._
 Ai r b ag sy stem

by being pushed into you as t he airbag in- - Never drive when lo udspeakers in the
flates. doors have been removed unless the
- Never place or attach accessories or other speaker holes have been properly closed.
objects (such as cup holders, te lephone - Always make certain that openings are
bracket s, or even large, bulky objects) on covered or filled if additiona l speakers or
the doors, over or near t he area marked other equipment is installed in the inside
"AIRBAG" on the seat backrests . door panels.
- Such objects and accessories can become - Always have work on the doors done by an
dangerous projecti les and cause injury authorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
when the supplementa l side airbag de- shop.
ploys .
- Never carry any objects or pets in the de- Side curtain airbags
ployment space between them and the
airbags or allow chi ldren or other passen- Description of side curtain airbags
gers to travel in this position. The side curtain airbag system can provide sup-
- Always use the built-in coat hooks only for plemental protec tion to properly restrained oc-
lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy cupants.
or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that
may interfere with side airbag deployment
and can cause personal injury in an accident .
- Always prevent the side airbags from being
damaged by heavy objects knocking against
or hitt ing the sides of the seatbacks.
- The airbag system can only be triggered
once. If the airbag has been triggered, the
system must be replaced by an authorized
Audi dealership.
- Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.) to the Fig. 1 36 Side curtain airbags, driver's side: side curtain air-

origi nal seat covers or to the seam in the bag location

area of the side airbag module must always

The side curtain airbags are located on both sides
be repaired immedia t ely by an authorized
of the inter ior above the front and rear side w in-
Audi dealer.
dows c>fig. 136. They are identified by the word
- If children are seated improperly, t heir risk
"AIRBAG" on the w indshield frame and the cen-
of injury increases in t he case of an accident
te r roof pill ar.
c>page 172, Child safety.
- Never attempt to modify any compo nents of The side curtain airbags conta in features that
the airbag syst em in any way. provide ejection mitigation to help prevent vehi-
- I n a side collision, side airbags will not func - cle occupants or parts of their bodies from being
t ion properly if sensors cannot correctly completely or partially ejected from the vehicle
measure increasing air pressure inside the interior in certa in side impacts and vehicle roll-
doors when air escapes through larger, un- overs.
closed openings in the door panel. The side curtain airbag system supplements the
- Never drive w ith inter ior door trim panels safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of in-
...., removed. jury for occupants' heads and uppe r torso on the
N
0
- Never drive when parts have been re- side of the vehicle t hat is str uck in a side coll i-
>
co moved from the ins ide door panel and the
rl
sion. The side curtain airbag inflates in side im-
I.O open ings they leave have not been proper- pacts and only when t he vehicle acceleration Ill--
"'
"'
"'
rl
ly closed.

169
A irb a g syst em

registered by the cont rol unit is high enough. If
this rate is below the reference value program-
med into the control unit, the side curtain airbag
will not be triggered, even though the car may be
badly damaged as a result of the collision . It is
not possib le to define an airbag triggering range
that will cover every possible angle of impact ,
since the circumstances will vary considerab ly be-
tween one col lis ion and another. Important fac-
tors include , for example , the nature (hard or
soft) of the impacting object, the angle of im-
pact , vehicle speed, etc. 9 page 170, How side
curtain airbags work.
Aside from the ir normal safety function , safety
be lts work to help keep the driver or front pas-
senger in position in the event of a collision so
that the side curtain airbags can provide protec-
tion .
The airbag system is not a substitute for your
safety belt . Rather, it is part of the overall occ u-
pant restraint system in your vehicle . Always re-
member that the airbag system can only he lp to
protect you if you are wearing your safety belt
and wearing it properly . This is another reason
why you should a lways wear your safety belts,
not just because t he law requires you to do so
9 page 140, General notes.
It is important t o remember that while the side
curta in a irbag system is designed to help reduce
the likelihood of serious injur ies, other injur ies,
for example, swe lling, bruising, fr iction burns
and minor abras ions can also be associated w it h
these airbags upon deployment . Remember too,
these airbags will deploy only once and only in
certain kinds of accidents - your safety belts are
always there to offer protection .
The airbag system is monitored electronically to
make certain it is functioning properly at all
times . Each time you sw itch on the ign ition, the
airbag system ind icator light will come on for a
few seconds (self diagnostics).
The side curtain airbag is not activat ed:
- if the ign ition is switched off,
- in side collisions whe n the accelera t ion meas-
ured by the sensor is too low,
- in rear-end col lisions .
.&_WARNING
- Safety belts and the airbag system will only
provide protection when occupants are in
the proper seating position 9 page 54,
Front seats.
- If the airbag indicator light ~ page 20
comes when the vehicle is being used, have
the system inspected immediately by your
author ized Audi dealer. It is possible that
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
posed to, or will not infla te when it should.
How side curtain airbags work
Side curtain airbags can work together with side
airbags to help reduce the risk of head and upper
torso injuries for occupants who ore properly re-
strained .

The side curtai n airbag system basically

consists of:
- The electronic control modu le and externa l side
impact sensors
- The side curtain airbags above the fro nt and
rear side windows with ejection mit igation fea-
tures
- The airbag indicator light in the instrument
panel
Fig. 137 Illust rat ion of principle: Inflated side curtain air-
bags on the left side
The side curtai n airbags infla t e be tween the oc-
cupant and the w indows on the side of the veh i-
cle that is st ruck in a side collision ~ fig. 137 .
When the system is tr iggered, the side curta in
airbag is filled with prope llant gas and breaks

170
 Airbag system

through a seam above the front and rear side - Only use factory-installed sun shades or, if
windows identified by the AIRBAG label. In order shades installed after the vehicle leaves the
to help provide this additional protection, the factory, use only genuine Audi sun shades.
side curtain airbag must inflate within the blink - Never swing the sun visors over to the side
of an eye at very high speed and wit h great force. windows if things such as pens, garage door
The side curtain airbag could injure you if your openers, hands-free speakers, etc. are at-
seating position is not proper or upright or if tached to the sun visors . They could come
items are located in the area where the supple- loose and cause serious injury if the side cur-
mental side curtain airbag inflates . This applies tain airbag inflates.
especially to children q page 172 . - A deploying airbag inflates in a fraction of a
Although they are not a soft pillow, side curtain second and with great force .
airbags can "cushion " the impact and in this way - Never attach objects to the cover or in the
they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the deployment zone of a side curtain airbag .
head and the upper part of the body. - The airbag deployment zones must be kept
clear at all times . Make sure there are no ob-
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys.
jects, pets, or other persons in the space be-
This is quite normal and does not mean there is a
tween any vehicle occupant and any airbag
fire in the vehicle .
at any time.
- Do not attach any accessories to the doors .
Important safety instructions on the side
curtain airbag system
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Always
properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper
-
,&. WARNING
- The airbag system can deploy only once. If
the airbag has been triggered, the system
seating position. must be replaced by an authorized Audi
dealer or qualified workshop.
There is a lot that you and your passengers must
- Always have work involving the side curtain
know and do to help the safety belts and airbags
airbag system, removal and installation of
do their job to provide supplemental protection.
the airbag components, or other repairs per-
,&. WARNING formed by a qualified dealership. Otherwise
the airbag system may not work correctly.
Improperly wearing safety belts and improper
- Never attempt to modify any components of
seating positions increase the risk of serious
the airbag system in any way.
personal injury and death whenever a vehicle
is being used.
- Never let occupants place any parts of their
bodies in the area from which the side cur-
tain airbag inflate.
-Always make sure that the side curtain air-
bags can inflate without interference.
- Use the built-in coat hooks only for light-
weight clothing . Never leave any heavy or
sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may
interfere with airbag deployment and can
cause personal injury in a collision.
M
N - Never use hangers to hang clothes on the
0
>
co
hooks.
,....,
..,.,
\!)

..,.,
..,.,
,....,

171
Ch ild safety
Child safety
Important information
Introduction
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a
collision.
The physical principles of what happens when
your vehicle is in a crash apply also to children
¢page 141, What happens to occupants not
wearing safety belts? . But unlike adults and
teenagers, the ir muscles and bones are not fully
developed. In many respects children are at
greater risk of serious injury in crashes than
adults.
Because children's bodies are not fully developed,
they requ ire restra int systems especially de-
signed for their size, weight, and body structure.
Many countr ies and all states of the United
States and provinces of Canada have laws requir -
ing the use of approved child restraint systems
for infants and small children.
I n a fronta l crash at a speed of 20-35 mph
(30 -56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13-pound
(6 kg) infant wi ll be more than 20 times the
weight of the child. This means the weight of the
child would suddenly be more than 260 pounds
(120 kg). Under these conditions, only an appro-
priate child restra int properly used can reduce
the risk of serious injury . Child restraints, like
adult safety belts, must be used properly to be
effective. Used improperly, they can increase the
risk of serious injury in an accident.
Consult the child safety seat manufacturer's in-
structions in order to be sure the seat is right for
your child's size ¢ page 175, Important safety
instructions for using child safety seats . Please
be sure to read and heed all of the important in-
formation and WARNINGS about child safety, Ad-
vanced Airbags, and the installation of child re-
straints in this chapter.
There is a lot you need to know about the Ad-
vanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they work
when infants and children in child restraints are
on the front passenger seat. Because of the large
amount of important information, we cannot re-
172
peat it all here. We urge you to read the detailed
information in this owner's manua l about airbags
and the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle
and the very important information about trans-
porting children on the front passenger seat.
Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are
extremely important for your safety and the safe-
ty of your passengers, especially infants and
small chi ldren.
.&_WARNING
- Accident statistics have shown that children
are generally safer in the rear seat area than
in the front seating position. Always restrain
any child age 12 and under in the rear.
- All vehicle occupants and especially children
must be restrained properly whenever riding
in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly
restrained child could be injured by striking
the inter ior or by being ejected from the ve-
hicle dur ing a sudden maneuver or impact .
An unrestra ined or improperly restrained
child is also at greater risk of injury or death
through contact with an inflating airbag.
- A suitable child restraint properly installed
and used at one of the rear seating posit ions
provides the highest degree of prot ect ion
for infants and small children in most acci-
dent sit uations.
.&_WARNING
Children on the front seat of any car even with
Advanced Airbags can be seriously injured or
even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in
a rearward-facing child safety seat installed
on the front passenger seat will be serious ly
injured and can be killed if the front airbag in-
flates.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
seat or infant carr ier with great force and
w ill smash the child safety seat and child
against the backrest, center armrest, or
door.
- Always install rear-fac ing child safety seats
on the rear seat.
- If you must install a rearward fac ing child
safety seat on the front passenger seat in
 Child safety

exceptional circumstances and the - Never place objects on the seat (such as a
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not laptop, CD player, electronic games device,
come on and stay on, immediately install power inverter or seat heater for child
the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seats) . These may influence the electrical
seating position and have the airbag system capacitance measured by the capacitive
inspected immediately by your Audi dealer . passenger detection system and can also
fly around in an accident and cause serious
A WARNING personal injury.
- Forward-facing child seats installed on the - Never place or use any electrical device
front passenger seat may interfere with the (such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
deployment of the airbag and cause serious games device, power inverter or seat heat-
personal injury to the child. er for child seats) on the front passenger
- If exceptional circumstances require the use seat if the device is connected to the 12-
of a forward-facing child restraint on the volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
front passenger's seat, the child's safety - If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
and well-being require the following special otherwise added to the front passenger
precautions to be taken: seat, never install any child restraint sys-
tem on this seat.
-Always make sure that the forward-facing
seat has been designed and certified by its - Make sure that there are no wet objects
(such as a wet towel) and no water or oth-
manufacturer for use on a front passenger
er liquids on the front passenger seat
seat with a front and side airbag.
cushion.
-Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
instructions provided with the child seat - Always make sure that the PASSENGER
AIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays on
or infant carrier.
all the time whenever the ignition is
- Never install a child restraint without a
switched on.
properly attached top tether strap if the
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light
child restraint manufacturer's instructions
require the top tether strap to be used. does not come on and stay on, immediate-
ly install the forward-facing child seat in a
- Never put the forward-facing child re-
rear seating position and have the airbag
straint up against or very near the instru-
system inspected by your authorized Audi
ment panel.
dealer.
- Always set the safety belt upper anchor-
- Always buckle the child seat firmly in
age to the adjustment position that per-
place even if a child is not sitting in it. A
mits proper installation in accordance with
loose child seat can fly around during a
the child restraint manufacturer's instruc-
sudden stop or in a collision.
tions.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS
- Always move the passenger seat into its
whenever using a child restraint in a vehi-
rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft
cle ¢ page 140, Safety belts, ¢ page 148,
adjustment range, as far away from the
Airbag system and ¢ page 172, Impor-
airbag as possible before installing the
tant information.
child restraint . The backrest must be ad -
justed to an upright position .
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
(D Tips
the front passenger's seat from being Always replace child restraints that were in-
M
N
0 moved to the rearmost position in its fore stalled in a vehicle during a crash. Damage to
>
co a child restraint that is not visible could cause
,...., and aft adjustment range.
\!)
1.1'1
it to fail in another collision situation.
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

173
Child safety
Advanced front airbag system and children
Your vehicle is equipped with a front "Advanced
Airbag System" in compliance with United States
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)
208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was
manufactured.
The Advanced Airbag system in your vehicle has
been certified to meet the "low-risk" require-
ments for 3- and 6-year old children on the pas-
senger side and small adults on the driver side.
The low risk deployment criteria are intended to
reduce the risk of injury through interaction with
the airbag that can occur, for example, by being
too close to the steering wheel and instrument
panel when the airbag inflates . In addition, the
system has been certified to comply with the
"suppression " requirements of the Safety Stand-
ard, to turn off the front airbag for infants up to
12 months who are restrained on the front pas-
senger seat in child restraints that are listed in
the Standard.
Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Ad-
vanced Airbag system, all children, especially
those 12 years and younger, should always ride in
the back seat properly restrained for their age
and size. The airbag on the passenger side makes
the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a
child to ride. The front seat is not t he safest place
for a child in a forward-facing child safety seat . It
can be a very dangerous place for an infant or a
larger child in a rearward-facing seat .
The vehicle's Advanced Airbag System has a ca-
pacitive passenger detection system in the front
passenger seat cushion that can detect the pres-
ence of a baby or a child in a child restraint sys-
tem on this seat .
The capacitive passenger detection system regis -
ters the changes that result in an electrical field
when a child, a child restraint, and a baby blanket
are on the front passenger seat. The change in
the measured capacitance due to the presence of
a child, a child restraint, and a baby blanket on
the front passenger seat is related to the child re-
straint system resting on the seat. The measured
capacitance of a child restraint system varies de-
174
pending on the type of system and specific make
and model.
The electrical capacitance of the various types,
makes, and models of child restraints specified
by the U.S.National Highway Traffic Safety Ad-
ministration (NHTSA) in the relevant safety
standard are stored in the Advanced Airbag Sys-
tem control unit together with the capacitances
typical of infants and a 1-year old child. When a
child restraint is used on the front passenger seat
with a typical 1 year-old infant, the Advanced Air-
bag System compares the capacitance measured
by the capacitive passenger detection system
with the data stored in the electronic control
unit.
Child restraints and Advanced front airbag
system
Regardless of the child restraint that you use,
make sure that it has been certified to meet Unit-
ed States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
and has been certified by its manufacturer for
use with an airbag. Always be sure that the child
restraint is properly installed at one of the rear
seating positions. If in exceptional circumstances
you must use it on the front passenger seat, care-
fully read all of the information on child safety
and Advanced Airbags and heed all of the appli-
cable WARNINGS. Make certain that the child
and child restraint are correctly recognized by the
capacitive passenger detection system in the
front passenger seat, that the front passenger
airbag is turned off, and that the airbag status is
always correctly signaled by the PASSENGERAIR
BAG OFF light .
Many types and models of child restraints have
been available over the years, new models are in-
troduced regularly incorporating new and im-
proved designs and older models are taken out of
production. Child restraints are not standardized .
Child restraints of the same type typically have
different weights and sizes and different "foot-
prints", the size and shape of the bottom of the
child restraint that sits on the seat, when they
are installed on a vehicle seat . These differences
make it virtually impossible to certify compliance
with the requirements for advanced airbags with ..,.
 Child s a f ety

each and every child rest raint that has ever been Model Manufactured on or
sold in the past or will be sold over the course of after
the useful life of your vehicle.
Cosco High Back Boos- September 25, 2007
For this reason, the United States Nat ional High- ter 22-209
way Traffic Saf ety Admin istration has published a Evenflo Tribute V September 25, 200 7
list of specific type, makes and models of child 379xxxx
restra ints that must be used to certify comp li - Evenflo Medallion 254 December 1, 1999
ance of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehi-
Evenflo Generations September 25, 2007
cle with the suppression requirements of Federal
352xxxx
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These child
restra ints are: Graco ComfortSport September 25, 2007
Grace Toddler Safety September 25, 2007
Subpart A - Car bed child restraints
Seat Step 2
Model Manufactured on or Graco Plati num Cargo September 2 5, 200 7
after
Ange l Guard Ange l September 25, 2007 A WARNING
Ride AA2403FOF To reduce the risk of serio us injury, make sure
that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light
Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints
comes on and stays on whenever a child re-
Model Manufactured on or straint is installed on the front passenger seat
after and the ign it ion is switched on.
Century SmartFit 4543 December 1, 1999 - Take the chi ld restraint off the front passen-
ger seat and install it properly at one of the
Cosco Arriva September 25, 2007
rear seat positions if the PASSENG ER AIR
22-013PAW and base
BAGOFF ligh t does not stay on.
22-999WHO
- Have the airbag system inspected by your
Evenflo Discovery Ad- December 1, 1999 author ized Audi dealer immed iate ly.
just Right 2 12
Evenflo First Choice December 1, 1999 (D Tips
204
The child seats listed in categor ies A to C have
Grace Infant 8457 December 1, 1999 been statically tested by Audi only for the Ad-
Grace Snugride September 25, 2007 vanced Airbag function.
Peg Perego Primo Viag- September 25, 2007
gio SIP IMUNOOUS Important safety instructions for using
child safety seats
Subpart C - Forward-facing and convertible
child restraints Correct use of child safety seats substantially re-
duces the risk of injury in an accident!
Model Manufactured on or
after As the dr iver, you are responsib le for the safety of
Britax Roundabout September 25, 2007 everybody in t he vehicle, especially children:
E9L02xx .. Always use the right child safety seat for each
CoscoTouriva 02519 December 1, 1999 child and always use it properly ¢ page 178 .
M Cosco Summit Deluxe September 25, 2007 .. Always carefully follow the child safety seat
N
0 High Back Booster manufacturer's instruct ions on how to route
>
co
,...., 22-262 the safety belt properly through the child safe-
\!)
1.1'1 t y seat. .,,.
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

175
Ch ild s afet y
"' When using the vehicle safety be lt to insta ll a
child safety seat, you must first activate the
convertible locking retractor on the safety belt
to prevent the ch ild safety seat from moving
¢ page 182.
"' Push the child safety seat down with your full
weight to get the safety belt really tight so that
the seat cannot move forward or sideways more
than one inch (2.5 cm).
"' Secu re unused safety belts on the rear seat
¢ page 177 .
Always remember: Even thoug h your veh icle is
eq uipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all
chi ldren, espec ia lly those 12 years and younger,
should always ride in the back seat properly re-
strained for their age and size.
A WARNING
Not using a chi ld safety seat, using the wrong
child safety seat or improperly insta lling a
child restraint increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death .
- All veh icle occupants and especially children
must be restra ined properly whenever riding
in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly
restrained child could be injured by striking
the interior or by being ejected from the ve-
hicle du ring a sudden maneuver or impact.
An unrestrained or improperly restrained
child is also at greater risk of injury or death
thro ugh contact with an inflat ing airbag .
- Commercially avai lab le child safety seats
are required to comply with U.S. Fede ral Mo-
tor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 213 (in
Canada CMVSS213).
- When buying a ch ild restraint, select one
that fits your child and the vehicle.
- Only use child restra int systems that fully
contact the flat port ion of the seat cush-
ion. The ch ild restra int must not tip o r
lean to either s ide. Audi does not recom-
mend using child safety seats that res t on
legs or tube -like frames. They do not pro -
vide adequate contact with the seat.
- Always heed all legal requirements pe r-
taining to the installation and use of child
safety seats and carefully follow the in-
176
str uctions provided by the manufacturer
of the seat you are using.
- Never allow children under 57 inches
(1.45 meters) to wear a norma l safety belt.
They must always be restrained by a proper
child restraint system. Otherwise, they
could sustain injuries to the abdomen and
neck areas during sudden braking maneu-
vers or accidents.
- Never let more than one child occupy a child
safety seat.
- Never let babies or o lder children ride in a
veh icle wh ile sitting on the lap of another
passenger .
- Holding a child in your arms is never a sub-
stitute for a child restraint system.
- The strongest pe rson could not hold the
child with the forces that exist in an acci-
dent. The child will strike the interior of
the veh icle and can also be struck by the
passenger.
- The child and the passenger can also in-
jure each other in an accident .
- Neverinstall rear-facingchildsafety seats or
infant carriers on the front passenger seat.
A child will be serious ly injured and can be
killed when the passenger airbag inflates -
even with an Advanced Airbag System .
- The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild safety
seat or infant carr ier with great force and
will smash the child safety seat and child
aga inst the backrest, center armrest, door
or roof.
- Always install rear-facing ch ild safety seats
or infant car riers on the rear sea t .
- Forwa rd-facing child safety seats instal led
on the front passenger's seat can inte rfe re
wit h the airbag when it inflates and cause
serious injury t o the child. Always install fo r-
ward-facing child safety seats on the rear
seat.
- If except ional circumstances req uire the use
of a fo rward-facing child restraint on the
front passenger's seat, the child's safety
and well-be ing require that the following
special precautions be taken : ..,.
 Child safety

- Make sure the forward-facing seat has ¢ page 148, Airbag system and
been designed and certified by its manu- ¢ page 172, Child safety.
facturer for use on a front seat with a pas-
senger front and side airbag. A
- WARNING
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure
instructions provided with the child safety that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light
seat or carrier. comes on and stays on whenever a child re-
- Always move the front passenger seat into straint is installed on the front passenger seat
the rearmost position of the passenger and the ignition is switched on.
seat's fore and aft adjustment range, and - Take the child restraint off the front passen-
as far away from the airbag as possible be- ger seat and install it properly at one of the
fore installing the child restraint. rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
- Always make sure that nothing prevents BAGOFF light does not stay on.
the front passenger's seat from being - Have the airbag system inspected by your
moved to the rearmost position in its fore authorized Audi dealer immediately.
and aft adjustment range .
- Always make sure that the backrest is in
Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
the upright position.
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
games device, power inverter or seat heat-
er for child seats) on the front passenger
seat if the device is connected to the 12-
volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
otherwise added to the front passenger
seat, never install any child restraint sys-
tem on this seat. Fig. 138 Schematic overview: keep unused safety belts
- Make sure that there are no wet objects away from children in child safety seats. @ - outer rear
(such as a wet towel) and no water or oth- safety belt, @ - center rear safety belt*
er liquids on the front passenger seat
If a child safety seat is used on the rear bench,
cushion.
especially with LATCHuniversal lower anchorag-
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a
es, the unused safety belts must be secured so
laptop, CD player, electronic games device,
that the child in the child restraint cannot reach
power inverter or seat heater for child
them ¢ _&.
seats). These may influence the electrical
capacitance measured by the capacitive - Guide the safety belt webbings @ and ®* be-
passenger detection system and can also hind the head restraint of the seat where the
fly around in an accident and cause serious child restraint is installed ¢ fig. 138. When do-
personal injury. ing so, do not engage the convertible locking
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in retractor! You should not hear a "clicking "
place even if a child is not sitting in it. A sound when winding up the safety belt.
loose child safety seat can fly around during - Let the belt retractor wind up the safety belt
a sudden stop or in a collision . webbing.
....,
N - Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen-
0
>
co ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
rl
I.O being used ¢ page 140, Safety belts,
"'
"'
"'
rl

177
Child safety
_& WARNING
A child in a child safety seat installed with the
LATCHlower anchorages or with the standard
safety belt or a child in a booster seat on the
rear seat cou ld play with unused rear seat
safety belts and become entangled. This
could cause the child serious personal injury
and even death.
- Always secure unused rear seat safety belts
out of reach of children in child seats such
as by properly routing them around the
head restraint of the seat where the child re-
straint is installed.
- Never activate the convertible locking re-
tractor when routing the safety belts around
the head restraints.
- Never let anyone sit at the center rear seat-
ing position if the center rear safety belt has
been routed around a rear head restraint.
Child seats
Infant seats
Babies and infants up to about one year old and
20 lbs. or 9 kg need special rearward-facing
child restraints that support the back, neck and
head in a crash.
Fig. 139 Schematic overview: rearward-facing infant seat,
properly installed on the rear seat
.. When using the vehicle safety be lt to install a
child safety seat, you must first activate the
convertible locking retractor on the safety belt
to prevent the ch ild safety seat from moving
page 182 or install the seat using the LATCH
c::>
attachments.
.. Push the child safety seat down with your full
weight to get the safety belt really tight so that
178
the seat cannot move forward or sideways more
than one inch (2.5 cm).
.. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
c::>page177.
Infants up to about one year (20 lbs. or 9 kg) are
best protected in special infant carriers and child
safety seats designed for their age group. Many
experts believe that infants and small children
should ride only in special restraints in which the
ch ild faces the back of the vehicle. These infant
seats support the baby's back, neck and head in a
crash c::>fig. 139.
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front
seat a potent ially dangerous place for a child to
ride . The front seat is not the safest place for a
child in a forward-facing child seat. It is a very
dangerous place for an infant or a Larger child in
a rearward-facing seat.
_& WARNING
Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong
child safety seat or improperly installing a
child restraint increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death in a crash.
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats or
infant carriers on the front passenger seat -
even with an Advanced Airbag System. A
child will be seriously injured and can be kil-
led when the inflating airbag hits the child
safety seat or infant carrier with great force
and smashes the child safety seat and child
against the backrest, center armrest, door
or roof c::>page 149, Child restraints on the
front seat - some important things to
know .
-Always install rear-facing chi ld safety seats
or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Never install a rear-fac ing ch ild restraint in
the forward-facing direction . Such restraints
are designed for the special needs of infants
and very small children and cannot protect
them properly if the seat is forward-facing.
- If you must install a rearward facing child
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not
come on and stay on, immediately install ~
 Chil d s a f e ty

the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a rear

seating pos it ion and have the airbag system
inspected by your Audi dealer.
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CO player, electron ic
games dev ice, power inverter or seat heater
for child seats) on the front passenger seat
if the dev ice is connected to the 12-volt
socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or oth- Fig. 14 1 Schemat ic overview: installat ion of the seat using
the vehicle's safety belt system
erwise added to the front passenger seat,
never install any ch ild restra int system on
.. When using the vehicle safety belt to install a
this seat.
child safety seat, you must first activate the
- Make sure that there are no wet objects
convert ible locking retractor on the safety belt
(such as a wet towel) and no wa t er or othe r
to prevent the child safety seat from moving
liquids on the front passenger seat cushion.
page 182 or install the seat using the LATC
c::> H
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a
attachments .
laptop, CD playe r, e lectronic games dev ice,
.. Push the ch ild safety seat down with your full
power inverter or seat heater for child
weight to get the safety belt rea lly t ight so that
seats). These may influence the e lectr ical
t he seat cannot move forward or sideways more
capacitance measured by the capacitive pas·
than one inch (2.5 cm) c::> page 182.
senger detection system and can a lso fly
.. If the child safety seat is equipped with a tether
around in an accident and cause serious per-
strap, attach it to the tether anchors
sonal injury.
page 188 .
c::>
- Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen·
.. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
c::>page177 .
being used c:::>page 140, Safety belts,
¢ page 148, Airbag system and A toddler or child is usua lly too large for an in-
page 172, Important
c::> information. fant restraint if it is more than one year old and
weighs more than 20 lbs. (9 kg).
Convertible child safety seats Toddlers and children who are older than one
year up to about 4 years old and weigh more than
Properly used convertible child safety seats can
20 lbs (9 kg) up to 40 lbs. (18 kg) must always be
help protect toddlers and children over age one
properly restrained in a child safety seat certif ied
who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs. (9 and 18 kg)
for their size and we ight c:::>fig . 140 and
in a crash.
c::>
fig . 141.

The airbag on the passenger side makes the front

seat a potent ially dangerous place for a child to
ride . The front seat is not the safest place for a
child in a forward-fac ing child safety seat. It is a
very dangerous place for an infant or a larger
child in a rearward-facing seat.

....,
N
_&.WARNING
0
>
co
Not using a child safety seat, us ing the wrong
Fig. 140 Schemat ic overview: installat ion of the atta ch-
rl
I.O ments applicab le to a LATCHseat child safety seat or improper ly installing a
"' child restraint increases the risk of serious ~
"'
"'
rl

179
Child safety
personal injury and death in a collision or oth-
er emergency situation.
- Children on the front seat of any car, even
with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in-
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates.
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat
installed on the front passenger seat will be
seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
vanced Airbag System.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
seat or infant carrier with great force and
will smash the child safety seat and child
against the backrest, center arm rest, door
or roof.
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats
on the rear seat.
- If you must install a rearward facing child
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not
come on and stay on, immediately install
the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear
seating position and have the airbag system
inspected by your Audi dealer .
- The rear side of the child safety seat should
be positioned as close as possible to the
backrest on the vehicle seat .
- For adjustable head restraints: adjust or re-
move the rear seat head restraint if it is dif-
ficult to install the child seat with the head
restraint in place Q page 56 . Install the
head restraint again immediately once the
child seat is removed. Driving without head
restraints or with head restraints that are
not properly adjusted increases the risk of
serious or fatal neck injury dramatically.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen-
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
being used Q page 140, Safety belts,
Q page 148, Airbag system and
Q page 172, Important information.
A WARNING
If exceptional circumstances require the use
of a forward-facing child restraint on the front
passenger's seat, the child's safety and well-
180
being require that the following special pre-
cautions be taken :
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has been
designed and certified by its manufacturer
for use on a front seat with a passenger
front and side airbag .
- Always follow the manufacturer's instruc-
tions provided with the child safety seat or
infant carrier .
- Always move the front passenger seat into
the rearmost position of the passenger
seat's fore and aft adjustment range, and as
far away from the airbag as possible before
installing the child restraint .
- Always make sure that nothing prevents the
front passenger's seat from being moved to
the rearmost position in its fore and aft ad-
justment range.
- Always make sure the backrest is in an up-
right position .
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
games device , power inverter or seat heater
for child seats) on the front passenger seat
if the device is connected to the 12-volt
socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or oth-
erwise added to the front passenger seat,
never install any child restraint system on
this seat.
- Make sure that there are no wet objects
(such as a wet towel) and no water or other
liquids on the front passenger seat cushion.
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a
laptop, CD player, electronic games device,
power inverter or seat heater for child
seats). These may influence the electrical
capacitance measured by the capacitive pas-
senger detection system and can also fly
around in an accident and cause serious per-
sonal injury.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF light comes on and stays on all the time
whenever the ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does
not come on and stay on, immediately in-
stall the forward-facing child seat at a seat-
ing position on the rear seat and have the ~

airbag system inspected by your authorized
Audi dealer.
- Take the child restraint off the front passen-
ger seat and install it properly at one of the
rear seat pos it ions if the PASSENGERAIR
BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever
the ignition is switched on .
Booster seats and safety belts
Properly used booster seats can help protect
children weighing between about 40 lbs. and 80
lbs . (18 kg and 36 kg) who are less than 4 ft. 9
in . (57 inches/1 .45 meters) tall .
Fig. 14 2 Re ar se at: child properly restrain ed in a booster
seat
The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit most
children unti l they are at least 4 ft . 9 in. (57 in-
ches/1.45 meters) tall and we igh about 80 lbs .
(36 kg). Booster seats raise these children up so
that the safety belt will pass properly over the
stronger parts of their bodies and the safety belt
can help protect them in a crash.
.,.Do not use the convertib le locking retractor
when using the vehicle's safety bel t to restra in
a ch ild on a boos t er sea t .
.. The shoulder be lt must lie as close to the cen-
te r of the child's collar bone as possible and
must lie flat and snug on the upper body. It
must never lie across the throat or neck. The
lap belt must lie across the pelvis and never
ac ross the stomach or abdomen . Make sure the
belt lies flat and snug . Pull on the belt to tight-
...., en if necessary .
N
0 .,.If you must transpo rt a n older child in a boos-
> poss ibly eve n fata l injury.
co ter seat on the front passenger sea t , you can
rl
I.O use the safety belt height adj ustmen t to help
"'
"'
"'
rl
adjust the shoulder port ion properly .
Chil d s a f e ty
.. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
i=>page 177.
Childre n up t o at least 8 yea rs old (over 4 0 lbs or
18 kg) are best protected in child safety seats de -
signed for their age and weight . Experts say that
the skeleta l structure, particularly the pelvis, of
these children is not fully deve loped, and they
must not use the vehicle safety belts without a
su itable child restraint .
It is usually best to put these child ren in appro-
priate booster seats . Be sure the booster seat
meets all applicab le safety standards.
Booster seats raise the seating position of the
child and reposit ion both the lap and shoulder
parts of the safety belt so that they pass across
the child's body in the right places. The routing of
the be lt over the child 's body is very important
for the ch ild's protection, whether or not a boos -
te r seat is used . Children age 12 and under must
always ride in the rear seat.
Children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches/
1.45 meters) tall can generally use the vehicle's
th ree po int lap and shoulder be lts . Never use the
lap belt portion of the veh icle's safety belt a lone
to rest rain any child, regardles s of how big the
child is . Always remember t hat children do not
have the pronounced pe lvic struct ure required for
the proper function of lap belt port ion of the ve-
hicle 's t hree point lap and shoulder be lts . The
child's safety abso lutely requires that a lap belt
portion of the safety belt be fastened snug ly and
as low as possible around the pelvis . Never let
the lap belt portion of the safety belt pass over
the ch ild's stomach or abdomen .
In a crash, a irbags must inflate within a blink of
an eye and with considerable force . In order to do
its job, the airbag needs room to inflate so that it
will be the re to protect the occupant as th e occu-
pant moves fo rward into the airbag .
A vehicle occupant who is out of posit ion and too
close to the a irbag gets in the way of an inflating
airbag . When an occupan t is too close, he o r she
will be struck violent ly and will receive ser ious or
.,,.
181
Ch ild s afet y
In order for the airbag to offer protection, it is
important that all vehicle occupants, especially
any children, who must be in the front seat be-
cause of except ional circumstances, be proper ly
restrained and as far away from the airbag as
possible . By keeping room between the child's
body and the front of the passenger compart-
ment, the airbag can inflate comp letely and pro-
vide supp lemental protection in certain frontal
coll is ions .
A WARNING
- eve r the ign it ion is switched on.
Not using a booster seat, using the booster
seat improperly, incorrect ly installing a boos-
ter seat or using the vehicle safety belt im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal
injury and death in a collision or other emer-
gency situat ion. To help reduce the risk of se-
rious personal injury and/or death:
- The shoulder belt must lie as close to the
center of the child's collar bone as possible
and must lie flat and snug on the upper
body . It must never lie across the throat or
neck. The lap belt must lie across the pelv is
and never across the stomach or abdomen.
Make sure that the be lt lies flat and snug.
Pull on the belt to tighten if necessa ry.
- Failure to properly route safety be lts over a
child 's body will cause severe injuries in an
accident or other emergency sit uation
¢ page 140 .
- The rear side of the child safety seat shou ld
be positioned as close as possible to the
backrest on the vehicle seat.
- For adjustable head restraints: adjust or re-
move the rear seat head restraint if it is dif-
ficult to install the child seat with the head
restraint in place¢ page 56. Install the
head restraint again immediately once the
child seat is removed . Driving without head
restraints or with head restraints that are
not properly adjusted increases the risk of
serious o r fatal neck injury dramatically .
- Children on the front seat of any car, even
with Advanced Airbags, can be ser iously in-
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates.
- Never let a child stand or knee l on any seat,
for example the front seat.
182
- Never let a child ride in the cargo area of
your veh icle.
- Always remember that a child leaning for-
ward, sitting sideways or out of position in
any way during an acc ident can be struck by
a deploying airbag. This will resu lt in serious
personal injury or death.
- If you must install a booster seat on the
front passenger seat because of exceptional
circumstances the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF light must come on and stay on, when-
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does
not come on and stay on, perform the
checks described ¢ page 160, Monitoring
the Advanced Airbag System.
- Take the child restraint off the front passen-
ge r seat and install it properly at one of the
rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever
the ignition is switched on .
- Always read and heed a ll WARNINGS when-
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
being used¢ page 140, Safety belts,
¢page 148, Airbag system and
¢ page 172, Important information.
Securing child seats
Securing a child safety seat using a safety
belt
Safety belts for the rear seats and the front pas-
senger can be locked with the convertible locking
retractor to properly secure child safety seats .
The safety belts emergency locking retracto rs fo r
the rear seats safety belts and for the front pas -
senger's seat safety be lt have a convert ible lock-
ing retractor for chi ld restraints. The safety belt
must be locked so that belt webbing cannot un-
reel. The retractor can be activated to lock the
safety belt and prevent the safety be lt webbing
from loosening up during normal driving. A child
safety seat can on ly be properly installed when
the safety belt is locked so that the child and
child safety seat will stay in place .
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is
equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all

children, especially those 12 years and younger,
should always ride in the back seat properly re-
strained for their age and size.
A WARNING
-
Improperly installed child safety seats in-
crease the risk of serious personal injury and
death in a collision.
- Always make sure that the safety belt re-
tractor is locked when installing a child safe-
ty seat. An unlocked safety belt retractor
cannot hold the child safety seat in place
during normal driving or in a crash.
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
place even if a child is not sitting in it . A
loose child safety seat can fly around during
a sudden stop or in a collision.
- Always make sure that the rear seat back-
rest to which the center rear safety belt* is
attached is securely latched whenever the
rear center safety belt is being used to se-
cure a child restraint.
- If the backrest is not securely latched, the
child and the child restraint will be thrown
forward together with the backrest and will
strike parts of the vehicle interior. The child
can be seriously injured or killed.
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats or
infant carriers on the front passenger seat.
A child will be seriously injured and can be
killed when the passenger airbag inflates.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
seat or infant carrier with great force and
will smash the child safety seat and child
against the backrest, center armrest, door
or roof.
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats
or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Forward-facing child safety seats or infant
carriers installed on the front passenger's
seat may interfere with the deployment of
the airbag and cause serious injury to the
child.
- It is safer to install a forward-facing child
M Forward-facing child restraints:
N safety seat on the rear seat.
0
>
co - Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen-
,....,
..,.,
\!) ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
..,.,
..,., being used r:::>page 172 . Special precautions
,....,
Child safety
apply when installing a child safety seat on
page 149, Child
the front passenger seat r:::>
restraints on the front seat - some impor-
tant things to know .
A WARNING
-
Always take special precautions if you must
install a forward or rearward-facing child re-
straint on the front passenger's seat in excep-
tional situations:
- Whenever a forward or rearward-facing
child restraint is installed on the front pas-
senger seat, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
light must come on and stay on whenever
the ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
not come on and stay on, perform the
checks described r:::>page 160, Monitoring
the Advanced Airbag System.
- Take the child restraint off the front passen-
ger seat and install it properly at one of the
rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever
the ignition is switched on.
- Improper installation of child restraints can
reduce their effectiveness or even prevent
them from providing any protection.
-An improperly installed child restraint can
interfere with the airbag as it deploys and
seriously injure or even kill the child.
-Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
instructions provided with the child safety
seat or carrier.
- After checking to make sure that the child
restraint is properly installed, make certain
that the child restraint is correctly recog-
nized by the capacitive passenger detection
system in the front passenger seat and that
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light signals
the correct front passenger frontal airbag
status.
A WARNING
183
Ch ild safety
- Always make sure the forward-facing seat
has been designed and certified by its man-
ufacturer for use on a front seat with a
passenger front and side airbag.
- Never put the forward-facing child restraint
up, aga inst or very near the instrument pan-
el.
- Always move the passenger seat into its
rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft
adjustment range, as far away from the air-
bag as possible before installing the for-
ward-fac ing child restraint. The backrest
must be adjusted to an up right posit ion.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF light comes on and stays on all the time
whenever the ignition is switched on.
_&.WARNING
Rearward-fac ing ch ild restra int s:
- A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat
installed on the front passenger seat will be
seriously injured and can be killed if t he
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
vanced Airbag System .
- The inflating airbag wil l hit the child safety
seat or infant carrier with great force and
will smash the chi ld safety seat and child
against the backrest, center armrest, door
or roof.
- Always be especially carefu l if you must in-
stall a rearward facing child safety seat on
the front passenger seat in exceptional cir-
cumstances.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF light comes on and stays on all the t ime
whenever the ignition is switched on .
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does
not come on and stay on, immed iately in-
stall the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a
rear seating position and have the airbag
system inspected by your Audi dealer.
184
· Activating the convertible locking retractor
Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a
child restraint.
Always heed the child safety seat manufacturer's
instructions when installing a child restraint in
your vehicle . To activate the convert ible locking
retractor:
.. Place the child restraint on a seat, preferably on
the rear seat .
.. Slowly pull the belt all the way out .
.. Route it around or through the child restraint
belt pat h c::>,&..
.. Push the ch ild safety seat down with your full
weight to get the safety belt really tight.
.. Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for that
seating position.
.. Guide the safety be lt back into the retractor un-
til the belt lies flat and snug on the ch ild safety
seat.
.. You should hear a "clicking" noise as the belt
w inds back into the inertia reel. Test the con-
vert ible locking retractor by pulling on the belt .
You should no longer be able to pull the belt
out of the ret ractor. The convertible locking re-
tractor is now activated .
.. Make sure that the red release button is fac ing
away from the child restraint so that it can be
unbuckled quickly .
.. Pull on the belt to make sure the safety belt is
properly tight and fastened so that the seat
cannot move forward or sideways more than
one inch (2 .5 cm).
_&.WARNING .
Using the wrong child restraint or an improp-
erly installed child restraint can cause serious
personal injury or death in a crash.
- Always make sure that the safe ty belt re-
tractor is loc ked when insta lling a child safe-
ty seat. An unlocked safety belt retractor
cannot hold the child safety seat in place
during normal driving or in a crash.
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
place even if a chi ld is not sitting in it. A
loose child safety seat can fly around during
a sudden stop or in a crash.

- Always make sure the seat backrest to which
the ch ild restraint is installed is in an up-
right position and securely latched into
place and cannot fold forward. Otherw ise,
the seatback with the ch ild safety seat at-
tached to it could f ly forward in the event of
an acc ident or ot her emergency sit uat ion.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when-
ever using a child rest rained in a vehicle is
being used r=;,page 172. Spec ia l precautions
apply when inst alling a child safety se at on
the front passenger sea t ¢ page 149, Child
restraints on the front seat - some impor-
tant things to know.
Deactivating the convertible locking
retractor
The convertible locking retractor for child re-
straints will be deactivated automatically when
the belt is wound all the way back int o the re-
tractor .
~ Press the red button on the safety belt buck le.
The belt tongue w ill pop out of the buckle.
~ Guide the safety belt all the way back into its
stowed position .
Always let the safety belt retract comp lete ly into
its stowed position . The safety be lt can now be
used as an ordinary safety belt without the con-
ve rtible locking retrac t or fo r child restra ints .
If the convert ible locking retractor shou ld be ac-
tivated inadvertently, the safety belt must be un-
fastened and gu ided completely back into its
stowed position to deact ivate this feature . If the
convert ible locking retractor is not deactivated,
the safety belt will gradua lly become t ighter and
uncomfo rt a ble t o wear .
_& WARNING - Child rest raint manufacturers offer LATCH lower
Imprope rly insta lled child sa fet y se ats in-
crease the risk of ser ious personal inju ry and
death in a co llision.
- Never unfasten t he safety belt to deac t ivat e
M
N
0
the conve rtible locking retractor for child re-
> child restra int systems usually requ ire the use of
co
,....,
straints while the veh icle is moving. You
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Child s a f ety
wou ld not be restra ined and cou ld be ser i-
ously injured in an accident.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when-
ever us ing a child restrained in a vehicle is
be ing used ¢ page 172. Special precaut ions
apply when install ing a child safety seat on
the front passenger seat c:>page 149, Child
restraints on the front seat - some impor-
tant things to know .
LATCH system (Lower
anchorages and tethers
for children)
Child Restraint System anchors and how
are they related to child safety
To provide a simpler and more practicable way to
attach the ch ild restra int on the veh icle seat, Fed-
eral regulations require special lower anchorages
in vehicles a nd devices on new child restraints to
attach to the vehicle anchorages .
The combination of the tether anchorages and
the lower anchorages is now generally called the
LATCHsystem for "Lower Anchorages and
Tethers for Child ren ."
Forward -facing chi ld restraints manufactured af-
ter September 1, 1999, are requ ired by U.S. fed-
eral regulations to comp ly with new ch ild head
movement performance requ irements . These
new pe rformance requ irements make a te t her
necessary on most new child seats .
Installing a ch ild restra int that requires a top
tethe r without one can seriously impair the per-
fo rmance of the child restra int and its ability to
protect the ch ild in a collision . Installing a ch ild
rest rain t that requ ires a top t et her w it hout t he
top t ether may be a violation of st ate law.
anchorages on the ir child seats with hook-o n or
push-on connec t ors attached to adjustab le
str a ps.
In add ition to the LATCHlower anchorages, these
te t he r straps to he lp keep the child restra int
firmly in place. .,..
185
Child safety

_& WARNING Description

Improper installation of child restraints will The lower anchorage positions are marked for
increase the risk of injury and death in a crash. quick locating .
- Always follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the child restraint you
intend to install in your vehicle.
- Never install a child restraint without a
properly attached top tether strap if the
child restraint manufacturer's instructions
require the top tether strap to be used .
- Improper use of child restraint LATCHlower
anchorage points can lead to injury in a colli-
sion. The LATCHlower anchorage points are
Fig. 144 Lower anchorages, covers m arked
designed to withstand only those loads im-
posed by correctly fitted child restraints .
- Never mount two child restraint systems on
one LATCHlower anchorage point .
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other
item to the LATCHlower anchorages .

(D Tips
- In Canada, the terms "top tether" with
"lower universal anchorages" (or "lower uni-
Fig. 145 Rear seats : low er anchorage bracket location s
versal anchorage bars") are used to describe
the system.
Lower anchorages
- In other countries, the term "ISO FIX" is
used to describe the lower anchorages. The circular markings on the rear seat help you to
ident ify the location of lower anchorages for the
two outboard seating positions ~ fig. 144. The
Location
LATCHlower universal anchorage attachment
points a re between the rear seatback and rear
seat cushion .

Remove the covers ~ fig. 144 to access the lower

anchorage attachment points.

The lower anchorage attachment points are visi-

Fig. 143 Schemat ic overv iew : LATCH an chorage po int l oca·
tio ns
The illustrat ion shows the seat ing locations in
your vehicle which are equipped with the lower
anchorages system.
ble ~ fig. 145.
Lower anchorages secure the child restraint in
the seat without using the vehicle's safety belts.
Anchorages provide a secure and easy-to-use at -
tachment and minimize the possibility of improp -
er child restraint installation.
All child restraints manufactured after Septem-
ber 1, 2002, must have lower anchorage attach-
ments for the LATCH system. ..,.

186

Please remember that the lower anchorage
points are only intended for insta llation and at-
tachment of child restraints specif ica lly certif ied
for use w ith LATCHlower anchorages . Child re-
straints that are not equipped w ith the lower an-
chorage attachments can still be installed in
compliance w ith the child rest raint manufactur-
er 's instructions on using vehicle safety belts .
.8, WARNING
Imprope r use of LATCHlower anchorages can
cause serious personal injury in an accident.
- Always carefully fo llow the ch ild restra ints
man ufactu rer's instr uctio ns for proper in-
sta llation of the child restrain t and proper
use of t he lower anchorages or safety belts
in yo ur vehicle.
- Never se cure or attach any luggage or other
items to the LATCHlower anchorages .
- Always read and heed the impor tan t infor-
mation about child restraints in this chapter
and WARNINGS ¢ page 172, Child safety.
Installing a child restraintwith LATCH
lower anchorages
App lies to vehicles: with top tet her
Whenever you install a child restraint always fol-
low the child restraint manufacturer's instruc-
tions.
Fig. 14 6 Lower anchorages: proper mount ing
Mounting
.,.Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is
in the upright pos ition and secure ly latched in
M
N
0
place.
>
co .,.Attach both hook-on con nectors with t he spring
,....,
~ catch release on the child safety seat onto the
Vl
Vl
,....,
Child s a f ety
LATCH lower ancho rage so that the connecto rs
lock into place ¢ fig. 146 .
.,. Pull on the connector attachments to make
sure they are properly attached to the LATCH
lower anchorage .
.,. Pull straps tight fo llow ing the child restraint
manufacturer's instruct ions .
Releasing
.,. Loosen the tension on the straps following the
child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
.,. Depress the spring catches to release the an-
chorage hooks from the lower anchorages .
Remember: Use tether straps to help keep the
child restra int firmly in place.
.8, WARNING
"--
Improper use of the LATCHsystem can in-
-
crease the risk of serious pe rsonal injury and
death in an accident.
- These anchors were developed only for child
safety seats using the "LATCH" system .
- Never attach other ch ild safety seats, belts
or other objects to these anchors.
- Always make sure that you hear a click when
latching the seat in place. If you do not hear
a click the seat is not sec ure and could fly
forward and hit the inter ior of the vehicle,
or be ejec t ed from t he vehicle .
.8, WARNING
Improper installat ion of child restra ints w ill
increase the risk of injury in a n accide nt.
- Always follow the child res t raint system
manufac t urer's instr uct ions for proper in-
st allat ion of the ch ild restrai nt system and
proper use of tether straps as we ll as the
lower ancho rages or safety be lts in your ve-
hicle.
- Always read a nd heed t he important infor -
matio n and WARNINGS about child safety
and the installat ion of child restra int sys-
tems ¢ page 172, Child safety .
187
Child safety
Tether anchors and tether straps
Fig. 147 Tether anchors: recess flaps behind the rear seat-
backs
The tether anchors for the rear seating positions
are located in recesses in the rear window shelf
~ fig. 147
A tether is a straight or V-shaped strap that at -
taches the top part of a child restraint to special
anchorage points in the vehicle.
The purpose of the tether is to reduce the for-
ward movement of the child restraint in a crash,
in order to help reduce the risk of head injury that
could be caused by striking the vehicle interior.
Forward facing child restraints manufactured af-
ter September 1, 1999, are required by U.S. fed-
eral regulations to comply with new child head
movement performance requirements. These
new performance requirements make a tether
necessary on most new child safety seats.
&_ WARNING
Improper installation of child restraints will
increase the risk of injury and death in a crash.
- Always follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the child restraint you
intend to install in your Audi.
- Improper use of child restraint anchors (in-
cluding tether anchors) can lead to injury in
a collision. The anchors are designed to
withstand only those loads imposed by cor-
rectly fitted child restraints .
- Never mount two child restraint systems on
one LATCHlower anchor point .
- Never attach two child restraint systems to
one tether strap or tether anchorage.
188
- Never attach a tether strap to a tie-down
hook in the luggage compartment.
- Never use child restraint tether anchorages
to secure safety belts or other kinds of occu-
pant restraints.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other
items to the LATCHlower anchorages or to
the tether anchors.
- If you must install a rearward facing child
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not
come on and stay on, immediately install
the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear
seating position and have the airbag system
inspected by your Audi dealer.
Installing the upper tether strap on the
anchorage
Fig. 148 Tether strap : proper rout ing and mounting
Installing the tether strap
. 11>Release or deploy the tether strap on the child
restraint according to the child restraint manu-
facturer's instructions.
"Guide the upper tether strap under the rear
head restraint ~ fig. 148 (raise the head re-
straint if necessary) .
"Tilt the recess flap up to expose the anchor
bracket.
"Attach the tether strap anchorage hook into the
opening of the tether anchorage .
11oPull on the tether strap hook so that the spring
catch of the hook engages.
11>Tighten the tether strap firmly following the
child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
 Child s a f ety

Relea sing the teth er strap Additional information

"' Loosen the tens ion following the child restra int
Sources of information about child
manufacturer's instructions.
restraints and their use
"' Depress the spring catch on the hook and re-
lease it from the anchorage. The re a re a number of sou rces of add itiona l infor-
mation about child restraint se lection, insta lla-
(D Note tion and use:
If you leave the child restraint with the tether NHTSA advises that t he bes t ch ild safety seat is
strap firmly insta lled for several days, this the one that fits your child and fits in your vehi -
could leave a mark on the upholstery on the cle, and that you will use correctly and consis-
seat cush ion and backrest in the area where tent ly.
the tether strap was installed. The upholstery
Try before you buy!
wou ld also be permanently stretched around
the tether strap. This applies espec ially to U.S National Highw ay Traffic Safety Admin istra-
leather seats. tion
Tel.: 1-888-3 2 7-42 36 (TIY: 1-800-424-9153)
Using tether straps on rearward-facing www. n htsa .gov
child restraints National SAFE KIDS Campaign
Currently, few rear-facing child restraint systems Tel.: (202) 662-0600
come with a tether. Please read and heed the www.safe kids.o rg
child restraint system manufacturer's instruc- Safety BeltSafe U.S.A
tions carefully to determ ine how to properly in- Tel.: (800) 745-SAFE (English)
stall the tether . Tel.: (800) 747-SANO (Span ish)
www.carseat .org
A WARNING
Transport Canada Information Centre
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat
Tel.: 1-800-333-0371 or call 1-613-998-86 16 if
installed on the front passenger seat will be
you are in the Ottawa a rea
ser iously injured and can be killed if the front
http://www.tc.gc.ca/e ng/ roadsafety/menu .htm
airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag
System. Audi Customer Relations
- The inflating a irbag will hit the chi ld safety Tel.: (800) 822-2834
seat or infant carrie r wit h grea t fo rce and
will smash the chi ld safety seat and chi ld
against t he backrest, center armrest, or
doo r.
- If you mus t install a rearward facing chi ld
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not
come on and stay on, immediately install
the rear-fac ing child safety seat in a rear
seat ing pos it ion and have the airbag system
inspected by you r Audi dealer .
M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

189
Che ck ing and Fill in g
Checking and Filling
Gasoline
Fuel supply
Applies to vehicles: with gasoline engine
Using the right fuel helps keep the environment
clean and prevents engine damage.
Fuel re comm e ndation
The fuel recommended for your vehicle is unlead-
ed premium grade gasoli ne. Audi recommends
using TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline with a mini-
mum octane rating of 91 AKI (95 RON). For more
information on TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline,
please go to the official website
(www.toptiergas .com).
The recommended gasoline octane rating for
your engine can also be found on a label located
on the inside of the fuel filler flap . This rating
may be specified as AKI or RON.
Your vehicle may also be operated using unlead-
ed regular gasol ine with a minimum octane rat -
ing of 87 AKl/91 RON. However,using 87 AKI/
9 1 RON octane fue l wi ll slight ly reduce engine
performance.
Use unleaded gasoline only. Unleaded gasoline
is available throughout the USA, Canada, and in
most European countries. We recommend that
you do not ta ke you r vehicle to areas or countr ies
where unleaded gasoline may not be available.
For more informat ion on refueling your veh icle,
see ¢page 192 .
Octan e rat ing
Octane rating indicates a gasoline's ability to re-
sist engine damaging "knock" caused by prema-
ture ignition and detonation . Therefore, buying
the correct grade of gasoline is very important to
help prevent possible eng ine damage and a loss
of engine performance.
Gasoline most commonly used in the United
States and Canada has the following octane rat-
ings that can usually be found on the filler pump:
- Premium Grade: 91 - 96 AKI
190
- Regular Grade: 87 - 90 AKI
Explanation of the abb reviations:
AKI = Anti Knock I ndex = (R+M)/2 = (RON+MON)/
2
RON= Research Octane Number
MON = Motor Octane Number.
{[) Note
- Do not use any fue l w ith octane rat ings low-
er t han 87 AKI or 91 RONotherwise expen-
sive engine damage w ill occur.
- Do not use leaded gasoline. The use of lead-
ed gasoline will severely damage your veh i-
cle's catalytic converter and its abi lity to
control exhaust em issions.
Blended gasoline
Appli es to vehicles: wit h gasolin e engi ne
Us e of gas oline cont ai ning alcohol or MTBE
(meth yl tert iary but yl ethe r)
You may use unleaded gasoline blended with al-
cohol or MTBE (commonly referred to as oxygen-
ates) if the ble nded mixture meets the following
criteria:
Blend of gasoline methano l (wood alcohol or
met hyl alcoho l)
- Anti -knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
- Blend must contain no more than 3% metha-
nol.
- Blend must contain more than 2% co-solvents.
Blend of ga soline and ethan ol (grain alcoho l or
ethyl alcohol )
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
- Blend must not conta in more than 15% etha-
nol.
Blend of ga soline and MTBE
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
- Blend must contain not more tha n 1S% MTBE.
Seas onally adjust ed gasoline
Many gasoline grades are blended to perform es-
pecially well for winter or summer dr iving . Dur-
ing seasonal change-over, we suggest tha t you .,..

fill up at busy gas stations where the seasonal
adjustment is more likely to be made in time.
(D Note
- Methanol fuels which do not meet these re-
quirements may cause corrosion and dam -
age to plastic and rubber components in the
fuel system.
- Do not use fue ls that fail to meet the speci-
fied criteria in this chapter.
- If you are unable to determine whethe r o r
not a particular fue l blend meets the speci-
fications, ask your service station or its fuel
supplier.
- Do not use fuel for which the contents can-
not be identified.
- Fuel system damage and performance prob-
lems resulting from the use of fue ls differ-
ent from those specified are not the respon-
s ibility of Audi and are not covered under
the New Vehicle or the Emission Control
System Warranties.
- If you experience a loss of fuel economy or
driveability and performance problems due
to the use of one of these fuel blends, we
recommend that you sw itch to unb lended
fuel.
Gasoline additives
A ma jor concern among many auto manufactur-
ers is carbon deposit build-up caused by the type
of gasoline you use.
Although gasol ine grades differ from one manu-
facture r to another, they have certa in things in
common . All gasoline grades contain substances
that can cause deposits to collect on vita l engine
parts, such as fue l injectors and intake valves. Al-
though most gasoline brands include additives to
keep engine and fuel systems clean, they are not
equally effective .
Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gas -
oline. For more information on TOP TIER Deter-
"' gent Gasoline, please go to the off icial webs ite
N
~ (www.toptiergas.com).
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Checking and Fillin g
After an extended period of using inadeq uate
fuels, carbon deposit build-ups can rob your en-
gine of peak performance .
(D Note
Damage or ma lfunction due to poor fuel qual -
ity is not cove red by the Audi New Vehicle
Limited Wa rranty.
Diesel fuel
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine
Always use ULSD(Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel) No. 2 .
The ULSDNo. 2 meets the ASTM 0975.
Diesel fuel with concen t ra t ions of biodiese l hig h-
er than 5 % such as Bl 1, B20 or 8100 are strictly
prohibited .
Service stat io n fue l pumps a re labe led with the
correct fue l information for easy recognit ion by
the user . If the d iese l fue l pump is not labe led
ask the station operator w hat fue l is being dis-
pensed before fi lling up your vehicle.
ULSD No. 2 may not be available outside t he USA
and Canada . Be sure to check before traveling to
other countr ies .
ULSD No. 2 can become thicke r in very cold tem-
pera t ures, and th is can impa ir t he engine's start-
ing and running. Depending on the season, gas
stations provide ULSDNo. 2 that flows better in
cold temperatures so that you can continue oper-
at ing your vehicle as usual.
@ Note
- Your vehicle's diesel engine was designed
soley for use with ULSDNo. 2. Therefore,
never use gasoline, heating oil, other fuels
or flow improvers. These conta in substances
that will severe ly damage the fuel system
and the engine . Such damage will not be
covered by you r New Vehicle Limited War-
ranty.
- If you put any amount of incorrect fuel in
the fuel tank, do not start the eng ine under
any circumstances. Immediate ly co ntact t he
nearest authori zed Audi dealer or autho r-
ized Audi Service Fac ility for assistance .
191
Che c king and Fill in g

These fuels contain substances that can se -

verely damage the fuel system and the en-
(D Note

gine if the engine is started .
- If the diesel f uel quality is poor, it may be
necessary to have the water d rained from
the water separator in the fuel filter more
often than specified in the maintenance
schedule. This can help reduce engine ma l-
funct ions c:>page 2 3.
Never drive your vehicle until the fue l tank is
complete ly empty . The irregular supply of
f uel can cause misfiring. Gasoline could enter
the exhaust system and damage the catalytic
converter.
Fueling procedure

Refueling
--
0
~
ffl
Fuel filler neck

The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear

side pane l behind the fuel f iller flap.

If the power locking sys t em should fail, you can

still open the flap manua lly - for detai led instruc -
tions see c:>page 194.
Fig. 149 Right rea r vehicle s ide: open ing t he fuel filler
You can find the fue l t ank capacity of you r vehicle door
in c:>page 260.

The label on the inside of the fue l filler flap te lls

you t he cor rect fuel for your vehicle. For more in-
form ation abo ut fue l specifications, see
c:>page 190 .

Your vehicle fuel tank has an on board refue lling

vapor re cove ry system . This feature helps to pre-
vent fuel vapors from escaping from the t ank and
pollut ing t he environment w hile you refue l your
vehicle. In orde r to fill the tank properly whi le Fig. 15 0 Fuel filler doo r wit h attac hed fuel cap

protecting the environment, please follow this

refueling procedure carefully.
A WARNING
Under normal operating conditions, never ca r-
ry additional fuel containers in your car . Gas
canisters and ot her conta iners used to trans-
port fuel can be dangerous . Such contai ners,
full or empty, may leak and could cause a fire
in a collision. If yo u m ust t ransport fue l to
use for your lawn m owe r, snow b lower, etc.,
be very ca reful and a lways observe loca l and
state laws rega rding the use, transportation
and sto rage of such fuel containe rs. Make cer-
tain the container meets industry standards
(ANSI/ASTM F852 - 86).
Read a nd fo llow t he informa ti on and war ning s
whe n fi lling AdBlue c:>page 195 .
The fuel filler doo r is unlocked or locked by the
cent ral locking system.
Opening the fuel flap
.,..Press the left side of the fuel f iller door to open
it -arrow- c:>fig. 149 .
.,..Unscrew the tank cap counterclockw ise .
.,..Place the cap from above on the open fue l filler
door c:>fig . 150.
Closing the fuel cap
.,..Turn the f uel cap clockwise until you hear it
lock .
.,..Close fuel fi ller door until it latches.

192

Once the pump nozzle switches off, the fuel tank
is "full". Do not fill the tank more. Otherwise the
expansion space in the tank will be filled.
The correct fuel type for your vehicle can be
found on a label located on the inside of the fuel
filler door. For additional information on fuel , re-
fer to ¢ page 190.
The fuel tank capacity of your vehicle is in the
Technical Data ¢ page 260.
To avoid fuel spilling or evaporating from the fuel
tank always close fuel filler cap properly and
completely. An improperly closed fuel filler cap
may also cause the MIL lamp ¢ page 25 to come
on.
A WARNING
Not paying attention when fueling or han-
dling fuel incorrectly can lead to fires, explo-
sions or serious injuries.
- Fuel ignites easily and can cause serious
burns and other injuries.
- If you do not switch the engine off when fu-
eling and/or do not insert the fuel nozzle
completely into the tank opening, fuel can
leak out or run over . Leaked fuel can ignite
and start a fire.
- Do not use the telephone while fueling. The
electromagnetic rays can cause sparks,
which can ignite fuel vapors and start a fire .
- Do not sit in your vehicle while fueling . If
you must make an exception and enter your
vehicle again while fueling , close the door
and touch metal to discharge static electric-
ity before touching the fuel nozzle. Static
electricity can create sparks, which can ig-
nite vapors when fueling.
- Do not smoke or have an open flame in the
area when fueling your vehicle or filling a
fuel container because this increases the
risk of an explosion.
- For your safety, carrying fuel containers in
your vehicle is not recommended. Whether
full or empty, the container can leak and
M
N
0
cause a fire in the event of an accident .
>
co - If you must make an exception and trans-
,....,
\!)
1.1'1 port a fuel container, note the following:
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Checking and Filling
- Never fill the fuel container with fuel
while it is in or on the vehicle . Static elec-
tricity is discharged when filling which can
cause the fuel vapors to ignite and increas-
es the risk of an explosion .
- Always place a fuel container on the
ground before filling .
- Always hold the fuel nozzle completely in
the fuel container when filling .
- If the fuel container is made of metal, the
fuel nozzle must always be in contact with
the container when filling it with fuel. This
prevents static electricity from discharg-
ing .
- Never spill fuel in the vehicle or the lug -
gage compartment . Evaporated fuel is ex-
plosive and increases the risk of serious in-
jury or death.
- Follow legal requirements when using,
storing and transporting fuel containers .
- Make sure the fuel container conforms to
industry standards (ANSI/ASTM F852-86).
Q) Note
- Remove spilled fuel from vehicle paint im-
mediately , because it can damage paint .
- Never drive until the fuel tank is completely
empty. The irregular supply of fuel that re-
sults from that can cause engine misfires .
Uncombusted fuel will enter the exhaust
system and increase the risk of damage to
the catalytic converter.
- If the fuel tank runs completely empty in a
vehicle with a diesel engine, the ignition
must remain switched on for at least 30
seconds after refueling before starting the
engine. It may take longer than usual for
the engine to start, even up to a minute.
This is because the air must first bleed out
of the fuel system when starting the engine .
@ For the sake of the environment
- If the fuel nozzle is used correctly, it will in-
dicate that the tank is full the first time it
switches off automatically. Do not try to add
more fuel, because it can spill over. Also, "'
193
Che c king and Fill in g

the expansion space in the tank will fi ll, Fuel filler door emergency release
which can result in fuel spi lling out when it
becomes warm and polluting the environ -
If the central locking system is faulty, the fuel
ment.
filler door can be unlocked manually .

(D Tips
- If the engine is run ning while fueling, va-
pors can escape or the fuel can spill over.
Because of th is, the fuel nozz le switches off
before t he tank is full.
- Do not fue l the vehicle when the ignition is
switc hed on. Otherwise, the fuel gauge may
not show the correct level after fueling the
vehicle. Fig. 15 1 Right rear luggage compartme nt: emergency re-
- Diesel vehicles are equipped with a d iesel lease
misfueling guard l). It allows the vehicle to
be fueled on ly with a diesel fuel pump noz- The emergency release mechanism is located be-
zle . hind the right side trim panel in the luggage
- A worn or damaged nozzle or a nozz le that compartment.
is too sma ll may not be able to open the die- .,. Remove the cover in the side panel.
se l m isfue ling protector. If this is the case, .,. Loosen the loop from the retainer and then pu ll
try turning the no zzle before inser ti ng it in on the loop ca refully-ar row- c::>
0.
The fuel fill-
the fue l filler neck, use a different fuel er door is released .
pump or see an a uthorized Audi dea le r or .,.To open the fue l filler door, press o n the left
a uthorized Audi Service Facility for assis- side opage 192, fig. 149 .
tance .
- The misfueling guard does not open whe n (D Note
adding fue l from a fuel contai ne r. You can
Only pull on t he loop u ntil yo u feel resistance.
bypass it by adding the diese l fuel s low ly.
You will not he a r it release. Ot herwise you
- The fuel filler door on your vehicle does not
could damage the emergency rele ase mecha-
lock when you lock the vehicle from the in-
nism.
side.

Catalytic converter
Applies to vehicles: with gaso line e ngine

It is very important that your emission control

system (catalytic converter) is functioning prop-
erly to ensure that your vehicle is running in an
environmentally sound manner .

page 190, Fuel

.,.Always use lead-free gasoline c::>
supply .
.,. Never run the tank down all the way to empty .
.,. Never put too much motor o il in your engine
o page 203, Adding engine oil 'l:::11.
.,. Never try to push- or tow-sta rt you r vehicle .

ll Market -spec ific

194

The cata lytic conve rter is an efficient "clean -up"
device bui lt into the exhaust system of the vehi -
cle. The catalytic converte r burns many of the
pollutants in the exhaust gas before they are re-
leased int o the atmosphere.
The exclusive use of unleaded fue l is critically im-
portant for the life of the catalyt ic converter and
proper functioning of the engine .
A WARNING
The temperature of the exhaust system is
high, both when driving and after stopping
the engine.
- Never touch the exhaust tail pipes once they
have become hot. This could result in burns.
- Do not park or operate the veh icle in areas
where the hot exhaust system may come in
contact with dry grass, brush, fue l spill or
other material which can cause a fire .
- Do not apply additional undercoating or
rustproofing on or near the exha ust man i-
fold, exhaust pipes, catalyt ic converte r or
heat shields. During driv ing, the subs tance
u5edfor undercoatingcould overheat and
cause a fire .
(D Note
- Be awa re that just one tank f illing wit h lead-
ed fuel will a lready se riously degrade t he
performance of t he cata lytic conver t er.
- Do not exceed the co rrect engine oil leve l
9page203.
- Do not d rive until the fuel tank becomes
complete ly empty. The eng ine could misfi re.
Unburned f uel could al so ge t into the ex-
haust system and this could ca use the cata -
lytic converter to overheat.
- Do no t sw itch off the ignition wh ile t he vehi-
cle is moving.
- Do not con t inue to oper ate your vehicle un-
der these cond itions, as ot herwise fue l can
reach the catalytic converte r. This cou ld re-
su lt in overheating of the converter, requir-
M ing its replacement.
N
0
> - To assure efficient ope ration of the Emission
co
,...., Control System:
..,.,
\!)
..,.,
..,.,
,....,
Checking and Fillin g
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and
in accordance with the serv ice recommen-
dat ions in yo ur Warranty & Maintenance
booklet.
- Lack of prope r maintenance as we ll as im-
proper use of the vehicle will impair the
function of the emission control system
and could lead to damage.
@ For the sake of the environment
Even when the Emiss ion Control System is op-
erating properly, the exha ust gas can have a
su lfur-like exhaust gas sme ll under some op-
erating states. Th is depends on the s ulfur
content of the fuel being used. Using a diffe r-
ent bra nd of fue l may he lp, or filling the tank
wit h lead-free su per grade gaso line.
Diesel particulate filter
Appli es to vehicles: wit h diesel engine
The diese l part iculate filter filters nearly all of
the soot pa rticles ou t of t he exha ust. The filter
clea ns itself a utoma t ically unde r no rmal dr iving
cond it ions. If the filte r cannot clean itse lf (for ex-
amp le, because you are only driving sho rt distan -
ces), t he fi lter becomes clogged with soot and
the II symbol for the diese l partic ulate fi lter il-
luminates 9page 22.
A WARNING
-
- Do not park your veh icle over flammable
materials such as grass or leaves because
the high temperature of the diesel part icu-
lat e filte r could sta rt a fire.
- Do not app ly an underbody protectant in the
exhaust system area or a fire cou ld start.
Selective catalytic
reduction
General information
Appli es to vehicles: wit h diesel engine
In veh icles with selective catalyt ic reduction, a
urea solution (AdBlue) is injected into the ex-
haust system before a nitrogen oxide cata lytic
conve rter to redu ce nit rogen emissions.
195
Che c king and Fill in g
Ad Blue is the market ing name for Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF).
The AdBlue is carried in a separate tank in the ve-
hicle. The AdBlue usage accounts for approxi-
mately 0.5% to 1.2% of the diesel fuel that is
used.
When a message about refil li ng the Ad Blue ap-
pears in the instrument cluster disp lay, you must
refill the AdBlue yourself or have it refilled by an
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
Facility ¢ page 197 .
A WARNING
- Ad Blue left to drive the distance ind icated in the
Failure to heed Ad Blue refill information in
the instrument cluster can prevent the vehicle
from being started and driven. If the vehicle
cannot be driven and an emergency arises,
personal inj ury can occur.
-Always have the Ad Blue tank refilled well
before the tank runs dry.
(D Tips
- The instrument cluster display indicates the
distance remaining that can be driven
¢ page 196. If the AdBlue tank is com-
plete ly empty, the engine w ill not start
again after the ig nition is switched off.
- Ad Blue is required by law to operate this ve-
hicle.
Messages in the instrument cluster display
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine
The display indicates if the Ad Blue level is low or
if there is a system malfunction .
Fig. 152 I nstru ment clust er: indicat or in th e display
196
AdBlue level low
You w ill be informed if the Ad Blue in the tan k
drops below a certa in level.
AdBlue /;, Please refill AdBlue. Range
1500 mi (2400 km)
This message appears when there is only enough
AdBl ue left to drive the distance ind icated in the
drive r information system. Fill the Ad Blue.
AdBlue /9 Refill AdBlue! No restart in
600 mile s (1000 km) ! See owner's manu al
This message appears when there is only enough
dr iver information syst em. Fill the Ad Blue. Other-
wise the engine w il l not start again if you stop it
once the distance indicated has been driven . As
long as the ind icator light is on, you
can check t he remain ing range in the tr ip com-
puter*.
Refill AdBlue ! Engine start not pos-
sible! See owner 's manual
This message appears w hen the Ad Blue tank is
empty . Fill the Ad Blue. Otherwise you will not be
able to start the engine again once you stop it .
The Ad Blue must be refilled when the amount in
the tank has reached t he minimum level
¢ page 197, Filling theAdBlue .
¢4tncorrect fill ing /s ystem malfuncti on
A message appears if the Ad Blue ta nk was fi ll ed
with a f luid other than Ad Blue and the system
has detected that the tank was filled incorrect ly,
or if there is a system malfunction.
AdBlue ./' AdBlue: System fault! No restart in
600 miles (1000 km). See owner's manual.
This message appears when it is on ly possible to
drive the distance indicated in the driver informa -
tion system . Drive to the nearest authorized Audi
dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility to have
the malfunct ion corrected. Ot herwise the engine
will not sta rt again if you stop it once the dis-
tance indicated has been driven.
AdBlue: system fault . Engine start
not possible! See owner 's manual

This message appears if the system has detected
that the tank was filled incorrectly or that there
is a malfunction. Drive immediately to the near-
est authori zed Aud i dealer or authori zed Audi
Service Facility to have the malfunction correct-
ed . Otherwise you will not be able to start the en -
g ine again once you stop it.
Filling the AdBlue
Applies to vehicles: with selective catalyt ic red uctio n
A special refill bottle must be used to fill the
AdBlue.
Fig. 153 Right rear vehicle side: removing the AdBlue cap
Fig. 154 AdBlue filler tube: inserting the refill bott le
The AdBlue tank opening is located near the die-
sel tank opening. Add at least 1 gallon (3.8 lit-
ers) of AdBlue (two bottles). This is the minimum
amount required to ensure the system detects
the refilling and to start the engine. You can add
a maximum of approximately 4 gallons (15 lit-
ers) .
Opening the filler tube and adding AdBlue
Requirement: the request to add AdBlue must
....,
N appear in the instrument cluster display.
0 - Ad Blue attacks surfaces such as painted ve-
>
co
rl
• Park your vehicle on a level surface.
I.O
"' • switch the ignition off.
"'
"'
rl
Checking and Filling
• Open the tank door q page 192.
• Turn the cap on the tank opening to the left to
remove q fig. 153.
• Remove the cap from the refill bottle.
• Position the refill bottle on the filler tube and
turn the bottle clockwise until it stops turning
@ q fig. 154.
• Press lightly against the bottom of the bottle
@ to empty it. Cont inue pressing the bottom
of the bottle unti l it is empty or until f lu id
stops flowing into the ta nk.
• Turn the bottle to the left without pressing on
the bottom.
Closing the filler neck
• Turn the AdBlue cap to the right on the filler
tube until the cap clicks into place.
• Close the tank cover.
After filling
The vehicle must be driven. The system may take
up to two minutes to detect that the AdBlue has
been filled.
• If there was no AdBlue left in the tank and a
range of O mi (0 km) was displayed in the in-
strument cluster, switch the ignition on fo r
about 30 seconds before start ing the engine.
_& WARNING
=
AdBlue can irritate the skin, eyes and respira-
tory system . If there is contact with the fluid,
flush immediate ly with plenty of water. Con-
sult a physician if necessary.
(D Note
- Only use AdBlue that conforms to the
standard ISO 22241-1. Do not mix any addi-
tives with the Ad Blue and do not dilute it
with water.
- Do not add AdBlue to the diese l tank or add
diesel fuel to the AdBlue tank. Mixing can
lead to damage to the engine and the Ad Bl-
ue tank system. Warranty does not cover
damage caused by this .
hicle components, plastic and carpet. Re-
move the fluid as quickly as possible with a ..,.
197
Che ck ing and Fill in g
damp cloth and plenty of cold water. If the
AdBlue has already crysta llized, use warm
water and a sponge. AdBlue residue that is
not removed will crysta llize and can damage
the affected surface.
- Do not store the refill bottle in the vehicle.
If it leaks, the escaping AdBlue could dam-
age the vehicle inter ior.
- Do not allow AdBlue to come into contact
with clothing. If there is contact with the
flu id, flush immed iate ly with plenty of wa-
ter .
@ Tips
- You can obtain refill bott les from an author-
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
Facility.
- Follow the AdBlue manufacturer 's instruc-
tions for use and storage .
Engine compartment
Working in the engine compartment
Special care is required if you are workingin the
engine compartmen t
For work in the engine compartment such as
checking and filling fluid s, there is a risk of in-
jury, scalding, accidents, and burns. For thi s
reason, follow all the following listed warning s
and general safety precautions. The engine
compartment is a dangerous area! ~ &
A WARNING
-
To reduce the risk of injuries, complete the
following steps before opening the hood :
- Turn the eng ine off.
- switch the ignition off.
- Set t he parking brake.
- Place the sele ctor lever in the P position.
- Let the engine cool down.
- Never open the hood when you see that
steam or coolan t drips from t he engine
compartment- there is a da nger of burns!
Wait unt il no steam or coolant flows out.
- Keep children away from the engine com-
partm ent.
198
- Never sp ill fluids on a hot engine . These flu-
ids (such as the freeze protection conta ined
in the coolant) can catch fire.
- Avoidshort circuits in the electrica l system,
especially the battery.
- When working in the engine compa rtment,
remember that the radiator fan can switch
on even if the ignition is switched off, which
increases the risk of personal injury.
- Never open the cap on the coolant expan-
sion tank when the engine is warm . The
cooling system is under press ure.
- To protect your face, hands, and arms from
hot steam or coolant, cover the cap with a
large cloth when opening.
- Do not remove the engine cover under any
circumstances . This increases the risk of
burns.
- If tests need to be performed with t he en-
gine running, there is additional danger due
to moving components (such as t he ribbed
belt , alternator and radiator fan) and from
the high voltage ignition syst em.
- Never reach into the radiator fan. The elec-
tric auxiliary fan is cont rolled by tempera-
ture and can switch on sudden ly.
- Pay attention to t he following warnings list-
ed when work on the fue l system or on t he
elect rical equipmen t is requ ired .
- Always disconnect the vehicle battery
from the vehicle electrical system
- Do not smo ke
- Never work near open flames
- Always have a working fire exting uisher
near by
- To reduce t he risk of elect ric shock and in-
jury, never touch the following components
when t he engine is running or is being start-
ed:
- Ign ition cable
- Other components in the electronic high
voltage ignition system
- If you must check or perform work on the
engine while it is running:
- Set t he parking bra ke and place the selec-
t or lever in the P (park) posit ion first .
 Ch eck i n g a nd Fillin g

- Always proceed with extreme caution so Opening the hood

that clothing, jewelry or long hair do not
The hood is released from the in terior .
become caught in the radia t or fan, fan
belt or other moving components or do
not come into contact with hot compo-
nents . Tie back long hair before beg inning
work and do not wear cloth ing that can
hang down into the eng ine.
- limit your exposure to exhaust and chemi-
cals to as short a time as possible q ,& .

..&,WARNING
California Propos ition 65 Warning: Fig . 155 Sect ion from the driver's footwe ll: relea se leve r

- Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,

and certai n veh icle components conta in or
em it chemicals known to the State of Cali-
forn ia to cause cancer and birth defec t s and
reproductive harm. In addition, certai n flu -
ids contained in vehicles and certain prod-
ucts of component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of California
t o cause cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm . Fig. 1 56 Rocker switch under the hood
- Battery posts , terminals and related acces-
sories contain lead and lead compounds, Make sure t he wiper arms a re not raised up from
chem icals known to the State of California the windsh ie ld . Oth e rwise the paint cou ld be
to cause cancer and reproductive harms . damaged.
Wash hands after hand ling.
.,.W ith the driver's door open, pull t he lever be-
low the instr ument pane l in the d irect ion of the
(D Note
arrow <=> fig. 155 .
When filli ng flu ids, be sure not to m ix the flu- .,. Raise the hood slightly r:!>ff::..
.
ids up . Otherwise seve re malfunctions and en - .,. Press the rocker switch unde r the hood upward
gine damage will occur . q fig. 156 . This re leases the catch .
.,.Open t he hood .
@ For the sake of the environment
You should regu larly check the grou nd under ..&,WARNING
-=
your veh icle in order to detect leaks quickly. If
Never open the hood when you see that steam
there are visible spots from oil or other f luids,
or coolant drips from the engine compart-
b ring yo ur vehicle to an autho rized Aud i dea l-
ment- there is a da nger of bu rns! Wait unt il
er or authori zed Audi Service Facility to be
no steam or coolant flows out .
checked.
- Never open the hood when you see that
st eam or coo lant dr ips from the e ngine
comp ar tment- the re is a dange r of burns !
....,
N Wait until no steam or coo lant flows o ut .
0
>
co
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

199
Che c king and Fill in g

Closing the hood - For safety reasons, the hood must always be
closed securely wh ile driving. Because of
.. Push the hood down until the force of the strut
this, always check the hood after closing it
is overcome.
to make sure it is Latched correctly . The
.. Let the hood fall light ly into the Latch. Do not
hood is Latched if the front corne rs cannot
press it in. c::>_&..
be Lifted.

A WARNING
- If you notice that the hood is not Latched
while you are dr iving, stop immediately and
If the hood is not latched completely, it could close it, because this increases the risk of an
fly up while you are driving and obstruct your accident.
vision.

Gasoline engine compartment overview

The most important check points .

Fig. 1 57 Typical locat ion of t he reservo ir, eng ine oil dipstick, a nd engine oil filler open ing

(D Coolant expansion tank (_L) . . . . . 206 The engine oil filler opening and the dipstick
@ Engine oil dipstick . . ....... . .. . 203 (items @ and @) c::> fig. 157 may be Located in a
@ Eng ine oil f iller opening ("!:::r.) . . . 203 different area depending on engine version.

©
®
Brake fluid reservoir((()))
Batt ery(+) under a cover
.. . . . . . 207
209
A WARNING
-

Read and following the WARNINGS before

® Body ground point(-)
checking anyth ing in the engine compartment
0 Washer fluid reservoir (W) . . . . . . 212 pag e
c::> 198.
® Fuse housing ... . ........ . ... . 248

200
 Checking and Filling

Diesel engine compartment overview

The most important check points .

Fig. 158 Typical locat ion of the reservoi r, eng ine oil dipstick, and engine oil filler opening

CDCoolant expansion tank (-L) ..... 206 Engine oil

@ Engine oi l dipstick ... . ..... .... 203
Engine oil specifications
® Engine oil filler opening (~) ... 203
© Brake fluid reservoir (0)) 207 The engine oil used must conform to exact speci-
fications.
® Battery(+) under a cover 209
® Body ground point(-) The service interval disp lay in the instrument
(J) Washer fluid reservoir (O) ... ... 212 cluster of your vehicle will inf orm you when it is
® Fuse housing .......... . ..... . 248 time for an oil change. We recommend that you
have your oil changed by an authorized Audi Serv-
The engine oil filler opening and the dipstick
ice Advisor.
(items ® and @ ) ¢ fig. 158 may be located in a
different area depending on engine version. If you have to top off the oil between oil changes,
use the Audi oil quality standard specified in the
A WARNING
-
table .
Read and following the WARNINGS before
Audi oil quality standard
checking anything in the engine compartment
Gasoline VW 502 00 or
¢page 198.
...., engine vw 504 00
N
0
> Diesel VW 507 00
co
rl engine
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

201
Che ck ing and Fill in g
Using the proper engine oil is important for the
functionality and service life of the engine. Your
engine was f actory-fi lled w ith a high-quality oil
which can usually be used throughout the ent ire
year.
@) Note
Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty does not
cover damage or malfunctions due to failure
to follow recommended ma intenance and use
requ irements as set forth in the Audi Owner's
Manual and Warranty & Maintenance booklet .
- Use only a high quality engine oil t hat ex-
pressly comp lies w ith the Audi oil quality
standard specified for your vehicle's engine .
Using any other oil can cause serious engine
damage.
- Do not mix any lubricants or othe r addit ives
into the engine oil. Doing so can cause en-
gine damage.
(D Tips
If you need to add oil and there is none availa-
ble that meets the Audi oil quality standard
your engine requires, you may add a t ot al of
no more than 0.5 quart/li t er of a high-quali ty
"synthet ic"oil that meets the fo llowing speci-
fications .
- Vehicles wit h gasoline engine: ACEA A3 or
API SM with a viscosity grade of SAE0W- 30,
SAE SW-30 or SAESW-40 .
- Vehicles with diesel engine: ACEAC3 or
API CFwith a viscosity grade of SAE 0W-30
or SAE SW-30.
- For more information about engine oi l t hat
has been approved for your vehicle, please
contact either your authorized Audi dealer
or Audi Customer Relations at
1 (800) 822-2834 or visit ou r web site at
www.aud iusa.com or www .audicanada.ca.
Engine oil consumption
The engine in your vehicle depends on an ade-
quate amount of oil to lubricate and cool all of
its moving parts .
In order to provide effective lubrication and cool-
ing of int ernal engine components, all internal
202
combust ion engines consume a certa in amoun t
of oil. Oil consumptio n varies from engine to en-
gine and may change sign ificant ly over the lif e of
the engine . Typically, engines with a specif ied
break-in period (see ¢ page 70) consume more
oil dur ing the break-in period than they consume
after oil consumption has st abilized .
Under normal cond itions, the rate of oil con-
sump t ion depends on the quality and viscosity of
the oil, the RPM (revolutions per minute) at
wh ich t he engine is operated, the ambie nt t em-
perature and road condit ions. Furthe r facto rs are
t he amo unt of oil di lution from water condensa-
t ion or fue l residue and t he oxidat ion level of the
oil. As any engine is subject to wear as mileage
builds up, the oil consumption may increase over
time unt il replacement of wo rn components may
become necessary.
With all these variab les coming into play, no
standard rate of oil consumption can be estab -
lished or specified. There is no alte rnative to reg-
ular and frequent checking of the oil level, see
Note .
If t he yellow engine oil level warning symbol Ill
in the instrument cluster lights up, you should
check the oil level as soon as possible
¢ page 203. Top off the oil at your earliest con-
venience ¢ page 203.
A WARNING
Before you check anythi ng in the engine com-
partment, always read and heed al l WARN-
IN GS ¢ page 198.
(D Note
Driving w it h an insufficient oil level is likely to
cause severe damage to the engine.
(D Tips
- The oil pressure warning display. is not
an indicator of the oil level. Do not rely on
it. Instead, check th e oil level in your en-
gine at regular intervals, preferably each
time you refuel , and always before going
on a long trip.
 Checking and Filling

- If you have the impression your engine con-
sumes excessive amounts of oil, we recom-
mend that you consult an authorized Audi
dealer to have the cause of your concern
properly diagnosed. Keep in mind that the
accurate measurement of oi l consumption
requires great care and may take some time.
An authorized Audi dealer has instr uctions
about how to measure oil consumption ac-
curately.
• Evaluate the oil level c;, table on page 203. Add
engine oi l if necessary ¢ page 203.
0 You must add oil. After adding oil, the level
shou ld be in the @ area.
@ You may add oil. After adding oil, the level
shou ld be in the @ area.
0 Do not add any oil.
@ Do not add any oil. You may continue driv-
ing .

Checking the engine oil level

0 Do not add any oil. Drive to an author ized
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa-
cility immediately.

Applies to vehicles with diesel engines: if you op-

erate your vehicle with biodiesel , fuel may enter
the engine oil. This raises the oi l level in the en-
gine. It also decreases the quality of the engine
oil ¢page23.

The oil consumption of the engine may be up to

Fig. 159 Gasoline engine oil dipstick: guide for measuring
t he oil level (example)
1/2 quart per 600 mi les (0 .5 liter per 1,000 km),
depending on driving style and cond itions. Con-
sumption may be higher during the first
3,000 miles (5,000 km). Because of this, the en-
gine oil level must be checked regularly. It would
be best to check each time you refue l your vehicle
and before long drives .

Adding engine oil 't::7:

Fig. 160 Diesel engine oil dipst ick: guide for measuring the
oil level (example)

Determining the oil level

• Park your vehicle on a level surface.
• Let the engine run in idle briefly while it is at
operating temperature and then shut the en- Fig. 161 Engine compa rtment: engin e oil fille r opening
gine off. cover
• Wait approximately two minutes.
• Remove the oil dipstick. Wipe off the oil dip- • Turn the engine off .
stick with a clean cloth and insert it all the way • Unscrew the engine oil filler opening cap <t=;r:
...., in again . c:;,fig . 161, c:;,page 200, fig. 157 .
N
0
> • Remove the dipstick again and then read the oil • Carefully add 0.5 quart (0.S liter) of the appro-
co
rl level¢ fig. 159 or ¢ fig. 160. priate oil c;, page 201. .,..
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

203
Checking and Filling
"' Check the oil level again after two minutes
¢ page 203 , Checking the engine oil level.
"'Add oil, if necessary.
"'Close the engine oil filler cap and push the dip-
stick all the way in.
A WARNING
- When adding oil, do not let oil drip onto hot
engine components. There could be risk of a
fire.
- You must secure the cap on the oil filler
opening correctly so that oil does not leak
out onto the hot engine and exhaust system
when the engine is running, because this is
a fire hazard.
- Always clean skin thoroughly if it comes into
contact with engine oil.
(D Note
- Applies to vehicles with gasoline engines:
the oil level cannot be above the 0 range
¢ page 203, fig. 159, because this can
cause damage to the catalytic converter or
the engine. Contactan authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility to
have excess oil extracted if necessary.
- Applies to vehicles with diesel engines: the
oil level must not be in the (v range
¢ page 203, fig. 160 - The oil must not be
extracted, because this can damage the en-
gine. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or
authorized Audi Service Facility immediate-
ly.
- Do not mix any additional lubricants into
the engine oil. Damage cause by such addi-
tives is not covered by the warranty.
@ For the sake of the environment
- Oil should never enter the sewer system or
come into contact with the ground.
- Pay attention to legal requirements when
disposing of empty oil containers .
204
· Changing the engine oil
We recommend that have your oil changed by an
authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service sta-
tion.
Before you check anything in the engine compart-
ment, always read and heed all WARNINGS
¢ page 198.
The engine oil must be changed according to the
intervals specified in your Warranty & Mainte-
nance booklet . This is very important because the
lubricating properties of oil diminish gradually
during normal vehicle use.
Under some circumstances the engine oil should
be changed more frequently. Change oil more of-
ten if you drive mostly short distances, operate
the vehicle in dusty areas or under predominantly
stop-and-go traffic conditions, or have your vehi-
cle where temperatures remain below freezing
for extended periods.
Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oil
look dark after the engine has been running for a
short time. This is normal and is not a reason to
change the oil more often than recommended.
Because of the problem of proper disposal, along
with the special tools and necessary expertise re-
quired, we strongly recommend that you have
your oil changed by an authorized Audi dealer or
a qualified service station.
If you choose to change your oil yourself , please
note the following important information:
A WARNING
-
To reduce the risk of personal injury if you
must change the engine oil in your vehicle
yourself:
- Wear eye protection.
- To reduce the risk of burns from hot engine
oil, let the engine cool down to the touch.
- When removing the oil drain plug with your
fingers, stay as far away as possible. Always
keep your forearm parallel to the ground to
help prevent hot oil from running down your
arm.

- Drain th e oi l into a container designed for
this purpose, one large enough to hold at
least the total amount of oil in your engine .
- Engine oil is poisonous . Keep it well out of
the reach of children.
- Continuo us contact with used engine oil is
harmful to your skin. Always protect your
skin by washing oil off thoroughly w ith soap
and water.
(D Note
Never mix oil addit ives with your engine oil.
These additives can damage your engine and
adversely affect your Audi Limited New Vehi-
cle Warranty .
@) For the sake of the environment
- Before changing your oi l, f irst make sure
you know where you can properly dispose of
the used oil.
- Always dispose of used engine oil proper ly.
Do not dump it on garden soil, wooded
areas, into open streams or down sewage
drains.
- Recycle used engine oil by taking it to a used
engine oil collection facility in your area, or
contact a service station .
Cooling system
Coolant
The engine coolant performs two functions: it
keeps the engine from overheating and it pro -
tects the engine from freezing in the winter.
The cooling system is sealed and generally re-
quires lit t le atten t ion.
The cooling system has been filled at the factory
with a perma nent coolant which does not need to
be changed . The coolant consists of a mixture of
specially condit ioned wat er and the man uf actu r-
er's glycol -based coolant additive Gl3 antifreeze
with anticor rosion additives (SO% for USA mod-
M els· 60% for Canadian models) . This m ixture bot h
N '
0
> assures the necessary fros t protection and pro-
co
,...., tects meta l components in the engine 's cooling
..,.,
\!)
..,.,
..,.,
,....,
Checking and Fillin g
system from corros ion and scaling . It also raises
t he boiling point of the coolant .
Do not reduce the concent rat ion of t he coolan t in
the summer by addi ng plain water. The propor-
tion of coolant additive must be at least 50%
but not more than 60% to maintai n antifr eeze
protection and cooling efficiency . If the coolant
frost prot ect ion is too low, the coolant could
freeze and damage the vehicle heating and en-
gine cooling system .
For year-round driving, antifreeze is added at the
factory for temperatures down to :
-- 31°F(-3S° C)USA
- - 40 °F ( - 40 °C) Canada.
If you must add coolant, use a mixture of water
and coolant additiv e. Mixing the coolant addit ive
with distill ed wat er is recommended .
A WARNING
Befo re you check anythi ng in the engi ne com-
partment, always read and heed all WARN-
IN GS ~ page 198.
(D Note
- Before wi nter sets in, have the coolant
checked to see if t he cool ant additive in your
vehicle is sufficient to meet the climate con-
ditions . This is especially impo rtant if you
live in a region where the winter is extreme -
ly cold . If necessary, increase the proportion
of coolant additive to 60%.
- When adding coolant additive to your cool-
ing system, remember:
- We recommend using only coolant addi-
tive G12++ or G13 (check the label) fo r
your vehicle. This coolant addi t ive is avail -
able at autho rized Audi dealers. Othe r
types of ant ifreeze can significant ly re-
duce corrosion protection. The resulting
corrosion can cause a loss of coolant and
serious engine damage.
- Do not add any type of radiator leak sealant
to your vehicle's engine coolant. Adding ra-
diator repair fluid may adversely affect the
function and perfo rmance of your cooling .,,.
205
Che c king and Fill in g
system and could result in damage not cov-
ered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Adding coolant
Fig. 162 Engine compartment: markings on the coolant
expansion tank
Read and follo w ing the WARNINGS before
checking anything in the engine compartment
r::;,page198 .
Checking the engine coolant level
.. Park your vehicle on a level surface.
.. switch the ignition off.
.. Read the coolant level on the coolant expansion
tank r::;,
fig . 162 . The coolant level must be be -
tween the mark ings when the engine in cold .
When the engine is warm it can be slightly
above the upper marking .
Adding coolant
Requirement : there must be a residual amount of
coolant in the expans ion tank c>Q).
.. Let the engine cool down.
.. Place a cloth over the coolant expansion tank
cap and unscrew the cap counterclockwise
<=>
&.
.,.Add coolant mixed in the correct ratio
r::;,
page 205 up to the upper marking .
.. Make sure that the fluid level rema ins stable.
Add more coolant if necessary.
.. Close the cap secure ly.
A coolant loss s uggests a leak. Immediate ly drive
your veh icle t o an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thor ized Audi Service Facility and have the cool-
ing system inspected. If the coo ling system is not
leaking, a loss can come from the coo lant boiling
206
thro ugh ove rheating and being pushed out of the
cooling system.
A WARNING
The cooling system is pressurized and can be-
come very hot. To reduce the risk of burns
from hot coolant:
- Do not open the coolant expansion tank cap
with the engine hot. There is a risk of burns .
- Stop the eng ine and a llow it to cool.
- Protect your face, hands and arms from es-
caping coolant and steam by covering the
coo lant tank cap with a large, thick cloth.
- Turn the coolant tank cap counterclockwise
slowly and keep light pressure on the cap.
- To reduce the risk of burns, do not allow any
antifreeze or coolant to drip onto the ex-
haust system or hot engine components.
The ethy lene glycol in engine coola nt can
catch fire under certa in circumstances.
- The coolant additive and the coo lant can be
dangerous to your health. For this reason,
keep the coolant in the o riginal container
away from ch ildren . The re is a risk of poison-
ing .
- W hen working in the engine compartment,
remember that the rad iator fa n can switch
on even if the ignition is switched off, wh ich
increases t he risk of pe rsonal injury.
@ Note
Do not add coolant if the expans ion tank is
empty . Air cou ld enter the cooling system and
damage the eng ine. If this is the case, do not
continue driving. See an author ized Audi deal -
er or a ut hori zed Audi Service Facility for assis-
ta nce .
. Radiator fan
The radiator fan switches on automatically by it-
self
An a uxiliary electric rad iato r fan switches on and
off depending on coolan t temperature and other
vehicle ope rat ing cond itions .
After you sw itch the engine off, the aux iliary fan
can continue running for up to 10 m inutes - even .,,.
 Ch eck i n g a nd Fillin g

with the ignition off. It can even switch on again The fluid level may drop slightly after some time
later by itself ~ .&, if due to the automatic adjustment of the brake
pads . This is not cause for a larm.
- the temperature of the engine coolant rises due
to the heat bui ld-up from the eng ine in the en - If the brake fluid leve l falls considerably below
gine compartment, or
- the engine compar t ment heats up because t he
vehicle is parked in intense sunlight.
(U.S. mode ls) I.
the "MIN" mark, the brake warning/indicator
light1111 (Canadian models)
will come on ~ page 17. Do not continue to oper-
ate the vehicle . The comp lete brake system
A
,- WARNING
-
should be thoroughly checked by an authorized
- To reduce the risk of personal injury never Audi dealer or other qualified fac ility and the
touch the radiator fan. cause corrected . If the brake flu id level is too low,
- The auxiliary e lectric fan is temperature con- the brake warning/indicator light will illuminate .
trolled and can switch on suddenly even Contact an a uthorized Audi dea ler immedi ate ly.
when the engine is not running.
- The aux iliary radiator fan switches on auto- Changing brake fluid
matically when the engine coo lant reaches a
Have the brake fluid changed by an experienced
certain temperature and will continue to run
technician.
until the coolant temperature drops.
Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air. If the
Brake fluid water content in the brake flu id is too hig h, cor-
ros ion in the brake system may result after a per i-
Checking brake fluid level od of t ime. The bo iling po int of the brake fluid
N
will a lso decrease cons iderab ly and decrease
-
N
N braking performance.
"'
:ll Therefore, the brake fluid must be changed eve ry
tw o years . Always use new brake flu id which con-
forms t o Federal Motor Vehicle Standard "FMVSS
116 DOT4" .

The brake fluid reservoir can be diff icu lt to reach,

therefore, we recommend tha t you have the
brake flu id changed by you r authorized Audi
Fig. 163 Engine compart ment: cover on the brake fluid
de aler. Your dea le r has the correct tools, the
reservoir
right brake fluid and the know-how to do this for
you .
Before you check anything in the engine compa rt-

-A
ment, always read and heed all WARNINGS
WARNING
~page 198.
- Brake flu id is poisonous. It must be stored
-
...Read the brake fluid level from the b ra ke fluid only in the closed original conta iner out of
reservoir r¢ fig. 163, r:¢ page 200, fig. 157. The
the reach of children !
brake f luid leve l must be between the "MIN"
- Brake failure can resu lt from o ld or inappro-
and "MAX" markings.
priate brake fluid. Observe these precau-
The location of the brake fl uid reservo ir can be tions:
...., seen in the engine compartment illustration - Use only brake fluid t hat meets SAE spe ci-
N
~ r¢ page 200. ficat ion J 1703 and conforms to Federa l
co Motor Vehicle Standard 116. Always check
rl
I.O
"' with your a uthorized Audi dea ler to make ~
"'
"'
rl

207
Che ck ing and Fill in g
sure you are using the correct brake f luid .
The correct type of brake fluid is also indi-
cated on the brake fluid reservoir .
- The brake fluid must be new. Heavy use of
the brakes can cause a vapor lock if the
brake fluid is left in the system too long.
This can ser iously affect the effic iency of
the brakes as well as your safety . This
could res ult in an accident.
(D Note
Brake flu id will damage the paint of your vehi-
cle .
@ For the sake of the environment
Because of the problem of proper d isposa l of
brake fluid as well as the spec ia l tools re-
quired and the necessary expertise, we rec-
ommend tha t you have the brake fluid
changed by your author ized Audi dealer.
Battery
General information
The battery in your Audi does not need any ma in-
tenance under normal operating conditions. Aud i
recommends having the electro lyte level check by
an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi
Service Facility when the re a re high outside tem-
pe ratu res or when dr iving a ll day. The electroly t e
leve l sho uld a lso be checked ea ch t ime the bat -
t ery is charged 9 page 210 .
Have the battery checked when you br ing you r ve-
hicle in fo r an inspec t ion. It is a good idea t o re-
place the batte ry if it is more t han 5 yea rs old .
During certai n types of a irbag dep loyments, the
battery is disconnect ed from t he vehicle electr i-
cal system fo r safety reasons 9 .&.in Repair, care
and disposal of the airbags on page 163.
Disconnecting the battery terminals
Some veh icle functions (such as power windows)
are not ava ilable when t he batte ry is disco nnect-
ed. These functions must be programmed after
the ba tt ery is reconnec t ed. To avoid having to do
t his , on ly disconnect t he bat tery from t he veh icle
208
electrica l sys t em when that is necessa ry to pe r-
form repairs.
To reprogram t he func t ion s, proceed as fo llows:
Function Reprogramming
Powe r window one- 9 page 41, Correcting
t ouch up/down func- power window malfunc-
t ion tions
Remote control key or If the vehicle does not
Conve nience key reac t to the key, it must
be synchronized
9 page 35
Digita l clock 9 page 10
ESC indi cato r light The ind icator light goes
out afte r d riving a few
meters
Not running the vehicle for long periods of
time
If you do not d rive your vehicle for several days or
weeks, e lectr ica l components are gradua lly re-
duced or switched off. This red uces energy con-
sumption and maintains the vehicle's ability to
start over a long per iod of t ime ¢ page 128.
Some conven ience functions , such as inter ior
light ing or power seats* may not wo rk. These
convenienc e functions w ill be availabl e agai n
o nce you switc h the ig nit ion on and sta rt the en -
gine.
Winter operation
During the winter months , it is common for the
batte ry capaci ty to dec rease as the tempe rat ures
become lower . This is because more powe r is
needed to start the vehicle and componen t s such
as t he he ad lights and t he rear window defogger
are used more frequent ly.
Avoid using powe r unnecessar ily, especially in
city dr iving or o n short t rips . Have your aut hor-
ized Audi de a ler or a uthor ized Audi Service Facili-
ty check the ba tt ery capacity before the start of
winter ¢ page 210. A well-charged battery will
not only reduce starting problems in cold weath-
er, but it will a lso last longer .
 Checking and Fillin g

,~A
Wh en a battery is charged, it produces
WARNING
- Work on the battery requires expert knowl-
& - hydrogen gas which is explosive and
could cause personal injury.
edge. Contact an authorized Audi dealer or
Always keep the battery well out of
authorized Audi Service Facility for informa-
t ion regarding the vehicle batte ry. There is a ® reach of children .
risk for chemical burns or explosions.
- Never open the vehicle battery . Do not try to
A
..,__
WARNING
-
change the batte ry elect rolyte level. Other- Whenever working on the battery or on the
wise explosive gas will escape from th e bat- electr ical system, the re is the risk of inj ury,
tery and increase the risk of an explosion. accident and even fire. Read and heed the fol-
lowing WARNINGS:
@ Tips - Alwayswear eye protection. Do not let bat-
tery acid or any lead particles get on your
If your vehicle is not driven for severa l wee ks
skin or clothing. Shield your eyes. Explosive
in very cold tempe ratu res, remove the battery
gases can cause blindness or ot her inju ry.
and st ore it in a place where it will not freeze.
This prevents the bat t ery from being dam- - Battery acid conta ins sulfuric acid. Sulfuric
aged and needing to be replaced . acid can cause blindness and severe burns.
- Always wear gloves and eye protection. Do
not tilt the battery because acid could leak
Working on the battery
out of the ventilation openings.
Be especially careful when working on or near - If you get battery acid in your eyes or on
the battery. your skin, immed iate ly rinse with cold wa-
ter fo r several minutes and get medical at-
The bat t ery is locat ed in t he luggage compart-
tent ion.
ment under the floor. Before you check anyt hing
- If you shou ld ingest any battery acid, seek
in t he luggage compart me nt, read and heed all
med ical attent ion immed iate ly.
WARNINGS q ,&..
- Do not expose the batte ry to an open flame,
Always heed the safety warning s, when working electric sparks or an open light.
on t he vehicle battery or t he vehicle electr ical - Do not smoke.
syst em t o prevent injury. - Do not interchange the positive and nega-
tive cables .
The following WARNINGS are very important
- When working on the battery , be sure not to
when work ing on the battery:
short-c ircuit the terminals with tools or oth-
Always heed the following WARNING SYM- er metal objects . This would cause the bat-
BOLS and safety precaution s when working on tery to heat up very quickly, which could
the battery . lead to damage or explosion and perso nal
Always wear eye protect ion. injury.
® - When a battery is charged, it produces hy-
drogen gas which is explos ive and could
Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Al ·
A ways wear gloves and eye protection. cause persona l injury.
- Always keep the battery well out of the
No
@ • sparks
reach of children.
- Before work is done on the electrical sys-
- flame s
M tem, disconnect the negat ive ground cable.
N - smoking.
0
> - Before performing any work on t he electr i-
co
,....,
\!)
cal system, switch off the engine and igni-
er,
er,
tion as well as any electrical equ ipme nt. The .,..
er,
,....,

209
Che c king and Fill in g
negative cable on the battery must be dis·
connected. If you are just going to replace a
light bulb, then it is enough to switch off
the lights .
- Before disconnecting the battery, switch off
the anti-theft alarm system! Otherwise you
will set off the alarm .
- When disconnecting the battery, first dis-
connect the negative cable and then the
posit ive cab le.
- Before reconnect ing the battery, make sure
all electrical consumers are switched off. Re-
connect the pos itive cable first and then the
negative cable . Never intercha nge the ca-
bles - t his could star t a fire!
- Never charge a froze n or a thawed-out bat-
te ry. It could explode! If a batte ry has fro-
zen, then it m ust be repl aced. A d isc harged
bat tery can free ze over at 3 2 °F (0 °C).
- Make sure the vent hose is always attached
to t he opening on the side of t he battery .
- Never use batte ries which are damaged.
The re is t he danger of an explos ion! Always
replace a damaged battery.
_& WARNING
California Propos ition 65 Warning:
- Battery posts , termina ls and re lated acces-
sories contain lead and lead compounds ,
chemicals known to the Sta t e of Ca lifornia
to cause ca nce r and reproductive problems.
Wash hands after hand ling.
(D Note
- Do not d isconnect t he ve hicle batt ery when
the ignition is o n or when the engine is run -
ning, othe rwise , you will damage electronic
components in the electrical system .
- If your vehicle is going to stand for a long
period of time without be ing driven, protect
the battery from "freezing", othe rwise it
will be damaged and will then have to be re-
placed.
210
Battery charging
Starting the engine requires a well charged bat-
tery .
Fig. 164 Engine compa rtmen t: connecto rs fo r a charg er
and jum p st art ca bles
Always read and heed all WARNINGS below
c> .& and q .& in Working on the battery on
page 209 .
.,..Switch off the ignition and all elec t rical con-
sumers.
.,..Make sure the area is we ll ventilated when you
charge the battery .
.,..Open the eng ine hood q page 199 .
.,..Open the red cover on the positive pole
q fig. 164 .
.,..Clamp the charge r te rm inal clamps as inst ruct-
ed on the battery terminal (+) and only on the
body ground point (· ).
.,..Only now plug the mains lead for the charging
equ ipmen t int o t he wall outlet and turn it on
~.&-
...Make sure the charging rate is not over
30 amps / 14 .8 Volt .
.,..When the bat t ery is fully cha rged : Turn the
charg ing equipment off and remove the mains
lead from the wall outlet.
.,..Now remove the clamps fo r the charging equip -
ment .
.,..Close the red cover on the positive pole.
.,..Close the hood c>page 200.
A d ischarged battery can freeze at temperatures
of only 32 F0 (0 °C). Allow a frozen battery to
thaw complete ly before attempting to charge it
~ .&.. However, we recommend not using a
thawed battery aga in because the battery casing ..,_

can be cracked due to ice formation and can leak
battery acid.
Battery charging (Maximum charging rate of
30 amps / 14.8 Volt)
When charging at low voltages (e.g . with a tri ckle
charger), the battery cab les do not have to be
d isconnected first. The battery caps shou ld not
be opened when charg ing a battery .
It is not necessary to remove the battery from
the luggage compartment, and it is also not nec-
essary to disconnect the cables .
Fast charging the battery (charging rate
above 14.8 Volt s)
For technical reasons do not use a battery charg-
er that us es voltage greater than 14 .8 Volts to
charge your vehicle's battery.
A WARNING
Charging a battery can be dangerous.
- Always follow the operating instructions
provided by the battery charger manufactur-
er when charging your battery.
- Never charge a frozen battery. It may ex-
plode because of gas trapped in the ice. Al-
low a frozen battery to thaw out first.
- Do not reuse batteries which were frozen .
The battery hous ing may have cracked and
weakened when the battery froze.
- Charge the battery in a well ventilated area .
Keep away from open flame or electrical
spark . Do not smoke. Hydrogen gas generat -
ed by the battery is explos ive.
- To reduce the danger of explosion, never
connect or disconnect cha rger cables while
the cha rger is operating .
- Fast charg ing a battery is dangerous and
should only be attempted by a competent
tec hnician with the proper equipment .
- Battery acid that may spill dur ing charg ing
should be washed off with a so lution of
wa rm water and baking soda t o neut ralize
t he acid .
M
N Audi dealer change the battery for you. Bat-
0
> teries contain sulfur ic acid and lead and must
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Checking and Fillin g
(D Note
Never use a fast charger as a booster to start
the engine . This will ser iously damage sensi-
tive electronic components, s uch as control
units, relays, radio, etc., as well as the battery
charger .
Battery replacement
The new bat tery mus t hove the some specifica-
tions and dimensions as the original equipmen t
battery.
Intelligent energy management in your vehicle is
responsible for distributing the electrical energy
t hroughout your vehicle Q page 128 . The intelli -
gent energy management system will keep the
engine batt e ry charged better than vehicles with-
out this system. To ma ke sure t he add it iona l elec-
t rical energy is availa ble once again afte r yo u
have changed t he battery, we recommend t ha t
yo u install batteries of the same t ype and man u-
facture on ly (the same as those insta lled at the
t ime your vehicle was delivered). Specifications
are listed on the battery hous ing . Your author-
ized dealer must code the battery in the energy
manageme nt system to enab le you to use the en-
ergy ma nagement fu nctions cor rectly afte r re-
plac ing the battery .
The new battery mus t have the same capacity ,
voltage (12 -volts), amperage, construction and
plug seal ing.
When install ing the battery, make sure the ign i-
t ion and all electr ical consumers are switched off.
(D Note
Make sure the ventilat ion hose on the side of
the battery is connected, otherwise fumes or
battery acid can lea k out.
~ For the sake of the environment
Because of the prob lem of proper disposal of
a battery, we recommend you r authorized
always be dispose d of properly in complia nce
with a ll envi ronm ental regulations. Disposing ..,.
211
Checking and Filling

of vehicle batteries improperly is very danger- Service interval display

ous to the environment.
The service interval display detects when your ve-
hicle is due for service.
Windshield washer
system l6
M
0
;:;.
co
m
-
M
"'
')'
""
00
a,

Fig. 166 Instrument cluster: Service interval display (ex·

amp le)
Fig. 165 Engine compartment: washer fluid reservoir cap

The washer fluid reservoir O contains the wind-

shield washer fluid¢ page 200, fig. 157. Reser-
voir capacity¢ page 260 .

"' Read and fo llo w all WARNINGS before working

in the engine compartment ¢ page 198 .
...Open the cap.
...Add the washer f luid and close the cap.

To reduce the risk of lime scale deposits on the
spray nozzles, use clean water with low amounts
of calcium. Always add a window cleaner to th
water. It should contain freeze protection in the
winter.
(D Note
- Never add radiator anti-freeze or other addi-
tives to the washer fluid.
- Do not use a glass cleaner that contains
paint solvents, there is a risk of damaging
the paint.
Fig. 167 Display in the MMI panel: service interval display
(example)
The service interval display works in two stages:
- Inspection or oil change reminder : After a cer-
tain distance driven , a message appears in the
instrument cluster display each time the igni-
tion is switched on or off¢ fig. 166. The re-
maining distance or time is disp layed briefly.
- Inspection or oil change due: If your vehicle
has reached an inspection or oi l change interval
or both intervals at the same time, the mes-
sage: Inspection due! or Oil change due! or Oil
change and inspection due! appears briefly af-
ter switching the ignition on/off.

Checking service intervals

You can check the rema ining distance or time un-
til the next oil change or next inspection in the
MMI ¢ fig. 167. Select the IMENU Ibutton> Car>
Systems* control button > Service & control >
Service intervals.

212
 Checking and Filling

Resetting the indicator

Your authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi

Service Facility will reset the service interval dis-
play after performing service.

If you perform an oil change yourself to the Audi

specifications, you must reset the service interval
display.

To reset the display, select the IMENU I button>

Car > Systems* control button > Service & con-
trol > Service intervals > Reset oil change inter-
val.

(1) Note
- Only reset the oil change indicator if the oil
was changed.
- Following the service intervals is critical to
maintaining the service life and value of
your vehicle, especially the engine. Even if
the mileage on the vehicle is low, do not ex-
ceed the time for the next service.
- Calculating the time to the next oil change
is interrupted when the vehicle battery is
disconnected. If the vehicle is not driven for
a long period of time, check the mainte-
nance schedule so that you can follow the
maintenance intervals.

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

213
Tires and wheels

Tires and wheels and braking ability. If summer

Wheels
General information
~check your tires regularly for
damage (punctures, cuts, cracks
and bulges). Remove foreign ob-
jects from the tire tread.
~ If driving over curbs or similar
obstacles, drive slowly and ap-
proach the curb at an angle.
~ Have faulty tires or rims re-
placed immediately.
~ Protect your tires from oil,
grease and fuel.
~ Mark tires before removing
them so that the same running
direction can be maintained if
they are reinstalled.
~Lay tires flat when storing and
store them in a cool, dry location
with as little exposure to light as
possible.
tires are used in very cold tem-
peratures, cracks can form on
the tread bars, resulting in
permanent tire damage that
can cause loud driving noise
and unbalanced tires.
-Burnished, polished or
chromed rims must not be
used in winter driving condi-
tions. The surface of the rims
does not have sufficient corro-
sion protection for this and
could be permanently dam-
aged by road salt or similar
substances.
Tire designations

(D Note

-Please note that summer and

winter tires are designed for
the conditions that are typical
in those seasons. Audi recom-
mends using winter tires dur-
ing the winter months. Low
temperatures significantly de-
crease the elasticity of summ- Fig. 168 Tire specification codes on the
sidewall of a tire .,_
er tires, which affects traction

214
 Tires and wheels

(D Tires for passenger vehicles Speed rat- Maximum permitted speed

(if applicable) ing
R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
P indicates a tire for a passenger s up to 110 mph (180 km/h)
vehicle. T indicates a tire desig- T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

nated for temporary use. u up to 124 mph (200 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
@ Nominal width V up to 149 mph (149.13 mi/h)al

Nominal width of the tire be- z above 149 mph (240 km/h) 3 l
w up to 168 mph (167.77 mi/h)al
tween the sidewalls in millime- y up to 186 mph (186 .4 1 mi/h)a)
ters. In general: the larger the
a) Tire manufacturers sometimes use "ZR"
number, the wider the tire. for tires with a maximum speed above
149 mph (240 km/h).
@ Aspect ratio
Height/width ratio expressed as a (j) US DOT number (TIN) and
manufacture date
percentage.
The manufacture date is listed on
© Tire construction the tire sidewall (it may only ap-
R indicates a radial tire. pear on the inner side of the tire):
® Rim diameter DOT ... 2214 ...
Size of the rim diameter in inches. means, for example, that the tire
@ Load index and speed rating was produced in the 22nd week of
the year 2014.
The load index indicates the tire's
load-carrying capacity . @ Audi Original equipment
tires
The speed rating indicates the
maximum permitted speed ¢ A in Audi Original equipment tires
Winter tires on page 229. with the designation "AO" or "RO"
have been specially matched to
"EXTRA LOAD", "xl" or "RF" indi-
your Audi. When used correctly,
cates that the tire is reinforced or
these tires meet the highest
is an Extra Load tire.
standards of safety and handling.
Speed rat- Maximum permitted speed
M
N An authorized Audi dealer or au-
0 ing
>
co thorized Audi Service Facility will 1111-
,...., p up to 93 mph (150 km/h)
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
Q up to 99 mph (160 km/h)
1.1'1
,....,

215
Ti res and wheels
be happy to provide more infor-
mation .
® Mud and snow capabilit y
"M/S" or "M+S" indicates the tire
has characteristics that make it
suitab l e for driving on mud and
snow. & indicates a winter tire.
@ Composition of the tire cord
and materi als
The number of plies indicates the
number of rubberized fabric lay-
ers in the tire. In general : the
more layers, the more weight a
tire can carry. Tire manufacturers
must also specify the materials
used in the tire. These include
steel , nylon, polyester and other
materials.
@ Maximum permitted load
This number indicates the maxi -
mum load in kilograms and
pounds that the tire can carry.
@ Uniform tire quality grade
standards for treadwear,
traction and temperature
resistance
Treadwear, traction and tempera-
ture ranges r:>page 231.
@ Running direction
The arrows indicate the running
direction of unidirectional tires .
2 16
You m ust always follow the speci-
fied runn ing direction
.:>page 245.
@ Maximum permitted
inflation pressure
This number indicates the maxi -
mum pressure to which a tire can
be inflated under normal operat-
ing condit ions.
Glossary of tire and loading
terminology
Accessoryweight
means the combined we ight (in
excess of those standard items
which may be replaced) of auto-
matic transmission, power stee r-
ing, power brakes, power win-
dows, power seats, radio, and
heater, to the extent that these
items are available as fac t ory-in-
stalled equipment (whether in-
stalled or not).
Aspect ratio
means the ratio of the height to
the width of the tire in percent .
Numbers of 55 or lower ind icate a
low sidewall for imp roved steer-
ing response and better overall
handling on dry pavement . .,.

Bead
means the part of the tire that is
made of steel wires, w rapped or
reinforced by ply cords a nd that is
shaped to fit the rim.
Bead separation
means a breakdown of the bond
between components in the bead.
Cord
means the strands forming the
plies in the tire .
Cold tire inflation pressure
means the t ire pressure recom-
mended by the vehicle manufac-
turer for a tire of a designated
size that has not been driven for
more than a couple of miles (kilo-
meters) at low speeds in the three
hour period before the tire pres-
sure is measured or adjusted.
Curb weight
means the weight of a motor ve -
hicle with standard equipment in-
cluding the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil, and coolant, air condi -
tioning and add itional weight of
optional equipment.
Extra load t ire
means a tire designed to operate
at higher loads and at higher in-
Tir es a nd whe e l s
flation pressures than the corre-
spond ing standard tire. Extra load
tires may be identified as "XL",
"xl", "EXTRALOAD", or "RF" on
the sidewall.
Gross Axle Weight Rating
("GAWR")
means the load -carrying capacity
of a single axle system, measured
at the tire-ground interfaces .
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(" GVWR ")
means the maximum total loaded
weight of the vehicle.
Groove
means the space between two ad-
jacent tread ribs.
Load rating (code)
means the maximum load that a
tire is rated to carry for a given in-
flation pressure . You may not find
this information on all tires be-
cause it is not required by law.
Maximum load rating
means the load rating for a tire at
the maximum permissible infla-
tion pressure for that tire.
Maximum loaded vehicle
weight
means the sum of: ...
217
Ti res and wheels
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight, and
(d) Production options weight
Maximum ( permissible )
inflation pressure
means the max imum cold infla-
tion pressure to which a tire may
be inflated. Also called "maxi-
mum inflation pressure."
Normal occupant weight
means 150 lbs. (68 kilograms)
times the number of occupants
seated in the vehicle up to the to-
tal seating capacity of your vehi-
cle .
Occupant distribution
means distribution of occupan t s
in a vehicle .
Outer diameter
means the overall diameter of an
inflated new tire.
Overall width
means the linear distance be -
tween the exteriors of the side-
walls of an infla t ed tire, including
elevations due to labeling , deco-
rations, or protective bands or
ribs.
2 18
Ply
means a layer of rubber -coated
parallel cords.
Production options weight
means the comb ined weight of
those installed regular production
options weighing over 5 lbs. (2.3
kg) in excess of those standard
items which they rep lace, not pre -
viously considered in curb weight
or accessory weight, including
heavy duty brakes, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Radial ply tire
means a pneumatic tire in which
the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at substantially 90
deg rees to the centerline of the
tread.
Recommended inflation
pressure
see ~ page 217 , Cold tire infla-
tion pressure.
Reinforced tire
means a tire designed to operate
at higher loads and at higher in-
flation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire. Rein-
forced tires may be identified as

"XL" , "xl" , "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF"
on the sidewall.
Rim
means a metal support for a tire
or a tire and tube assembly upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Rim diameter
means nominal diameter of the
bead seat. If you change your
wheel size, you will have to pur-
chase new tires to match the new
rim diameter .
Rim size designation
means rim diameter and width.
Rim width
means nominal distance between
rim flanges.
Sidewall
means that portion of a tire be-
tween the tread and bead.
Speed rating ( letter code)
means the speed at which a t ire is
designed to be driven for extend -
ed periods of time . The ratings
range from 93 mph (150 km/h)
to 186 mph (298 km/h)¢ table
on page 215. You may not find
this information on all tires be-
cause it is not required by law .
Tires and wheels
The speed rating letter code,
where applicable, is molded on
the tire sidewall and indicates the
maximum permissible road
speeds ¢ .&in Winter tires on
page 229 .
Tire pressure mon itoring
system*
means a system that detects
when one or more of a vehicle's
tires are underinflated and illumi -
nates a low tire pressure warning
telltale .
Tread
means that portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Tread separation
means pulling away of the tread
from the tire carcass.
Treadwear indicators (TWI )
means the projections w ithin the
principal grooves designed to give
a visual indication of the degrees
of wear of the tread. See
¢ page 223, Treadwear indicator
for more information on measur-
ing tire wear . ...
2 19
Ti res and wheels
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
is a tire information system devel -
oped by the United States Nation-
al Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-
tration (NHTSA) that is designed
to help buyers make relative com-
parisons among tires. The UTQG is
not a safety rating and not a guar-
antee that a tire will last for a
prescribed number of miles (kilo-
meters) or perform in a certain
way . It simply gives tire buyers
additional information to com-
bine with other considerations,
such as price, brand loyalty and
dealer recommendations . Under
UTQG, tires are graded by the tire
manufacturers in three areas:
treadwear, traction, and tempera -
ture resistance . The UTQG infor-
mation on the tires, molded into
the sidewalls.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN )
This is the tire 's "serial number" .
It begins with the letters "DOT"
and indica t es that the tire meets
all federal standards . The next
two numbers or letters indicate
the plant where it was manufac-
tured, and the last four numbers
represent the week and year of
manufacture. For example,
220
DOT ... 2214 ...
means that the tire was produced
in the 22nd week of 2014. The
other numbers are marketing co-
des that may or may not be used
by the tire manufacturer . This in-
formation is used to contact con-
sumers if a tire defect requires a
recall.
Vehicle capacity we ight
means the rated cargo and lug-
gage load plus 150 lbs . (68 kilo-
grams) times the vehicle's desig-
nated seating capacity .
Vehicle maximum load on the
tire
means that load on an ind ividual
t ire that is determined by distrib -
uting to each axle its share of the
maximum loaded vehic l e weight
and dividing by two.
Vehicle normal load on the tire
means that load on an individual
tire that is determined by distrib-
uting to each axle its share of the
curb weight, accessory weight ,
and normal occupant weight (dis-
tributed in accordance with ¢ ta-
ble on page 226) and dividing by
...
two.

Occupant loading and distri-
bution for vehicle normal load
for various designated seating
capacities
Refer to the tire inflation pressure
labe l c:::>page 224, fig. 171 for
the number of seating positions .
Refer to the table c:::>table on
page 226 for the number of peo -
ple that correspond to the vehicle
normal load.
New tires or wheels
Audi recommends having all work
on tires or wheels performed by
an authorized Audi dea ler or au -
thorized Audi Service Facility.
These facilities have the proper
knowledge and are equ ipped with
the required tools and replace-
ment parts .
.,,.New tires do not yet have the
opt imum adhesion properties .
Drive carefully and at moderate
speeds for the first 350 miles
(500 km) with new tires .
.,,.Use tires of the same construc-
tion, size (rolling circumference)
and as close to the same tread
pattern as possible on all four
wheels .
Tir es a nd whe e l s
.,,.Do not replace tires individually.
At least replace both tires on the
same axle at the same time .
.,,.Audi recommends that you use
Audi Original equipment tires. If
you would like to use different
tires, please note that the tires
may perform different ly even if
they are the same size c:::>,& .
.,,.If you would like to equip your
vehicle with a tire/rim combina-
tion that is different from what
was installed at the factory, con-
sult with an authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Audi Service
Facility before making a pur-
chase c:::>
..1,..
The spare tire* is different from
the regular tires installed on the
vehicle - for example, if winter
tires or wide tires are installed -
then only use the spare tire* tem-
porarily in case of emergency and
drive carefully while it is in use. It
should be replaced with a regular
tire as soon as possible.
On all wheel drive vehicles, all
four wheels must be equipped
with tires that are the same brand
and have the same construction
and tread pattern so that the
drive system is not damaged by
22 1
Tires and wheels

different tire speeds. For this rea-
son, in case of emergency, only
use a spare tire* that is the same
circumference as the regular tires .
.&,.WARNING
- hicle damage or accidents.
-Only use tire/rim combina-
tions and suitable wheel bolts
that have been approved by
Audi. Otherwise, damage to
the vehicle and an accident
could result.
-For technical reasons, it is not
possible to use tires from oth-
er vehicles - in some cases,
you cannot even use tires from
the same vehicle model.
-Make sure that the tires you
select have enough clearance
to the vehicle. Replacement
tires should not be chosen
simply based on the nominal
size, because tires with a dif-
ferent construction can differ
greatly even if they are the
same size . If there is not
enough clearance, the tires or
the vehicle can be damaged
and this can reduce driving
safety and increase the risk of
an accident.
-Only use tires that are more
than 6 years old when abso-
lutely necessary and drive
carefully when doing so.
-Do not use run-flat tires on
your vehicle. Using them when
not permitted can lead to ve-
-If you install wheel covers on
the vehicle, make sure they al-
low enough air circulation to
cool the brake system. If they
do not, this could increase the
risk of an accident.
Tire wear/damage
Fig. 169 Tire profil e : treadwear ind ica-
tor
Tire wear
Check the tires regularly for wear.
-Inflation pressure that is too low
or high can increase tire wear
considerably.
-Driving quickly through curves,
rapid acceleration and heavy
braking increase tire wear. ..

222

-Have an authorized Audi dealer
or authorized Audi Service Facili-
ty check the wheel alignment if
there is unusual wear.
-Have the wheels rebalanced if an
imbalance is causing noticeable
vibration in the steering wheel.
If you do not, the tires and other
vehicle components could wear
more quickly .
Treadwear indicato r
Original equipment tires contain
treadwear indicators in the tread
pattern, which are bars that are
1/16 inch (1.6 mm) high and are
spaced evenly around the tire per-
pend icular to the running direc-
tion ¢ fig. 169. The letters "TW I "
or triangles on the tire sidewall
indicate the location of the tread-
wear indicators.
The tires have reached the mini-
mum tread depth l) when they
have worn down to the treadwear
indicators. Replace the tires with
new ones¢ & .
Whe el rotation
Rotating the wheels regularly is
recommended to ensure the tires
"'
N
~
;;; l) Obey any applicable regulat ions in your
~
~
.... country .
Tires and wheels
wear evenly. To rotate wheels, in-
stall the wheels from the rear
axle on the front axle and vice ver-
sa. This will allow the tires to
have approximately the same
length of service life.
For unidirectional tires, make sure
the tires are installed according to
the running direction indicated on
the tire sidewall¢ page 245.
Hidden damage
Damage to tires and rims can of-
ten occur in locations that are hid -
den. Unusual vibrations in the ve-
hicle or pulling to one side may
indicate that there is tire damage .
Reduce your speed immed iately .
Check the tires for damage. If no
damage is visible from the out-
side, drive slowly and carefully to
the nearest authorized Audi deal-
er or authorized Audi Service Fa-
cility to have the vehicle inspect -
ed.
A WARNING
-
Tread that has worn too low or
different tread depths on the
tires can reduce driving safety.
This can especially have a
223
Tires and wheels

negative effect on handling, on loads c:>table on page 226. If

the risk aquaplaning when driv- driving the vehicle when fully
ing through water, when driv- loaded, you must increase the tire
ing through curves and when pressure to the maximum speci-
braking, which increases the fied pressure ¢ &,.
risk of an accident. Checking/correcting tire
pressure
Tire pressure
•Check the tire pressure at least
once per month and also check it
before every long drive.
•Always check the tire pressure
when the tires are cold. Do not
reduce the pressure if it increas-
es when the tires are warm.
Fig. 170 Driver's side B-pillar: tire pres- •Check the label ¢ fig . 171 for
sure label the correct tire pressure based
on vehicle load.
-
"'

(fa
•
(_,__,.,
.......-OIJI\ACl'..I
TOl...
TOTAL
I ltNAHt
"""" I ~-
--.,-. . ~
I )~-~ l~ •Correct the tire pressure if nec-
essary .
•Vehicles with Tire Pressure Moni-
toring System*: store the modi-
- KPA. a PSl fied tire pressure in the Infotain-
ment system ¢ page 234.
Fig. 171 Tire pressure label
•Check the pressure in the emer -
The correct tire pressure for tires gency tire*/spare tire*. Always
mounted in the factory and for maintain the maximum temper-
the spare tire* is indicated on a la- ature that is specified for the
bel. The label is located on the B- tire.
pillar ¢fig. 170, r=:>fig.171.
A WARNING
When the vehicle is partially load- Always adapt the tire pressure
ed (up to 3 people), use the tire to your driving style and vehicle
pressure specified for normal load. .,.

224

-Overloading can lead to loss of
vehicle control and increase
the risk of an accident. Read
and follow the important
safety precautions in
¢ page 22 7, Tires and vehicle
load limits.
-The tire must flex more if the
tire pressure is too low or if
the vehicle speed or load are
too high. This heats the tire up
too much. This increases the
risk of an accident because it
can cause the tire to burst and
result in loss of vehicle con-
trol.
-Incorrect tire pressure increas-
es tire wear and has a negative
Tire pressure table
Please note that the information
contained in the following table
was correct at the time of print-
ing, and the information is sub-
ject to change. If there are differ-
ences between this information
and the tire pressures specified
on the label on the driver's side B-
pillar, always follow the specifica-
tion on the B-pillar label
¢ page 224, fig. 170.
Tires and wheels
effect on driving and braking
behavior, which increases the
risk of an accident.
Replace lost valve caps to re-
duce the risk of damage to the
tire valves .
@ For the sake of the environment
Tire pressure that is too low in-
creases fuel consumption.
(1) Tips
Audi recommends using the
tire pressure specified for a nor-
mal load ¢ table on page 226
or for a full load when the vehi-
cle is partially loaded.
Make sure that the tire designa -
tion on your tire matches the des-
ignation on the tire pressure label
and the tire pressure table .
The following table lists recom-
mended tire pressures in cold
tires according to the load and
the size of the tires installed.
225
Tires and wheels

Model/ Tire designation Tire pressure

Engine Normal load Maximum load
(up to 3 people)a>
front rear front rear
PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA
A3 sedan: 225/45 Rl 7 91 Y
30 2 10 26 180 35 240 35 240
l.BL High Performance
4 cylinders 225/40 Rl8 92Y XL
(Gasoline 35 240 32 220 35 240 35 240
High Performance
engine)
225/45 Rl7 91H
32 220 29 200 39 270 39 270
All Season
225/40 Rl8 92H XL
35 240 32 22 0 39 27 0 39 270
All Season
235/35 Rl9 91 Y XL
33 230 32 220 35 240 35 240
High Performance
A3 sedan: 225/45 Rl7 91Y
30 21 0 28 190 36 250 36 250
2.0L High Performance
4 cylinders 225/40 Rl8 92Y XL
(Gas oline 35 240 32 220 36 250 36 250
High Performance
engine)
225/45 Rl 7 91H
33 230 30 210 41 280 41 280
All Season
225/40 R18 92H XL
36 2 50 33 230 41 280 41 280
All Season
235/35 Rl9 91YXL
35 240 32 220 36 250 36 250
High Performance
A3 sedan: 225/45 Rl7 91Y
30 210 28 190 36 250 36 250
2.0L High Performance
4 cylinders 225/40 Rl8 92Y XL
(Diesel en - 35 24 0 32 22 0 36 25 0 36 25 0
High Performance
gine)
225/45 Rl 7 91H
33 230 30 210 41 280 41 280
All Season
225/40 Rl8 92H XL
36 25 0 33 23 0 41 280 41 280
All Season
235/35 Rl9 91 Y XL
35 240 32 220 36 250 36 250
High Performance
53 sedan: 225/40 Rl8 92Y XL
39 270 36 250 42 290 42 290
2.0L High Performance
4 cylinders 225/40 Rl8 92H XL
(Gas oline 38 2 60 35 24 0 41 280 41 280
All Season
engine)
235/35 Rl9 91YXL
39 270 36 250 44 300 44 300
High Performance
XL= reinforced or extra load tire. It may also appear as xl, EXTRALOAD,or RF on the tire sidewall.

a) 2 people in the front, 1 person in the rear

226

.&_WARNING
Please note the important safe-
ty precautions regarding tire
pressure ¢ page 224 and load
limits¢ page 227.
Tires and vehicle load limits
There are limits to the amount of
load or weight that any vehicle
and any tire can carry . A vehicle
that is overloaded will not handle
well and is more difficult to stop .
Overloading can not only lead to
loss of vehicle control, but can al-
so damage important parts of the
vehicle and can lead to sudden
tire failure, including a blowout
and sudden deflation that can
cause the vehicle to crash.
Your safety and that of your pas -
sengers also depends on making
sure that load limits are not ex-
ceeded. Vehicle load includes ev-
erybody and everything in and on
the vehicle. These load limits are
technically referred to as the vehi-
cle's Gross Vehicle We ight Rating
("GVWR").
The "GVWR" includes the weight
of the basic vehicle, all factory in-
stalled accessories, a full tank of
fuel, oil, coolant and other fluids
Tires and wheels
plus maximum load . The maxi-
mum load includes the number of
passengers that the vehicle is in-
tended to carry ("seating capac i-
ty") with an assumed weight of
150 lbs . (68 kg) for each passen-
ger at a designated seating posi-
tion and the total weight of any
luggage in the vehicle . If you tow
a trailer, the weight of the trailer
hitch and the tongue weight of
the loaded trailer must be includ-
ed as part of the vehicle load.
The Gross Axle Weight Rating
("GAWR") is the maximum load
that can be applied at each of the
vehicle's two ax les.
The fact that there is an upper
limit to your vehicle's Gross Vehi-
cle Weight Rating means that the
total weight of whatever is being
carried in the vehic le (inc luding
the weight of a trai ler hitch and
the tongue weight of the loaded
trailer) is limited. The more pas-
sengers in the vehicle or passen-
gers who are heavier than the
standard we ights assumed mean
that less weight can be carried as
luggage.
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
and the Gross Axle Weight Rating .,..
227
Ti r es and wheels
are listed on the safety compli-
ance sticker label located on the
driver's side B-pillar ¢ page 224,
fig. 170 .
-& WARNING
Overloading a vehicle can cause
loss of vehicle control, a crash
or other accident, serious per-
sonal injury, and even death.
-Carrying more weight than
your vehicle was designed to
carry will prevent the vehicle
from handling properly and in-
crease the risk of the loss of
vehicle control.
-The brakes on a vehicle that
has been overloaded may not
be able to stop the vehicle
within a safe distance .
-Tires on a vehicle that has
been overloaded can fail sud-
denly, including a blowout and
sudden deflation, causing loss
of control and a crash.
-Always make sure that the to-
tal load being transported -
including the weight of a trail-
er hitch and the tongue
weight of a loaded trailer -
does not make the vehicle
heavier than the vehicle's
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
228
Determining correct load
limit
Use the example below to calcu-
late the total weight of the pas-
sengers and luggage or other
things that you plan to transport
so that you can make sure that
your vehicle will not be overload -
ed.
Step s for Determining Correct
Load Limit
1. Locate the statement "THE
COMBINEDWEIGHTOF OCCU-
PANTSAND CARGOSHOULD
NEVEREXCEEDXXXKGOR XXX
LBS"on your vehicle's placard
(tire inflation pressure label)
¢ page 224, fig. 170 .
2 . Determine the combined
weight of the driver and pas-
sengers that will be riding in
your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from "XXX"kilograms or "XXX"
pounds shown on the sticker
¢ page 224, fig. 170 .
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity . For ex-
ample, if the "XXX"amount
equals 1400 lbs . and there will ...
 Tires and wheels

be five 150 lbs. passengers in A WARNING

your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 X 150) = 650
lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely ex-
ceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calculat-
ed in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your vehi-
cle. Consultthis manualto de-
termine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
.,.Checkthe tire sidewall
(c>page 214, fig. 168) to deter-
mine the designated load rating
for a specific tire.
Wheel bolts and rims
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be clean and loosen/tighten
easily.
Wheel bolts that are tightened or repaired in-
correctly can become loose and result in loss
of vehicle control, which increases the risk of
an accident . For the correct tightening specifi-
cation, refer to ~ page 242, A~er changing a
wheel.
- Always keep the wheel bolts and the threads
in the wheel hub clean and free of grease.
- Only use wheel bolts that fit the rim.
-Always have damaged rims repaired by an
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Service Facility. Never repair or disassemble
rims yourself, because this increases the risk
of an accident.
Winter tires
Winter tires significantly improve the vehicle's
handling when driving in winter conditions. Be-
cause of their construction (width, compound,
tread pattern), summer tires provide less traction
on ice and snow.
.. Use winter tires on all four wheels.
.. Only use winter tires that are approved for your
vehicle .
.. Please note that the maximum permitted
speed may be lower with winter tires Q _&. An
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv-
ice Facility can inform you about the maximum
permitted speed for your tires.
.. Check the tire pressure after installing wheels
Q page 224 .
The effectiveness of winter tires is reduced great-
ly when the tread is worn down to a depth of
0.157 inch (4 mm). The characteristics of winter
tires also decrease greatly as the tire ages, re-
gardless of the remaining tread.

Rims
A WARNING
- Never drive faster than the maximum per-
Rims with a bolted rim ring* or with bolted wheel mitted speed for your tires. This could cause
M
covers* consis t of mul t iple pieces. These compo- the tires to heat up too much. This increases
N
0 nents were bolted together using special bolts the risk of an accident because it can cause
>
co
,...., and a special procedure . You must not repair or the tire to burst.
\!)
1.1'1 disassemble them Q ,& .
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

229
T ires and wheel s
- Always adapt your driving to the road and
traff ic conditions. Drive carefully and reduce
your speed on icy or slippery roads. Even
winter tires can lose tract ion on black ice.
@ For the sake of the environment
Reinstall summer tires at the appropriate
time, because they provide better handling
when roads are free of snow and ice. Summer
tires cause less road noise, tire wear and fuel
consumptio n.
(D Tips
You can also use all season tires instead of
w inte r t ires. Please note that in some coun-
t ries w here winter tires are requ ired, on ly win-
t er ti res wi t h the .& symbol may be perm it-
t ed.
Snow chains
Snow chains improve traction in the snow .
.,.Only install snow chains on the front wheels.
This applies also to veh icles with all wheel
drive* .
.,.Check and correct the seating of t he snow
chains if necessary afte r driving a few feet. Fol-
low the inst ructions from th e manuf act urer.
.,.Note t he maximum permit t ed speed w hen driv -
ing with snow chains . Do not exceed 30 mph
(SO km/h).
Snow chains not only im prove t he driving in win -
ter road conditions, but also t he braking .
Use of snow chains is only perm itted with certa in
rim/t ire comb inat ion s due to techn ical reasons.
Check w ith an aut hori zed Audi dealer or aut hor-
ized Audi Service Facility t o see if you may use
snow chains.
Use fine -mesh snow chain s. They must not add
mo re th an 0 .53 inch (13.S mm) in height, includ-
ing the chain lock.
You must remove the chains when dr iving on
roads t hat are free of snow. W hen roads are free
of snow, snow chains can imp air handling and
230
damage the t ires, and the chains wi ll quick ly be
dest royed.
A WARNING
Using incorrect snow chains or insta lling snow
chains incor rectly can result in loss of veh icle
control, which increases the risk of an acci-
dent.
(D Note
- Snow chains can damage the rims/wheel
covers* if the chains come into direct con-
tact with them. Remove the wheel covers*
first . Use coated snow chains.
'
Low aspect ratio tires
Your Audi is fac t ory-eq uipped w ith low aspect ra-
t io t ires. These t ires have been thoroug hly test ed
and been selected specifi cally f or your mode l for
the ir superb performance, road f eel and handlin g
under a var iety of dr iving condit ions. Ask your au-
t horized Aud i dealer fo r more details .
The low aspect ratio of t hese tir es is ind icated by
a numeral of 55 or less in th e t ire's size design a-
tion . The nume ral represents the ratio of the
ti re's sidewall height in relatio n to its tread width
expressed in percentage. Conventional tires have
a height/width rat io of 60 or more .
The performance of low-aspect-ratio tire s is par-
ticularly sensitive to imprope r inflation pres-
sure. It is therefore important that low aspect
ratio tires are inflated to the specified pressure
and that the inflation pressure is regularly
checked and maintained. Tire pressures should
be checked at least once a month and always
befor e a long trip Q page 224 .
What you can do to avoid tire and rim
damage
Low aspect rat io t ires can be damaged mo re easi-
ly by impact w ith potho les, curbs, gull ies or
ridges on t he road, parti cularly if t he tire is un-
der i nflated.

I n order t o m inim ize the occurrence of impact
damage to the t ires of your vehicle, we recom -
mend that you observe the following precau-
tions :
- Always maintain recommended inf lat ion pres-
sures. Check your tire pressure every 2,000
miles (3,000 km) and add air if necessary.
- Drive carefu lly on roads with potholes, deep
gul li es or ridges. The impact from dr iving
th rough or over such obstacles can damage
your tires. Impact with a curb may also cause
damage to your tires.
- After any impact, immediately inspect your
t ires or have them inspected by the nearest au-
thorized Audi dealer. Replace a damaged tire as
soon as possible .
- Inspect your t ires every 2,000 miles (3,000 km)
for damage and wear. Damage is not always
easy to see. Damage can lead to loss of air and
underinflation, which could eventually cause
t ire fa ilure. If you believe that a ti re may have
been damaged, rep lace t he tire as soon as pos-
sible.
= These t ires may wear more quickly t han ot hers.
- Please also remember that, wh ile thes e t ires
deliver responsive handling, t hey may ride less
comf ort ably and make more noise t han other
choices.
Reduced performance in winter/cold season
conditions
All t ires are designed f or cert ain purposes. The
low aspect rat io, ult ra high perf ormance tires
originally insta ll ed on your vehicle are intended
for maximum dry and wet road perfo rmance and
handling. They are not suitable for cold, snowy or
icy weather condit ions . If you drive under those
circumstances , you should equip your vehicle
w ith all -season or winter tires , which offer better
traction under those cond itions . We suggest you
use the recommended snow or all -season t ires
specified fo r you r vehicle , or the ir equivalent.
Refer to ¢ page 229 for mo re deta iled informa -
tion regard ing winter tires .
M
N t ire fail ure ¢ ,&..
0
>
co
,...., Uniform t ire quality grading
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,...., - Tread wear
Tires and wheels
- Traction AA A B C
- Temperature A B C
Quality grades can be found where applicab le on
t he tire side wa ll between tread shoulder and
maxim um sect ion wid t h ~ page 214, fig. 168.
For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Tem-
perature A.
All passenger car t ires must conform to Federal
Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the t ire when tested
under contro ll ed conditions on a specified gov-
ernment test course.
For example, a tire graded 15 0 wo uld wear one
and one half (1 1/2) times as we ll on the govern-
ment course as a t ire graded 100.
The relative perf orman ce of tires depends upon
t he actual cond itions of thei r use, however, and
may depart significantly from the norm due to
variations in driv ing habits, service pract ices and
differences in road characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from highest t o lowest, are
AA, A, Ban d C. Those grades represent t he tire's
ability to stop on wet pavement as measured un-
der contro ll ed conditions on specified govern-
ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete . A tire
marked C may have poor traction performance
~A .
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the t ire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under cont roll ed conditions on
a specified indoor labora t ory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the mate-
ria l of the tire to degenerate and reduce ti re life,
and excessive temperature can lead to sudden
.,,.
231
Tires and wheels

The grade C corresponds to a level of perform-
ance which all passenger car tires must meet un-
der the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
No. 109 . Grades Band A represent higher levels
of pe rformance on t he laboratory test wheel than
the minimum required by law.
A WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include acceleration, cor-
nering, hydroplaning or peak traction charac-
teristics.
check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure . Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to over-
heat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,
and may affect the vehicle's handling and stop -
ping ability.
Please note that the TPMSis not a substitute for
proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's re-
sponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,
even if under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMSlow tire pres-
sure telltale.

A WARNING Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS

malfunction indicator to indicate when the sys-
The temperature grade for this tire is estab-
tem is not operating properly. The TPMSmal-
lished for a tire that is properly inflated and
function indicator is combined with the low t ire
not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-
pressure tel ltale. When the system detects a
tion, or excessive loading, either separate ly or
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-
in combination, can cause heat buildup and
mately one minute and then remain continuously
possible tire failure.
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start -ups as long as the ma l-
A WARNING function exists .
Temperature grades apply to tires that are
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
properly inflated and not over or underinflat -
the system may not be able to detect or signal
ed .
low tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions
may occur for a variety of reasons, including the
Tire pressure monitoring installation of replacement or alternate tires or
system wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly. Always check the
CDGeneral notes
TPMSmalfunction telltale after replacing one or
Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monitoring system
more t ires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), that the replacement or alternate tires and
should be checked monthly when cold and inflat- wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function
ed to the inflation pressure recommended by the properly.
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size indicated on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure la-
bel, you should determine the proper tire infla-
tion pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been
equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressure tell-
tale when one or more of your tires is significant -
ly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and

232

If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
indicator appears
Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monitoring syste m
The tire pressure indicator in the instrument
cluster informs you if the tire pressure is too low
or if there is a system malfunction.
Fig. 172 Instrument cluster : ind icator light with message
Using the ABS sensors, the tire pressure monitor-
ing system compares the t ire tread circumference
and vibration characterist ics of the ind ividual
tires. If the pressure changes in one or mo re
tires, th is is indicated in the instrument cluster
display w ith an ind icator light REand a message
¢ fig. 172. If only one tire is affected, the loca-
tion of that ti re will be ind icated . The message
turns off after a few minutes . You can display the
message again r::;,page29.
The ti re pressures must be stored in the menu
disp lay again each time the pressures change
(switching between partia l and full load pres-
sure) or after changing or replac ing a tire on your
vehicle¢ page 234. The tire pressure monitor-
ing system only monitors the tire pressure you
have stored. You can find the recommended tire
pressures for your vehicle on the label on the
driver's door pillar¢ page 224.
Tire tread circumference and vibration character-
istics can change and cause a tire pressure warn-
ing if:
- If the tire pressure in one or more tires is too
low,
- the tire has structural damage,
....,
N - The tire was replaced or the tire pressure
0
> changed and it was not stored again
co
rl
I.O
¢ page 234.
"' - the spare tire is insta ll ed .
"'
"'
rl
T i res a nd wheels
Indicator lights
RE-Loss of pressure in at least one tire ¢ ,& .
Check the tires and replace or repair if necessary.
Check/correct the pressures of all four t ires. Then
store the tire pressures in the MMI ¢ page 234 .
film(Tire Pressure Mon itor ing Syst em) Tire pres-
sure: System malfunction!. If @m appears after
switching the ignition on or while driving and the
RE ind icator light in the instr ument cluster
blinks for approximate ly one minute and then
stays on, there is system malfunction. Try to
store the correct tire pressures ¢ page 234. If
the indicator light does turn off or turns on again
after a short period of time, dr ive to an author-
ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facili-
ty immed iate ly to have the malfunction corre ct-
ed.
,&. WARNING
- If the tire pressure warning light RE in the
instr ument cluster turns on, the pressure in
one or more tires is too low . Reduce the ve-
hicle speed immediate ly and avoid any hard
steer ing or braking maneuvers. Stop as soon
as possible, check the tire and inf late the
tire to the correct pressure, which is speci-
fied on the t ire pressure label on the vehicle
r::;,page 224. Driving with a tire with Low
pressure causes the tire to overheat and can
result in fa ilure of the tire . Low pressure can
also have a negative effect on t he driving
and braking behavior of t he vehicle .
- The drive r is responsible for main taining the
correct ti re pressures. You must check the
tire pressures regu larly .
- Under certain conditions (such as a sporty
driving style, winter conditions or unpaved
roads), the pressure monitor indicator may
be delayed.
- Do not use run-flat tires on your vehicle . Us-
ing them when not permitted can lead to
vehicle damage or accidents.
(D Tips
- The tire pressure monitoring system can al-
so stop working when t here is an ESCmal-
function. ..,.
233
T ires and wheel s

- Using snow chains may result in a system

malfunction.
- The t ires wi t h the ident ificat ion "AO" or
"RO"¢ page 221 have been matche d with
your Audi tire pressure monitoring system.
We recommend that you use these t ires.
- The tire pressure monitoring system can on-
ly mon itor the ti re pressure of the dr iving
tires. Check the tire pressure of the spare
whee l in the luggage compartment so that
if necessary it is ready for use.

Storing tire pressures

Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monitoring system

A change in tire pressure or a change in tires

must be stored in the system .

The tire pressure is stored in the MMI.

..,Make sure befo re stori ng th at t he tire pressures

of all f our t ires meet the specified values and
are adapted to the load . Otherwise the system
could malf unction ¢ page 224 .
..,Switc h on the ignition .
.,.Select : the IMENU! button> Car > Systems*
control button > Service & control > Tire pres-
sure monitor > Stor e tire pressure > Yes, store
now .

(]} Tips
Do not store the t ire pressures if snow chains
are installed . Otherwise the system could
malf unct ion.

234
 Care and cleaning

Care and cleaning at seals on side w indows, doors, t he hood, the

General information
Regular, proper care helps to maintain your vehi-
cle's value. It can also be a requirement when
submitting warranty claims for corrosion damage
and paint defects on the body.
luggage compartment lid or the sunroof* or at
tires, rubber hoses, insulating material, sensors*
or camera lenses*. Keep a distance of at least 16
inches (40 cm).
Do not remove snow and ice with a pressure
washer.

The necessary care products can be obtained Never use rotary nozzles or high pressure noz-
from an authorized Audi dealer or authorized zles.
Audi Service Facility . Read and fo ll ow the instruc-
The wate r temperature must not be above 140 °F
tions for use on the packaging.
(60 ° ( ).

A WARNING Automatic car washes

- Using clean ing and care products incorrectly Spray off the vehicle before washing.
can be dangerous to your health.
Make sure that the w indows and roof* are closed
- Always store cleaning and care products out
and the windsh ield wipers are off. Follow instruc-
of reach of children to reduce the risk of poi-
tions from the car wash operator, especially if
soning.
the re are accessories attached to your vehicle .

@ For the sake of the environment
- Preferably use environmentally-friendly
products when buying cleaning agents.
- Do not dispose of leftover cleaning and care
products with household trash.
Car washes
The longer that deposits such as insects, bird
droppings, tree sap or road salt rema in on the ve-
hicle, the more the surface can be damaged. High
temperatures such as those caused by sunlight
increase the damaging effect.
Before washing, rinse off heavy deposits with
plenty of water.
Stubborn deposits such as bird droppings or tree
sap are best removed w ith plenty of water and a
microfiber cloth.
Also, wash the underside of your vehicle once
road salt stops being used for the season.
If possible, use car washes that do not have
brushes .
Washing by hand
Clean the vehicle starting from the top and work -
ing down using a soft sponge or cleani ng brush.
Use solvent -free cleaning prod ucts .
Washing vehicles with matte finish paint by
hand
To avoid damaging the paint when washing, first
remove dust and large particles from your vehi-
cle. Insects, grease spots and fingerprints are
best removed with a special cleaner for matte
finish pai nt.
Apply the prod uct using a microfiber cloth . To
avoid damaging the paint surface, do not use too
much pressure.
Rinse the vehicle thoro ughly with water . Then
clean using a neutra l shampoo and a soft micro-
fiber cloth.

Pressure washers Rinse the vehicle thoroughly again and let it air
W hen washi ng your vehicles w ith a pressure dry. Remove any wate r residue using a sham my. .,.
M
N
0
washer, always f oll ow the operating instr uctions
>
co provided wi t h the pressure washer. This is espe-
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
cially importan t in regard to the pressure and
1.1"1
1.1"1
,....,
spraying distance . Do not aim the spray direct ly

235
Care and c leaning

& WARNING
- To prevent paint damage, do not wash the
vehicle in direct sunlight.
- Only wash the vehicle when the ignition is - To reduce the risk of damage to the surf ace,
off and follow the instructions fr om th e car do not use insect remov ing sponges, kitchen
wash operator to reduce the risk of acci- sponges or similar items.
dents.
- Mat t e finish painted vehicle components:
- To reduce the risk of cuts, protect yourself
- To reduce the risk of damage to the sur-
from sharp metal components when wash-
face, do not use polishing agents or hard
ing the underbody or the inside of the wheel
wax.
housings.
- Never use protective wax. It can destroy
- After washing the vehicle, the braking effect
the matte finish effect.
may be delayed due to moisture on the
- Do not place any stickers or magnet ic
brake rotors or ice in the winte r. The bra kes
signs on vehicle parts painted w ith matte
must be dried first w ith a f ew caref ul bra ke
finish paint. The paint could be damaged
applications .
when the sticke rs or mag nets are re-
moved.
@ Note
- If you wash the vehicle in an aut omatic car @ For the sake of the environment
wash, you must fold the exterior m irrors in
Only wash the vehicle in facilities specially de-
to reduce the risk of damage to the mirrors .
signed fo r that purpose. This w ill reduce the
Power folding exterior mirrors* must only
risk of dir ty wat er contaminated w ith oil from
be fo lded in and out using the power folding
entering the sewer system.
funct ion.

Cleaning and care information

When cleaning and caring for individua l vehicle are not listed, consult an authorized Audi dealer
components, refer to the following tables. The or authorized Audi Service Facility . Also follow
information conta ined there is simply recommen- the information found in ¢ _6 .
dations. For quest ions or for components that

Exterio r cleaning

Component Situation Solution

Windshield wiper Deposits ¢ page 50, Cleaning windshield wiper blades
blades
Headlights / Deposits Soft sponge with a mild soap solutiona)
Tail lights
Sensors/ Deposits Sensors: soft cloth with solvent-free cleaning solution
camera lenses Camera le·nses: soft clot h w ith alcohol-free cleaning solu-
tion
Snow/ ice Hand brush/solvent-free de- icing spray
Wheel s Road salt Water
Brake dust Acid-free special cleaning solut ion
Exhaust tail pipe s Road salt Water, clean ing solution suitab le for stain less steel, if nee-
essary
Decorative parts / Deposits Mild soap solution al, a clean ing solution suitable for stain-
trim less stee l, if necessary

236
 Care and cleaning

Component Situation Solution

Paint Paint damage Refer to the paint number on the vehicle data label, repair
with touch up paint c>page 258
Spilled fuel Rinse with water immediately
Surface rust Rust remover, then protect with hard wax; for questions,
consult an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv-
ice Facility.
Corrosion Have it removed by an authorized Audi dealer or author -
ized Audi Service Facility .
Water no longer Proteclt with hard wax (at least tw ice per year)
beads on the surface
of clean paint
No shine even though Treat with suitable polish; then apply paint protectant if
paint has been pro- the polish that was used does not contain any protectant
tected/paint looks
poor
Deposits such as in- Dampen with water immediately and remove with a micro-
sects, bird droppings, fiber cloth
tree sap and road salt
Grease-based con- Remove immediately w it h a mi ld soap solution a) and a
taminants such as soft cloth
cosmetics or sunb lock
Carbon parts Deposits clean the same way as painted parts c>page 235
Decorative decals Deposits Soft sponge with a mild soap solutiona>

al Mild soap solut ion: maxim um two tablespoons of neutral soap in 1 quart (1 liter) of water

Internal cleaning
Component Situation Solution
Windows Deposits Glass cleaner, then wipe dry
Decorative parts/ Deposits Mild soap solution a>
trim
Plastic parts Deposits Damp cloth
Heavier deposits Mild soap solution al, detergent-free plastic cleaning solu-
tion, if necessary
Displays Deposits Soft cloth with LCD cleaner
Controls Deposits Soft brush, then a soft cloth with a m ild soap solutiona>
Safety belts Deposits Mild soap solution a>,allow to dry befo re letting them re-
tract

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

237
Care and c leaning

Component Situation Solution

Textiles Deposits adhering to Vacuum cleaner
artificial leath er, the surface
Alcantara Wate r-based depos its Absorben t cloth and mild soap solut ional
such as coffee, tea,
blood, etc.
Oil-based deposits Apply a m ild soap solution al, blot away the d issolved oil or
such as oil, make-up, dye, treat afterwa rd with water, if necessary
etc.
Special deposits such Special sta in remover, blot with absorbent materia l, treat
as ink, na il polish, la- afterward with mild soap so lution, if necessary a)
tex paint, shoe pol-
ish, etc.
Natural leather Fres h stains Woo l cloth with a mild soap solut ional
Wate r-based depos its fresh stains: absorbent clot h
such as coffee, tea, d ried stains: stain remover suitable for leathe r
blood, etc.
Oil-based deposits Fresh stains: absorbent cloth and stain remover su itab le
such as oil, make- up, for leather
etc. dried stains: oil cleaning spray
Special deposits such Spot remover sui t able for leather
as ink, nai l polish, la-
tex paint, shoe pol-
ish, etc.
Care Regu larly app ly condi t ioning cream that protects from
light and penet rates int o the mate rial. Use specially -col-
ored conditioning cream, if necessary.
Carbon parts Deposits clean the same way as plastic parts
al Mild soap solution: maximum two tablespoons of neutral soap in 1 quart (1 liter ) of water

- Never use any paint polish or other abra-

_& WARNING
The windshie ld may not be tre ate d wit h wa-
ter- repelling wind sh ield coating agents. Un-
favorab le conditions such as wetness, dark-
ness, or low sun can resu lt in increased glare.
Wiper blade chatter is also possible.
(D Note
- Headlights/tail light s
- Never clean headlights or ta il lights with a
dry cloth or sponge.
- Do not use any cleaning prod uct that con-
tains alcohol, because they could cause
cracks to form.
- Wheels
- sive mate rials.
- Damage to the protective layer on the
rims such as sto ne chips or sc ratches must
be repaired immediately.
- Sensors / camera lenses
- Neve r use warm or hot wat er t o remove
snow or ice from t he camera lens . This
could ca use the lens to crack.
- Neve r use a bras ive cle a ning mat er ia ls or
a lcohol to clea n the camera lens. This
could ca use scratches and cracks .
- Door windows
- Remove snow and ice on windows and ex-
terio r mirro rs with a plastic scraper. To

238
 Care and cleaning

avoid scratches, move the scraper only in - Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard
one direction and not back and forth. sponges, etc. when cleaning.
- Never remove snow or ice from door win- - Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry
dows and mirrors using warm or hot water the seat.
because this could cause cracks to form. - Objects with sharp edges such as zippers,
- To avoid damage to the rear window de- rivets on clothing or belts can cause dam-
fogger, do not apply any stickers on the age to the surface.
heating wires on the inside of the window. - Open hook and loop fasteners, for exam-
- Decorative parts/trim ple on clothing, can damage seat covers.
- Never use chrome care or cleaning prod- Make sure hook and loop fasteners are
ucts . closed .
- Paint - Natural leather
- To reduce the risk of scratches, the vehicle - Never treat leather with solvents, floor
must be free of dirt and dust before pol- polish, shoe polish, spot remover or simi-
ishing or waxing. lar products .
- To prevent paint damage, do not polish or - Objects with sharp edges such as zippers,
wax the vehicle in direct sunlight. rivets on clothing or belts can cause dam-
- To reduce the risk of paint damage, do not age to the surface .
polish away rust spots. - Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard
- Remove cosmetics and sunscreen immedi- sponges, etc. when cleaning .
ately - these could damage the paint. - Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry
- Displays the seat.
- To avoid scratches, do not use dry cleaning - To help prevent the leather from fading,
methods on displays. do not leave the vehicle in direct sunlight
- Controls for long periods of time . If leaving the ve-
hicle parked for long periods of time, you
- Make sure that no fluids enter the con-
should cover the leather to protect it from
trols, because this could cause damage.
direct sunlight.
- Safety belts
- Do not remove the safety belts to clean (D Tips
them.
- Insects are easier to remove from paint that
- Never clean safety belts or their compo-
has been freshly waxed .
nents chemically or with corrosive fluids
- Regular waxing can prevent rust spots from
or solvents and never allow sharp objects
forming.
to come into contact with the safety belts.
This could cause damage to the belt web-
bing.
- If there is damage to the webbing, the
connections, the retractors or the buckles,
have them replaced by an authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
- Textiles/artificial leather/Alcantara
- Never treat artificial leather/Alcantara
with leather care products, solvents, floor
M
N polish, shoe polish, spot remove or similar
0
> products.
co
,...., - Have a specialist remove stubborn stains
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1 to prevent damage.
1.1'1
,....,

239
Emergency assistance

Emergency assistance .,. Have the passengers exit the vehicle. They
should move to a safe place, for examp le be-
Luggage compartment hind a guard rail.
lid emergency release
The luggage compartment can be opened from
A WARNING
the inside in an emergency. Pay attention to the steps above. They are for
your protection and the for the safety of other
drivers.

"'
Fig. 173 Section of the luggage compartment: access to
t he emergency release
To reach the emergency release mechanism, the
rear bench seat backrest must be folded down
~ page 60
.,.Push the latch upward in the direct ion of the ar-
row unt il the lock releases.
The trunk escape handle inside t he rear lid is
made of f luorescent material to glow in the dark.
A WARNING
The trunk escape handle is to be used only in
an eme rgency .
(D Tips
A
WARNING
Imp roper use of the vehicle jack can cause se-
rious pe rsonal injuries.
- Never use the screw drive r hex head to
tighten wheel bolts, since the bolts cannot
attain the necessa ry tight ening torque if yo u
use the hex head, poten t ially cau sing an ac-
cide nt.
- The factory-s upplied jack is intended only
for your veh icle mode l. Unde r no circum-
st ances shou ld it be used to lift heavy
veh icles or othe r loads; you risk injuring
yourse lf.
- Never start t he engi ne when t he vehicle is
raised, which could cause a n accident .
- Suppor t t he vehicle secu rely wit h a ppropri-
ate stands if work is t o be performed under -
neath the vehicle; otherw ise, there is a po-
tential risk for injury .
- Never use t he jac k supplied with your Audi
on another vehicle, part icu lar ly on a heavier
one. The jack is on ly suitable for use on the
veh icle it came with.

The emergency release lever should never be

(D Tips
used as a handle for closing the rear lid.
- Some of the onboard it ems listed above are
provided on certai n models only or are op-
General information t ional extras.
.,. Park the veh icle as far as possib le from moving - Before stor ing the jack*, make sure it is
traffic in the event of a flat tire. In the event of wound back down as far as it will go.
a flat tire, park the vehicle on a leve l surface . It
you are on a steep incline, be especially careful.
.,. Set the parking brake .
.,. Place the selector leve r in the P pos ition .
.,.Swit ch the eme rgency flashers on .
.,. Put on a reflective vest, if ava ila ble .
.,.Set up the war ning triang le, if available.

240
 Em e r g en cy a ss istan ce

Equipment - If you have a flat tire, move a safe distance

Vehicle tool kit
Applies to vehicles: with vehicle tool kit
Fig. 174 Luggage com pa rtmen t: cargo floor cover folded
up ward
The vehicle tool kit is located in the luggage com-
partment under the cargo floor cover r::!;>fig. 174.
Cargo floor cover
• Hang the plastic hook on the luggage compart-
ment weather strip -arrow- .
off the road. Turn off the eng ine, turn the
emergency flashers on and use other warn-
ing devices to alert other motor ists .
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe
place away from the vehicle and well away
from the road and traffic.
- To help prevent the vehicle from moving
suddenly and possibly slipping off the jack,
always fully set the parking brake and block
the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel be-
ing changed . When one front wheel is lifted
off the ground, placing the Automatic Trans-
miss ion in P (Park) will not prevent the vehi-
cle from moving .
- Before you change a wheel, be sure the
ground is level and firm . If necessary, use a
sturdy board under the jack.
- Always store the veh icle tool kit, t he jack
and the rep laced tire in the luggage com -
partment r::!;>
page 136.

Changing a wheel
Replacing wheels
When you change a wheel, follow the sequence
Before changing a wheel described below step-by -step and in exactly that
Observe the following precautions for your own order.
and your passenger's safety when changing a
1. Remove the decorative wheel cover* . For
wheel.
more details see also c:>page 242, Decora-
• After you experience a tire fa ilure, pull the car tive wheel covers or c:>page 242, Wheels
well away from moving traffic and try to reach with wheel bolt caps.
level ground before you stop r::!;>_A. 2. Loosen the wheel bolt s r::!;>
page 243 .
• All passengers should leave the car and move 3. Locate the proper mounting point for the
to a safe location (for instance, beh ind the jack and align t he jack below that point
guardrail) c:>_A. r::!;>
page 243.
• Engage the parking brake to prevent your vehi- 4 . Raise the car with the jack ~ page 243 .
cle from rolling unintentionally c:>,& . 5. Remove the wheel wit h th e fla t tir e and then
• Move selector lever to position P c:>,& . inst all th e spare c:>page 244.
• If you are tow ing a tra iler, unh itch the tra iler 6. Tighte n all whee l bolts lightly.
from your vehicle. 7. Lower the vehicle with the jack.
• Take the jack c:>pag e 241 and the spare tire 8. Use the wheel bolt wrench and firml y tighten
c:>page 246 out of the luggage compartment . all wheel bolts c:>page 243.
9. Replace the decorative w heel cover* . ..,.
....,
N
A WARNING
0
> You or your passengers could be injured while
co
rl
I.O
chang ing a wheel if you do not follow these
"' safety precautions:
"'
"'
rl

241
Emergency assistance

Removing
_& WARNING
.. Insert the hook (provided with the vehicle tool
Always read and follow all WARNINGS and in-
kit) in the hole in the wheel hub cover.
formation c:>& in Raising the vehicle on
.. Pull off the decorative wheel cover c:>fig. 175.
page 244 and c:>page 245 .

Wheels with wheel bolt caps

After changing a wheel
Applies to vehicles: with wheel bolts with caps
A wheel change is not complete without the do- The cops must be removed first from the wheel
ing the following . bolts before the bolts con be unscrewed .
.. Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack* and
the replaced tire in the luggage compartment
c:>page 136 .
.. Check the tire pressure on the spare wheel im-
med iate ly after mounting it .
.. As soon as possible, have the tightening tor-
ques on all wheel bolts checked w ith a torque
wrench. The correct tighte ning torque is 90 ft
lb (120 Nm) .
.. Have the flat tire replaced as soon as possible.
Fig. 176 Changing a wheel: remov ing t he whee l bolt caps

@ Tips
- If you notice that the whee l bolts are cor-
roded and difficult to turn while changing a
tire, they should be replaced before you
check the tightening torque.
- Drive at reduced speed until you have the
tightening torques checked.
- After changing a wheel, the tire pressure in
all four tires must be checked/corrected and
the tire pressure mon itoring indicator must
be stored in the MMI c:>page 234.
Removing
.. Push the plastic clip (provided with the veh icle
tool kit) over the whee l bolt cap until the inne r
retaine rs on t he clip align with the edge of the
cover .
.. Remove the cap with the plastic clip (vehicle
tool kit) c:>fig. 176.
Refitting
.. Place the caps over the whee l bolts and push
them back on.

The caps are to protect and keep the wheel bolts

Decorative wheel covers
clean.
Applies to vehicles: with decorative wheel covers

The decorative wheel covers must be removed

first to access the wheel bolts .

Fig. 17 5 Changing a whee l: Removing the wheel cover

242
 Emergen cy assistance

Loosening and tightening the wheel bolts car to keep your balance and ta ke ca re not
to slip .
The wheel bolts must be loosened before raising
the vehicle.
Raising the vehicle

The vehicle must be lifted with the jack first be-

fore the wheel can be removed .

Fig. 177 Changing a wheel: loose ning the whee l bo lts

Loosening

...Slide the wheel wrench onto the wheel bolt as Fig. 178 Sill panels: marking s
far as it w ill go .
...Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle
and turn the wheel bolts counter-clockwise
about one single turn in the direction of arrow
r:=>fig.
177.

Tightening
...Slide the wheel wrench onto the whee l bolt as
far as it will go .
...Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle
Fig. 1 79 Sill: pos itio ning the vehicle jack
and turn each whee l bolt clockwise until it is
seated. ... Engage the parking brake to prevent your vehi-
cle from rolling un intent ionally .
A WARNING ... Move the selector lever to position P.
- Do not use force or hurry when changing a ... Find the marking (imprint) on the sill that is
wheel - you can cause the vehicle to sl ip off nea rest t he wheel that will be changed
the jack and cause serious personal injuries. q fig. 178. Behind the marking, there is a lift-

- Do not loose n the wheel bolts more than ing point on the sill for the vehicle jack.
one turn before you raise the vehicle with ...Vehicles with a si ll: Note the pos ition of the sill
the jack. - You risk an injury. when position ing the vehicle jack q fig. 179.
... Place the ve hicle jack (vehicle tool kit) on a firm
(D Tips surface. Use a flat, stable support if necessary.
On a slippery surface such as tile , you should
- Never use the hexagonal socket in the han-
use a non-slip pad (such as a rubber mat) .
dle of the screwdriver to loosen or tighten
...Turn the vehicle jack located under the lifting
the wheel bolts.
point on the sill to ra ise the jack until its arm @
- If a whee l bolt is very tight, you may find it
Q fig. 179 is lo cated under the designated plas-
...., easier to loosen by carefully pushing down
N
0
tic mount q .&., q (j) _
> on the end of the wheel bo lt wrench with
co ...Align the jack so that its arm @ c:::>fig. 179 en -
rl one foot only . As you do so, hold on t o the
I.O gages in the designated lifting point in th e door
"'
"'
"'
rl
sill and the movable base @ lies flat on the ..,.

243
Eme r ge n cy ass ista n ce

ground. The base @ must be vertical under the - To help prevent injury to yourself and your
lifting point @ . passengers :
.. Wind the jack up further until the flat tire - Do not raise the vehicle until you are su re
comes off the ground c>.&_. the jack is securely engaged.
Position the vehicle jack only under the designat- - Passengers must not remain in the veh icle
ed lifting points on the sill c>fig. 178. There is ex- when it is jacked up.
actly one location for each wheel. The jack must - Make sure that passengers wait in a safe
not be positioned at any other location c>& c>Q). place away from the veh icle and we ll away
from the road and traffic.
An uns ta ble surface under the jack can cause the - Make sure jack position is correct, adjust
vehicle to slip off the jack. Always provide a firm as necessary and then continue to raise
base for the jack on the ground . If necessary the jack.
place a sturdy board or sim ilar support under the
- Changes in temperature or load can affect
jack. On hard, sli ppery su rfaces (such as tiles)
the height of the vehicle.
use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the jack
from slipping c>& .
(D Note
A WARNING
-
Do not lift the vehicle by the sill. Position the
vehicle jack only at the des ignated lifting
- You or your passengers could be injured
points on the sill. Otherwise, your vehicle will
wh ile chang ing a wheel if you do not follow
be damaged.
these safety precautions:
- Position the vehicle jack only at the desig-
nated lifting points and align the jack. Taking the wheel off/ installing the spare
Otherwise, the vehicle jack could slip and Follow these instructions step-by-step for chang-
cause an injury if it does not have suff i- ing the wheel.
cient hold on the vehicle.
-A soft or unstable surface under the jack
may cause the vehicle to slip off the jack.
Always provide a firm base for the jack on
the ground. If necessa ry, use a sturdy
board under the jack.
- On ha rd, slippery surface (such as tiles)
use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the
jack from slipping .
- Only raise your vehicle with the vehicle
jack provided by the factory . If you use a Fig. 180 Chang ing a whee l: us ing the screwdriver hand le
(with the blade removed) to tu rn the bolts
vehicle jack for another vehicle, your vehi-
cle can slide and cause injury.
- Changes in temperature or load can affec t
the height of the vehicle .
- Never start the engine when the vehicle is
raised, which could cause an accident.
- Support the vehicle securely with appro-
priate stands if work is to be performed
underneath the vehicle; otherwise, there
is a potentia l risk for injury.
Fig. 181 Changing a wheel: al ignment pin inside the top
hole

244

After you have loosened a ll wheel bolts and
raised the vehicle off the ground, remove and re-
place the whee l as fo llows:
Removing the wheel
.,.Use t he hexagonal socket in the screwdriver
handle to completely remove the topmost
whee l bolt and set it aside on a clean surface
¢ fig. 180 .
.,.Screw the threaded end of the alignment pin
from the tool kit hand-tight into the empty bolt
hole¢ fig. 181.
.,.Then remove the other wheel bolts as descr ibed
above .
.,.Take off the wheel leav ing the alignment pin in
the bolt hole ¢ Q).
Putting on the compact spare wheel
.,.Lift the spare wheel and carefully slide it over
the a lignment pin to guide it in place ¢ 0 .
.,.Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdr iver
handle to screw in and tighten all wheel bolts
slightly.
.,.Remove the alignment pin and insert and tight-
en the remaining whee l bolt slightly like the
rest .
.,.Turn the jack handle counter-clockwise to lower
the vehicle until the jack is fully released.
.,.Use the wheel bolt wrench to t ighten all wheel
bolts firmly¢ page 243. Tighten them cross-
wise, from one bolt to the (approx imately) op -
pos ite one, to keep the wheel centered .
0 Note
When removing or installing the wheel, the
rim could hit the brake rotor and damage the
rotor. Work carefully and have a second per-
son help you.
@ Tips
Never use the hexagonal socket in the handle
of the screwdr iver to loosen or tighten the
wheel bolts.
- Pull the reversible blade from the screwdriv-
M
N er before you use the hexagonal socket in
0
>
co the handle to turn the wheel bolts.
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
Emergency assistance
- When mounting tires with unidirectional
tread design make sure the tread pattern is
pointed the right way ¢ page 245 .
- The wheel bolts shou ld be clean and easy to
t ur n. Check for dirt and corrosion on the
mating surfaces of both the wheel and the
hub. Remove all dirt from these surfaces be-
fore remounting the wheel.
Tires with unidirectional tread design
Tires with unidirectional tread design must be
mounted with their tread pattern pointed in the
right direction .
Using a spare tire with a tread pattern
intended for use in a specific direction
When using a spare t ire with a tread pattern in-
tended for use in a specific direction, please note
the following:
- The direct ion of rotation is marked by an arrow
on the side of the tire.
- If the spare tire has to be insta lled in the incor-
rect direction, use the spare tire only tempora-
rily since the tire will not be able to achieve its
optimum performance characteristics with re-
gard to aquaplaning, noise and wear .
- We recommend that you pay part icular atten-
tion to th is fact during wet weather and that
you adjust your speed to match road condi-
tions.
- Replace the flat tire with a new one and have it
installed on your veh icle as soon as possible to
restore the handling advantages of a unidirec-
tional tire.
Notes on wheel changing
Please read the information ¢ page 221 if you
are going to use a spare tire which is different
from the tires on your vehicle.
After you change a tire:
- Check the tire pressure on the spare immedi-
ately after installation. lill-
245
Emergency assistance

- Have the wheel bolt tightening torque Spare tire

checked with a torque wrench as soon as pos-
sible by your authorized Audi dealer or a General information
qualified service station . Applies to vehicles: with space -saving spare tire {compac t
spare tire)
- With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel
bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of
90 ft lb (120 Nm).
- If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded
and difficult to turn while changing a tire,
they should be replaced before you check the
tightening torque.
- Replace the flat tire with a new one and have
it installed on your vehicle as soon as possi-
ble . Remount the wheel cover.
Fig. 1 82 Luggage compartme nt: cargo floor cover folded
Until then, drive with extra care and at reduced upward
speeds .

A WARNING
-
- If you ar e go ing to equip your vehicle with
t ires or rims wh ich differ from t hose w hich
were factory install ed, th en be s ure to read
t he info rmat io n ~ pag e 2 2 1 .
- Always make su re t he damaged wheel or
eve n a flat tir e and t he ja ck and t oo l kit are
properly secured in t he luggage compar t-
Fig. 183 Compact spare t ire
me nt an d are not loose in the passenge r
comp art ment.
The spare t ire ~ fig . 183 is intended for short-
- In an accide nt o r su dden mane uver t hey
te rm us e o nly. Have the damaged ti re chec ked
cou ld fly forw ard, injuring anyone in t he ve-
and replaced if ne cessary by a n authori zed Audi
hicle .
de aler or aut hori zed Audi Se rvice Facility as soon
- Always store damaged w heel, jack and t ool s
as possible.
se cur ely in t he Luggage comp art ment. Oth-
erwise , in an acciden t or sudden maneuve r There are some restr ictions o n the use of t he
t hey could fly forward, ca us ing injury to pas- compa ct spare tire . The compa ct spare t ire has
sengers in the vehicle. been desig ned spec ifical ly for your type of vehi-
cle. Do not replace it with t he spare t ire from an -
other type of vehicle.

Removing the spare tire

...lift t he cargo flo or by the p lastic handl e .
... Hang the plastic hook on the luggage compart-
ment weather strip -arrow- ~ fig. 18 2 .
...Turn the larg e screw coun t er-clockwise .
...Remove the spa re t ire.

Snow chains
For tec hnical reasons, the use of s now cha ins on
the compact spare t ire is no t permitte d . .,.

246
 Em e r ge nc y ass is tanc e

If you have to drive with snow chains and a front

tire fai ls, mount the spare wheel in place of a rear
tire. Install the snow chains on the rear t ire that
you removed, and install that in place of the
front tire that failed.

A WARNING
- After installing a spare tire, the t ire pressure
must be checked as soon as possible. The
t ire pressure is availab le onr::::;,page224,
fig. 171.
- If the spare t ire is more than 6 years old,
use it only in an emergency and with ex-
t reme caution and careful d riving.
- The spare tire is intended only for tempora-
ry and short-term use. It should be replaced
as soon as possible with the normal wheel
and tire.
- After mounting the compact spare tire, the
t ire pressure must be checked as soon as
possible . The tire pressure of the compact
spare tire must be 61 psi (420 kPA); other-
wise, you risk having an accident .
- Do not drive faster than SO mph (80 km/h).
You risk having an accident.
- Avoid fu ll-throttle acce leration, heavy brak -
ing, and fast cornering . You risk having an
accident.
- Never drive using more than one spare
wheel and tire. You risk having an accident .
- Norma l summer or winter tires must not be
mounted on the compact spare wheel rim.
- For technical reasons, the use of ti re chains
on the spare tire is not permitted . If it is
necessary to drive with tire chains, the spare
wheel must be mounted on the front axle in
the event of a flat in a rear tire. The newly
available front wheel must then be installed
in place of the rear wheel with the flat tire.
Installing the tire cha in before mounting
the wheel and t ire is recommended.
- loose items in the passenger compartment
can cause ser ious personal injury during
hard bra king or in an accident. Never store
M
N the inflatable spare tire or jack and tools in
0
>
co the passenger compartment.
,....,
\!) - Norma l summer or winte r tires must not be
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
mounted on the comp act spare wheel rim.
,....,

247
Fuses and bulbs

Fuses and bulbs " Check the following tab le to see wh ich fuse be-
longs to the eq uipment¢ page 250.
Electrical fuses " Remove the fuse panel cover ¢ fig . 185.
" Remove the plastic clip from the fuse pane l
Replacing fuses
cover r::;,fig. 185 .
A fuse that has blown will have metal strips that .. Remove the fuse using the plastic clamp .
have burned through. " Replace the burned fuse with an identical new
one .
.. Reins tall t he cover.

The ind ividual circu its are protected by safety

fuses . The fuses a re located under the steering
whee l beh ind a cover and in the left s ide of the
engine compa rt ment.

Fuse color identification

Color Current rating

Fig. 184 Steering column area: cover in amps
Black 1
Purple 3
Light brown 5
Brown 7,5
Red 10
Blue 15
Yellow 20
Wh ite or transparent 25
Fig. 185 Left side of the engine compartment: fuse cover
green 30
Fuses in the interior orange 40
The fuses are behind the cover in the steering col-
umn a rea r::;,fig.184.
&, WARNING
Do not repa ir fuse s and never replace a blown
" Switc h the ignition and all e lectr ica l equipment fuse w ith one t hat has a hig her amp rating.
off . This ca n cause damage to t he e lectr ica l sys-
" Check the following table to see which fuse be- tem and a fi re .
lo ngs t o the equipment r::;,
page 249.
" Remove the cover ("AIRBAG" label) r::;,fig. 184 . (D Note
Begin at the bottom right cor ner -arrow-.
If a new fuse blows again shortly after you
" Remove the plastic clip from the fuse panel
have inst a lled it, have t he ele ct rical sys tem
cover in the engine compartment<=> fig. 185.
checked by an a ut horized Audi deale r o r au -
" Remove the fuse using the plast ic clamp.
thorized Audi Service Facility.
" Replace the bur ned fuse with an identical new
one .
{!) Tips
" Install the cover .
- The followi ng table does not list fuse loca-
Fuses in the engine compartment t ions tha t a re not used.
" Turn off the ignit ion and the failed electrical
equipment.

248
 Fu ses a nd bulb s

- Some of the equipment listed in the follow- No. Equipment

ing tab les applies only to certain model
Fl4 Climate control system blower
versions or certain opt ional equ ipment.
FlS Electronic steering column lock
Fl6 MMI area
Interior fuse ass ignment
F17 Instrument cluster
....
~

N
0
F18 Rearview camera
>
"'
(0 Convince key system control mod ule, tank
F19
system
F20 Tank system
Exterior lighting, heated washer fluid noz -
F23
zles
Panorama sunroof/ power top control
F24
module, power top latch (Cabriolet)
Door/driver 's side doors (for example pow-
F25
er windows)
F26 Seat heating
F27 Sound-amplifier
Power top control modu le, electronics
F28
(Cabriolet)
F29 Inter ior light ing
F31 Exterior lighting
F32 Driver assistance systems
Fig. 186 Vehicle inte rio r: fuse assignment
F33 Airbag
No. Equipment Button illumination, coils for upper cabin
Fl Engine components heating relay (Cabriolet) and socket relay,
F34
inte rior sound, back- up light sw itch, tern-
F2 Seat adjustment
perature sensor, oi l level sensor
F3 Hydraulic pump cover (Cabriolet)
Diagnosis, headlight range control system,
F4 MM controls, MMI-components
F3S a ir quality sensor, automatic d imming
FS Gateway rearview m irror
F6 Anti-theft alarm system F36 Right cornering light/ right LED-headlight
Climate/heati ng control, selector lever F37 Left cornering light/ left LED-headlight
F7 (automat ic transm ission), parking heater,
Door/front passenger's side doors (for ex-
rear window heater relay coil F39
ample, power windows)
Diagnosis, electromechanical parking
F40 Sockets
F8 brake switch, light sw itch, rain/light sen-
Reversible front passenger's s ide safety
sor, interior lighting F41
belt tensioners
F9 Steering column switch module
Central locking components, windshield
FlO Display F42
washer system
...., Reversible driver's side safety be lt tension-
N Fll F43 Head lights, light ing
0 ers
>
co F44 a ll wheel drive
rl F12 MMI area
I.O
"' F13 Adapt ive dampers control module
"'
"'
rl

249
Fuses and bulbs

No. Equipment No. Equipment

F49 Starter, clutch sensor, headlight relay coil Engine components, exhaust door, glow
F9
F53 Rear window defogger time control module, SULEVvalve
Fl0 Fuel injectors, fuel control module
The power seats* are protected via circuit break-
ers that automatically switch on after a few sec- Fll Auxiliary heater heating element 2
onds after the overload has been reduced. F12 Auxiliary heater heating element 3
F13 Automatic transmission control module
(0 Tips
FlS Horn
Note that the following table was accurate at F16 Ign ition coil
the t ime of printing and is subject to change.
ESC control module, engine contro l mod-
F17
ule
Left engine compartment fuse assignment
F18 Terminal 30 (reference voltage)
F19 Windshie ld wipers
F20 Horn
F22 Terminal 50 diagnosis
F23 Starter
F24 Auxiliary heater heating element 1
F31 Vacuum pump
F32 LED headlights

(!') Tips
Note that the following tab le was accurate at
the time of printing and is subject to change.

Bulbs
Replacing light bulbs

Foryour safety , we recommend that you have

your authorized Audi dealer replace burned out
Fig. 187 Engine compartmen t : fuse ass ignme nt bulbs for you.

It is becoming increasingly more and more diffi-

No. Equipment
cult to replace vehicle light bulbs s ince in many
Fl ESCcontrol module cases, other parts of the car must first be re-
F2 ESC control module moved before you are able to get to the bulb.
F3 Engine control module (gasoline/diesel) This applies especially to the light bulbs in the
Engine cooling, engine components, auxili- front of your car which you can only reach
F4 ary heater coil relay (1+2), secondary a ir through the engine compartment.
injection pump relay Sheet meta l and bulb holders can have sharp
FS Engine components, tank system edges that can cause serious cuts, and pa rt s
F6 Brake light sensor must be correctly taken apart and then properly
put back together to help prevent breakage of
F7 Engine components, water pumps
parts and long term damage from water that can .,,_
F8 Oxygen sensor

250
 Fu ses a nd bulb s

enter housings that have not been properly re-

sea led .

For your safety, we recommend that you have

your author ized Audi dealer replace any bulbs for
you, since your dealer has the proper tools, the
correct bulbs and the expertise .

Gas discharge lamp s (Xenon light s):

Due to the high electrical voltage, have the bulbs

replaced by a qualif ied techn ician . Headlights
with Xenon light can be identified by the high
voltage sticke r.

LED headlights* requ ire no ma intenance . Please

contact your authorized Audi dealer if a bulb
needs to be replaced .

_& WARNING
Contact with high-voltage components of the
electrical system and improper replacement
of gas discharge (Xenon) headlight bu lbs can
cause serious personal injury and death.
- Xenon bulbs are pressurized and can ex-
plode when being changed.
- Chang ing Xenon lamps requires the spe cial
training, instructions and equipment .
- Only an authorized Aud i dea ler or othe r
qualified workshop shou ld change the bulbs
in gas discharge lamps.

_& WARNING
There are parts with sharp edges on the open-
ings and on the bul b holders that can cause
ser ious cuts.
- If you are uncertain about what to do, have
the work performed by an author ized Audi
dealer or other qualif ied workshop. Ser ious
persona l injury may result from improperly
performed work .

- If you still pre fer to replace the light bulbs

yourself, be aware that the engine compart-
ment is a hazardous area to work in
M
N
i:> page l 98 i:>.&
0
>
co - It is best to ask your authorized Audi dealer
,....,
..,.,
\!)
whenever you need to change a bulb.
..,.,
..,.,
,....,

251
Em e rg e nc y s it uat ion s
Emergency situations
General
This chapt er is inte nded fo r t rained emergency
crews and wo rking personnel w ho have the nec-
essary tool s and equipm ent t o perf orm the se
operat ions.
Starting by pushing or
towing
CDNote
Vehicles w ith an automatic transmission can-
not be started by push ing or tow ing.
Starting with jumper
cables
If necessary, the engine con be started by con-
necting it to the battery of another vehicle.
If the engine should fail to start because of a d is-
charged or weak battery, the battery can be con-
nected to the battery of another vehicle, using a
pair of j ump er cabl es to start the engine.
Jump er cable s
Use only jumper cables of sufficiently large cross
section to carry the starter current safely. Refer
to the manufacturer's specifications.
Use on ly jumper cables with insulated term inal
clamps which are d istinctly mar ked:
plus( +) cable in most cases colored red
minu s(-) cable in most cases colored black.
A WARNING
Batteries contain electricity, ac id, and gas.
Any of these can cause very ser ious or fatal in-
jury . Follow the inst ruct ions be low for safe
hand ling of your veh icle's battery.
- Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning
over the battery whenever possible.
- A discharged battery can freeze at tempera-
tures just below 32 °F (0 °C). Before con-
nect ing a jumper cab le, you must thaw the
25 2
frozen battery completely, otherwise it
could explode.
- Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or
skin. Flush any contacted area with water
immediately.
- Improper use of a booster battery to start a
veh icle may cause an explosion.
- Vehicle batteries generate explosive gases .
Keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes
away from batteries.
- Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a
low acid level in the battery.
- The voltage of the booster battery must al-
so have a 12-volt rating. The capacity (Ah) of
the booster battery should not be lower
than that of the discharged battery. Use of
batter ies of different voltage or substantial-
ly different "Ah" rating may cause an explo-
sion and personal injury.
- Never charge a frozen battery. Gas trapped
in the ice may cause an explosion .
- Never charge or use a battery that has been
frozen. The battery case may have be weak-
ened .
- Use of batter ies of different voltage or sub-
stantially d ifferent capacity (Ah) rating may
cause an explosion and injury. The capacity
(Ah) of the booster battery should not be
lowe r than that of the discharged battery.
- Before you check anything in the engine
compartment, always read and heed a ll
WARNINGS qpoge 198.
CDNote
- App lying a higher voltage booster battery
will cause expensive damage to sensitive
elec t ronic components, such as control
units, re lays, radio, etc.
- There must be no electrical contact between
the vehicles as otherwise current cou ld al-
ready start to flow as soon as the positive
(+) termina ls are connected.
@ Tips
The discharged battery must be properly con-
nected to the vehicle's electrical system. .,.
 Emergency situations

When jump starting or charging the battery,
never connect the negative ground cable to
the battery negat ive post because the battery
manager system must be able to detect the
battery's state of charge. Always connect the
negative g round cab le to the negative ground
post of the battery manager control unit .
Using jump start cables
Connect the jump start cables in the exact order
described below.
.. Turn the ignition and electrica l equipment off
in both vehicles.
Connecting the negative terminal(-) to the
negative terminal(-) (black)
.. To reach the battery terminals, flip the battery
cover cap to the side c>fig. 188 .
1. Clamp the end of the red jump start cable to
the terminal © c>fig. 189 on the dead bat-
tery ® ¢ 0) in Starting with jumper cables
on page 252 .
2. Clamp the other end of the red jump start ca-
ble to the terminal @ on the charging bat-
tery @ .

Connect NEGATIVE (-) to NEGATIVE (-)

(black)
3. Clamp the black end of the jump start cable
preferably at the ground point , or o n the
negative t erm inal @ on the charg ing battery
®·
4. Clamp the othe r black end of the jump start
Fig. 188 Engine compa rtment: connectors for jump start
cable only on the ground point @) on your
cables and a charger
vehicle ® ¢ (D.
5. Route the jump start cab les so they cannot
get caught in the moving parts in the engine
compartment .

Starting the engine

6. Start the engine in the vehicle giving the
charge and let it run at idle.
7. Start the engine in the vehicle with the dead
battery and wait two to three minutes until it
Fig. 189 Jum p sta rting the battery with anot her vehicle: "runs smoothly" .
@ - drained battery, @ - starter batt ery 8. If the engine does not start: stop the starting
procedure afte r 10 seconds and then repeat
The battery is located to the left in the eng ine
it after approximately 30 seconds .
compartment. Do not jump start a frozen or
9. In the vehicle that is being jump started,
thawed battery c> A
in Starting with jumper ca- switch the heater fan and rear window de -
bles on page 252! Replace the battery. The pro- froster on to reduce any voltage peaks that
cedure for connecting jump start cables that is may occur when disconnecting the jumper ca-
described next is designed to he lp jump start bles. The headlights must be switched off .
your veh icle. 10. With the engines running, remove the cables
Vehicle with drained battery: in reverse orde r of the way they were instal-
led . Make sure the cables do not get caught
...., .. Read the following carefullyc> page 252
N in moving eng ine components .
0
> .. Set the parking brake and place the selector
co 11. Switch the heater fan and rear window de-
rl lever in the P position .
I.O froster off.
"' 12 . Close the battery cover .
"'
"'
rl

253
Em e rg e nc y s it uat ion s

The battery is vented to the outside so that not - Do not use the battery negative terminal for
gases enter the passenger compartment. Make jump starting or a ma lfunction could occur
sure that the connected pos itive terminal clamps in the vehicle electrica l system.
on the jump start cable have sufficient contact
with metal. Towing with a tow truck
A WARNING
-
General hints
Follow the warnings and instructions from Your Audi requires special handling for towing.
the jump start cable manufacturer to reduce
the risk of ser ious injuries and vehicle dam- The following information is to be used by com-
age. If you are unsure about anyth ing, call merc ial tow truck operators who know how to op-
roadside assistance. erate the ir equipment safely.
- The jump start cables must be long enough - Never tow yo ur Audi. Towing will cause dam·
so that the vehicles do not touch. age to the engine and t ransmission.
- Route the jump start cab les so they cannot - Never wrap the safet y chains or winch cables
get caught in the moving parts in the engine around the brake line s.
compartment. - To prevent unnece ss ary damage, your Audi
- Always read and follow the warni ngs befo re must be t ranspo rted with a flat bed truck.
che cking anything in t he engine compa rt- - To load the vehicle on to the flat bed , use the
ment ¢page 198. towing loop found in the veh icle tools and at-
t ach to the front o r rear anchorage
(D Note ¢page 255 and ¢ page 255.
Connecting jump start cables incorrectly can
destroy the alternator. A WARNING
- Always connect the positive term inal(+) to A vehicle being towed is not safe for passen-
the positive te rm inal(+) and the negative gers. Never a llow anyone to ride in a vehicle
te rmi nal(-) to the negat ive termina l (-) on being towed, fo r any reason.
the body ground point, but not the negat ive
te rminal on t he battery.
- Make sure the screw plugs on t he batte ry
ce lls are insta lled securely. If no t , tighten
the plugs before connec t ing the clamps to
the negat ive termina l on the battery.
- Please note that the conne ct ing process de-
scribed below for the j ump start cables is in-
tended for when your vehicle is being jump
started. If you are jump starting another ve-
hicle, do not connect the negative cable to
the negat ive termina l (·) on the drained bat-
tery, but rather connect it to a large metal
component that is bolt ed secu rely to the en-
g ine block, o r to the engine bloc k itself. If
the battery in the vehicle being jump start-
ed is no t vente d to the outs ide, there is a
risk of explosion due to hyd rogen gas.
- Make sure t hat the connected positive t er-
min a l clamps have sufficie nt contact with
me t al.

254
 Emergency situations

Front towing loop Rear towing loop

Fig. 190 Right front bumper: removing the cover Fig. 192 Right rea r t owing loop: cover

Fig. 191 Right front bumpe r: tow ing loop installed Fig. 193 Righ t rea r tow ing loop: towing loop installed

The threaded opening for the towing loop is lo-
cated behind a cover on the right side of the front
bumper .
• Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool
kit ¢ page 241 .
• Press inward on the upper le~ side of the cap to
remove it from the bumper r::::>fig. 190.
• Inse rt the towing loop in the t hreaded open ing
until it stops ¢ fig. 191 and tighten it with a
wheel w rench.
• After using, place the towing loop back in the
vehicle tool kit.
The towing loop threaded opening is located in
the right of the rear bumper cover under a cover .
• Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool
kit¢ page 241 .
.,. Press inward on the upper area -arrow- and lift
it upward from the lower area ¢ fig . 192.
.,.Insert the tow ing loop in the threaded opening
until it stops ¢ fig. 193 and t ighten it with a
wheel wrench.
• After using, place the towing loop back in the
vehicle tool kit.
Depending on t he model, t he shape of the cover

A WARNING
can va ry.

If the towing loop is not installed securely, it WARNING

could loosen from the threads while towing
If the towing loop is not installed securely, it
and cause damage to the veh icle or injury to
could loosen from the threads while towing
people.
and cause damage to the vehicle or injury to
people .

....,
N
0
>
co
rl
I.O
"'
"'
"'
rl

255
Emergency s ituation s

Loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck

Fig. 19 6 Rear lift ing point

Fig. 194 Vehicle on flat bed tr uck .. Read and heed WARNING ¢ .&,.
.. Locate lifting poi nt s ¢ fig. 195 a nd ¢ fig. 196 .
Front hook up .. Adjust lifting arms of wo rkshop hoist o r floor
.. Align the vehicle w ith the centerline of the car jack to match vehicle lift ing points .
carrier ramp. .. Insert a rubbe r pad between the floor jack/
.. Attach the winch hook to the front towline eye workshop hoist and the lift ing po ints .
previously installed .
If you must lift your vehicle with a floor jack to
Rear hook up work underneath, be sure the vehicle is safely
supported on stands intended for this purpose .
.. Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car
carr ier ramp . Front lifting point
.. Att ach the winch hook to the rear towline eye
The lifti ng point is located o n the floo r pan rein-
previously installed .
fo rcement about at t he same level as t he ja ck
moun t ing poin t ¢ fig. 195. Do not lift the vehi·
@ Tips
cle at the vertical s ill reinforcement.
Check carefully to make sure the hook-up is
secure before moving the car up the flatbed Rear lifting point
truck ramp . The lifti ng po int is located o n the vert ica l re in-
forcement of the lower sill for t he on -boa rd jack
Raising the vehicle ¢ fig . 196.

Lifting with workshop hoist and with floor
jack
The vehicle may only be lifted at the lifting
points illustrat ed.
Fig. 19 5 Front lifti ng point
Lifting with vehicle jack
Refer to ¢ page 243.
,&. WARNING
- To reduce the risk of serious injury and vehi-
cle damage.
- Always lift the vehicle only at the specia l
wor kshop hoist and f loor jack lift points il-
lustrated ¢ fig. 195 and ¢ fig. 196.
- Failure to lift the veh icle at these points
could cause the vehicle to tilt or fall from
a lift if there is a cha nge in vehicle weight
distributi on and balance . This might hap-
pen, for example, when heavy components .,,_

256
 Emergency s ituations

such as the engine block or transmission

are removed .
- When removing heavy components like
these, anchor vehicle to hoist or add corre-
sponding weights to maintain the center of
gravity . Otherwise, the vehicle might tilt or
sli p off the hoist , causing serious personal
injury .

([) Note
- Be aware of the fo ll owing points befo re lift -
ing t he vehicle:
- The vehicle should never be lifted or
jacked up from underneath the engine oil
pan, the transmission housing, the front
or rear axle or the body side members.
This could lead to serious damage.
- To avoid damage to the underbody or
chassis frame , a rubber pad must be in·
serted between the floo rjack and the lift
points.
- Before driving over a wo rkshop hoist,
check that the veh icle weight does not
exceed the permiss ible lift ing capacity of
the hoist.
- Before driving over a workshop hoist, en-
sure that there is sufficient clearance be-
tween the hoist and low parts of the ve-
hicle .

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1"1
1.1"1
1.1"1
,....,

257
Techni c al d ata

Technical data Vehicle identification label

The vehicle identification label is located in the
Vehicle identification luggage compartment in the spare whee l we ll.

The label 9 fig . 198 shows the follow ing vehicle

da t a:

(D Vehicle Ident ificat ion Number (VIN)

@ Vehicle type, engine o utput, transmission
@ Engine and transm ission code
@ Pa int number and interior
® Optional equipment numbers

The information of the vehicle identification label

Fig. 197 Vehicle Ident ificat ion Number (VlN) plate: loca·
tion on driver's side dash pane l can al so be fo und in your Warranty & Mainte-
nance booklet.

XXXXX
XX- X- XXXX XXX XX Safety complianc e sticker

@-+~J:~t::1
::: xxxxxxxx
xxx xxxx
xxxx The safety compliance sticker is your assurance
IYPlf'VPE XXXXXX that your new vehicle complies with all applicable
Federa l Mot or Vehicle Safety Standards which
XX XXXXXXX
XX X X XX were in effect at the time the vehicle was m anu -
XXX KW XXX
15\_L
\YT I MOIOlll<B
IM:
./ CUR.
kB.
.COll/fAANS
,COOE
xxxx XXXXXX factured. You can find this sticker on the door
jamb on the d river's side. It shows the month and
@-+II.~~
-
:tr:~i XXXXI XXXXXXXI XX
1

AUSST
. / OPTIO
NS
year of production and the vehicle identification
number of your veh icle (perforation) as we ll as
EOA 7D5 4UB 6XM SSG SRW
2EH JOZ lLB lAS 1BA the Gross Veh icle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the
3FC SMU 7X1
FOA 9G3 OG7 OYH OJF Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
TL 6 3 KA BEH Ul A X9B QZ7
l XW 803 908 8Z4 020 High volt age warning label
7T6 CV7 7KO 4X3 2K2
3L4 4KC 3YO 413 502
lS A 7GB 01 A 4GO The hig h voltage warning label is located in the
engine compartment next to the engine hood re -
XX X XX X XX X xxxx lease. The spark ignition system complies with
the Canadian standard ICES-002 .

Fig. 198 The vehicle ide nt ification label - inside the lug·
gage compar tm ent Weights
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Vehicle Identificat ion Number (VlN )
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and
The Vehicle Iden t ifica t ion Number is located in
the Gross Axle We ight Rating (GAWR) for front
differen t places :
and rear are listed on a st icker on the door jamb
- und er the windshield on the driver's side o n the dr iver 's side.
¢ fig . 197.
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the
- in the MMI: Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car >
weight of the basic vehicle plus fu ll fuel tank, oil
System s* cont ro l button > Service & control >
and coolant, plus maxim um load, which includes
VIN number .
passenger weight (150 lbs/68 kg per designated
- on the vehicl e identification label.
seat ing pos ition) and luggage we ight ¢ ,&.. ..,_

258
 Techni cal data

Gross Axle We ight Ratin g
The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum
load that can be applied at each axl e of the vehi-
cle ~ .& .
(D
Vehicle capacity weight
The vehicle capacity we ight (max. load) is listed
either on the dr iver's side B-pillar or inside the
f uel filler flap .
& WARNING
- The actual Gross Axle Weight Rating at the
front and rear axles should not exceed the
permissible weights, and their combination
must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating.
- Exceeding permiss ible weight ratings can
result in vehicle damage, accidents and per-
sonal injury.
Note
- The vehicle capacity weig ht figu res apply
when the load is distributed evenly in the
vehicle (passengers and luggage). When
transport ing a heavy load in the luggage
compartment, carry the load as near to the
rear axle as possible so that the vehicle 's
hand li ng is not impaired .
- Do not exceed the maximum permissib le
axle loads or the maximum gross vehicle
we ight. Always remember that the vehicl e's
hand li ng will be affected by the extr a load.
Therefore, adjust your speed accordingly.
- Always observe local regulat ions.

Dimensions
The dimens ions can vary depend ing on the mode l nents such as the spoiler and exhaust system do
and equipment. not come into contact with these or they could be
damaged . This applies especially w hen the vehi-
When drivi ng on poor roads, by curbs and on
cle is fully loaded.
steep ramps, make sure t hat low -lying compo -

A3 Sedan

Lengt h in (mm) 175 .3 (44 56)

Wid t h in (mm) 70 .7 (1796)
Width (across mir rors) in (mm) 77 .1 (1960)
Height (unloaded) al in (mm) 55 .7 (1416)
al The height of t he vehicle depe nds on th e tir es and suspension .

53 Sedan

Length in (mm) 175.8 (4469)

Width in (mm) 70 .7 (1796)
Width (across mirrors) in (mm) 77.1 (1960)
Height (unloaded) al in (mm) 54 .8 (1392)
al The height of t he vehicle depends on t he t ires and suspension .

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
..,.,
\!)

..,.,
..,.,
,....,

259
Technical data

Capacities
Fuel tank
Front wheel dr ive gallons (liters) approximately 13.2
all wheel drive gallons (liters) (50.0)
approximately 14.5
(55.0)
Windshield washer system quarts (liters) approximately 3 .2 (3 .1)
Windshield and headlight washer system* quarts (liters) approximate ly 4.7 (4.7)

260
 Techni ca l data

Gasoline engines
A3 sedan l.8L, 4 cylinders

Maximum output SAE net hp@rpnn 170 @ 4500 - 6200

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 200@ 1600 - 4400
Displacement CID (cm 3) 110 (1798)
Engine oil with filter change quarts (liters) 5.5 (5.2)
Fuel Premium unleaded (91 AKI) , c>page 190, Gasoline

A3 sedan 2.0L, 4 cylinders

Maximum output SAE net hp@ rpnn 220 @ 4500 - 6200

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 258@ 1600 - 4400
Displacement CID (cm 3) 121 (1984)
Engine oil with filter change quarts (liters) 6.0(5.7)
Fuel Premium unleaded (9 1 AKI ), ¢ page 190, Gasoline

53 sedan 2.0L, 4 cylinders

Maximum output SAE net hp@ rpnn 292 @ 5400 - 6200

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 280@ 1900 - 5300
Displacement CID (cm 3) 121 (1984)
Engine oil with filter change quarts (li ters) 6.0(5.7)
Fuel Premium unleaded (9 1 AKI ), ¢ page 190, Gasoline

Diesel engine
A3, 2.0L TDI, 4 cylinder

Maximum output SAE net hp@ rp nn 150@ 3500 - 4000

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 237@ 1750 - 3000
Displa cement CID (cm 3) 120 (1968 )
Engine oil with f ilter change quarts (li ters) 5.8 (S.S)
Fuel ULSD-Diesel No. 2 , ¢ page 191, Diesel fuel

M
N
0
>
co
,....,
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

261
Consumer information
Consumer information
Warranty coverages
Your Audi is covered by the following warran-
ties:
- New Vehicle Limited Warranty
- Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfora-
tion
- Emissions Control System Warranty
- Emissions Performance Warranty
- California Emissions Control Warranty (USA
vehicles only)
- California Emissions Performance Warranty
(USA vehicles only)
Detailed information regarding your warranties
can be found in your Warranty & Maintenance
booklet .
Operating your vehicle
outside the U.S.A. or
Canada
Government regu lat ions in the United States and
Canada require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards.
Therefore, vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Cana-
da differ from vehicles sold in other countr ies.
If you plan to take your veh icle outside the conti-
nenta l limits of the United States or Canada,
there is the possibility that:
- unleaded fue ls for vehicles with catalytic con-
verter may not be available;
- fuel may have a considerably lower octane rat -
ing . Improper fuel may cause engine damage;
- serv ice may be inadequate due to lack of proper
serv ice facilities , tools or testing eq uipment;
- replacement parts may not be readily available .
- Navigat ion systems for vehicles built for the
U.S.A. and Canada will not necessar ily work in
Europe, and may not work in othe r countries
outside North America .
262
(D Note
Audi cannot be responsib le for mechanical
damage that could result from inadequate
fuel, service or parts availability.
Audi Service Repair
Manuals and Literature
Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Litera-
ture are published as soon as possible after mod-
el introduction. Service manuals and literature
are available to order from the Audi Technical Lit-
erat ure Ordering Center at:
www.audi.techliterature .com
Maintenance
General
'
Your vehicle has been designed to help keep
maintenance requirements to a minimum. How-
ever, a certain amount of regular maintenance is
still necessary to assure your veh icle's safety,
economy and reliability . For deta iled vehicle
maintenance consult your Warranty & Mainte-
nance book let .
Under difficult operating conditions, for exam-
ple at extremely low outs ide temperatures, in
very dusty regions , when towing a tra iler very fre-
quently , etc., some service work should be per-
formed between the intervals specified. This ap-
plies particularly to:
- oil changes, and
- cleaning or replacing the air filter .
@) For the sake of the environment
By regularly maintaining your veh icle, you
help make sure that emission standards are
maintained, thus min imizing adverse effects
on the environment.
'
Important considerations for you and your
vehicle
The increasing use of electronics, sophisticated
fuel injection and emission control systems , and
the generally increasing technical comp lexity of llJJ,

today's automobiles, have steadily reduced the
scope of maintenance and repairs which can be
carried out by vehicle owners . Also, safety and
environment al concerns place very strict limits
on the nature of repa irs and adjustments to en-
gine and transmission parts which an owner can
perform.
Maintenance, adjustments and repa irs usua lly re-
quire spec ial tools, testing devices and other
equ ipment available to specially trained work-
shop perso nnel in order to assure proper per-
formance, reliab ility and safety of the vehicle and
its many systems.
Improper ma intenance, adjustments and repairs
can impair the operation and reliability of your
vehicle and even void your vehicle warranty .
Therefore, proof of se rvicing in accordance with
the maintenance schedule may be a condit ion for
upho lding a possib le warranty claim made with in
the warranty period .
Above all, operational safety can be adversely af-
fected, creating unnecessary risks for you and
your passengers.
If in doubt about any servicing, have it done by
your author ized Audi dealer or any other prope rly
equ ipped and qua lified workshop. We st rongly
urge you to give your authorized Audi dealer the
opport unity to perform all sched uled mainte-
nance and necessary repairs . Your dealer has the
facilities, origina l parts and trained specia lists to
keep your vehicle runn ing properly.
Performing lim it ed ma inten ance yours elf
The following pages describe a limited number of
procedures which can be performed on your vehi-
cle with ordinary tools, should the need arise and
trained personne l be unavailable. Before per-
forming any of these procedures, always thor-
oughly read all of the applicable text and careful-
ly follow the instructions given. Always rigorously
observe the WARNINGS provided .
Bef ore you check anything in the engine com-
"'
N
partm ent, always read and heed all WARNING S
~ c:>.&.and c:>page 198 .
co
,....,
..,.,
\!)
..,.,
..,.,
,....,
Co n s um e r information
A WARNING
- Serious personal injury may occur as a result
of improperly performed maintenance, ad-
justments or repairs.
- Always be extremely careful when working
on the vehicle. Always follow commonly ac-
cepted safety practices and general com-
mon sense. Never risk personal injury.
- Do not attempt any of the maintenance,
checks or repairs descr ibed on the following
pages if you are not fully familia r wit h these
or other procedures with respect to the vehi-
cle, or are uncertain how to proceed .
- Do not do any work without the proper tools
and eq uipment. Have the necessary work
done by your authorized Audi dealer or an-
other properly equipped and qualified work-
shop .
- The engine compar t ment of any motor vehi-
cle is a potentially hazardous area. Never
reach into the area around or touch the radi-
ator fan. It is temperature contro lled and
can switch on suddenly - even when the en-
gine is off. The radiator fan switches on au-
tomatically when the coolant reaches a cer-
tain tempe ratu re and will continue to run
until the coolant temperature drops.
- Always switch off the ignition before anyone
gets under the vehicle.
- Always support your vehicle with safety
stands if it is necessary to work underneath
the vehicle. The jack supplied with the vehi-
cle is not adequate for this purpose and
could collapse caus ing serious personal in-
jury.
- If you must work underneath t he vehicle
with the wheels on the ground, always make
sure the vehicle is on level ground, that the
wheels are always secure ly blocked and that
the engine cannot be started.
- Always make sure the transmission se lector
lever (automatic transmiss ion) is in P (Park
position) and the park brake is applied. Ill>
263
Con s umer informat ion
@ For the sake of the environment
- Changing the engine settings wi ll adversely
affect emission levels . This is detrimental to
the environment and increases fuel con-
sumption.
- Always observe environmental regulations
when disposing of old engine oil, used brake
flu id, dirty engine coolant, spent batteries
or worn out tires .
- Undeployed airbag modules and pretension-
ers might be classified as Perchlorate Mate-
rial -special handl ing may apply, see
www .dtsc .ca.gov/ha zardouswaste/perchlo-
rate. When t he vehicle or parts of the re-
strai nt system incl uding airbag modules
safety belt s wit h pretensioners are scrap-
ped, all applicab le laws and regulations
must be observed. Your author ized Audi
dealer is familiar with these requirements
and we recommend that you have your deal-
er perform this service for you .
Accessories and
technical changes
Additional accessories and parts
replacement
Always consult an authori zed Audi dealer before
purcha sing accessories.
Your vehicle incorporates t he latest safety design
features ensuring a high standard of active and
passive safety.
This safety could be compromised by non-a p-
proved changes to the vehicle. For this reason, if
parts have to be replaced, please observe the fo l-
lowing points when insta lling addit ional accesso-
ries:
Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi
parts are available from authori zed Audi dealers.
These dealers also have t he necessary fac il ities ,
too ls and trained specialists to insta ll t he parts
and accessories properly .
264
-
A WARNING
Using the wrong spare parts or usi ng non-ap-
proved accessories can cause damage to the
vehicle and serio us personal injury .
- Use only accessories expressly approved by
Audi and genuine Audi spare parts
- These parts and accessories have been spe-
cially designed to be used on your vehicle.
- Never install accessories such as telephone
cradles or beverage holders on airbag covers
or w ith in the airbag deployment zones. Do-
ing so will increase the risk of injury if air-
bags are triggered in an accident!
- Before you check anything in t he engine
compa rtment, always read and heed all
WARNINGS <:::> page 198 .
(D Note
- If items other than genu ine Audi spare
parts, add-on equipmen t and accessory
it ems are used or if repair wo rk is not per-
formed accordi ng to specifie d met hods, t his
can result in severe damage to your vehicle's
engine and body (such as corrosion) and ad-
versely aff ect your vehicle's war ranty .
- If emergency repairs must be perfo rmed
elsewhere, have the vehicle examine d by an
autho rized Audi dealer as soon as possible.
- The manufac t urer cannot be held lia ble fo r
damage wh ich occurs due to fail ure to com-
ply with these stipulations .
Technical Modifications
'
Our guid elin es must be complied with when tech -
nical modifications are made .
Always consult an aut hor ized Audi dealer before
starti ng wor k on any modific ations.
This w ill help ensure t hat vehicle function , per-
fo rmance and safety are not impa ired <:::> &, .
Attempting to work on electronic components
and t he software used with them can cause mal-
funct ions. Because of the way electronic compo-
nents are inte rconnected wi t h each other, such
malfunctions can also have an adverse aff ect on
othe r systems t hat are not direct ly involved. This ..,_
 Co n s um e r information

means that you risk both a substant ial reduction
in the operational safety of your vehicle and an
increased wear of vehicle parts ~ .& .
Author ized Audi dealers w ill perform this work in
a professiona l and competent manner or, in spe-
cial cases, refer you to a professional company
that specializes in such modifications.
A WARNING
Improper repairs and modifications can
change the way vehicle systems work and
cause damage to the veh icle and serious per-
sonal injury .
If emergency repairs must be performed else-
where, have the veh icle examined by an au-
thorized Audi dealer as soon as possib le.
Declaration of
Compliance, Telecommu-
nication and Electronic
Systems
Radio Frequency Devices and Radiocommunica-
tion Equipment User Manual Notice.
(1) This device may not cause harm f ul interfe r-
ence, and
(2) this device must accept any inte rfe rence re-
ceived, including int erference t hat may cause un-
desired operation.
FCC Part 15.21
CAUTION:
Changes or mod ificat ions not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance could
void the user's authori ty to operate the equ ip-
me nt .
RSS-Gen Is sue 1
Operation is subject to the follow ing two condi-
tions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) t his device must accept any inte rference , in-
clud ing interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.

The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio

or TV interference caused by unauthorized modi-
fications to this equipment.

Devices
The fo ll ow ing devices each comply w ith FCCPart
15.19, FCC15.21 and RSS-GenIssue 1:

- Adaptive cruise control*

- Audi side assist*
- Cell phone package*
- Convenience key*
- Electronic immob ilizer
- Homelink universal remote cont rol*
- Remote contro l key

FCCPart 15.19
M
N This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
0
>
co Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
,....,
\!) conditions :
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

265
Index

Child restraints ... . . . . .............. . 174

A Components (front airbags) . . . . . . . . . . . 155
A/C Danger of fitting a child seat on the front
refer to Climate control system (automatic) .66
passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
refer to Climate control system (manual) . 65
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
A/C (automatic climate control system) . . . . 66 Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 153
A/C (manual climate control system) . . . . . . 65 How do the front airbags work? . . . . . . . . 158
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7, 2 64 How many airbags does my vehicle have? 155
Active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . .. ......... 106 How the Advanced Airbag System compo-
Activating vibration warning .. ......... 108 nents work together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Adjusting steering t ime . . . . .. ......... 108 Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Cleaning the camera area . . .. ......... 236 Important safety instructions on the knee
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . .. ......... 107 airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .. ......... 107 Knee air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
switching on and off . . . . . . .. ......... 107 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Adapt ive cruise control. . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... 96 PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light . . . . . . . . . 160
Automatic transmission . . . . . .. .. .. ... 100 Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Cleaning the sensor . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 236 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 102 Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
General Information . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... 97 Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Request for driver intervention .. .. .. ... 102 Warning/Indicator ligh ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Stop-and-go traffic . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 100 When must the system be inspected? . . . 160
Adaptive dampers.................. . .. 112 Alarm system
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 refer to Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . 33
Adaptive light . . . ... . ... .. ... . . . . . . 43, 112 Alignment pin (changing the whee l) . . . . . . 241
I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 All-weather lights (LED headlights) . . . . . . . . 43
AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 All wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Alternator
Adjusting air distribution (Climate control sys- refer to Alt ernator (indicator light) ...... 19
t em).... . . . . . . . ................ . . . ... 67 Alternator (indicator light) .............. 19
Adju sting air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Ambient lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Adjusting air vents (manual climate control Ant i-freeze
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 refer to Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Adjusting automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . . 45 Anti-lock braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Adjusting the center console lighting . . . . . . 47 Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Adjusting the temperature Anti-slip regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . 65 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
advanced key Ant i-t heft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
refer to Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Anti -theft protection
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Audi active lane assist
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 168 refer to Active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Advanced Airbag-System . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 152 Audi adaptive cruise control
Advanced Airbag System components .. . 155 refer to Adaptive cruise control. . . . . . . . . . 96
Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 163 Audi adaptive light
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 174 refer to Adapt ive light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

266
 Index

Audi drive select Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

refer to Drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Audi magnetic ride Working on the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
refer to Adaptive dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature 262 Belt tens ioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Audi side assist Blended gasol ine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
refer to Side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Blower
AUTO automatic Climate control system . . . . . . . 67
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . 66 Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . 65
Automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Auto Lock (central locking system) . . . . . . . . 34 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Boost pressure indicator ................ 29
Automatic climate control system Brake fluid
refer to Climate control system (automatic) .66 Changing t he brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . 207
Automatic post-collision braking system . . 123 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .... .. .. .. 125
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . .... .... 82 Brake assist system . . ...... .... .. .. .. 123
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 84 Brake booster . . . . . . . ...... .... .. .. .. 125
Emergency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 88 Indicator ligh t . . . . . . ...... .... .. .. ... 24
Hill descent control . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 86 New brake pads . . . . . ...... .... .. .. .. 125
Ignition key safety interlock . . . . .... .... 73 Brake system
Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 87 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 7
Launch Control-Program . . . . . . . .... .... 88 Brake fluid specifications for refill and re-
malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 83 placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Selector lever emergency release .... .... 89 Fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Selector lever lock . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 83 Worn brake pads symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Selector lever posit ions . . . . . . . . .... .... 82 Braking
Shifting manua lly . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 87 Emergency braking function . .... .. .. . . . 80
Steer ing whee l w it h shift paddles .... .... 87 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. . . . 17
S tronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 82 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. . . . 78
tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 87 Starting on inclines . . . . . . . . .... .. .. . . . 80
Automatic wipe/wash system . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Break-in per iod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Auto Safety Hotline ................... 138 Breaking in
Auxiliary heater (vehicles w ith diesel eng ines) .69 New t ires . . ... . . . ............ . ... . . 221
Average consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
C
B California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . 199
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .... . . . 208 Battery specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Charge level . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .... . . . 128 Capacities
Charging . . . . . .............. . .... 19,210 AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Energy management . . . . ...... .... . . . 128 Fuel tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
M
Important warnings . . . . ...... .... . . . 209 Washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
N
0 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . ...... .... . . . . 19 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
>
co
,...., Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . ...... .... . . . 252 olso refer to Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
\!)
1.1'1 Locat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .... . . . 209 Cargo area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,

267
Index

Cargo net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Child seats 178

Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Securing 182
CD-ROM playe r (navigation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
CD changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Cleaning/removing ice from windows . . . . . 237
Centra l ind icator light .................. 13 Cleaning Alcan t ara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Centra l locking . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. .... 33 Cleaning art ificial leathe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Centra l locking switch . . . . . .. .... .. .... 37 Cl eaning carbon parts . . . . . . .... . . . 237, 238
Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. .... 36 Cleaning contr ols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7
Emergency locking . . . . . . . . .. .... .. . . . . 39 Cleaning decorative parts and trim . . . 236, 237
Folding the exterior mirrors .. .... .. . . . . 37 Cleaning disp lays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7
Luggage compa rtment lid . . .. .... .. . . . . 39
Cleaning exhaust tail pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Panorama sun roof . . . . . . . . .. .... .. .. .. 41
Cleaning plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
power win ' dows . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. . . . . 41
Cleaning rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Remote control key . . . . . . . .. .... .. . . . . 35
Safety cent ral locking . . . . . .. .... .. . . . . 38
Cleaning seat covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... .. . . . . 37 Cleaning tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Cleaning t extiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Cli mate control system
Key recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Child restr aints
Danger of using chil d restra ints in the front Climate control system (automatic)
seat . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 149 Adjusting air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 68
Where can I get additiona l information Air distrib ution, air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
about child restra ints and their use? . . . . 189 AUTO (climate control system) . . . . . . . . . . 66

Child restra int syst em anchors . . . . . . . . . . 185

Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Defrost ing t he windshie ld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Important safety instructions fo r using child
Drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 5
Rear window def ogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Tether anchors 188
Recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tethe r str aps . . ... . ........ . . . . . . . . . 188
Setting t he temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Child safety lock
synchronizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0
Cli mate control system (manual)
Rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Adjusti ng air vents . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 65 , 68
Child safety seats
Adjus t ing the tempera t ure . . . . .. .. .. . . . 65
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Air distrib ution, air vents . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 65
Convertible child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 65
How do I properly install a child safety seat
Defrost ing windows . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 65
.m myve h'1cle?. .. . .............. ...... 175
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 65
I nfant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 68
I nsta ll ing a child restr aint using the LATCH
Recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 65
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 7
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Lower anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Closing
Mounting and releasing the anchorage Hood ..... . . . ... . . . . . . . .......... . . 200
hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Panorama sunroo f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Windows . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 40
Safety instructions.............. . . . .. 175
Unused safety belts on the rear seat . . . . 177 Closing/ope ning
by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
wi t h the centra l locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 37

268
 Index

with the convenience key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
D
Data recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Cockpit (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Date display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Coming home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Daytime running light s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Compartments ........................ 58
Declaration of compliance
Compass in the mirror .................. 51
Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 265
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Audi side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 265
Consumer information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Cell phone package . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 265
Consumer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 265
Consumption (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Electronic immobili zer . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 265
Contacting NHTSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Homelink universal remote control . .. .. 265
Convenience key Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 265
Emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Defective ligh t bulb warning
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Starting the engine (STARTENGINE STOP Defrost ing (windshield)
button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 automatic climate control system . . . . . . . 67
Stopping the engine (START ENGINE STOP manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . 65
button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 DEF (instrument cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Switching on the ign it ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Deluxe automatic climate control
unlocking/locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 refer to Climate control system (automatic) .66
Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Determining correct load limit . . . . . . . . . . 228
Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Diesel
Convertible locking retractor Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Preheating (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Preheating (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Using to secure a child safety seat . . . . . . 184
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Coolant Diesel particulate filter ................ 195
refer to Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Digital compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Cooling mode (automatic climate control sys-
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
tem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Dimming the rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Cooling mode (manua l climate control sys-
Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
tem)................................. 65
Door/luggage compartment lid warning ... 27
Cooling system
Door contact switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Adding coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 206
Coolant level checking . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 206 Doors
Coolant temperature indicator .. .. .. . . . . 12 Child safety lock (mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . 19 Driver informa t ion system . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 27
Cornering light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 29
CD/radio display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 27
Cruise control system
Door/luggage compartment lid warning . . 27
Changing speed . . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 95
Efficie ncy program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 29
Description . . . . . . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 94
Engine oil temperature indicator . . . . . .. . 30
Preselecting speed . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 95
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 13
Switch ing off . . . . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 95
~ switching on . . . . . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 95 Lap timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 30
0
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 13
iii
,....,
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 28
~ Current consumpt ion ................ 27, 28
Vl
Outside temperature disp lay . . . . . . . . . .. . 27
Vl
,....,

269
Ind ex

Service int erval disp lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 12 Emergency release

Using the multif unction steering whee l . . . 27 Fuel f ill er door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Driver seating posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 Selector lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Drive select . . . . . ................ . . . .. 112 Emerge ncy st arting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Driving economically ................... 70 Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Driving safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Engine
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20S
Driving t ime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Preheating (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Preheating (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Dust filter
Star ti ng with jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . 252
refer to Poll utant filter ................ 64
Starting (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Start ing (dr iver messages with convenience
E key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
ECO mode (automatic climate control Star ti ng (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 stopp ing (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Efficiency program . . . . . . . .. .. .... .. .... 29 stopp ing (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4
Descript ion . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... .. .... 29 Engine compartment
Fuel economy messages . .. .. .... .. .... 30 Closing the hood . .. ... ........ .. .... 200
Other equipment . . . . . . . .. .. .... .. .... 30 Opening the hood .. ... ........ .. .... 199
Electrical accessories Overview . . . . . ... .. ... . . . . . .... . 200, 201
refer to Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Safety precautions .. ... ........ .. .... 198
Electromechanica l par king brake Engin e control (indicato r light) . . . . . . . . . . . 22
refer to Parking bra ke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Electromechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Radiator fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Electronic different ial lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 adding . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 203
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Electron ic immobili zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Checking the oi l level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
also refer to I mmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Dipst ick ... . . . ... . . . . . ...... 200, 201, 203
Electron ic speed lim ite r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Oil consumpt ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Electron ic stabilization control (ESC)
Specificat ion and viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Tempe rat ure indicat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Use ...... . . . ... . . . . . . . .......... .. 203
Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) . . . . . 123
Engine speed lim itation (indicato r light) ... 23
Eme rgency assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Environment
Emergency flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Break-in per iod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 70
Eme rgency f lashers
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 194
I ndicator ligh t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Diesel particulate f ilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 19S
Eme rgency operation Disposing of your veh icle battery . . . . . .. 211
Eme rgency braking fu nction . . . . . . .. . . . . 80 Drivi ng at high speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 71
Front passenger's door/ rear doors . .. . . . . 39 Letting the vehicle stand and warm up . .. . 71
Luggage compartmen t lid . . . . . . . . .. . . . 24 0 Proper disposal of drained bra ke fl uid . .. 20 7
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 42
Proper disposal of drained engine oi l . . .. 204
with convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 77
Unleaded f uel . . . . . . . ................ 190
Wha t shou ld I do with an old battery? . . . 211
EPC(engine cont rol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

270
 Index

ESC Fuel
Automatic post-collision braking system 123 Additives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . 190
Electronic stabilization control . . . . . . . . . 123 Blended gasoli ne . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . 190
Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Current consumption . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . 28
also refer to Elect ronic Stabili zat ion Control Fuel filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . 192
(ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. 10, 11
ESP Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . 260
refer to Electronic Stabilization Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . 190
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Gasoline addit ives . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . 191
Event Data Recorder (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . 23
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . 190
Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . 190
Exterior mirrors
Adjusting . . . . ............. .. .. .. .... 47 Saving fuel . ... . . ................ 70, 112
Dimming . . . . . . . . .......... .. .. .. .... 48 Fuel economy messages (efficiency program) 30
folding . . . . . . ............. .. .. .. .... 47 Fueling
Heating . . . . . . ............. .. .. .. .... 47 Fuel filler door emergency release . . . . .. 194
Fuel gauge . . . . . . ..... . .......... . .. . 11
Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 260
F Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . .. 192
Fastening Fuses
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . 179 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Infant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Fog lights/rear fog light(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Folding the exterior mirrors
G
Garment hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Center locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Folding the rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Gas discharge lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Glossary of tire and loading terminology . . 216
Foot pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Footwell lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
CD changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
For the sake of the environment
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . . . . . 258
Environmentally-friendly driving .. .. .. . . 70
Fueli ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 192
Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 199 H
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 68 Headlight range control system . . . . . . . . . . 43
Freeze protection Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Windshield washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 43, 45
Front airbags Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 236
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Headl ight range control system .. .. .. . . . 43
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Left hand dr ive, right hand dr ive .. .. .. . . . 46
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics . . 141 Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 46
Front armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . 49
Front passenger's door emergency locking . . 39 Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 134
M Front seats adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 56
N
0 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 134
>
co
,...., Child restra ints in the front seat . . . . . . . . 149 removing and installing . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 56
\!)
1.1"1
1.1"1
also refer to Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 60
1.1"1
,....,

271
Index

Heated
exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . 47
J
Jump-starting 252
Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . 68
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . 68 Jump start cables 253
Washer fluid nozzles . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . 49
Heating (diesel engine auxiliary heater) . . . . 69 K
Heavy clothing and safety belts . . . . . . . . . . 142 Key........ . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . 33
Hex socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Checking the number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
High voltage warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Driver messages (mechanical ignition key) . 77
Highway light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Driver messages (with convenience key) . . . 77
Hill descent control .................... 86 Key not recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hill hold ............................. 80 Key replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Hill hold assist
refer to Hill hold ..................... 80 unlocking/locking . . ............ 35, 36 , 37

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Key recognition

Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
How are child restraint system anchors relat-
Kick-down
ed to child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
How many airbags does my vehicle have? . . 155
Knee airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 164
How safety belt pretensioners work 146
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 164
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 165
I Important safety instructions . . .. .. .. .. 166
I gnition
I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Switching on/off (with button) . . . . . . . . . . 75
L
Lane assist
Ignition key safety interlock ............. 73
refer to Active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Ignition lock
Lap timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Evaluating recorded times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
I mbalance (wheels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Immobilizer .......................... 33
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 185
Important things to do before driving . . . . 130 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 186
I mp roperly worn safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Installing a child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . .. 187
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 186
I nfant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Mounting and releasing the anchorage
Inflation pressure (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 187
Inspection interval Launch Control-Program (automatic transmis-
with driver information system . . . . . . . . . 212 sion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
I nstalling chi ld safety seats Leather care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
I nstalling the upper tether strap on the an- LED headlights
chorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 All-weather lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Left hand drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Lifting jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Adjusting the lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Light
I nterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Adaptive light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intermittent (windshield wipers) . . . . . . . . . 49 Adjusting automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . 45

272
 Index

Coming/Leaving home................. 45
Fog lights/rear fog light(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
M
Headlight flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Magnetic ride
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 45
refer to Adaptive dampers 112
Highway light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Maintenance . . . . . . . ... . . .... . . . . . . . . . 262
Low beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Maintenance intervals
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 with driver information system ..... . . . . 212
Switch ing daytime running lights on and off .45 Mirror
Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Digital compass switching on and off. . . . . 51
Light/ rain sensor d'1mming
. . . . ... . . ................ . . .. 48
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Mirror compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Intermittent (windshield wipers) . . . . . . . . 49 Mirrors
Lighting Adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . . 160
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Motor
Lights stopping (driver messages with mechanical
Ambient lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 ignition key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Headlight range control system . . . . . . . . . 43 Multifunction steering whee l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Interior/reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Loading the roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Locking/unlocking
by remote contro l . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . 35
N
Natural leather care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . 238
with the central locking switch .. .. .. .. . . 37
Navigation system
with the convenience key. . . . . .. .. .. .. . . 36
with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . 37 CD-ROMplayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Long-term memory 28 NHTSA
Contacting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Low beam
Indicator light ....................... 24 Nitrogen oxide (NOx) catalytic converter
refer to Ad Blue. . . . ............ ...... 195
Low beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Lower universal anchorages (Canada) . . . . . 185
Number of vehicle keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Luggage compartment. . . . .. .. .. .... .... 59
Cargo net . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... .... 61
Increasing the size . . . . . . .. .. .. .... .... 60 0
Loading . . . . . . . ... . . .... . .. .. .... . ... 59 Occupant protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Pass-through . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... .... 62 Occupant seating posit ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Reversible mat . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... .... 61
Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... .... 57
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Storage hooks . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... .... 61
Oil
Storing cargo correctly . . .. .. .. .... ... 136
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Stowing luggage . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... ... 136
also refer to Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 203
Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .... .... 61
Oil change interval
Luggage compartment lid
with driver information system . . . . . . . . . 212
M
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
N
Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 On-Board-Diagnost ic System (OBD)
0
>
co System indicator light (MI L) . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
,...., Lumbar support 54,55
\!)
1.1'1
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.1'1
1.1'1 Operation (multifunct ion steering wheel) 28
,....,

273
Index

On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD) particulate filter

Data Link Connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 refer to Diesel particu late filter ........ 195
Electronic speed lim iter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Opening. . . . . . . . . . ... . . ... .... . . . . . . . . 33 Pass-through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 PASSENGERAI R BAG OFF light .......... 160
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Luggage compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Peripheral display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Physical principles of a frontal collision ... 141
Windows . . . . . ... . .......... . . . . . ... 40
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Opening/closing
Pollen filter
with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
refer to Pollutant filter ................ 64
with the convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 Pollutant filter ........................ 64
Power
Othe r equipment (eff iciency program) ..... 30
seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . .... . . . 40
Overview (Cockpit) .............. . . . . ... . 8
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Owner's Literature s Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
p Pregnant women
Paint damage 237 Special considerations when wearing a safe-
Paint No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 ty belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Preheating
Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . 41 With button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Emergency closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Parking aid Pre sense . . . . . . . . . . . ......... .. .. .... 103
Cleaning sensors/camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Basic (description) . . ......... .. .. .... 103
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Driver messages . . . . ......... .. .. 102, 106
Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Front (description) . . ......... .. .. .... 104
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 General information ......... .. .. .... 103
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 General Information ......... .. .. ..... 97
Power supply fa ilure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Settings . . . . . . . . . . ......... .. .. .... 105
Setting/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Warnings . . . . . . . . . ......... .. .. .... 104
Starting from a stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Pressure (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
also refer to Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Proper occupant seating positions ....... 131
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Proper safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Parking system Proper seating posit ion
Adjusting the display/warning tone . . . . . 121 Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Cleaning the rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . 118 Occupants. . ... . . . . . . . ............ .. 131
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Rear passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Parking system plus . . ...... . ... . . . . . . 116 Protecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Peripheral display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Protection mat
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 refer to Reversible mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
a/sorefertoPark ingsystems ... . . . 116,117
Parking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Rear parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Q
Question
Parking (automatic transmission) . . . . . . 84, 85
What happens to unbelted occupants? . . 141

274
 Ind ex

R Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . . . 82
143

Radiator fan 206

Reversible mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Radio clock
Right hand dr ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
refer to Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Rims ......... . . . . . ................. 229
Rain/light sensor
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 43
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 24
Roof weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Intermittent (windshield wipers) .... .... 49
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... 49
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 s
Range (tank contents) .................. 28 Saddlebag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Rear armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Safe drivi ng habits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Rear lid Safety
refer to luggage compartment lid . . . . . . . 39 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. 148
Rear light Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. 140
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. 136
Rearview camera Correct seating position . . .... .. .. .. .. 131
refer to Parking systems 116,117 Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. 135
Rearview mirror Safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
refer to Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Safety belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . 146
Rearview mirror dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Safety belts worn by pregnant women 145
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Safety belt pretensioner
Recirculationmode Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
automatic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 143
manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . 65 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Reducing fue l consumption Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7
Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Danger to passengers who do not wear a
safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Remote control
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
refer to Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Height adj ustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Remote control key . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 33
Improperly wo rn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 33, 34
Indicator lig ht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Replacing the battery . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 34
Not worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Synchron izat ion . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 35
Saf et y belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
unlocking/locking . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .... 35
Safety instr uctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Repair manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Securing child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Repairs Special considerations for pregnant wom-
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Replacement key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Replacing Warning/ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Worn properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Replacing windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . 50 Safety belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Report ing Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Safety centra l locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
M
N Reset button (tr ip odometer) ............ 11 Safety compliance sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
0
> Resetting the tr ip odometer ............. 11
co
,...., Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
\!)
1.1'1
Retract
1.1'1
1.1'1
,....,
New brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

275
Index

Safety features f or occupant restraint and Side airbags

protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Safety guidelines Howtheywork . . . . . . ................ 168
Seat adjustment. ..................... S3 Side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 109
Safety instructions Adjusting the brightness . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 111
for side curta in airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Cleaning the sensors . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 236
for using child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Sensor range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 110
fo r using safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 switching on and off . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 111
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . 162 also refer to Side assist . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . 109
Safety systems (indicator light) . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Side curtain airbags .. ....... .. .. .. .. .. 169
Screwdriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Description . . . . . . .. ....... .. .. .. .. .. 169
Seat adjustment How they work . . . .. ....... .. .. .. .. .. 170
Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . 53 Safety instructions .. ....... .. .. .. .. .. 171
Front passenger's seat . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . 54 Sliding/tilting sunroof
Head restraints . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . 134 refer to Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Safety guidelines . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . 53 Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 All wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Seating position Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 131 Sources of information about child restraints
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 132 and their use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
How to adjust the front seats . .. .. .... . 132 Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Incorrect seat posit ion . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 134 Speedometer ......................... 27
Occupants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .... . 131 Speed warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Rearpassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Seats Stabilization program
adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 55 refer to Electronic Stabilization
Correct seating posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Star button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Seats (number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
STARTENGINE STOPbutton (convenience
Selective catalytic reduction key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
refer to Ad Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 STARTENGINE STOP(convenience key) . . . . . 76
Select ive wheel torque control . . . . . . . . . . 123
Start ing
Selector lever (automatic transmission) Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Starting from a stop
Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Hill start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Service and disposal Starting (engine)
Safety belt pretensioner .............. 147
Malfunction (button) ... ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 76
Service interval display Malfunction (key) . . . ... ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 73
wit h driver information system . . . . . . . . . 212 With button . . . . . . . ... ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 7S
Setting the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 With key . . . . . . . . . . ... ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 73
Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Steering
Sett ing the temperature Electromechanical steering .......... 126, 0
automatic climate control system . . . . . . . 67 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Locking steering (ignition key) . . . . . . . . . . 74
SETUP(basic settings) .................. 10 Locking the steering (button) . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Shift paddles (automat ic transm ission) . . . . 87 Locking (mechanical ignition lock) . . . . . . . 73
Short-term memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 also refer to Electromechanical steer ing . 126

276
 Index

Steering whee l Tires and wheels

adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 72 Glossary of tire and loading terminology . 216
Buttons. . . . . . .............. ..... .... 28 Tires and veh icle load limits ...... . . . . . 227
Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . . .... 27 Tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Shift paddles (aut omatic t ransmission) ... 87 Torn or frayed safety belts 142
Steps for determining correct load limit . . . 228 Towing
Stopping (engine) Tow trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
with button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Towing loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 TPMS (t ire pressure monitoring syst em) . . . 233
Storage compartmen t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 59 Trai ler mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Storage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
S tron ic (automatic transmission) ......... 82 Trai ler tow ing
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Switching daytime running lights on and off 45 Technical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92
Switching the ign ition on/off (with key) . . . . 73 Transmission malfunction (indicator light) . . 88
Symbols Transport Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
refer to Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
System indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25 Trunk
refer to Luggage compartment. ......... 59
T Turning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Turn signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 11
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
TD! clean diesel
referto AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 u
Technical mod ifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 ULSD No. 2 (Diesel fue l) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Temperature display Unfastening safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Unlocking/locking
Tether anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 35
Tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 with the central locking switch . . . .. .. .. . 37
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and after - with the convenience key . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 36
wards. . . . . . . . . . .......... ............ 70 with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 37
Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 , 137
Tips for the environment V
Saving fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
tip t ronic (automatic transmission) ........ 87
Vehicle
Tires... . . . . . . . . ..................... 214 Care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23S
Low aspect ratio tires. . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 230 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 241
Vehicle control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 222
Vehicle identification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 224
Vehicle Identific ation Number (VIN) . . . . . . 258
Tire pressure moni t oring syst em .. . 232, 233
M Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 243
N Tire pressure table . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 225
0
> Treadwear ind icators . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... 222 Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
co
,...., Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1
\!) Unidirect ional ............ .... .. ..... 216
1.1'1
1.1'1
1.1'1
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . .. ..... 231
,....,

277
Ind ex

w Win t er driving
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Warning/ indicator lights Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
System indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Win t er operation
Warn ing/Ind icator lights
Batt ery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Windshie ld washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Warn ing lights
Winter t ires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
refer to Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Winter use
Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Washer fluid level (indicator ligh t) . . . . . . . . 24 defrost ing the windsh ield (automat ic cli -
Washing matte finish paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 mate control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Removing ice from windows . . . . . . . . . . . 237
What happens if you wear you r safety belt too Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
loose? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
What happens to unbelted occupants? . . . . 141
X
What impairs dr iving saf ety? . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1
Xenon-Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 46
Wheels . . . . . . . . ................ . . . .. 214
All wheel dr ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Glossary of t ire and load ing terminology . 216
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1
Tires and vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Wheel wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
When must a safety belt be rep laced? . . . . 14 2
When must the airbag system be inspected? 1.60
Where are lower anchorages located? . . . . . 186
W indows
Cleaning/remov ing ice ................ 23 7
W indshield
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
defrosting (automatic climate cont rol sys-
tem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
defrosting (man ual climate contro l system) .65
also refer to Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9
W indshield washe r system ....... . .. 49, 212
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Reservoir capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
W indshield wipers
Cleaning wipe r blades . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 50
Folding up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 50
I ndicato r light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 24
Replacing w indshield wiper blades . .. .. . . 50
Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 49

278
© 2014 AUDI AG consent of AUDI AG. All rights reserved by AUDI
AG. Subject to alteration or amendment. Printed
It has always been Aud i's policy to continuously
in Germany.
improve its produc ts . Audi, therefore, reserves
t he right to make changes in design and specifi- Editorial deadline: 19 .08.14
cations, and to make additions or improvements
in its products without incurr ing any obligation to @ For the sake of the environment
install them on products previously manufac- Printed on environmen t ally friendly paper
tured. Text, illustrations and specificat ions in this (bleached without chlorine, recyclable)
book are based on the most up-to-date informa-
tion available at the time of printing.

These instruct ions may not be reproduced or

translated in whole or in part without wr itten
Owner's Manual
2015 Audi A3 Sedan
2015 Audi S3 Sedan
Englisch USA 11.2014
155 .561 .BV0.23

111 1111111
1555618V023
I www.audi.com